4788 - Volume - 1 PDF

STATE OF KUWAIT
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY AND WATER
=--=
----- .
~
CONTRACT NO. MEW/C/4788 - 201412015

SUPPLY AND INST ALLA TlON OF (7) x 132/11KV SUBSTATIONS AT
JBAH 'IY', '2Y', '3Y', '4Y', '12Y', 'BY' & '14Y'
VOLUME -1
CONTRACTOR:
AL-AHLEIA SWITCHGEAR COMPANY

POST BOX NO. 25876, SAFAT 13119, KUWAIT
INDEX
w
::E
::
..I
o
>
1.
Contract Deed
2.
Form of Tender
3.
Payment Terms 1 Advance Payment

Guarantee
4.
Schedule of Documents
5.
Manpower Details
6.
Special Conditions
7.
General Conditions of Contract
8.
Modification of the General Conditions
9.
Specifications & General requirements

for the Supply and Installation of
300/132/33/11 kV, 132/33111 kV, 132/11 kV
and 33111 kV Sub-stations
CONTRACT DEED
Ministry of ELECTRICITY & WATER

State of Kuwait
~l.t., ~I...I~I ji.,)\jJ
I-I~I~.J~
- -. !
Ref. ..... ............................................................., 'JI..:.:i1
'~..e..sl 1
Date: ............................................................. , ~.J\:iJ1

'c
..................................... ,~I,tl
CONTRACT DEED
2015 / 2014 - 4788 / t
/ f' .!l .J :r-lJ .l.l&.
CONTRACT No. : MEW / C / 4788 - 2014 / 2015

-----------------------------------------------------------------------
.u..!l132 /
11 ~~I..>.'4- -Ulwl 3J,,:J1J J..~.:.u-. (7) ~ ~Y.J ~

(JBAH 1Y, 2Y, 3Y, 4Y, 12Y, 13Y, 14Y)
Supply and IllstaHation or(7) x 132/11 kV Substations
(JBAH
L-_ _ _ _ _ _ _.....!..-_
_ lY,2Y,3Y,
_
~
This Deed is made on .... M.o:... .. .

2014.
......J.u......e. ...,
, .... J.()~,
4Y, 12Y, 13Y, _---'

14Y)_ _ _ _ __ _ __
.j.o
"
.;.T.~~~...ll , ... ~lll t ~ .) .lW1 Ii.;,
.__
j.?-
.2014 ~\c. .~A~
Between:-
-:~
'First Party'
The Ministry of Electricity and Water in State uf
Kuwait (MEW) represented by " The Minister
of Electricity & Water" , in Government of
State of Kuwait, hereinafter referred to as
"The Owner~' .
'Second Party'
Mi s I AI-Ahleia Switchgear Co.
w....,...,sJ1 UJ~ ",.-J

UJ~
....fo..
(t
.!l
J) \.....JIJ
,L.,fil ~:j.J
~ " ~U!J ~L.....>fSl1 J""'j,J'
"J...-o.lI .....1-...0. ~
4k...,
L4 .jJ4--"'!J w....,...,sJ1
:..:llWI"JI
~l!oll u~1
,I..>fil
wh.,l] ~~I 45y;:J1 / ,JUI
Herein after referred to as "The Contractor".

Subhan Industrial Area. Block 3.
j ... ..,h; ,
~'~( ~, .j~
119:;""""; 101
Street I () I. Plot I 19
;l.i...:J1 2~g76
Postal
Add r~ss:
P. O. Box: 25876 Safat
Postal Code: 131 19 Kuwait

Tel: 1822600
Fax: 24761963
1,_'
j<2 :
t~-"':
..j~1 ...}yaJi
.::.,fii I 3 119 : oJ"!.;; ,;..~
1822600 : ,:,,,i#
14761963: .."..s'.;
Ministry of Electricity & Water
"Ut~ "t.,.~t ~.)f)~
- 2 ..
State of Kuwait
The second party has to infonn the Ministry with
any change in his address, and if such notice is
~.,s:Jt Al~~
I.jl; ";!-ll
.JUU ~ (JJ\...i.JI) ..,;Ull w..;-hll tj.:J;J
) ..k.)11 I~ ~
r1 b~ , .u~ ~ J,.w J i ~
not given, all correspondence to the contractor to

the above mentioned address shall be legal,
binding and subject to legal consequences.
~! --'~J <\h "" .~\':'J ~ .Jfi:uJ1 u~1
1_
-.....JI
t .. os". II ..:.VL...I
tl ..:.w:.\S...JI
" .. <..J-'"'..>'
'!r"'j.
""
..,;y,-,
.~yl.ill ....j:.'; ~J..,L
Whereas the 'First Party' has declared that he has

desire to execute the works of Supply and
Installation of (7) x 132/11 kV Substations
"F'! ~.J ,J- uk i .l! J}il w.;hll u1 ~J

.)14 ~ ~J J.......".:;.::.u-. 7 J .... ~J'J
(JBAH lV, 2Y, 3Y, 4Y, 12Y, BY, 14Y),
(JBAH 1Y, 2Y, 3Y, 4Y, ...... .!l132 / ll~'il
.l"Jji
'J\...eYI" y ~ L.,>9 ~J (l2Y, BY, 14Y
hereinafter referred to as the "Works"

And for that purpose Tender No. MEWI 77 201212013, was issued through Central Tenders
Committee.
- 77 / ~ .:l J ~J ;;,..,....sWI u,..;b ~I
WHEREAS
"Second
Party"
has
AND
participated in the said Tender by an offer
wherein he expressed his desire and readiness as
well as his capability and ability to execute "the
Works" in accordance with what is specified or
referred to in the Tender Documents.
..........WI ~ ~y....:.1
."-'.fiy.!1 ..:.I......,.;WI ~ J)l;..
0-" ..?l~
u- 2013 I 2012
.u ..,;WlI w..r-h!1 ui ~J
.)l.l.u.....'l11, ~)I I'" o",,"-.J1.l...; t~J ~i..JI

L. c.r
. d'J
-YI'
U"-""'
n
~
:Lu~\l1
.,~tl
"
"
f 'j ~ ~
. ~WI ..:.\.lL...o ""
";l!
.J1...!.. )
W
U"-'"J
.l.b.A .,..
AND WHEREAS the Central Tenders Committee

has agreed by its letter No. CTC/13/16717496
dated 2914/2014 to award of the said Tender in
confonnity with provisions of Tender Law 37 of
1964 to the "Second Party".
2014/4/29 t-'.J'-"!
tLS...~::L.....:. , .~i
~
7496/167/13/ ~~J
4-,J!
.JL..:...lI :L...!WI ~y
d964 :i....W 37 ......J ..... Wl ..:.L.....iWI u.,.;u

.'~r.ll
AND WHEREAS State Audit Bureau vide letter

No. 20/5/1/3542-3048 dated 28/05/2014 has
con finned non-objection towards the "First Party"
with the "Second Party" entering into an
agreement.
AND WHEREAS Legal Advice & Legislation
vide
letter
No.
4/148/2013/644
dated
10/02/2013 has confinned non-objection towards
the "First Party" with the "Second Party" entering
into an agreement.
Contract No: MEW I C I 4'788 - 2014 I 2015 ' . .
:......J
""'.;hll'
3048-3542/115120 t'..J ......~ ~h...JI ul,;.) u i ~J
.>!l.:.
u- ~t..... t.lc
..:.;,
,2014/05/28 C:-..)l:.;
."..,;r.ll w.;hll" C" "JJYI w.;hll"

t'..J
...... ~
~~I,
(.SjIill
";1.)1
ui ~J
..:.;, , 2013/02110 C:-..)l:.; 644/2013/148/4

w.;hll' C" "JJYI w.;hll" .>!l.:.
u-
~t..... t.lc
II
.,> II
......H.JJ
. 2015 1 2014 -4788 It! ~..!IJ:""";..J
C'
"lI.l.., "4.# I ;;.;1)..,
-3-
State of Kuwait
AND
WHEREAS the
U:I~I 4!..,~
"Second
Party"
has
~\",.''' 1 ' J.,"'I u..r1JI' w\.1,~~ li,..6
d ~.,
: .)UllS ~ijh ~ .,wI """t:.ll u .;h]1" .;Oi .liS
acquainted himself with the essential stipulations

of the "First Party" and has admitted as follows:
a)
He,
i.e.
"Second
Party"
has
previous
. :..i.1... :i....l...:..
. .....,.ll' t:J1 u'
LlI" i.wi (i
cr
- ~-<F
u--<j
experience in the field of the required "Works"
..;,... .l.9
and has executed work of the same nature and
,~i )
-wh \.0, \:;.,-, y}h.J1 Jt.="'1 Jt;...

J~I..... ~ <.5';"- wl~ :"L.ci ~ uh .u
J..il4
."-!)h..J1 JL.c.)u ~\.:... ~ <JA.,
level or higher than the required "Works"
b) He, i.e. "Second Party" is fully aware and in

complete observance of provisions of Kuwaiti
Laws as well as codes, regu lations and
decisions applicable issued by Kuwaiti
Authorities.
c) He, i.e . "Second Party" has studied "the
Works" required to be executed in the light of
the prescribed specifications and conditions
and has acquainted himself with all predicted
matters which may affect the execution of "the
Works" including examining the Site of the
"Work" and has assured himself of the
soundness of the obtained information. It is
assumed that the contractor has obtained and
carefully studied all contract documents,
performed site examination, and collected all
additional necessary information pertinent to
the completion of the work. No consideration
will be given to any claims for extra payments
requested as a result of the contractor's failure
to obtain the said information whether before
or after signing the Contract.
d) In case any of the statements or information
submitted by "Second Party" proved to be
incorrect or constitute fraudulent acts or
forgery, the "First Party" has full right to
cancel
the
Contract,
confiscate
the
Performance Bond and sustain "Second Party"
whole responsibility without necessity for
recourse to judicial proceedings.
Contract No: MEW 1 CJ 4788 - 2014 1'2015
c.J:.o~
., rb
~ '",,~I U.rhll' <ji
d (y
WI;I.rilI.! ~I.! ~t.,.Jl1 ~., <fi'1,-il1 ..~4
u...fi!4 J~I :\.:.;1...l1

J,......c.... 1 ........I;.>; ..U """GJI u.r-h!l" <ji -wi
.l.~1.! w~1,..J1 .~ ~ \.0,\:;",
0-" ,..-:JI -,,"'1 UlS ~ t-ll-I.!
~ L." Jt.="'1
y."J1..J1
41 .u..:....J1
4J ~ ~fr" ~Y ~I
~ ~.y.ll w.>.Sb., J.-li ~>" 4...:.;1..... .Al~
J.,u.J1 ..U t,....., ,'-+.!lj J....-y ~I wL...,J....l1
L. UlS;
L.J..
":;" '!
.fo..; .......).! 4.!
.W:.~) <.51.... ~ ~J
. .li..J1 ..!.H) ~
'JJ "'1 u u-LlI"

, .. -
. 'f
~~4
u..u-J;. 0-" ~yJl ~
) J;! t,.. ul:J1 I:"" cs-' "-:c.l:
. ... <.
.. i ...k.
U" ~ Y..t.>'., '-"""""
'~'JI
~.,.J
'
ri! ..-J )
.\.........;. .lL......
.illj ~ ~,;..JI
'"
~\.LJI
\~
cs
"-,;l;.......J1 J-,lS ""L:JI u..r1J1
.;"":'L..;..O wl.!?-) ~i ~WI .)) ~6. 0J~
2015 / 2014 - 4788 1t 1 r.!lJ:,.J,;
k:
"UI." "t.,.~1 ;;.)Ij."
-4-
State of Kuwait
~~I41."J
Now therefore this Deed witnesses that, in

consideration of the prom ises and mutual
covenants, conditions and agreements contained
herein, the parties hereby agree as follows:
L.li..JI.....-k ,'-'I.6,...j~;; ;J> ,,11.i.A ~.llW

..b~lJ .;",s.;-hll 0H UJ\,U.JI "':"1~lJ 41....J1
.;",s.,rhll 0H JI..i.."'j I ~ ".. It-,Jj .,)I...!...JI ) l1\

:~tJl
ARTICLE ONE
u-l.J1 OJL.a
(INTRODUCTION)
(~)
The preambles above constitute an integral part of
L...L...I'J
.u.J1<..>-'
I - '1
. .;",sYJI J'W'1
ARTICLE TWO
(Contract Documents)
(~Iul~)
The documents and correspondence enumerated or

referred to in this Deed are to be considered as one
complete unit interpreting each other and confirm
the basis of the parties' agreement. The reference to
these documents separately or collecti vely shall be
within the expression "Contract Documents".
Documents for tender No. MEW177 - 2012/2013
I) Special terms and conditions to Tender.
"" 47l!
.,)L!..JlJ 'J~I "':"1~lJ ~~}I ~
~ ~ ~ Uts:.... '.l...:>.,J ;;;J> "I\.:u.

1
\......L...I
--,J
.J-+'L'
.".>WI ...:.,I.u:...... ~~ ~ )
'Jfo
.11:; L..:,'-II
'. <-. .;. Lli -'U:,'1
.f UY-"",J U;!..r= "
"'+-". O!
77/~.!l.J :~.,)
2013/2012 .........U
......u..J1 ...:.,I.u:......
LoWI ...:.,1,J;;..YlJ ..b~1 (I

.LoWI..b~1
2) Special conditions.
Conditions
JiyJl ~
I,'~ 0.'
- WI ~
, .. -.11 ~-
this Contract and basis to the Parties Agreement.
3) General
'''..JlJll
booklet
for
supply,
~yllJ .l...IJ5J1 JL=Y LWI..b~1 ~ (3
erection and its amendments.
.~~"~I~lJ
....WI ...:.,l.;ll.:WlJ wt..,1,..l1 (4
4) Specifications & General Requirements.
. Jl=YI J....o~ (5
5) Details of work.
.
6) Pre - tender meeting
, .. ~11
<.j~
tl..h'll
"
(6
. )~YI J,JI.l;>-J JJI.l;>-lllJ\$ (7
7) All Schedules & Price schedules.

8) Tenderer's offer including all correspondence
(2
. ...:.,w.;-JlJ
wt.~llJ\$)i...\.Z ~u..JI ,t..bc
(8
and attachments.
9) MEW questionnaire and Tenderer's reply.
10) Public Tenders law No. (37) for the year 1964.
Contract No: MEW / C /4788 -2014 / 2015
. ~ J}i.JI
. 1964 W (37)
~.,)
"J"Jj
'01)"JI ...:.,!;.........!
(9
....WI "':"1...o!u..J1 0Y\! (10
2015/2014 - 4788 / t / ~ ~-' : .....,;
~lll~ ~4.#lliJIj~
-5-
State of Kuwait
II) All correspondence & documents between the
Contractor and Ministry before signing the
~PI4J~J
JJ\.i.J1 l!
u....J
.,?ll ":"1~1., uL!>J1 U\s. ( 11

. .>!l..:ill J,.!
Contract.
12) Contractor letter No. AS/SMDILTRlI38S/ZO 14
dated 18/0Z/Z014 will all attachments shall be
considered an integral part of the contract
AS/SMD/LTRlI385/2014 .....J JJ\.i.JI y'US (12

';I
o.? ..:.,Wyoll ~ t-" 2014/02/ 18
i.e.: (KD
23,502,744/000) Kuwaiti Dinars
Twenty Three Million Five Hundred Two

Thousand and Seven Hundred Forty Four only.
~..)~
.>!l..:ill ..:.,I.>l:i.....o...,..~
i'
ARTICLE THREE
(Contract Price)
The "Owner" entrusts "The Contractor" with the
provision and execution of "The Works" in
conformity with what is specified, required and
referred to in the Contract Documents and the
contract Deed for a fixed lump sum amount of
money referred to as the "Contract Price"
~1J.,l1.,
U]l!i
oJt..
(.uaJ1
J&'o")
ft)<1 ~
. '.uK.-:.J
-' ~
u~
wI.ll.......'
.
...,..
..:.,t.:.
~ ~!
.Jl.!...J
II .!lJWI ....-:
,,_.
CS".
y"J.h..J .l~"'"
..wI
Y'-""
~J ~ .bi!
Ii!J
I.. U!
'1i...:"'.liaJ1 ~
<.,?1\....",1.
., C"""
-'
!) I".,.
<.;l.o
J-'\WI
' .li..ll
JWI
..,...;
(i!l. .l 23,502,744/000)
j.:.,.l UyuJ~ ~J~ ~L...,...J
Uli uu,1., ~t.-.;..J

. ,;;e.';I
~.fi
ARTICLE FOUR
(Performance Bond)
The Contractor provides at the time of signing the
Contract Deed the Performance Bond or in the
form of unconditional Bank Guarantee or
certified cheque in favour of the "Owner" from an
approved local Kuwaiti bank in the state of
Kuwait in an amount equal to ten percent (10%)
of the Contract Price.
The "Contractor" undertakes to keep the Bank
Guarantee valid at its full value until he
completes performing all his obligations (to the
end of period of warranty) subject to the Contract.
No interest shall be paid for this Bond and it is
not perm itted to second party's debtors to
confiscate this bond.
Contract No: MEW I C 14788 - 2014 1 2015
uL.......;,,' .iA .ili.ll ~ ~y ~ JJLi...l1 ..~
0....
>
UliS ~
1< >
J i;u,~.H<'.~
~fll ~y,J1
.;.:.i u-o dlWI cJL...."l
UW\..,.~
,--.~
......1
o
..:.......,CI]
..,....
I.'
.JW"I
f
0
~~
.l" .~I ~I
-,.
. .li..ll Y'-"" 0'>
(% 10)
J..~ J~I ;;"'..)l.. U1.iSl1 .:U \i;~ JJ\WI ..fo.."
uL...AJ1
'.l.o o~1.,) -.J\....l):JI J..~ <GliJ ,.;= ~
t40 ~
.l.l1,S c}.l.l ';IJ ,.liaJ1 1:U
~JA! (".,j~1.,
. ~ ~I JJ\WI <?I.ll .i.,.,..; 'i W; ,'J1.iSl1 ,:'"
2015/2014 - 47881 t 1 r lJ : ~.J
~u.,-, ~4~1 ~.)Ij~
-6 -
State of Kuwait
~~I~~~
~~iJL4
ARTICLE FIVE
(Method of Payments)
a) Payments under this Contract shall be effected
in Kuwaiti Dinars. Payment becoming due
payable by the Owner shall be transferred to
the Contractor's account opened with one of
the approved local Kuwaiti Banks. Notification
of the Contractor's accounts and the name of
the local bank involved shall be submitted to
the Owner by means of an authenticated letter.
Accordingly, the Owner will deposit the
payments due to the contractor within the
contract, unless he is notified otherwise within
a reasonable time prior to the due date of
payments. Payments due will be deposited
without any obligations whatsoever, on the part
of the Owner.
b) The method of payments by the owner to the

Contractor shall be governed in accordance
with Article No. 217 of (Modified General
Terms & Conditions) of Tender.
c) If the amounts due to any of the local SubContractors not paid by the Contractor.
The Owner shall pay such amounts due to
the local Sub-Contractors - Based on
Kuwaiti court decision - by deductions
from Contractor's due amounts, without
any objection from the Contractor's side
and without the need for any previous
notice or court actions against MEW.
(~\a!.1l\ f'~)
~.tl
~L .uaJI lu ~
~ ~
~
'j".
.~ ~Id.wl ~
~~ j! - (~ . ..I) ~....t--Sll .)U:!~I -
-i
L;:i.a..JSlI
~! J.JL.:Wl ahi .,.all ~1dJ.J1 ~~ "alWI"
~..JSlI ~I ~.J-l:JI ~i
c.S J.J
C~I ~~
"alWI" .)~L
"J L..:i.JI" ~.r-::
. ~"i. W
i
,..J
.l..I..I
i~1
wi ~ ~~ 'illl ~I ~I ~!.9 ~~I ~~

~\.j: .)\.a..Ji~1 UJ.S..a..J ~1dJ.J1 ~ ~~ t J.;.:i
t I~~ ~W\ ~~ ~j ~ ~ w..a.J ' J~ ";Ius

u-i J.laJI i..l.."Q ~ J.Jl..:i.4ll h, i . ,.all ~1dJ..J1
i..l..4 J~ ~j Ulu.a~.!)\ \.a..Ji1,~r
4l":
41 LA ~~
.
'HI
~\a!J.lI t\.~!
fu..J
,~\a!J.lI ~~! ci.J
J.:i 4J~
.~WI ~~ ~ ~~ ~i WJ ahiwll
J.:i WA ~~I ~~ ~ -";I
~ J.jI:WI ~! ~WI
"UJa..JI L\aJI .]Q~I" ~ 7/2
iJl...4JI ~
. OJ.w..JI ~~ ~U..Jl
D-4 'ii ~~ JI~ J.JL..:i.JI ~L:! ~JS, ~ (~

~ ~ ~ 4..,j~
I
-,
~~ ~t."
11,1
11
:.J.A
~I ~411 WA ~.JliA
~
'I
~ M-
~I r(,1
t..LJIcJ-4~
t, II
- \ ~ Ur. u-.
4
~ti';
'ria
~t ~
,+-0 .sO;:
"J.Jl.:i...JI"
~j.J ' -4 Ji:!JSl\
~)...,JI ~ ~I J.j1..l.Jl ~
~I~~!
'I
~ .l~" .\"IU.~. oJ.A
wi
WJ J.J1..lAll
t...;1 j~1 .JI ):W! ~! 4WI ..>-:iu.J
vll.JlI ..l.W:I 4l~

Contract No: MEW I C /4788 - 2014/2015
2015/2014 - 4788 / t I r..clJ
r-l->
~1l1.J ~4~1
-7-
State of Kuwait
~~Ill..,~
ARTICLE SIX
(Contractor Covenant)
The "Contractor" accepts the task entrusted to

him from the "Owner" and he hereby covenants
with The "Owner" or his legal representative that
he will fulfill all obligations that the "Contract"
prescribes to be performed by the "Contractor"
and that he also undertakes to fulfill all
obligations, the "Owner" will entrust him with,
which are deemed necessary to the execution of
the "Works" in compliance with the "Contract"
and within the times and in the manner prescribed
for each.
(J-.9\.l.J\
"~WI"
~ ~I
~, ~I
~)
...LlS:iJI
.I.A. "JJ IAlI"
~~..J
.L
~
"ujl4 f'".l: ~\ ~Joillll ~ J\ aJWl ~..J

J:i~ ~ .uWJI lloA
':11 ~l..4I~-:NI
!j*'
'.;.;";i;~1J
uJ.ii:! ~I
UlS.a. " uIL

~\
UI".
~
JWJI
'l+.a f'1.:il1 u-l! 4WI
~l..4)JlNI
,~-:1.
f'~..J
Ul.S..t
"JJ l.l.JI"
I~ ~ "~WI" ~ ~
~J:i J
J\
J~'il .,;,;;
t ~J'i1J J~ LJ..:.bJ ~UJ'i1 ~ ~ a.JjJ

.If.l4 JSl h~1
~l..a oJ\.Q
ARTICLE SEVEN
(Owner Covenant)
In consideration of The Contractor's
fulfillment of all his obligations subject to
"The Contract" and in compliance with what
is prescribed for each, the Owner hereby
covenants that he or his legal representatives
will pay "the Contractor" the "Contract
Value" that will be due subject to the
Contract. Such payments to be made in such
times and in such manner as provided by
"The Contract".
(allA3\ ~)
o1iWJI lolA ~~ 4..:i14Jj:i.l1
Ul.S..t JJI..i.AlI "\!J ~IL
f'~ ~4 ~ ~WI ~~ If.l4 JSl.;.jaA JA W \:iiJ

~ ~ ~ ~ ~~ ~ 1.;oI,H w..o J\ J.A
~ ~J...lI WJ...S:! ~~ ~WJI lu ~~ JJL..iAll
. JhJI ~ ~jJ ~I ~~ h}hJ -\jAlI
ARTICLE EIGHT
(Execution Period of the Works& Delay Penalty)
(ti.l\
Completion periods:
~~-.9 J~'i\ '\Jii; OJ.A)

:J~'il ;;ii; OJ.A
The contractor undertakes to complete the

execution of the works within (20) Calendar
months starting from the date of signing the
contract.
Contract No: MEW / C /4788 - 2014 / 2015
;;..>G..,
2015/2014 - 4788 / t / f'~.J:"";'';
~U.I.J ~4~1 e.;lJ.J
.. 8 ..
State of Kuwait
The contractor undertakes that the guarantee &
maintenance period is (12 month) as per article
2/55 from General Conditions booklet for supply,
erection.
The contractor admits that in case he fails to
complete the works within the specified
periods, the "Owner" has full right to impose
penalty Yz% (half percent) of the delayed
works value for each week or part of week of
delay. This penalty shall not exceed 10% of
the contract value, as per article No. 2114 and
these penalties are due at the instance of
occurrence without the requirements of any
notification or legal action and without any
proof of the damages that in any case is
considered and the Owner has the right to
claim the penalty either by deducting from the
Contractor's payments or from the Bank
Guarantee without the requirements of any
notification or legal action.
~~t~.J.l
w (~:. 12 )~~I
. ~ o.-:L
~!J '-l
~ J J l.iAlI
.~-:t.
~..;--:.
.l.I..Jjll1 J~'i ~I.all ~~I ~ 55/2 o.lWI ~ .l.)J

~jUlJ
& ~L. ".IL.i.4lI"
~
.J~I
~ ~ J \ o~
~ J~.4r
r.JJ
~~
~ wJ-S.a~
4-lo JSl O.l~1 o.l..4l1 ~ J~'il
~ (tlW4 ~) % % ~b ~~ ~..;i ~ ~I
~'il
().4
~~ J\ ~\ JSl ~ll.cJI J~'il ~
~ %10 ;;s;. u1.4);il1
eJ04+4 JJl+i:! 'i\ ~ , ~b
l+i~ 14/2 O.lL..a.l1 ~ ~ ,~l. .J:~J.ual1 ~

~i..lll ~ .l~ ul...o);ill olA ~J O.l~1
~~ ul~~! jLi,;j1 J\ )~lJ 4;:;; c)l 4~ W.lJ
~ ~ ~ iJl..l1 ~I u~'i 4~ W.lJ

clJ:j
~ ~ ~I J..-lI ~L..alJ u:b:W J~'il
J\ J.,L..:i.4l1 ulg,;
,rIQ
~ ~4 ~ lJ......... L);ill
~I 4WI W~ ~jJ ~~I Uisll ~ ~.l~1

.t.r
.~ ~~.
I I iJ \j~1
\~
J~.
ARTICLE NINE
All amounts due from the "Second Party" to
the "Owner" under the Contract whether in
the form of penalties, compensations
expenses or any other matter shall be
deducted from the Performance Bond or any
other payment due to the "Second Party" and
will be paid to the "Owner" according to this
Contract or any other Contract with any other
"Ministry" or administration in Kuwait
Government and its Departments.
All
deductions shall be made without any
previous notice or court action, and without
the right of the Second Party to object.
Contract No: MEW / C /4788 - 2014 / 2015
~Ull u~1 ~ ~ ~ ~I ~~I
J..S
u~..;a:i J\ ul...o~ ~ ~ ~ .u.ll ~lS:1.'i 19Jth;

~ ~ ~I ~lJJ.ll ~ u~ J\ ~..)~ J\
~ ~\ ~~ ~\ UA J\ j4-i~1 u~ aJl.i.S ~
.uaJ1 IlA ~ ~ ~ ~llJ.l1 (.5.ll ~~I u~ 4'0, ; '" a

uhUJ ~ ~\ ~I.l! J\ WJ ~\ (.5.ll ~1 S
iJ\ J\
jLi,;j1 J\ ~ ..;l.h.i.! c)! 4~ W.l ~);I.l~ ~~I
~Ull u~ ~ w\ W.lJ ~~ ~I~~! ~\

'~.Jla.4l1 ~ ~I
2015/2014 ... 4788 /
t / {'..!lJ : ~.J
I'lll., 1'4.#1 ~.)Ij.,
-9 -
State of Kuwait
~~I i.J.,~
VJ.~ iJt...
ARTICLE TEN
The Contractor confirms his obligations
towards immediate submittal of Insurance
Policies to the Owner and confirms that
insurance shall be made as required by the
contract and admits that any time the
insurance policies prove to be inadequate to
the Contract requirements, then the
Contractor will bear responsibility for all
consequences
and there will be no effect to the Contractor's
responsibility whether there was an objection
or not from the Owner's side when the
policies were originally submitted to him.
Thus and in any case, the "Contractor's"
responsibility shall be all and complete as
prescribed in the Conditions of "Contract" .
Insurance Policies must be issued from local
national Kuwaiti
Approved Insurance
Companies.
t ':!.Jo ~ u..-l:i.n ~\,/ .....JLi .....!)ill JJll.J1
Contract No: MEW I e 14788 -2014/2015
~'ll .>S.).! L..S .:llW1
~\J-i ......J&- ~ ..... ~ .Ji .:llW1 u"'~'i
ufo.
ul.J
..,:.n JJl:W 4.,...... .s~ ~ ~l:i ~i ~ u..-l:i.11

.,...i J~ .JA L..J~.J t.J..LS ~ .:..'iWI ~.,...i
. .u..JI.lo~
~.(.
' .<>" U;lo"
. t.Ji
_ .,... U;lo" l:i.:..LS!.J""
.An . J ~i
I~<.J Is-
V-~
.;;~~.J
i~ ~Jb.
J..laJ1 ~
oJ14
J\9--ollJ WL.al1 J-li ~ JJt..:W1
~j...:il;
. n ~~
'I .loc....... 1.." 'I~'lJoA!>'
.:..1 'u. 1..;..:0...1..
.Ji ~
_ -::t-,
J.U ~ 41 ~I ~~I
,.,.
i . .-:11 4......iltill
,....->-1..,_
~I ':"LS~ ':"],..iLb
.:..~~~
_
UJ,
...LS It
. ~'I...AJI
.!.9.",..
.,...i ~ ~~ Jo,.~ ili.J.J ,.:.....JS.l! ~.JJ

W-ii 'i.J..a.a ,1985 ~ 21 r-!J 1'w.,J1 ~
~.J\:4
;;J.i&l.ll 1987 I 18 ~ :w..J1

. 1987/4/13
~ ~~OJ14
ARTICLE TWELVE
The Contractor must strictly comply with the
Ministerial Decision No. 184/83 involving the
licensing of light vehicles transport, all types
of pickups, Traffic Departments instruction
for obtaining special permits to drivers of
these type of vehicles employed in the
Contract Project.
.,..H--,"
ul .:...J.!. tll>. .,...i ...... ~ ""&"..J JW1 .lo~ ,) ~~ .Yo

J:w..::. ,) .,.fo,. .Yo L..J .JIllo:i:! 'i .!?ol ~ ~I u..-t.Ji
.!llj ~ ...,...;:;; L. JS ~ 4.Jl-l1 ~ ..... ~ Ji&J1
ARTICLE ELEVEN
The Contractor shall use for the transport of
his labour and goods related the Contract
Kuwait Airways or other Airlines having the
right to carry passengers & goods according
to mutual agreements signed by the State of
Kuwait, and as per the provisions of the
Council of Ministers Decisions No. 21 of the
year 1985 amended by the Decision taken in
the meeting 18/ 1987 held on 13/411987.
I'~!
L..J lis.J u..-Ull
JoS.).!
I' 'I 1 "I ,.
1..: .
~~.)!J"""~~
I>"I.:..L..S
v
. !>"
.,...i ~:ll'J1
~.H
\.:ilI.:..i:Ol1
J.Jl:W
_
,I..'.n
..,--!.9
83
Ie. ' cs--~
184 ,--'J
.....
l..;-'J ~~I AM '! '':''ll;.i\.9lI'' ~I

!
.J.JJ-All ....1aJ1
vl~1 .:.-- ~\..>. 1:'~ ~ J.,.-JI
. Ji&J1 I:" t~
.) ~ ~Lio. J&.; 4.,.sj4 ""I... JSJ
2015 12014 - 47881 t 1 ~.<1,,:
c-
r-i'J
,,11,-, "4.#1 0.)1)"
- 10 -
U:!JI ~"J
State of Kuwait
It is to be clearly understood that validity of
the driving penn it depends entirely on the
driver's residence visa validity. In other
words, if the driver' s residence visa expires,
driving penn it automatically, becomes invalid
and void.
.....i!'i4 ~.)" t:'~ ~ ~I ~~I
Non-compliance renders the Contractor to

penalties and the provisions of the Traffic
Law
No.
67/1976
and
subsequent
amendments by law No. 4 111982 and its
procedures of execution.
..;oJ-&:! .l.l .;];.lll I~ J."Ll..JI ~ v...o ~ '-:!~
.,,1
~I
<fl ~I ....i!'il
Contract No: MEW I C I 4788 -2014 / 2015
J.Jai..
~ 67 ~.; ~".;~ ~.,....;.ol1 ~~~ ..:.~ JJlW

~ 41
.-J.; ~Ul4 J,l..o..J1 J.J..J-O-li ~W ~ 76

. ~"Jiiill ~~
1982
~ ~~ oJ1.4
":'I;JI
.,,1 .IiJ.. ()A ~I;io..;
.,,1 ~"JI ..:.~

'.;l.~.:ill ..>-'.JJ
()A
L. ~ ~ ,,-lWI
upl
~J".l;
~w.;."I~!.,,1 ":''il .,,1
.;:il ~." c,rllo.,JI
w....JI ..:.Ij ":'~I
r!.; "",~I;
2000 ~ 282 .-J.; w..!." 1987 ~ 23 .-J.;
.,...jU,J .u.J\ ()A t 1 iJ 'i 1"J.1. .;!Ji.ll I:" ~LS.".I ~."
.hl; tJ.lLAl1
mL:!"';." ~1987 ~l&J
~ %20 ~
u&-
J.l" 'i
4.....~~.;.
WW <.S.?-'II ":'1,,)?Jl
(,P
~ ~
.99123
(6)
4i J)I....;.'iI...s
~ ":'~I ~
. t.~\a:ill
~L.I~'L..
..
!J-
<r'WI u ""1
!j6O'
,,4 L.. J.S; ~~I ~
''''. I
....-.
J.,,~I ~j.:il.,J
.-J.; ~~I ~ .;JL..w.II 412 .-J.; "!W-li
":'~I ~J ~w.
..,.i .1999f6/13 C!-'...)~
~I
.~I D:!l.,,\A.oJ1; ~I~."
~~); oJ1.4
ARTICLE FOURTEEN
The Contractor shall not assign or transfer
the Contract, benefits, obligations or any
money due or to become due to him under
the contract to any other party without prior
written consent of the "Ministry". Furthermore,
the "Second Party" shall not sublet any part of the
work to any subcontractor without the prior
written consent of the "Ministry". In such case,
the "Second Party" with the assignee or the Sub-
I L. Ijl! ~W .....~I
. t:'~1 I~
ARTICLE THIRTEEN
The Second Party undertakes to purchase the
required materials or tools or machineries or
equipment or goods from the national products in
the State of Kuwait or from the products of
national origin in accordance with the Ministerial
Decision No.6 of 1987 and its amendments as per
Decree No. 23 of 1987 and Decree No. 282 of
2000, which considered an integral part of the
contract and in case any violation to the
Ministerial Decree, the Ministry shall impose
penalty not less than 20% of the products value in
addition to the invocation of related terms and
conditions embodied in the Contract.
The Contractor shall oblige by all provisions of
council of ministers decision No. 412 taken in the
meeting 23 /99 held on 1310611 999 regarding
support of national products, goods and local
Contractors.
u-..J ~I;
.,,1 .I_a! <f 1.,,1
...:io.I\ CJ.&- Jjw:i;
u! JJLl..ll J->-,! 'i
.l...!.,,1 "hi " J~I <f1.,,1 ~-"'I."I 4

Ui!J..lI W.l.i ~1 u.)o
u~
~~
/i .a.JI I:" '-:'-1--"'1 ~
J.H.:! 'i.Al.i..s." .i.;!J.,JI ~ ~I ~I
c..lJ...-l1 .>#.i 'i! cJlo4ll ()A JJl.l. <f 1~I~I ",1.!lI

.:... ...,iJ WJ.lI u-- ~I ~\:iS.l1 Ui!J..lI ...s
.... "...
. ... "<r'~I u''''
'I" U"':!
,,:.. "-,WI
J I ....n
.. . J.;\.Z.oll \,;".
!j6O'
2015 I 2014 - 4788 It I ? ~-':~.;
"Ill., "t.,.~1 0.)1).,
-11 -
State of Kuwait
Contractor both shall be jointly responsible to
perform all the Contract terms and works. Any
violation to this article shall result in termination
of the contract and withdrawal of the work, with a
registered letter to the "Second Party" and
without notice or any court action.
~.,s:J I U.,.)
~
~
,'.to. t.l..Wo:i
...,-.
.ll...ll .:u.
4...l'
t..WI " t.\i..JI"
.~V"'. OAw
rl...'i U!~ J.S" '
.uaJ\
rl...iJ J~I
..,.\..:is ~-""i
J..a.II ~" .uaJ\ "UJ1 ~ """.A!

"i .;ij.j1 ~1 4wI w .....J ...... Wl u).ll' ~ .r""-'"
41..Q! .:.I~ lP.-1 ~i jl.i,;jl
~ ~t=. oJlA
ARTICLE FIFTEEN
r-!J WlL.:il1 1"1..S.>.~ I"~I JJL.l..lI ~
The Contractor undertakes to fulfill the Law 25 of

1996 regarding the declaration of the
commission, which are given in the contracts
binding by the Government
tL....I25
Accordingly, the Second Party declare that

he
did
not pay and will not pay, he did not
give and will not give cash commission or loan or
benefit or gift of any type to known or unknown
broker in connection with binding this contract
and based on Audit Bureau circular No. (I) of
1996 in this regard.
r-l"~.l..; vJJ~.l..; r-l .... ~ ~L:UI u.#1 .AI~"
ra; ~I ':'~I ~ u...:.sJI ww. ~ rl996
, ~".lll ~~ ...-"ll .l.,a..J1
($1
().4
I"lH1 ~~ ~ "i JAU; J:.,......,J.:....ilS t-'"'

~J .........b.oJl w\),/.l ~ ~ ,.4-L. ,..,..;. ~J .lioJ1
I:u.
,wWJi
I~ .) 1"1996 ~
(I)
~ ~Jt.... oJlA
ARTICLE SIXTEEN
If the "Second Party" is not satisfactorily
complying with his obligations according to the
Contract and fails to take reasonable remedial
actions promptly after receiving written notice
from the "First Party" about his default, then the
"First Part" shall have the right to terminate this
Contract and return to the "Second Party" for
compensation which is equivalent to the nature of
such default & results.
"i 4..;,1&; ~-"'" roli:! wl" I"oli:!
tall. "I 4
~I ":;L.lJ:illj ,.~jl\.)
u-i ~I
u.)03l" ().4
I:u. ~\a..o
".....Wl u):.Ji"
~ Ijl
.,J ~iJ .:wI ~ ~
4:\:iS L~l ~I .lS.i ~ ..:..!" t>-'I
41 ~ ~ ~J~ "Jj'il
u~' ~ ~.J!.9 .uaJ1 1:U ~ "J.J'i1 u~I"
.. _"'I I:u. ~
'-'-"'~ ($ ill ~....-...,..,.
....," ." 'L:UI
~
. !J.
().4
. "+i\:i.iJ
In case of terminating the Contract, the "First

Party" shall pay to the "Second Party" all due
amounts for the completed works of beneficial
value to the first party, till the date of termination
after deduction of penalties, compensations, or
any other expenses due to the "First Party".
Contract No: 'MEW / C 14788 - 2014 / 2015
u..J=ll"
~.l..;
.w\iJ4
.l""-:; J~i (.r4 .~I ~ ~~
"J.J'i1 ull" wI! .lioJ1
.~ ~
f'
Ij~
".....L:UI
~ L.. 4-'-0 i..~ ~ ~..;L:i ~
"i .:.w.....JLi ",
':'L.)j.
J.J'i1 u.;J:.ll
w.o J.J'i I up il...:i..... wA!
. u..Ji. Ji u,..;,,--
2015/2014 - .4788 / t
/ r ~-' : ...--i.;
"U,I-,
-12 -
State of Kuwait
~.j-OI u-'~
~ ~L.. OJL.a
ARTICLE SEVENTEEN
The Contractor shall be abide by Law No. (19) of
2000 regarding support of National labour to
work at non-government sectors and the Counci I
of Ministers Decision No. (II 04/Fifth of 2008)
and its amendments regarding specifying
percentages
of
National
"4.#1 ;;.;Ij-,
Labour
in
non-
government sectors, the contractor shall submit

conformity certificate that National Labour at
~ 2000 ....... 19 ~.) ~Lil\ ~l,.S.".~ J.Ju...JI ~~
.;.LHJI ~ J-llI"H .'.-.., ~.,ll

t.....U./ll04 ~.) "hlJlI ~
.)))..1 '
iJ~ ~.u; .;,~

~~I
lSJJ ~.,ll ~...n.aJI ,,~I

. .li..J1 ~.f. .Ill>
~ ~~ oJL.a
~!.J.J
.;,... ~JL...o .... j
i.;lJ~
.;,:<!"
. ,,)1
i" WiJ~ I"!~ J.jll.JI 1'jlJ;

~
i.;lJ! -"L.....JiJ "L.....~I
rJ->-'J '
~!lJ.lI .;.~ ~ JI~ ~ , .:.4l..oJl
.:.~USJ1
.
~ ~.J
i
' ~I ~..n.. .l;~~1 i!J!)..>I' . t1
!>:!'"
. .!lJ~ ."Ii.J J..,ll.JI .-.:;: ~ .li..J1 ~ .....a..J1
4.a....l:i 0JL.a
(~JSl\ ~\ 4-......... )
ARTICLE NINETEEN
(Kuwaiti Income Tax)
Contract No: MEW 1 C/ 4788 - 201-41 2015
.Ji.
, ,+,~J.a:i.J ~~I .J-iP .;.~
.J-iP .:.~
ARTICLE EIGHTEEN
A.
The second party informed by law
No. 3411970 & Law No.2 of 2008 on
Amending some Provisions of Kuwait
Income Tax Decree No.3 of 1955 & the
Executive by law Issued by the Ministerial
order No.29 of 2008 Article (37). Then the
second party obligates by income Tax
payments which imposed by the said Decree
of other current and future Laws related to
the said Decree. All taxes, fees, duties,
levies, charges of payments of whatsoever
names or nature payable by the foreign
contractor under Kuwait Laws in respect of
or in connection income or benefit derived
from payments under this contract shall be
~~I
lSJJ ~.,ll t.n....JI -,.......i .l.:!~.;,4 2008 ~
non-government sectors at contract signing.
The contractor shall submit a clearance certificate

issued by the Ministry of Electricity & Water (Consumer Affairs Department and Accounts
Department) stating that the Contactor has paid all
the amounts due to the Ministry. The Ministry has
the right to hold the final payment as well as all the
guarantees presented on this Contract until the
Contractor proves his fulfillment in this regard.
,..J .;,~
4..n...J1
~.,......>" ~ ~I ~ .... ~ (....Wl) .....;.n ~
-i
r--i.) ..........f l JUlI 4-...,......

2008 ~ 2 r--i.) ';"";UJiJ 1970/34 r--i.) ~U.14
J.u..J\.J 1955 ~ (3)
~29 r'.)
~
I,n .)!)-.
P'u.J'-l\
....._~I~1
!J
_
!J
<#J~'
.,.....:oJ1 ';'L.)j:iJ'f1 UlS; ~~ ......~ (37) iJL...I1 2008
4Jb ~!J! ..Ii I"!'"'!>.o .;,.. .Ji. ..II ~",",.;-ol1 I:" LIo~
......~.).jSW I'.,.....~
~ ~~I
~JJI
..Ii
u..... .:.Ij )I:i, . "
Q)I ,0>,,1)
.)~
JI
JI ~",",)1.J1 ~~I ~
UrI! ~ ~iJ ,I ,',::b.Ji
LIot........ ,:.....ilS
~J...14 ~ ~ ,'::""".YJI 4....JJJ ~\,J ~JoAI
'AJoAI ~..,.:on .:.~..,iw
1:1i I '.j'",..:al i .... WI
2015 12014 - 4788 f t f f ~.J
r-'.)
.. U,I.., "4~1 ;;.)Ij..,
-13 -
State of Kuwait
for the second party's account, and the first
party shall not obligate, payor refund this
amounts, on behalf of, or to, the foreign
party.
B.
The second party agree that the First
party shall withheld 5% of the total contract
value under this contract pending the
submission by the second party of valid
certificate from Tax Dept. (Ministry of
Finance) to the effect that second party has
discharged its Tax liabilities in the light of
Council of Ministers decision No. 738/
FirstlllB.C - clause (2) issued during
meeting No. 35 - 2/2008 held on 141712008
in this regard.
.:..:.,s:! 1II~~
.:... J.)oi (Jiil) u.,.l>J\
uS
~J>;ill ",I wJ, .u.J1 I:>'
~J.r>J1 ~'JI ~ O'i.1I JI ~.,....}I JI J.,..~I
"-!l,U .;;...fil a...JJJ ~I 4-'IJI Ji "-:!I! (.....~I)
u~1
.1+1 ~I!J ~J&. .:.n... .) ~

~y! ~ JJ~ '-i~ (..... L.:ill) u~ ~
-..,.
~'11 ~I U-" %5 ~ ~ JJ'JI u.;-loll
~ ')jJl"hi'
,.n
~.n J.,..~..,.t.......:.o,;j ibll
u~1 I":!.u:i ~ 'i) ~I .:... ~ ~~'11 f'-=
~~ ')J'II
JlJ.9
u-o VJ~ ~j '~!J..i 'J~ (. . .~I)
u-o (2) 41 .) ~ 4-1.o ~.,.;. ~
.,..! JJt...:.l1 ~ . ..,. / 1 / '01/ 738

7/ 14 t:-.J~
'0 '
..-...n 2008 /
(~l.ol\
vw)
~J ~WJlI ~
2 - 35 ~J ~~I
.wWJI I:>' .) 2008/
The Ministry has the right to hold the final

payment as well as all the guarantees
presented on this Contract until the
Contractor proves his fulfillment of his
obligation toward his workers and his
subcontractors.
.
~ ~J
. ~I W.IlI.. .IOLi:i:..'i1
I' . It
!>Po
.!)W>-
Contract No: MEW 1 C 14788 - 2014/2015 .
<uI!J JJu..JI ,.. :~_ ~ .u.JI ~ ~Ji..JI .:.'iUSll

~411 ~
....:lJIloJ ~'4-" ~1.o~1 ~
~OJLo
ARTICLE TWENTY
The Second Party 1 (Foreign Contractor) shall be
obliged to sign a (Memorandum of Agreement) in
compliance
with
the
Offset
Program
simultaneously with signing the Supply Contract,
this is considered part and parcel of the contract.
This is in accordance to Offset Program
Obligation and the decisions issued in this regard
Ministers Decision
; and the Council of
No.694 /92 and No. 426/92; which delegated the
Minister of Finance to take the necessary
measures to insure the implementation of the
Offset Program, in addition to Council of
Ministers Decision No. 863/2005 regarding the
reactivation of the Offset Program; in addition to
Minister of Finance Decision No. 2/2002 and
Decision No. I 3/2005 and the subsequent
amendments made in the Minister of Finance
Decision No . 2012005 in addition to all rules ,
regulations and any amendments that may be
introduced to the rules and regulations controlling
this program.
;..s:...) ~ji; (~~I~)
/";'~I u~1 ~j.jJ;
~ ~ji .IS ~iil ~L.iy. "Pi: 4.....~1 (~lA:i

A.l ~J .uaJI<.)-4 ~
\. - 'i ~~
u.!)~L
'''1
.....
~
'JJt-l1 .:.JhilIJ ~}JI ~Wy. ~J>;il'i \"' _iii .!LIjJ
~ 426 ~JJ 694 ~J ~WJlI ~ <5.)))iJ ~4

.:.I~ H'II
jw...4 t..JWI J-'.JJ .;..",J
<.5 j.JiJ
1992
~!.W-11 ~ J);JJ' ~U,~II I;"" " _iii: ~I
J..:aA:i 'JU:.)
ww.; 2005 ~ (863) ~J .).,.....JI
2 ~J ~I ..>'.JJ w!) ~! U'-'>'14 .:....iiil ~\.jy.

~I J:.u:il1J 2005 ~ (13) ~JJ 2002 ~
~W.'14
' 2005
~ (20) ~J <5.))jJ..lI
~UJ:UI I~ l eli;,)1 w,.l!,.lliJ (;-l!J-ll1
J!.J&ll..i
4..l
UlS ~!
Al
tta...nJ
2015 12014 - 4788 It I ~~,,: ~J
"U.I~ "t.,.~1 ~.)Ij~
-14 -
~~I;,j~~
State of Kuwait
ARTICLE TWENTY ONE

The Contractor shall observe and abide by the
council of Ministries decision No. 2/85 dated
13/1/1985 with regard to training of Kuwaiti
technical staff as determined by the Ministry to
the contractor with the numbers to be trained.
~.J ~ .JJLwoJ\ ~hlJ.l\ ~ .J!Ji.i JJ\l..l\
~ .JJ!JS
JIJ>.i
()A
..,.....;.u
~w.
r..i"l:!
.) 1985/1/13 t:-...;~ 85/2
JJ1l.ll v)jJl\ .J,w W ~ ~JS

.~...;.uJ
~ .J (jU!i\ OJLA
ARTICLE TWENTY TWO

Immediately after signing this Deed by both
parties, the Contractor shall supply to the Owner
(4) filled in sets of the Contract Documents, duly
signed and accompanied by all relevant
correspondence and documents made to the date
of signing this Deed and which render each one
of these sets same as the true copy of the
Contractor's Offer.
JJu..JI
r.Jl: ~.;J.l1 J:.! ()A eJ ,on .~
~ I . .;.i;j I.~,._~ JiaJ\ "~

V"'...-::
tJ '1I"'"':'""'J
..,. tJ V'
.t......;
~-
~.ji Jl>.
(4) JIJ>.l.o"
~lJAll Uts ~ '\l!.)AJ J"...';/I........-~".. dlWl

, L:i ~
~J-'
..... t.".(>.H
t:'...;
~\
I_
d 'l.o:i
~II
. ~.,-
.:u. ()A JS ()A ~ ~l! eJ
~ J,jla:il\ ~ <,?l.lI JJu.J1
.:..1.w.......J1tJ
ell.~ ~.ji
u'o.J-Ol u,u... ~
.oL..t...1
ARTICLE TWENTY THREE

Provisions of the Contract Deed shall prevail and
rule over any other contradictory provisions in the
Contract Documents" which may give different
understanding.
~ t....JlJI ip ell.:U ~ .J.J!J.l\ V"..,..-lll UJ.S:!
ARTICLE TWENTY FOUR
~.J ~.)\ OJLA
In case . of any discrepancy arising out of the

Arabic and English versions, the Arabic text shall
prevail. Kuwaiti Courts are the competent sole
courts to solve any dispute or conflicts, which
may arise from execution of this Contract.
Contract No: MEW I C 14788 - 2014 / 2015
.:..I~ ~ ~j V""""'; ~j ~ ~l! .J~~I
. wa..
I..~
u.,...! ~'i!J ",J&li ~
tlJ.' J.SJ ",.)&l\

r.J:~I
.I,!i:i '.aa.n
U;i ~I .....
~4 JiaJI ~ ....,....i:i J~
. ~............
. . . . J j J.iall 1:U
.~
.)
.', ~ L.:..i..
~.
J.w>i.ll ~JSlI
2015/2014 - 47881 t I r~-':~.J
,,\11.., "4Jo4s:!I D.;I)..,
-15 -
~~111..,~
State of Kuwait
This Deed and Contract Documents constitute a
special Contract subject to laws, rules and
regulations in force in State Kuwait.
This contract is signed in State of Kuwait on the

date first mentioned in four true copies declaring
agreement to its contents. Three of them are
retained by the First Party and one with the
Second Party.
LoOt.;,.
iolS
.u..JI ul~
t"" )' .on .loA JS...!."
Fl! r~~l! ~!,..lIl .~.,JI ~
U-" l......;.t.;,.
.u..JS.l1 ~J.I; l+-; JJoO&AlI
"'-'..J
UI
~ .)JSj..J1 ~..J\.;jJ\ ~ u....JS.l1 ....lj"l .u..JI IlA ~
...~ ~~ b~l ~i ~ t-') ~ .....:w.>l.

u.;Jo)l! ....... ~I ~ ~ JJ~I u.;Jo)l ~l!
..Al! ~I ~ .....1iI1
First Party
~~'il ~I~ j.I.JLll~
~ WI" ~ 4JfSl1 ..>'J.JJ t..WI ~~I ..>'..l!
Abdul . .Aziz Abdul-Latif AI ...lbrahim

MINISTER OF PUBLIC WORKS & MINISTER OF ELECTRICITY AND WATER
Second Party
On behalf of Mis AI-Ahleia Switchgear Co.
~~I ut.:...,lI ~~I '-sy!J1 / _JUI c:p-
::J~ ~ jUlU cWli#
Name:
Position:
Signature:
Contract No: MEW / C !-4788 - 2014 / 2015
-"'\.:llli
:r-"''il
')I.1~~~.)~>f __ : u...n
f.:J1'~ \lo~~I'::'IP,~4J"~\~.foII~_
~?:.(
:~~I
2015/2014 - 4788 / t / f ~-': ~J
FORM OF TENDER
.e,
\
l1.4it c~
.~..!l.~.J. ~l,>.;fSJ1 "::"L:...,.u ~~I J.s~1
. (C.D) (j"'l>91
.uJI
~yJl ~
..r'-i
cJc oJ.,.,...,..!1 wi bh=; .IG Jj\:i)G wl.ll!....J1 cJc t)U.)'4

2013 I 2012 - 77 I ?' <ll
.u.<ll11/132 .l.4.:>.~1 ...>:4- ~~.J J,.~ ..::..I.b=... (7)
:r!.J ~\.i..Jl
..,..s..;:; j .l:!jj:i :JL.c.l
0~
(JBAH "1Y", "2Y", "3Y", "4Y", "12Y", "13Y", "14Y")
, . . ~',
t .l.o..J. ....---'
J
I. '. '
1~y-<> <S"'"'
\..iOJ k.....l
. l.I-"
.
~J
\..u&;u.L ......!JI.lJ. W
wI~
"Wo'
. \..l,k ~\..i.JI ~
'.-.1'.
" 0'
~ ~ .
. 'Y- Uh <r t..>-"'"
J
:! L.; l&.Jhi...... ~ ~J I+,;lc. c.#ylG
w.l;>-J
01 ~I
-. I .. .h,j .1J
J I.J""-'J ~ .
I .. J;~I
'+.f'.
J
1:ij~':ll
.)! :ijL...;.)'4 "lJ.,1
l..!)::JG .bJY;; l>'"
cJc
1....:.i:.J1
~\..i.J1
~ ~ l,.. W Jb.:.ll t JcJ
t!)::J':l I
''1 1
:(
rjill
- 13119 il.L..ll - 25876 :Y.(Jo"
:01J
',,1\
u,fi!1
:0IJ 9 - - - -- W
,.1\
2013 I 12 I 22
.~ ..!l.~.c) ~lt.;fSJ1 ..::..b.,.u ~ ~I J.sy1l1 / o.lLJI J, l>'" ~ LbJI
..# ~ j wwl
J.sy1l1 jl ~).o.l\
fJJfJ ('~~!71,Jt,~P';~';(;,lI~
(
"-/ 1
(\
~~\.J
".l...
~J
r,)o
:<:;- -:uWI
c.#.i>-! ~"... Jl ~"...
wj~1 j ~till
t ~I
111. ~
.~--,
~.
/~ ~'
s\~\~ "It ~L'
l~
\"
~
'L-
.."
..... ~
......
:z.
nl~
rfl
ol;
~
-{'
<::_
u, ~.~ ~
.-(};.- o.Vi
-"' t~
"(l
<l>-
""
t\,
r.t
.~~
fj .
''''
.. I , .
"
t.- ,~.
\\~.
l)iil1er" '
-,..
/ ..
..
'S:,
VI
..~
''b,
~
...
t~,. i.[
~
t; .
1:
,I;:.
Il:.
,~
Ie
c..
(..
[:
.r.I:::
j;
'!r
ce~
c;.
<..
(t
'$'
...
~ ..
.r.
~ i.
~
.~.
~.
t:
1-
c:t
.1:'
L'
L.
f;
f . l~.
.t ';
~.
~.
'$:
r-
(..
Ie..
rr'-
I~'
'l
"'"
Lf cr:....
----1:;.
<;;
ol;
.L
Ih
(p.
ol;
[.
.t
...
t [:.
E' oF .
Ct['
~ ':t.~
J;'"'
E'
/~:
"'t-'- it
c t
C'" <i:
c;. f
t
<-' /;;: (..
r .~ Ie..r (..
~ E (.. 'E't ;[
1:..
'D
.~."
\l
......
[.
r
('
t~ . .(..'
c.
1.r (...
.... . L.
'f.
I:. ,
' .',
I!:
t <-Ir'!', . e
N
.1;:. 'l: : L
,
t::' !I:-.... ...
1::.1: .....
i
J;"':
~l'. ~ ~
~ r.:: [.
'f:
<.{:
it
~.
t i f- -1::t
- I r
, ,-.
t-:.I:!
fi:
-..l
L{:"'
R..
~ I '" L.
/:,.! ,J ~ .
.V .~!
:[ ,
~.r .t-l If <::. < .[ " ...' <--.:.

_....
't ~ r (..
\l !;.
t
1~
~,
II:
'
e
-.
<;.
.~.
r:. '1:..
~ ~_
~ '-"1;: _e.. (.. ~.
<i: <pt
C'"
L.
OJ
Ul
_ . -I
I'!:
'~;
~[: f"~
ol;
,t:
$ [.
T.'
~~.
Ii.
[
"'to
~.~~~~
~~~ ~
r
r (..
.[.1'
':...l ~ "'t . C i id ~
. (.. ... ~
'$' t! J: C
; r "'" r. (..
(....-:11--.
~
f..1:
't
(-.:."" ~D.
.r....
c:
e..
1. c;- ~ <e.. (..
,_
(..
c..
~.
<p
ol;
-\.
Yi
. . l' ,r.:-
~:'
-y
&.
[.
~
&
E..
\.
,,
<..
~ t~ ~
~jt
1f
:~,
\-r(..
L.
'-
4"
.[{ '1' [: '1:

.~:
1: f;' t f' 'fi('
.. t
,tL-f>
'b_...
c;- .[''\... (..~
.:tr
,!..
f~"':""'f'
L.
L.
<::w- 1;:'r.
'
_. 'E-:
('f;! 5:.. " t
tpl';/' ,
" 0"'1
'I.
'
...
! ; ',;- ~ , t ,
'Io- ~i: " , t.1
", I)
,7 \~r. 'p""
. I~.~ . . .. ,"",""
.~
u..,..,sJ1 tlJJ
State of Kuwait
Central Tender Committee_
2013/2012-77 1 ~ ~ .J
~~I.>.'4- ~J J:~.::.tk.. (7) J~ ~";J .l:!JY

" IY, 2Y , 3Y ,4Y, 12Y, 13Y, 14Y "
u.~
20131 1 wl",\..b...ll
111132
(':iii:;
6lJ.:i
20131 1
~WI J ~l:.J4.Sl1 ')jJ
Ministry Of Electricity & Water
~.~.~.c.) ~l:.J4.Sl1 .::.Lo...,.tl ~ ';1 ~y!J11

.::.:fill- 13119 'l.i..o.ll_ 25876 :..,..u<> I
247619631 ~WI ~.J

'--_ _ _ _3_3_1_1---'81 : ($.J1+'l1 ~I
1822600[
742081
PAYMENT TERMS
..::.:joSJI ~J.l t..~

~jSyJI ..::.t....::!LWI ~
/ ;;.lUI 6-0 t.r.'.A ' s>l.b&.l4 ~yJI J-iL.:;.jl1 ~IJA ~ ~ ~I e".. ~.1
_ ~ ~L..~LWI
~yJI ~L.iJI ~I .!l.!j"sJ 0i;; ' "; ()-4 s>l.1:WI J-it..:iJ J.S 0~ 0 i : ~Ji
AJj
6J.S:! 0 1J J.!yJI JJ-4JI ~
J-iL.:;.jl1
.'Y ~JA 6JS:iJ

"::'I.l~ 01..:::J .l~ c:~! : ~t:.
,u~.l:iJI ~ I'T"
A ~u..
lA.l~ ~.7-A ~
"~
' ~
,t " -"~'t..
r..:r- J
01..::: ($i ~ .1JJ;j F-4 Ji ~ Ji ~ ($i ~~ ($:UI ~LWI ~ :

4-:~ J....=1.:o. Ji "::'~I Ji ~.lI..).i),1 .1l...'i1 ~ s> I;" s>l.ht.ll "::'ul:!t e"..
tilt:.
uL.iJI ..::.\..,jl:;;JI Ji ("U.1'i1 ~ ,.'1. ,~JI ~ 0i ;.'?J lA~ Ji ~~I Ji

6-oJ yu.'iL: ( u~IJ ~')L:) ~us ~.)I -:I cllj ~J yu.'il .ll.l.o.!4
~I 4..s~1 Ji A.........).JI F. GJji..
,ojl! 1:U ~~ ~! ~J:I ~
22 ~.lL...!1 ~ ~ ~4 s>l.ht.ll .1~ I ~l ~I .11., OJ, " )'lJ ~
t..WI ..::.t....::!LWI 0.,.1j e".. 26 '
c:r
r,;.:..
(26) ;;.lWI ~ J,!:hi

"::'~I o~ ("1j:ll)'1 ~LWI / ;;.lL..JI e".. J..\.,;
~i (.S.lLi:iJ ,,:-,~I ~.jll ~ 1964 .w.....J 37 ~.1 ..::.L...:a!LWI ~u ()-4
.l".Ii s> \bi.i
. s> l.ht.ll .l~1
IJ"II. (.S.J-I
2013 / 2012 - 77 / ~ ~.J : Uw...ll
r-!..;
.u.~ 11/132 4:>.')'1 y.~ ~~..; J:""":;,:;,~ (7) ..,.,s..;:; J .l::JJi t~..,..
(JBAH "IY", "2Y", "3Y", "4Y", "12Y", "13Y", "14Y" -) : Uw...ll
- Lli..o..)WI.
'-'
~..;.oll
~.lt..ll
l:il\."
~..)
,~)I
'WI
w
..
.A)!
2013 / 12 / 22
74208
2013 / 09 / 23
16/ i
2008/08/27
33118
2013 / 04 / 15
130197350
2013 / 12 / 01
u.- ''"
&ijlll J~I u.- ''"
c,,<..!l+'ll ~I u.- ''"
'..!t+' 'J..,p ~ 'J4-J. u.- ''"
35335
2013 / 02 / 17
JI~I~.;l
10614
1981/06/17
111722-2012-AQ-ARE-Rv A
2012 / 03 / 01
1046598
2013 / 01 / 08
1046598
2013 / 11 / 04
~u.JI ~ Iy!. J1....>;1
2014 ~W ~I .... u....J
1
2
3
4
5
u.- ,..!."...
~.;l 'J4-J. u.- ''"
u.- ''"
....Wl ~I 'J4-J.
,..!."...
4-WI ":'L.."a...u
u.-
j.JL.o..lI ........ 'J4-J. (P ,..!."...

.1.;,..JS.>.l1 ~ ..:.4+11,) l.,ulo.;ll
10
~u...,w....""I.i\;
'J~I 'J4-J.
ISO 9001:2008
~,Jill tlJ.l t....,s.:..

~jS.;.J1 ~~LWI ~
J.l1.!i.,.I1 ~I.l~ u4;

2013 12012 - 77 I r \!l.J : ULWI ~J
.u..!l1l/132 .l.4.:I.'il y.~ ~ ~J J.o~ .::.lb.o (7) ..,...sY.J J:.Jji

(JBAH
'::'~I
t"""'''''
"lY", "2Y", "3Y", "4Y", "12Y", "13Y", "14Y" ' ) : ULWI

~..,....JI
J.IoJI
ul.;,U1
rJ,)1
~4JfoSJI iJlJ.:.... iJoll.wo:i..~ i~lJ:'
11
\:at....
C::J
000001046598
2013 I 12 I 04
~WI.J
GB/GTEE/13/14646
2013 I 12 I 16
4-w>'i1 ~I .i.J~1
12
Uw..J1 cJl\.l.J
13
.,.-li+'J1.;I......'il J.J~ .J ~u..J1 ~
..:.l..... Iy.!I.J ..:.4-,jlUSlI ~

":'L..J"",;l1 .J ~I ":'I.~I .J
,,~I ew,o!'1 ~
.....w.,. &H-o .J& loS
15
16
u....JS.l1 l..lJJ t.~

~jSyJl ..::.t..~LWI ~
6A ( ~'il ) ~J'il ~I ~~ ~ ~->.! wi ~Li.. JS ~

.l~~ s-lbaJl ~yy u-","",illj ~J ')J'il 6:!-al:il1
- : ~LiJi ~ Y. WJ J:-i:UL: ~l:ill ':'Li~1 4a.: wi ~Li.. JS ~
.........~.l:-;l!.--!.~:.:~~:~~~--! : c)j,.,J1 ~~.r.~!.~~.r!;;.?7.~r.~.J: ULWI r-i..; - i
(1
(2
.............. J;:!:.~I. : ~ cr ..;J\.....Qc:~;?:!':~;!~;!~~~.6: ~I l..lw r-i..; - "'-:'
.............................................................~-!t~?n. : ~L:ll\ 0.l4 - [.

........ ~~.~~.:.~~!.~.~.: ~J: ~ ~ .....~.~~~!.!.~.~.~~.. : ~J: 6A i.1:':! - J
.. . .................... ;~.J.~~!!\Q9.q~9~Q........................ : 6::At.:U\ ~ .....
)
..#- 'i ~~ .>Ll:J ....ill 6J~ .J .....t....,.)
~LWI ~jiJ r:i.i.
.*=-.uA~I.l~
L'!J
..
, ~J:UI.....!I
.. JA
SCHEDULE (C)
WORKS SUB-CONTRACTED TO OUALIFIED LOCAL SUB-CONTRACTORS

Tenderer is instructed to indicate works he intends to sub-contract.
Item No.
Ref. In Specs.
Particulars
Total in KD
PLE k\SE REFE ~ TO SCHEDlJI EC-C

{P A C1 'I;,; 'ls;ttl g, 'ls;t1\
Signature of Tenderer :
Date:
-,
SCHEDULE (D)
LOCAL SERVICE
Tenderer must indicate hereunder local services, he is committed to avail himself of such as
but not limited to:
Item No.
l.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Particulars
Total in KD
Travelling
Local Transport
PLlC<\SR
Housing
DV~li'D_ Tn.
Hotel Accommodation
iL-"-'
Financial services such as Lie, LlG,
u-u
overdrafts, etc.
Insurance
I (PA~lC~~1R2&
Shipment and airfreight
"10"1'
Any other services
TOTAL
~
6.
7.
8.
Signature & Stamp of Tenderer
~~~/
SUMMARY
The forthcoming schedules for A, B, C & D determine the local portion the Tenderer is
committed to allow in his bid.
The Owner will closely monitor adherence of the Contractor. Contractors are instructed to
submit quarterly statements with documents proving such adherence.
Item No.
Particulars
Schedule A
Schedule B
Schedule C
Schedule D
Total of local portion
Total in KD
PLEASE REFEK
TO
."."."
""
'TO ~n"
\ . ~'-""'" JU"T'
:( 4/2-2) oJL..
l
.(4/2-2) o~WI 0-' J..,'i .;h.JI ",,; 0W.l.)}1 ",...""wl" .., "i.J"'2l>." ~ wi,.:;
:",-1: t...,. J~J u.w
:~Jl..l1 WJ.l1 4.!LiS : (4-2) oJL..

~:UliS I'~ 01 (wW~) 7-2 o..ri'l\ ~~...., 4-...... ~~ ~ J~I"";...,.,c..J I~I J.."..iJI..)c"
~ J)l>. .ill~ J .....liJ1 W.lli ~ J~I....: L.; w,,~oS.ll ",,; o~1 c!ly,J1 hi 0-' ",,; Y"""' 0l....;" ~
0l....;,,"-!t...: "JLiSlI .:... ~.., <r'"'.)I.>hJ1 t"Uw.>hJI t~.JW~.., .>hJI t~.JW 0-' L..~ (15) y:,c.
~ ~ [..JUI t-4-JI J~~ L.., ~I ~)t; J,; (j oJ;;' .;\\ ~.., .illW1 ~-';1 ..;JI .....liJ1W.ill
w'iGJI ~"";J ~~\ c!.lll c::...!~~ y:;..~...., "J~I JL.,.c '11 ~ csll .....liJ1 W.lli ~ ~
.....liJ1 W.lli J.,IS ~I.ly..,1 ~ J.,u..JI ~.Jt.. .....liJ1 W.lli "JliS ~ 01 ~
w1~ ~ :UliS J.il.i. .lkJI W cJ.-o (% 10) ~ JJLiJ.l "-:!.lli ;i..iL Uj~JI c!~) .....liJ1 ~I
~.lll .i.> W ~ o.JIj..,JI clLd o~1 ~I c!l ~..ull hi 0-' 0yL....., :i..b..,y:.. ..>p.., :i.....,.1il1
cSly '-:;h~1 wW.1.l1 J)I~ 0-' lA.~\~y..,1 rJ,;'" J.,\SJ,-! W.llI.:'" ~by..,1 ~ Jy.i.JI ~.Jt..~..,
W~ y,..1 JI Jyill.., i')\:i..'ilo~~ ) ........ 1~ J.,\SJ,-! lA.~I~y..,1 rJ,; 0 1..)c W.l J,; ~ 0-' (% 10)
'1.." ~..)c ..?-=JI ~\lI1 wy,JI t?1.ll jy..: '1 J ,"JliS.l\.:'"
cslc ";I..,! c!:>J tY.., ~y
.i.> ~ p......ll (~~I w.;.hll) yUlI ~UJI t?1.1.l jY.'-;! '1 L.S ,:U\.iS c.Jc ";I..,! o)j}1 c!:>J
.-JliS.l1
&
~J.lI .!oJ..."J. : (7-2) oJL..

.ll..ll Ii.> ~Y'! c!.1.l1 rJ,; ~LWI .~ 4.,uil1 .b..,y::J1 0-' ~l:iIl o.foll ",,; ~).., J" L.; J)l>. '11 0..,~
~ ~I -cly,JI hi t.S.ll ~ y:;..1~JI J}iJI <..,.A..,. csll Ji.,.,....:;Jl; 0foJ (~).b>! ~..,sJI .Ju,.lll;
~I wW.1.lI ....1S :U\.".I .illWI ~I~~.J ~ ,j~.., ~Y' y~ dlWl o\..i:kl y:;..I}I.., w"..,sJI
r.l L.. .)lel FY' >'" LJ W..,"-! tJlcl.., ~ <.#~I J}:WI yJ.....,.. csll .lliJ1 oio JI~.1. J.."..i.Jl ~
<..:..1', 1 ".Ii :U\""10~ JI..p-'i1 ~~.., Ji.,.,....:;JI .I.?I w!.., J,!"J"';"" 'io J)(.;. 1-';1';';' U:kl ~
.dlWI ~~ cslc ~Jy..... ,-,""~I 0..,~
~J.l1
:~l:iIl ....,..}I
JJ:)o ( 117-2) oJL..
cslc J}.i.JI csll .illWI J,! 0-' c!.lll ~...rb ~

: ~Jl..l1 WJ.l1 (1
cJ.-o %10 ~ 4-...... ~~ ~ ~ 0 14-..liJ1 :i-...!.llI:UliS r.1 lli J .lk.l1 c}y ~ J}.i...ll ~
I'W ~ J..,....iJ1 ~.JL., 4-..liJ1 ~.lll .i.> W J~W ~ ~ "JLiSl J..,\i.ll r.1.lli Jil.i. .>hJI y--"
'1.." :ULiSlI.i.> & c.Jc ";I..,! <.#i o)j}1 c!:>J L>lJ'~ ~l:iIl wW.ll1 0.0 .....liJ1 W.lli .:... ~1~y..,1
tb! r-i! ~
~.lll .i.> J.,~ .illWII'~'" ~ .J4i-l1
cJ.l..,
~ ~..)c ..?-=JI J..,\i.ll t?1.ll jJ'?-;!

Ii.> J..,\i.JI J,,! cJ.-o :i......liJ1 ~.lll "J\.iS ....)\:i..1 t~.Jw 0-' L..~ 45 J)l;.. JJ\i.l1 y\.....,:J .....liJ1
:U\.iS J.b:i"'.J~ ~"-:!~ yl..,1 ~'i ~l; ......... wW~ cslc J~I",,; .y. <.#1 J..,\.i.J.l0fo
.~ ~l:iIl wW.ll1 0-' W.llI .:'" ~1.ly..,1 rJ,; ~ Jy..iJ1~.Jt.. .....liJ1 W.l.lI
: ~y":"ldJ (2
: J,i r.1 ,jh.:U ~y wW~ cslc J~......,JJ ~ I'~ 0 1J..,\.i.J.l
(CI F) w"..,sJI""; .t.:.,..JI csl l ~I.., 0:!->UI.., :wsJI) ~ L.; c.,W\S...JI.., wl~1 ~
.y,.Syll.., ~yJI csll JllII.., ,-?~I 1'>",.)1 J....';:i.., ~I ~I
. ~I.., ~.l...oll JL.,.c'i1
2/A
: 4WlloJy;J1 aJ r:i:! c!.lll J~I (3

: ~~I JL.c. '11
0-->J ....WI .bJy:J1 0- (15-2) .,WI ~ ~I .1L.:..J1 wl~1 :ijts ~.lll ~ ~ y 01 ~ .:.
lA.'I~1 <.Sp.. ~I wI~AlIJ ~LS.JI ~ 0--> %65 J'~ L.. ...-.Ie J-...=.,; 0 1JJu..JI ~
: .):i l..S J 1 ) ......'JI JJ",," ~ .1fiiJl JL..c)U
: (3)
JJ~I .:
'.1ji....JI ,I.,...JI Uh ~J ~I ~ y....> y. y...-JI 0~' ~I ,1.,..11 'J6. ~ (i

'UI <.J.1
' 'b...."...l
._11 <.J.:J""-:' .( , .. Lh..
~
," .11 wi'.l>.Al'I J
,t',
<,;> y--=
_
,lyJI Y'-"' 0~ JJu..JI J,! 0- .y:,l,u> lA.'I~I":; ~IJ ~).;JI wl.>...JI 'J6. ~ (ii
~."s.JI.)! (CIF) "u,....." V'L..I.)c ~IJ ~IJ ~I
i,.1y....... io,? 0" U6. ~ ~IJ ~).~I ,1."...Jl ~4 ~I t~ 0~ (iii
- > '\II J
.Lh..
_
<.Sy.....?-
,:u ""b., ,,;,\-:~,.,. ~Iy.:, ~ ~IJ .'.1,.,:.....JI ,I"..JIJ ~I ,1."...Jl ~~ (i : (4) JJ~I
.<.Sy..'J1 ~Y"')I ~J w'i~IJ ....Wl w:uL.....lIJ 0jb..lI.)! JiilI"-iJS:j ~Y"')I

,Iy:;.....'il ~Y".1J ~.1L..;.J1 rY")I,:U ""b;, ,; .y:;,l,u> lA.'I~1 ~ ~IJ ~'il ,Iyll ~~
, <.Sy..'il rY"')1 ~J w'i~IJ ....WI ,,,,,,:uL.....lIJ 0jG...J.l JiilIJ L\!y:.J1 ~Y"'.1J
,)\,:.1 (3.ii) ~ y. l..S (ii 0
~IJ ~.,..11 ~ ~IJ c.,.ySyJI J ~.,..1I,.,]! 0j~1 0--> J.iill Y'-"' 0~: (5) JJ~I
,w\i....ol.,..1l ~y}.b..y.l..S~ ~IJ
(5) + (4) + (3) JJ~I ~ ).~....'JI ~410~: (6) JJ~I
(2) x (6) .... (2) JJ~I ~ w4..sJI J (6) JJ~I ~ y...-JI ~\.j 0~: (7) JJ~I
.:
.:.
.:.
.:.
.:.
'-',JI J :i.,UiJl JL..c'i1

~I JL.c. '11 V'4! t'" <J~ V'L..I.)c o'-',JI J 01-*1 ~J :i.,U.w1 JL.c. '11 Ll!1.i. wW'.)c J~I ylb ~
, -wltJl ww.lll ........
1_ J ~
.. -- II J J \iJ1 ~~t>"J~~..fr"'"
- >,
, - ', .11 .. 'II J:h lA. 'WI . .1. ~
:0
w.ll4 ~lh.JI usJ ~ ~.,..1I ~ .,..?.,..1I ~I JL..c'i .llWI wl.>...J1 JI ,1.,..11 "40- %60 .:.
0--> lie .foll ~.r-! ~~, <.S..?- ~IJ .fo.l.J1 JL..c'i1 "4~"...J ~ .fo.l.J1 J,..JI "4 0- %75
.:.
0--> J.b.:ill V'~I,.,]I :i...i!yJl wI.ili....JI C:'" e,y,1 wWilI~.r-! ~"jl y..lb J.J-"-:! (3 -1/7-2) .,WI ,;."
~I J.-.ll~.J-'~, .,~ ,I.l<'-~ wl.ili....JI...-.Ie ...:i,!.>....djJ V'~I :i...i!1".. ~ ..,illWI~';" f' L>-J ~
y..lb cillWI r~1 ~).;j 0--> L..~ 45J)L;.. ~yJl.'~I~"""':; ).l...>1 <JYHJ I;'" ..,WI ,;." .bJy:JI ~J
0--> ~ ,:U l..~ 45 JI .l.o 0u JJ\iJ1 ylb JWSI~;,c 'J6. ~J 4--I.b:i.iI J wI~1 Jl..S.:i....1 ~y:;, ~.lll
." <- I'e:!.1t:;
".o..Jbl J J \iJ1 u~
:~I ';;'\&.J~ ~I .1L;il1 ~ J.;.1J.:i J:ll.. t!.lll (4
wb,"::"'" .)1lA.'.1~ ~I .1'-:!iJ1

~ 4,...:,l! ~I
(':!~
~
cW "4 L>- %100 J'~ l...)c J....=.; 0 1JJ\iJ1 ~
JJ\iJ1 ylbl .....)\;i..1 L>-l..~ 45 J:h ~.lll .,~ ,I;,c~ '.1J"! ..,illWI ~';"J..,illW1
()!lJ\iJ1 .)c J I;'" e;h'll ~ wb,,,:;...J1 r)\;i..1 ~"'"" ~ 4.l..."W1lA. .1k....IJ ".1.,..11 .1'-:!iJ1
Y J wb,,,:;...JI.),1 .)1 (:11 ~I wI'~J ~'11 .1k....'11 Wl.ll...J ~I wI~1 :ijts
", ;""'
~ ' ",
'U
:;;r
~~. j' ",.
\0
t--
... ' !l
''!U ~ -:'J
,-",~
QO
; L~ ~~'~~~1,l1,1'~~j~1~.f~1~~~J.~!;.~~ ,1
~ ~..Il '"3 --:y J.. '3 - ,; ~ --:Y'.::' .;f 'J ~ ~-) ~'''J.,:.:! - - :u '"3 ~ Jl
~,~
~
;:
~
'
.
1..,
'
'
1
1'1
;-:J j - ~.:"j ';1. .'~ - J ;;; ,~:::j ~ i J ~ '''l) ~ ~''.1.., =i 2
:1~"'I] l;,~
,~' ~- ,~;;;
- ~~ , ~ :~ J
l~
"!). 1 .., \
-~ ~
\
1
J Y
-:)
'J - 1. .-J ',~,
.
'L1J
- ] ~ ~ ~ ~ ~r 7)1 l ,~'1 ~ ~ ~ ~:! "iI R'L- J -u~, 1 J ~'J ~ i ~ ~ ~ ])..,
- 2 ~J , J" - ,;p ~ J -:- ~ -'1 .-Q' - ~ . f ~ ;<l J'..:I' l J A '~ .., .~ ~ i '1 ~ ~ J ' l J
"~.:t' ,~':).) "'.,
- --.0., 1. ~ ::; ~-) ~ :::..
,2 7) ~ J J' . \ ':I, ..j '., :.::I.., .:,:.:' .., -,'. ~~, :;j q 1:.:' A
] J ~ - "l~
,.,.. 'L") ''''l .
.J ,")
J .
.~
j> --1
J
:j -:r"'l l'
1 '-'1'
,:l
1
~
~
:T
'1,
~~
~.~
\
1
~
,,~,~
J
l;.~
~.
-..,:::"
.~.
!
{
~
'1
.
'
~
;;:
--.0.,
j
~ '~I, ~ '~,
~ '" ''!U
...J '~~ r-- ;<l
~ _ . ..Il ~ ~ ~ ~...J' ~ :.j' ~ ~...J :J' 'q _.., ~] .~ l'3 ~ ~ ,:J .:J ~ :~:J f'j J J ,
. q 3' ;;; ~
'J ~:::..
...J
J
~..... J,,:;1'
~,~,~
~ ::J,
."i J, J ...1.;f
.1: "1 .~ l' ~ ~ ~ ~]:- ]- ~ J'"
.:? !l '~"'l.
{:2 1-..,
'
L
'1'"
..:1'. ., .:J '"
" J '" . '"
J
~
.
U
1
...Yo")
~ ~ .J <7 ~","'~
~'1 ~ 1 . ...':1 ~ r:J OJ "1 ~ . ~ "t j 1 G;' ~ 1, .:J J: ]- -:- l1; -3 ,J ~ .~
r-J '.,~
~
-")~ :L --;Jj ..:I' ~ .;r ~
~
.;r
J
~
3.
J
.
~
~
J
_
~
J
"'3. :$? ~
,2 'J
.~ '1, ~.
9;1 -3'~
'.,.., is ~..,
'; 1
~ - '7
.~ ~ 'J
.. - ''1
J -"I rj:.::l
_
II
J
;1
!;I 1
'''t -, l
J 2 l "j ~, ?' ; A~ _~ 1 .~ A2.., ~ "J ~ ~ ,\, '~ lA''') ~ ~ -:) ,~~ 'J;'
':Ii:1; 1 ~ "1 J .~
7t -.., -:J., ,"J' ~ ~ ~ , 'L- .~ 1; :~: ~ ~.~:i.:J a 1;:] '1"1; -;; 1.~ ~
~ J
-3: '"
.;r.!l:'Jj
,. ~ ."3,~ l _~ -:1
1; .~ J 1;
~ J ? ~ j , ~ ~ t .~ ::! ~J' ,~.::' ~~ ~ ~ 1 1 ~ :~
3
''!U -
""J
:j.
<l.,
-::l
,Q
'1
-..,
..
' .'
'"')
O\.J
\Q
'1
..j
-::l
.A_
3. -)
J '
,Q
,''';]-;;;
'<t
'1
'<.J,.j
:t
,Q
...J
'1
]-
\ .
<\...
"')
.,f
'1
o.
'1'
'1
";j
"'
-:.:J
>
'"
'<t
-'I
;}'
'"
1:
'"3
_.., '1~
'.1
.J..,
~ ~;?
~~:!\. .:?
'"
,:J'JJ
:~ ~ 1
j
,
'1
''!l
'J.1
,]
~~
J..,.~
J;;; 'l\
.~,~ ~ .~ \ ~ 1 j'~ j'~ J~~, 'fj ] ~~: J~ ,~ } ~ ~,,~ ,. ~ - :3
~ 1~-- ~"\I, 1~ - j
2 =t ~ ~ ~ J. ,~- ) '1 ,f J :~, 1; J ~
~
~
~
~. - - - ' ,
1"" ~. ~ J 11
1
---1
,Q
7isa:~
'!U;~ ..
_ _
...,
~1
A J',.~
,:}..,
J '~ .;<l '
~.s j
~-'1
1 ....J .
"1
\CJ
,Q
'j ']
....:'! '
~
.'
]]'"
,~~
~ '~;j1
.11
~0~3"'~~~ 'l;' .~ ir"J.,~i'~~~:QJ l<)1 ~ ~:"J.,1- 9~.~

.~ .~ 9
1~! ,4 '..,,~ ~;;; ?J ~:)1 ~ i:::" 1 ~ ~ ~ ~
~
, -, ...,.j ~
s ~ J J '3 .5 J ~.4.
-'i J
-'i
:t,
..Il
'J -
"1
-;;
-j~~~~'~"'~'''J.,l; ..j'
..j
..::l
;1
- . .' ,
':l'~
'1 ~,
-
'J
~JJ
'1
-1
'1
~~'L-:3' :~1:,: , ,?,~,j~ :~, ..;\,:t

']' 'J ~ ]
:$? J -.., j
.., '" ~ g J '-' ~
J 1 J
- ' . . "l~, j -~ Vl-..., 0:::l].
-l.",.Ii
>;f. " ~ .j]
. ~- . : ];I,
':J
]~,
"
. ' " .:J
-"!J
,.., .
, . l
.J' J _ ~ j , :101 J
:~ ~. ~ ~ J: "'\ 1; ~ ~ 1 ~ ~ ,:J!
j ~ '" ~ \I, '1 . - ,
J ] "5 ~ 1; - ~ ~ ~ :3 J 1
~.f ~ ~ ~ ..:'i ~::3 ~ -l,' :"'..Jl.' - " ~ 1. ~-:.=' :.!l' 'J ~ ~
..,'
"5 1,.~ ..,
:. 2
1~
. J
',~ ,J 1l :~ '1'J
'J j
,") ..,
'" ~ ;~;j1
.J'
:j'
~ 1. 3, ~ --.0., 1 j
,~
:.j,;2
":1
]-
") J
... ,r~
, .
,Q
,Q
-'" ,.~...' ......~,
~ '~ ~
..,
~ - A'
..1,
iI' ~
'J:]
:::j
~ ''!U~
'J:] .:] . .J
"~ . ";"t{":/
.iA ~J '~.)yJI
~
-* .)4'-11c.b! LJ...o ~ ~P'J ~ ~ ~-'""" ~~,"","J CO ~4-0 .~~ ).>..<>1
Ji..:i ~~ ;iJ1..iS t.l.!1.i. J}iJI r fo JI ~4-il1 W.lli l..'" f ' ,,;, I ' . ~I tlL..lI
.)~ Ul 1..01 ;iJWI
.y.~J ~y.=uJ1 ;iJ1i5JI' y L..."", ~ )lI J ~u..J J~ d J J)G. \J,ji..:;...iw ~I ~y,JI.~

~4-0 .~~ LJ...o YSI )~I"Jb ...... J ~I ~y.,JI .iA J.:... ~I ~ I~WcI lS"'p'l wloly.)I
t~~ <,5i 4-i4-0 ;iJyWl JL=)l1 ~ ~L..: l....J ji..:;...i)ll ;iJ1..iS L!-' ~ y...
1:-">',; u l J}.i..ll ~
~1+U)l1 .~~ CO Yi:.. ~ ~ JL= )II
jc oj
:wW.l.lI~.l,!~(9
ww..,]1 ~ ~ ~ JL= ')1 L!-' ~ y... <,5~ 0W:! ~ .~WI .4J i.4b wW.ll1 L!-' <,51 ~ .>,;.b,jJ
.lli.ll..bJY"'' "-'. ~.
..... W i.iJ, J,...JI'LJ-< ~ ..r.'""
.. .. II l' ~L...JI
.
*' .
:~i.:;JI ~I.J. : (14-2) oJ!...

~ \J,~.b..J ~...>I.rll lyJI ~.lli.l~ ~ .~~I JL=)l1 ~ ~ ul J}..iJI csk ~ : (1114-2)
\J, y! pi.:; .....I,? o\,)k w..3J ~I "'" yJI ~ JL=)l1 <"WI jc JJ1..WI y.i.:; I~J.S .lli.ll JL= I JJ.b.
~ ~ ~J t~.,...,)l1 i.J.o ~ y... JI t~.,...,1
Js j c y.WI JL=)l1~ L!-' (:i...;W~ ......a....o..;) % 211
) .~.,..>-i- ~) w)\.,yS ..byb. yl~ jl ~ J~j.o jl '~.,..>i- Uo,1.S ~I y\ ..b yb. yb jl Uo,1.S LlJ".".:;
. . wL.I _"'>J
>ill . L.:...:iJ)I
~
...
,)
. \..:WI JL= YI ... .
,;1
.
.. ._, l.;;.:ij'
.. ..?-'').J-'H
J ...?
. .~w
. . . . )(..LS 1.J...iJ.......
. , J ~.
Y'
.- 1.' i' .)1 ~b UJ~J pLlI J."...,.,... ~ ~ ..... 1yJI .~ ~J .lli.ll Y'-'"' L!-' % 10 jc ~ ~
JI~)l1 ~ ~ ~ <,5iJl ...>~I d--;:')I ~b UJ'"! .cll:,sJ ~I.....;,,! wl~Iy.1 '-:1 ~l.i..:il JI ):';1 JI
~
"-.i!J! .)j)1 wyl 1..0 1~1.lli.l1 .l..o.l..o.! c,..J~ Ui JI'p-)l1 L!-' JL,.. <,5le J}i..ll j,?-!)lJ :(2/14-2)
~ Y"..
c...u.. J l.lli.ll..bJ.,J. ',I ~ <,5...
I c....u..u lli'Y'
. J,...JI ~
..
.y.yi..lll~
A . "
..,;, ,
tJ~1 JL=I \1 i , I.y.yJ ~yJl4Jij ~ wI""-'>.lI.~ ~ :
(24-2) oJ!...
\J,~Y'-J UI Wlb ~ .cllWI i.J.o U~I UJ'"! J}i..ll j,?-!)I LoS.lli.l1 ",-:.oI,?1 yi.l4JLo...:i...I j,?-!)lJ
~ rlL. wl.u..JJ G..I..:>..:! J.k JI ....>:!"'.l.O JI t 4--<> <,51 43 '),:,........ JJLiJI U~j. JL=)ll <.S"'>J~
~I ~ Y"! oI..,Ik A'>", .. , tl4-"-:I1 c!~ LJ...o J j 1..WI ~ I~IJ ..cllWI .wJI .l! .u..all 14! ~I
rl
.tll...,>.JI .iA ~ J."..-.=Jl JJLiJI ~ ~I wl~1 L!-' lSI C;:!! JI ~ w ~I p)\] ~ .cllWl
~ J.-JI t-IY' LJ...o wl~1 .iA J.ii ~ .)lc.i .,;.l~ ~I.u.,,~ -...,Jl JJLiJI wl..o ~ ~~
..lli.ll o.l..o ~4JI ~ JI JL=)U ji..:;...il
LJ...o )lj1..:J:, .)lc.1 ~~I w.!)1 J)G. ~\.c~1 <,51 JJ1..WI ~~ <,,"'" ...>~-:.J" ...>4c w:"".:; : (1146-2) oJIo
"~WI .~
L!-' p)ll .,;..b-JI .) '~))I " ~l;.
u,..J)\.'j J)G. ~I JI .cllWl~" .}.;~-! i",u ~IJ .~WI.~ L!-' .p)ll',;.ll w:""':; : (50-2) oJ!...
4; J~J a..JI .iA "'p'1 .)1 " .. ~ ~
e,sll t""""yJI ;iJbl c.,.J.b .)\.....';,)11 1')1..:;..1 i.J.o 1..0>.!
uc- ~ tly <,51 ~ J,....,iI~ ~ <,5iJl <.i';ySll ~L.dill e,sll ~~~I ~IJI.cllWl~" ...>4c
. "~
.. . J I .lli.lll~
:~~lj~l:
L.!""~ 1y..4 ~IJ ~ ~J ~I .l! (J.,1.S~)
(51-2) oJ!...
~y... <,5I J I J,...JI UW J J1..WI ~ Wb

.iA LJ...o .y.yJlj ~yll j4-iI'~~ )~)I .illWl4b LJ..b <"~ 0 1 "~ UU Jr.iJl j ~I
4..;.0
c,..Jb ~ ul ~J ~IJ J~..illl wL...,,~~;u,.y wL.....J .l! JL=)l1 ul

~ ylJ ~L.JI wwiJl
csk ;iJ)I.ll1 ~oA
'~~I
u1.S ~~ ~ ~ j...;>.. <,51 JI .l...WI JL.c)l J-,1.S yi......= ~ J}_iJI

I
~ .illWI0-9 J L. I~u JJLi..JI ...,...Lb.) '~))I wlo~J...JI L!-' ~~ U"~I I'~J I~ ~I
- ...>fii..JI y..l.bll I'~I LJ...o u.c- ~,+--"I J)L;.. ~ jill ji..:;...il .~~ ).>..<>~ I'~ ~\.i U"~I ~Y
~ L>-ll..11 ~.)-"!
"'-:;Ie
~ y.JI "'-.Je. Ij:ill L!-" J JLiJI ~.}ill j401.~~ )"'-'"" I csi...i
..u.o j.;>. Lfl JI J-JI I~ 4j)\c.
'i J I:'"
4-l <.5y..1 .Jy>1 ~I JI V'" ~IJ :i..i~IJ lJ:!.oWIJ -...)L.JI
: J.J.ilII.J ~'il :(53-2) oJL..

~Y' ~ JJ-iilIJ .1~'iIJ ~I V"'~ .~I ~J ll..11 .bJy'; ,,",J)L..LS J..,...ll ~ WI.:..
JJLiJI ~ ~ 0 1~J J-,""J (')U...,I ,~~ .JI.l...a'i ~ L;lb <illWl ('~ 0 1JJLiJI c..-k
~)IJ w....:; ~I ~L...JI wW.l.JI UI.S J;..dilu l>.;-;;! ~.u...j.,.. efl JI.ll..1l J...~I ",,~I
.W; .illWI ('j.: J\:iluJ J}i.ll ~ ~ ,~))I wL..),...JI L>- ~'-! <.Y'I ('j.: ~ L>-J ~I
r)U...,'i 1.~~ ).l...a'-! <illWI 4+;..)-"! r..r':!.J~ Uy:; J)L;.. ~ ~ <.Y'~I ~y c..-k
~y! .:.; t-uw 4l:,s J Jl.=)tJ .illWI Jy!J V'"~o.:...i.Il 'j~IJ J-JI r WI t-U\j ~ ."..:;11J~IJ
J~ ~ ~y..ll ..illWl0~ r.A L>- JiSI c..JI iy......li.JI ~~..., J..,...ll 01.S I~IJ :i..i~IJ 0L..;,,]1
0-< ~ J-S.l;;) 0;'" J~~J r)i.:i..,1 wI~~.J~ L..S ~J ,j~1 ~ J..,...ll L>- ~ efl r)i.:i..,I J
'.< .. J J\..iJ1 J ..illWI U:!-'
" "...iL;;... '-''\..i:i'il r'-'
' L..\ liJ,
' I . 'I
r ~I J.r.- <..>-;
. J ......~I (,?'Il:i\u. J <J.u!
~ . ro u--'
.u .,;
1:U 4-iL.;4.1...d... .~~ ).l...a,-! ..ill~J JL.c'i1 UI.S L!-" .4J.j'i1 J.;S (J...I.S "-'-!) J-JI r\....JI ~
4l. ~I .~'il ~ ~ 4-iL., c2.o.l10 1 yi:J..,I.S ~ JS.l ~.l..ll Jl.= '11 r)i.:i..,1 L-~J
,(7 -117-2) .pl ~ w.....; L.. 0SJ
I~I ~I liu-! ~yJIJ J..,lS.l1 .~'11 ~ '1 y...W1 J-JI uL., 'yUI Jy!ji J r)i.:i..,'ll .~~ 0 1
~ ~~I .~'11 ~ y> L>- ~ .>- ",ji .l..l.u.o j.;>. Lfl JI J-JI Jy!J r)i.:i..,1 .~~ .JJ~ y..t.J
J;i...':.:i ;U":U'::' ~ j.;>. efJ ) Jl.=)11 JL..,.:i...1 ~ ~yJl .ill\...l.lS JJli..l1 yj~ L>- .J~ ~ .li.JI
~'iI'J~ ).l...a,/ ;;"'j)\.)1 w4.;3yl.I'p'-'/ ......yll JJli..l1 <.5.11 Jlj! '1 ~ ~ L>-i JS..:., J-JI
.J~IJ
,.1:.'>-
bi ~ ...... I~'1 ~ \...I. y! ji.; Ji.ll i"fo ..;11 wi ~I ,:'" :J\:ill ~I u~ : (1-55-2) oJL..
..li.JI ~'J.. .~I ~ \...I.~by.....1 ~ J JJlS..Jl 'y..,.., J.hi J '......o!WI t~y> ".l.c.
:44-'11 OJl+J.lI : (57-2) OJL..
"...,UJ..e..:JI .~~I ).l...al .illWI L>- ..,.,l.bll .li.J1 ~.)-"! ...:iL..lj:il1 :U1.S "!;'" ~ w!J <.5 1c.-! JJlS..Jl ~
"""u4-i 'J~ ~ u l JJLiJI u~hd Jl.= '11 L>- Y. Lfl 0L., Jy! .~~ .J~ J!' ul.S I~I "...il yi:<.Y'~I r~ u.J - .j...,JI ~ ,40 ...:iL..Ij:ilI:U1.S \J;;' ~ w!J efl ~ .j.;>..ll I:'" Ji.. L>- JS.l'~fo
t-" ll..11 ~.)-"! -wL..lj:il\.; ~) .l3 JJLiJI LJ.S= L.. 4JS Jl.=)U JI J..,I.S ~ ~4-i .~~ )~h>
L;lb -....L,.j L!-" L.. y- 30 J)l;.. .illWI i" j.:J (8-117-2) .).ill \isJ \.p... J..1...il1 i'! ~ ;; J'!" Jji.;
.J~ (30) Uy:; J)L;.. 4-iL.; ~y relliJ JL.c 'il ~J...-b t)\.b'1 u r~ ~ ~.ill~
rJ
cbL! J.:]J ~l:i...; ~~I '~4-..':.l1 ~ , ~~I 'J4-..':.l1 .illWI ~ ~ jill.:". Y"" .>-J
WJ.JJ 'J\....... ~i .>- yy J!J 4-; ~..;11 :i..iL..'11 ('~ J ~'11 w'11.:.. I~ l..,>9 Jl.= '11 j~1 .>~~J
.~
4 y.... J..,I.S JJli..l1 ~ : (1162-2) oJL..

1
J.J~ <.5 ~ ~ .l3 wl.:..)L.,.1 'Y4 .........liJl u;.; ...-b J r ~ u l "'-:;Ie u l w: JL.c '11 ('~IJ
~J ~ 4JL..SI ~ Jl.= 'il ufo ~ ul.S '-:-'-i'-' <.5'1J .usj.JI Jl.= 'il JI Jl.=)IJ ....,\.....01 JI '.JI.....:..
.<.Y'I wL.,J.;;J .li.JI .bJ.;..':.l. ~~ ~JI ~ L>- :ugly>J .~ 'JI.:..J
. ;;",WI .bJ.;..':.l1 ~ L>- (63-2) , (2/62-2) ~~WI u:".,:; .:.
J~ ~ :Ull .~ :,;.. .us.:,...JI Jl.= '1I J Jl.= '1'-! ....,WI
MODIFICATIONS TO THE GENERAL CONDITIONS

2-2-4: The word "special" appearing in the first line of this Article shall be deleted.
2-4 Advance Pavment Guarantee:
TIlls provision shall be deleted and replaced by the following text:
"If the contractor wishes to receive an advance payment pursuant to Paragraph 2-7 (Payments),
it shall submit a bond in the fonn of a bank guarantee issued by a local Kuwaiti bank for an
amount equal to the amount of the advance payment, within 15 (fifteen) days from the date of
the contract. This bond shall be a guarantee for the advance payment which the owner shall
pay and it shall be subject to reduction every three months in the. ratio of the amount reSUlting
from the application of the same percentage of the advance payment to the works covered by
the progress payment celtificates. In all events, the advance payment guarantee shall remain
valid until the recovery of the entire amount of the advance payment made".
2-7 Payment Terms
Without prejudice to the provisions of Article 9 of the Technical Conditions of this tender,
payment for this contract shall be made in Kuwaiti Dinars by transfer to the account of the
contractor to be opened with a local Kuwaiti bank. The contractor shall notify the Owner of
the said bank account by means of a letter duly signed and certified. The Owner shall continue
to make all payments due to the contractor throughout the duration of the contract to the
aforesaid bank account of the contractor as notified to the Owner, unless the Owner shall
receive a new notice at an appropriate time for making such transfers. In all events, the
transfer of the entitlements shall be effected without any liability on the part of the Owner.
(2-7/1) Method of Payment:
Payment to the Contractor by the Owner shall be effected as follows:

(2-7/1-1) Advance Payment:
After signing the contract and submitting the advance payment guarantee, the contractor shall
be entitled to an advance payment equal to 10% of the contractor price after deducting the
value of the spare parts. The Owner shall transfer this advance payment to the contractor's
account within forty five (45) days from the date of receipt by the Owner of the contractor' s
advance payment guarantee. The contractor shall not be entitled to receive an advance
payment in respect of any variation orders that may be issued to it.
(2-711-2) Progress Pavments:
The Contractor shall have the right to submit requests for progress payments in respect of the
following:
a)
b)
c)
Shipments of the equipment and machines on a ClF Kuwait POlts basis.

Local costs including customs duties, transportation to the site of installation.
Civil and construction works.
2/AA
(2-7/\-3) Entitlement to Payment shall be Snbject to the Following Conditions:
a) Electrical Works:
There shall be attached to the payment request all the documents mentioned in Article 2-15 of the
General Conditions. The contractor shall be entitled to receive the equivalent of 65% of the value of the
machines and equipment purchased for the works mentioned in the bills of quantities as per Schedule JI as follows:
Column (3): i)
ii)
iii)
Column (4): i)
ii)
Column (5):
Column (6):
Column (7):
In case of local products, shall be the price ex-factory and in case of imported
products and equipment purchased from the local market shall be the price at the
sellers premises.
In case of foreign products imported directly by the contractor shall be the price
of material manufacture, testing, and delivery CIF KUWAIT.
Shall be the sum of prices of foreign and local in case one portion imported and
another purchased locally.
For local products and imported products purchased locally these charges shall
cover the transport to stores, Overheads, commission and all other charges.
For foreign products imported directly, these charges shall cover the customs,
import duties, landing charges, transport to stores, overheads, commission and all
other charges.
Same as (3-iii) above.
Shall be the price for transport from stores to site, erection, testing at site
commissioning and setting to work as required in the specification.
Shall be the sum of the prices in columns (3) + (4) + (5).
Shall be the product of the price in column 6 and quantity in column (2) - (6) x
(2).
b) Civil and Construction Works:

Payment requests for the civil, air-conditioning and construction works shall be submitted on the monthly
basis, stating the measured quantities of the works carried out during the preceding month. The contractor
shall be entitled to the following payments:
(I)
(2)
60% of the value fthe materials or equipment relating to the contract

works and which exist at the site at the time of issue of the payment request.
75% of the value ofthe executed work, after deduction ofthe value of the work previous
completed and paid for under paragraph c-l of this Article (2-711-3).
Payment requests in respect of classes a, band c shall be referred to the Engineer for verification, and
approval. After such approval is made to the documents, the Owner shall prepare a progress payment
certified for the work in question in accordance with the provisions of this Article. The progress payment
certificate will be paid within 45 days from the date of receipt by the Owner of the Payment request,
provided that all the required documents shall have been submitted and that they are in order. In the event
where the required documents are not complete, the period of 45 days shall start to run from the date such
documents become complete and regular.
(2-7/1-5) Pavment After the Issue of the Installation Completion Certificate

The contractor shall be entitled to receive up to 75% of the value of the works covered by each
Installation Completion Certificate, less the outstanding items, if any. The Owner shall prepare
the payment certificate for the entitlements of the contractor within 60 days from the date of
receipt by it of the contractor's request accompanied by the statement of account that shows the
previous payments made to the contractor and the amounts requested to be paid for the phase
in question.
If an installation completion certificate has been issued in respect of a part or section of the
works separately, the percentage of such part shall be paid after the determination of its ratio to
the total contract price.
In the event where there is no agreement on this matter, the said ratio shall be determined by
. the Owner. With regard to payment for civil works, the total value specified in th.e contract for
the civil works for each station shall be taken in consideration ilTespective of the actual
quantities executed, provided that such quantities shall COnfOlTU with the approved plans.
(2-7/1-6) Payment of the Contractor's Entitlements under Variation Orders
The entitlements ofthe contractor in respect of works executed pursuant to the variation orders
shall be determined in the same manner applicable in respect of the perfonnance of the contract
works, subject to the following amendments:
(1) As stated in Paragraph (2-7/1-1), the contractor shall not be entitled to receIve an
advance payment in respect of variation orders.
(2)The percentage of the entitlements of the contractor under progress payments, whether
for external or local costs, shall be amended to become 75%.
This applies also to the local costs, civil and construction works.
The owner shall pay these entitlements in the same manner mentioned in this Article in respect
of the basic contract works.
(2-7/1-7) Pavment after the Issue of the Taking Over and Acceptance Certificate
The contractor shall have the right to request the issue of a taking over certificate for a part of
the works (A complete item shall mean a complete station or a complete circuit of overhand
lines, single or double, or a circuit of underground cables, single or double) or for the entire
works. The Engineer shall, after studying the said request and verifying that the works have
been completed in accordance with the provisions of the contract, issue a taking over and
acceptance certificate for part or for the whole of the works.
With regard to he civil works, the contractor shall have the right to demand payment of up to
95% of the relevant value, provided that the works shall have been actually completed.
However, in this event, the contract shall submit a reasonable schedule for the finalizing of the
non-completed items or those which will be carried out after the installation of the equipment
because they fall beyond the scope of the summer period specified for this purpose. In such
event the taking over certificate may be issued excluding he air-conditioning works, and in this
event the contractor shall submit a bank guarantee for 10% of the value of the air-conditioning
works, and such gua.rantee shall remain valid until the perfonnance of the relevant tests
successfully.
After the issue of the taking over and acceptance certificate, the contractor shall be entitled to
receive up to 95% of the value of the works covered by each certificate less the value of the
outstanding items and the amount of penalties, if any.
The owner shall, at the request of the contractor, which request shall be accompanied by a
statement of account showing the works and the amounts already paid as well as the amounts
outstanding at the present time, take the necessary action to issue the taking over and
acceptance certificate, for up to 95% of the value of the works covered by the certificate within
45 days from the date of issue of the taking over and acceptance certificate.
Certificates of taking over and acceptance may be issued in respect of a part of the works
(complete item) or for the entire works, while leaving celtain items which do not substantially
affect the operation of the project. In such event, the contractor may propose a reasonable time
schedule for completing the remaining items. The value of the remaining items may be
released against a bank guarantee for the value of such items. If the contractor fails to observe
the schedule for reasons attributable to the contractor, the Owner shall have the right to
confiscate the bank guarantee and take whatever action it deems appropriate to ensure the
completion of the remaining items in proper way. If a taking over certificate is issued in
respect of section or portions of the works separately, the relevant payments shall be
determined in the ratio of their value to tI;re total contract price. In the event where no
agreement can be reached concerning this point, the ratio shall be determined by the Owner.
The Owner may agree to release the retained amounts against a bank guarantee for the same
amount as the retention funds and such guarantee shall remain valid until the issue of the fmal
certificate, provided that the contractor shall perform and complete all the remaining items and
deliver all the spare parts required.
(2-7/1-8) Payment after the Issue of the Final Certificate
The contractor shall have the right to request the issue of a final certificate for one complete
item, for a number of complete items or for the entire works. Furthermore, it shall after the
issue of the certificate, be entitled to receive 100% of the value of the works covered by the
final certificate. The Owner shall pay the entitlements of the contractor within 45 (forty
five) days from the date of issue of the final certificate. The Owner shall have the right to
issue a final certificate even with the existence of certain minor outstanding items and a small
part of the spare parts which are not essential. In such event, the value of such items shall be
estimated and deducted from the amount of the final certificate, or the contractor shall, against
submittal of a bank guarantee for the value of such outstanding item, submit a schedule for the
performance of such items within a reasonable and appropriate item. If it fails to so perform
then the amount of the bank guarantee shall be confiscated, and the contractor shall be subject
to the other penalties or actions depending on the importance of the outstanding items. In the
event of the issue of more than one final certificate, the contractor shall be entitled to a release
of a part of the perfonnance bond in the ratio of the total value of such works certificate to the
total value of the contract.
(2-7/1-9 )Determination of the Value ofPavments
To determine the amount of the payments to be made under this Article with regard to any
portion of the works, there shall be deducted all the previous payments made in respect of such
portion in accordance with the provisions of the contract.
2-14 Delav Penalty
2-14-1: The contractor shall complete all the works covered by the contract within the period
specified in the works schedule of the contract. In the event of any delay by the contractor in
completing the works within such specified time, there shall be imposed a delay penalty of 11,%
(one half per cent) of the value of the delayed works per week or part thereof of delay. Every
station or overhead line circuit (single or double) or underground cables circuit (single or
double) shall be regarded as one complete item with regard to the detennination of the value of
the delayed works. Such items shall not be divisible. The delay penalty shall not exceed 10%
of the contract price. This penalty shall be payable upon the mere occurrence of the delay,
without the need to give notice or warning or to take any legal action, and also without the
need to prove that damages have been sustained, for such damages shall in all events be
deemed to have been suffered.
2-14-2: The contractor may not, in any event whatsoever, claim any time extension in the event
where the Ministry shall order a temporary stoppage of the works by reason of any violation of
the provisions of the contract or by reason of the incorrect performance of the work.
2-24: After they have been brought into the site for the purpose of performing the proj ect
works, these equipment shall be devoted only for this purpose and they may not be used for
any other purpose. Furthermore, the contractor may not without, the permission of the Owner,
withdraw this equipment, as long as their presence is important for the works. The Contractor
shall be liable for any loss, destmction or breakdown of the equipment unless such loss,
destruction or breakdown has been caused by the Owner. In the. event where the contractor
cannot pay any amounts due to him under the contract in favor of the Owner, the latter shall have
the right to dispose of or sell any of the equipment owned by the contractor to recover such
amounts. Ownership of the equipment shall revert to the contract provided the contractor shall
have observed the provisions of the preceding paragraph after moving this equipment from the
work site after completion of the works or the expiry of the contract period.
2-46-1: The following phrase "The failure of the contractor to submit a claim within the period
specified above shall be deemed to be a waiver by it", contained in the last lin e of this Articl e
shall be deleted.
2-51 Completion of the Installation
As soon as the contractor feels that the work or any part thereof (complete item) has been
completed and inspected and has become ready for the commi ssioning and acceptance tests, it
shall submit a written request to the owner to issue and installation completion certificate the
purpose of such certificate is to indicate that the works have reached the acceptance and
commissioning testing stage. The request of the contractor shall include a statement of account
for all the contract works or for any relevant part thereof, showing all the previous payments
made and the balance due. The engineer shall verify the data contained in the
contractor' s request, and if he approved it, he shall recommend to the Owner to issue an
installation completion certificate which the Owner shall, if it accepts the recommendation of
the Engineer, issue within two weeks from the date of receipt of the aforesaid request.
The issue of the install ation completion certificate shall not release the contractor from its
contractual obligations with regard to the safety, insurance, maintenance, tests and other
matters that relate to the works or to any part thereof.
2-53 Taking Over and Acceptance
As soon as the work has been completed in accordance with the conditions of the contract, and
after the completion of the commissioning, performance and acceptance tests, in a satisfactory
manner, the contractor shall submit a written request to the Owner for the issue of a taking over
and accepiance certificate. The contractor's request shall include a statement of account for the
contract or for any part thereof show ing in detail all the amounts already paid and the balance
due. The contractor shall then verify the information contained in the contractor's request, and
the owner shall, upon the recommendation of the engineer, within three months, form a
committee ihrough which the contractor shall issue the taking over and acceptance certificate
which shall show the date of completion of the works and the satisfactory perfOlmance of the
tests and the acceptance by the owner of the works. It shall also establish the starting date of
the warranty ,and maintenance periods. In the event where the work under the contract is
divided into more than one part, the owner may accept and take over any part of the work
which has been completed and tested and shall issue taking over and acceptance certificates
(separate) for each part of the work so accepted and taken over. Subject to agreement between
the contractor and the owner, the owner may take over and accept certain parts of the works
(complete item) before the actual completion of all the relevant works, and then subsequently
issue a separate with regard thereto. The civil works for each part of the works (complete
item) may be received and taken over separately. However, the payment for such works shall
be made upon the actual completion of the item, as provided for under paragraph 2-7-1-7.
The taking over and acceptance certificate issued in respect of the works shall not mean the
entire and acceptance completion of such work. In the event where the issue of the taking over
and acceptance certificate for the works or any part thereof is delayed for a period exceeding
one month after the date fixed for the completion of the contract, by reason of fault on the part
of the contractor, the Owner shall have the right to use the works or any part thereof provided
that the works shall be operated in a safe manner, while the contractor still has the chance to
make the necessary arrangements for the issue of the taking over and acceptance certificate.
2-57 Final Certificate
The contractor may, at any time after it has executed all its obligations under the contract,
request the Owner to issue the final certificate. However, if an acceptance certifi cate has been
issued in respect of any part of the works, the contractor may request a separate fmal certificate
to be issued in respect of any such part at any time after the complete performance
of all its obligations in respect of such part. The engineer shall not issue a final certificate in
respect of any complete item or for all the works unless and until the contractor shall have
performed its obligations under the contract, while minor remaining items may be treated in the
manner set forth until paragraph 2-7-1 -8. The owner shall, within thirty days from receipt ofa
request to do so, foml a cODlllittee to inspect the works and submit its recommendation with
regard thereto within three months. In the light of such recommendation, the Owner shall issue
the final certificate. The final certificate shall be conclusive and final proof of the completion
of the works except for events of fraud or dishonesty relating thereto and affecting any matter
in connection therewith.
2-62-1: The Contractor shall be fully responsible for safeguarding the works and the
temporary works from the date of commencement of the execution to the date of the
acceptance and taking over of the works. The contractor shall, at its own expense
carry out any repairs that may arise from any damage or loss to the permanent or
temporary works or any reason whatsoever, so that the works shall, upon their completion, be
in a good position and completely conforming with the contract conditions and the Engineer's
instructions.
Article 2-62-2 and 2-63 shall be deleted from the General Conditions Booklet.
ADVANCE PAYMENT
GUARANTEE
ISO 9001 REGISTERED
m~
~~~
_
MGMT.SYS.
~ ' .v, n.o
RvAC024
N_
DW .......... _
Iio noo l
I.UI
II:~J. 611 ~LAg.JJ ;;.!

d6".;iJ1
AL-AHLEIA SWITCHGEAR CO. k.s.c.c.
.", . .::, .",.;
!"iM!"',
REGISTEREO
FIRM
( PAIDUP CAPITAL KD. 20,000,000 ..!l. , t-".lll J~~~ 41 0883 1 ;J.Jt, ...;
....................................... .............. . ........ ...
Our Ref:
:~)W.I
2014/07/03
Date :
~1ol1
""uiJI ~ t...oll J,p,II/ ~I

loll, .4.,..:>J1 ;j JI j,
.:i..a aJ 1 ;il,.i
2015/2014-4788/ ,../fO~' : ,o-SJ.Li..c. : ,..~~I

..s..f. 11 /132 ~~I .H ~. ASh;.J.La.u.......i
J.
"':;~ (7) ~ .>-',
.. ....... ,.>-'
...
. .. J~"""
...
(JSAH 1Y,2Y,3Y,4Y,12Y,13Y,14Y )
================================================
,.)) ~YI :ui..W1 WL;) , ~l;;) ~ ~
~
2014/07/02
~)~
~I
.jJyo ,o)L:j b-"'"wl ~I O)U!'4
<Y'
~~ ~! ,c:x.:j )~..wl ~4 4...:>G.l1 0W...v1 ~lr

~I ~ -S...v
o),:)L.aJ1
j.!y<J ?
y!.
(GS/GTEE/14/08756)
1...\.1,
;J.,:)
2,089 ,355/400
(IBAN NO. KW34 GULB 0000 0000 0000 0091 5896 95)
H/OII' (965) 1822600 ~y l ~ I

HIO Fax(965) 2476196:i ~y l ~ I ...,..>t.
L..; ,_ . .
C.R. 33118 ~.) . ...,..,...
Email: ahleia@ahleiasg.com
P.O . Box 25876 ~.,-",

Satat 13119 ;L;..,)I
Kuwait
www.ahleiasg.com
~)
Factory II' (965) 1822400 t'='

Factory Fax (965) 24767341 t'='...,..>t.
Email : tactory@ahleiasg.com
2014 .02 .,...,.J.H
~ L.....J1.J
"t....,.~1
~I
; JI j.J
12 <..,J u1300 I u..,.,...J 1
L..i.-JI
GB/GTEE/14/08756
"
"
; l..;~1 W L...,...LJ
4.J. ~ 1
<..sj!..J1
25876 ~ , U"
u..,.,...J1 13119
; L.i..
y.lb JJ\
~~.w uL, ~
'~""J ~ ~
:
J
..L.J\
u~ t......:. J
<........u J u..-.-L
J ~9 ~ u.;,
u~ J
u ~I
..... L.......,~\
KWD2.089 . 355 , 400
<...-.;..
w lk.... ( 7 ) y...;.S":'J , ....uP 2015 / 2014 .... 4788 / t / ,.!l J : ,"",-, .we.
JBAH IY 2Y) u, .!l132 / II .>...>.'\'1.>-14- "b',,1 ~-' J,..;~
( <.....l..i...o ....... , U u.s) ( 3Y 4Y , 12Y 13Y 14Y
2016 . 30
~.H ~
2014 .01 .....,.J.H t . . u t.:. u-- U L...<....J 1 I ; ' J............. <j.J--J

U L...<....JI I;' U l..; ..... , ~! ,.,...., <...;-l u.... "-J \
~!
I;'
U L...<....J 1 y
l.h.;.
.,
k!
..r.,;-;
t::-< -' L::...J 1
8347 :<J.P.JJo
~,;.JI-(96S)
22447661122447807 :jj&i -(965) 22449501 :UJl!i .:...p 13032.~ 3200 ~JJ.M
P,O .Box 3200 Safat 13032 Kuwait. Tel.: (965) 22449501 Fax: (965) 22447661122447807
Commercial Regiruation No. 8347
GB
~74
THE PUBLIC AUJHORlrY

FOR GIVlllNfORMATION
------_.-_......:.-_
, .....--_.----_.------'-_.-
IU.4-,! .:....
.,...J I.,. ~' ~

f...
.,
-;. ~ ..
"
C.....L ..j,~_U
"
w L;o ~; .
0 0
.~~
'.
I !
'-' 4J I
.-,'~
~.H
ou.:.l
: j.JL...'f ~ hH>I"
..." .~ .
~
'i$fl.W1
.,
;;;)1
-?~
-... .~. , , I,! ->+f.J I
~~
;.. !."'i" " ...;"
.;-.. ",-~:'
....
-.
'
_. 1
..
>+D'
0'111/
~I
ibi
'l
, """ ;-II f'-' .J

: U I .,...k...LI .,...J'iI I
..
. , .>+WI
~
PD2465
.'
."
"
.,
'r~
,.., .,'
,.
-.
,~
'1. .... ,..
-;.r-
,.
, -
'"
'.
",
~ ,
UJJ
":'' ' - 'H>]I
J.,JI J w..Y1U.,:..:.!I ')JJ
( ~}I u...JI ~ .JU) J....lI t Lb.!
2014/1 1/04 :
~I
2013/11/04: c,... 'J~I
C_ --1046598
- --__ _ l ,: ~..r:iJl ~I ",)1
~.;L-..l
C ----- - -~-~4~1 wG..}l ~),I~I

..
~~fi' ':;6.)1 ~~I <s".:J1
L..
.. ..
-r-'-'
[-----JS1 301046598
,
.-
.,
..
----
"
---- _._ .. _-_.__. _ - - -
--- --
..
--_..
I' - - - -
-- .
[--
-_
. ._
..
"
. _',
..
-..
.,
_ _
00:09",t..J1 2013-11 .. 04"';~
II
....-----'J
111 ,............1
..",.1....,
r---'"'
t.>"'+"-'jiJl r----"' I
,p~'i I j,~ 1
- ----..,
-----'i '
. :i.....,..l..l.~I <..lL....,J1
=::J :
..
,
______ " __ .J :
L...,;.lJ..,....JI U
1_. ___,2~3_. _J
r - -'3.23 - ---,..J
I , J..,.......jl
_ I:
2874
I
. =:J
L. ___R _...J
---- -- - -- . _. ,....J '

-~
- - - -- -- - - .
," ' _.
57
1710
1767
......J
'J4--"Jl ~Y I ,....,)1
- --=--.J : ,
C~== :~~.--
._-
~ L.~( ~-Y" LJ1)~fil ~.i}ill c.06.) t?v=IJ ;i~u....,.
,Lfil U6.)I .... ~I <S".:JI
._- . _ - - - -
22102 :
-'"-L
,~I~I
o.JL.......\1 J"--"
, ,I
L....lL.......JI~1
.. \I ()-.o '.J~I'
;\1
, ...... n,.JI ULo.....Jl L...,;.lJ....-J1 UL.............JI ~
: UL......JI ~t-,.Y L...,;.lJ....-J1UL.............JI ~

o-......,.;-ll ()-.o ,u........J1,.wI}1UL-..ll ...........YI ~I
l
J I
:t I
II ~.I
II <.J-" ,"-----'Ij-ll "-+-J.~I o.JL.....l1J"--"
UOl101 0959577 : ~',...'
13/ 1 2/04
12 : 13 : 33
00000 1 046 598

oJI
j..,....u L...J I J
L.,x-S-JI
~ I
~ ",w i ; ' - '
J \SL.,
~I
'-"'.l..A
r' J
",.,..Jb-.o
SCHEDULE OF DOCUMENTS
! . .A /
J'
/!Y: t . . J14l1
/ '\"''..,.:.: . ~ ~Is~wl) . ~:""\

. : ~.;~
I ..... -. . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . .
-.-.-.
.:.!.l.:~.~~~h"\';0":,,,.'~r!..o:.l\
~. -
;, ..,..... ... ; .-. ; ..... I. '.-. ;,...........
. ..L,
: ~ ~. ::~~4 .~~l
. _ .' -. , ;
F'I
f"'t...
.. - - - - ".
";tttrt'b;':;':J'
.'i'"":'0
____~
. ~.;)
..................-.-.........-.... '................................ f-.
'...... _ ~ ;:0 ., ii
v, '
, J. ~ ,
rwr-~
.:uy:J1 13011 .,s""..r;llj-o.,>ll- .~I \ '

""W"" - Y!\ ,OV( ,..,..sUo - Ja~ (0 )Yl" Y' . , ;,j1..I.~Jl - ~yl.:r! .D1>t>w, - ~ I
AJ.Sharq - Khaled EbnA l-Waleed. st. - Opp.: 24<)1200/5 Lines - Pax: 2416574 - RO.Bbx: 1070 Safa! - Code.No. n()] j Kuwait
~.;ll u~1.ll1 t! .~
CENTERAL TENDERS COMMITTEE
r . A
ry :
~:u\.:i.ll
~"::; .r ~I ,,............ wi;. ' .

.'
............................
.;~ ....................... ~~~ ~..".w\ ~I
.............................. !.~.!.:f:0~t~.~ .. !~.l.4.l1 ('

,-
~w,
lOl::..:.:.fr.i.:.J T .. -;;'
r-""
IO IO IO. IO
')1
_ _ _ _,..." .i.:;i.....oJ!1
... .
"'''I1!
_'I
-,;~'.jJ~
~
1,...
!......... ,. ..: --....!!J .>d~

P>-t
~I
S,?=
80149925: ; ,J""f,","'~
"
~6/0H/2008'
: ;",.. .
.
.
:
;
: ..".""" - n \ "YI :..,.slO -.k".r..> (o)Yf. \ T" : A.t1.J.;l1- .J.;l~1 u-!..eIL> i:,JW - ~I
AI-Sharq - Khaled EbnAl-Waleed St. - Opp. : 240120015 Lines - Fax: 2416574 - P.O.Box: 1070 Safat- Code No, 13011 Kuwait
~~I 13011 <i"w",HlljAyl- .LA...oJI \ .y.
'.~
~~\j 0)~1\ 0JUj

(,$J~\ ~\ o).l)
(,$J~\ ~\
~\
. ~ 0 ~b
(,$.)blt\
u-..-"
( .!\.~.~) .. ~~\ ~bJll ~~\ 4..sy;.l\
: ~Y...9 ~y1l1 F'

: (,?)+U I ~I c) .l:!lll ~.)
'1"'1"""
~\ ~;:Ll,>
y , '!' /: /' " t;.;.;\.:i,: \ II.
r-!.; ~t.......!1 ,::.tSy1l1 o)~l
&0 5.)JL..o 5fi1. ~Y-:
: ~ \..0 ~ ~I~I U..:i ill y , '!' / t /, t t;.;J\.:i,: ~.lhW1 ~J~):!ill ~~I

c;~~ (,? .;4-J.\1 ~~ ~l.::J1 r..S-.?: ~L,..}J\ 1"\..l:O.jJi &0 ( c ) aJI J ~l.::J\ ~ &0 ('\ ) 0JWI r.l;..Ia.J ,
: r.l;.lll.lli ..l>.: ~\
( ..>--P ';/ ~J---S Jl...J:J W~ WJ.# ~ ) ~.J Y., , /- ~ 4..sy1l\ J\..o (.)'II.; J~"
( ~ , .. ) M-'" JS ~ ( J:F ';/ ~ W~ Wt.:J.l\..o ~ ) ( M-'" y , ... , ... ) ~ 0)"
-:
~_ _- - - - . " ~.lii
M-"'';/I
~J
I'~~)'~~-~~i~)~l
~~?1'~J0: ~~~\~ ~t~it!
~~~~~, ~.~~~~fi:l~;f~~\Pi~~
. ~~
~>~~):~ [>~~~ '~~~~./7\,}.j1~~~I
~~f~-'~1ifi',:\~"
~~~ r~.~!I~Jl ~;?Ij"\I~~~Iii?I
'.~ t.~ '.~~<di~~.';t.c<l:<I"it!
.1:( /\ I:'t.r. "'~ I
~;:r?" ~~~ ~~~~,
/1'< 1t <\ t'1J,(~I'~"'(?..-:\ I'~A~>.\ "
<A..I )';V:~X IY,.7fI?<\ ,;
\)'"
,
<'iF 1'\ Ir.l
r
"1
J ".
"I.(;! "'.r:\
r:/Aj
, .!J}>~i ' !j~ L~~?~ : ~>;"~~J l b'Q~J : I//' t.~-, '.~~::.l ,'-'>,,'xe. : !!~~
,~( "(~;- -
"0,~1 '
---- -
- '-
-- . - -~-
~~>
:A
m
- r!' .1
~E: :
L < . .,
't-.';"h}'"
r ,' '\
f "
-_ .
.-
~t ~_=!",U<:; :; ~ l~
r-'
't ......
.fA,) \')r,
..
U' ~~,..s:.t':4
{ 1Y
"". , /N
'-.
I'Yc,1':~':,
/'i.
- -...
1 ':::~( ;1
\>;:..
A -
;c.
".,'~' ~
~,
~':k.c..ll
1982
, _ -.\
I~l
I[@~'
1r:--?;?;C
l ~~
I!t5>A" ,
'
'0~~ i
d~~i
' ~--~;- ~~
. ..'..".1
1Yr.l ~ I
LiJ'2>_~ I
'-
rL...c.:w..4~..u~
","i. o;j,o :'6h"! ,>...JJ'Jl
" j ~.) C.w~ w\.k,..., EW)3 ~~~I ;U JWI cbl "il13 (1)'11
/
/
C:u.L<;:i..ll (jl.b..Jl) * * *
/
---
~. - 1 '{
--
''ii:)~
, ~,
. "c '<'I<
'-'"
i '~\
-:'~<:>"1 1 1i
I
_ _ j ,
<
.'\
.4'
-t'
,/
...
: ,:,~z;;:,..,'
~-
"\
..j;':,.:) )
:r:~~
:~~.4~. ! 1
:
It.;,'j; 'l
: ~~~,
U:~2"'d
, ,-?'n I'
I' (&?i:
k>~/~" I
&~,
-
. :,1
'm..-'>:
r.~v'
>~';';' ., _ ...
I ..~-t t
~'
~";;,,,:,
;Y .
',2?;:;;,').!
f'"
'.
- "\
. .(\I.t
:vt{&.'{~.~
1,'\
r,:
'
['{5'i>:, ,:
fe .6:';~;~:!::~'<
.,.::;.r ~'
. , [~ ] ~
. '-.
J
.. ;tl~"
<.k)~ ~J-'" ,~)
--- ~~!~_ (~jji tS~\-; ~,;JI':'Yy.-JI

- ~w)~ ~~~I .~\.:,.)JI -..} ~~I
- -- - - <';: - - - -.
..
. L5::i>':i')
,,yfu;~1
ch} c ,"0; .J> "'"

""~..>tSJI .J\jiJ1 ,-,Y Y'-" rw13 L.J\,!)j,,~1 G~ LJ\':") r W!3 .".lWI ~I w6)
.- ~-, : I
I-~;~-' !
"'~.)
12~86 .~.rll~
t""
10614
tl -
<.k)'""!'-"'!"
r ,.' .f,,.. ~ '
,~
,_ ~'IJ.;
33118
lR?:il
'
'''"
:' ;;:~?ij'
,,.:,~ \
:~P
W ~11 W\.:,. ,_
JJ .4..JA,
YI 4.S.. r""
.':11
r o!l f't.Y'
.
.-.. -".">~
- .-.-- ----
I~ LJ2:>-~ ) !
<7 1'
! ,,;\.< \( . I
C .. ":::(....- '
,$,,~o,l
2013112/01.
,~..
I '~~~
tt:-:-'...)l..Uf.[~;~ J
.f\'<'
. ?C 1
I vV'~.
::/_
IIL:$~~i
L:... ~j j)...>' ~ ~J-C ..\8 'IU
"
I r' ~~'A':;i".
. I'-I:/(\.
::..r--
2014
~.....
Il~~
.'T
I'
-- , _. . -
- ~:. .. ~ ..:4...
I J.I.c:'-4= ~ JJj~ .d.A" ~
~"
\~",~,
~<'i]"l
.
-- -
".::I.
; > .
l,.
~V) "':l i :_;-'?;~ ' .~;V) .~_'~; ~.?~. ~b":" ;.;)"J ~)~)'~..)'\,'l-)~i.:';:'.l) ;J..;),:'~ll::l,}..(~~~.(';-)'~I ; ~:;;./~ ; Y;:')~J' ';)''!> -~'; !
~a
......u
11fr>~%~ '
.
130197350
J'~.a
'''I~''
,-)
j~~~~
,
! i ~>-?!)~~\ll
'-=->2.-'
. -
..
.. .
I~~.>~ i
\ ~~. ~..J~<~<
;5;1~'
i
(f:),~
.
<
i
.
:
)
~
.
'
~
1
~
~
.
~~~~S.
"l~--:
)1l~~:l!~?
~~[~~
~
~i
.
~~~~r
l
'
'
.
'
t
;
~
i
~
~lfv.:~
.
.
~
.~~)I(I' 'J,i ij~-c~
.
~
f~~~
~
0fl
~~&~.
y
';>Y~
1
i
~
.
"~?
S
,
~
~~~~j
!
.
'_
1:-;>;':' vh~5if,'AI\>C"('\"\\\(.0i"\"J({'
,, '
&~ ~ >J>~1 ~'r'::~i l i Y>:~ U;?-=:) ~ ~_"' ::..~!
1
~ .'
./
.<":.. _=?
'~~ ;'~~?I"mi\.);@?"' 1
(" I
(\la'i iV~$"
Y,7I(/ \ ,",1/
, \;UI'A' ''~''C'~ aV.~ /\fi:'>~ 'All<: l';,tt~>v

V/>} ~J ;~:'{(' ~ . '.. "}Jy-~ ' >:>~__
~?~ 1j
i~.2.'~.:" ~2=l.Y~~~~~?~~L.. ~ '.!...:.:. ?>_~ J IY::?, ' I~~..;,.~ !?/7':S . : ~~>_~.
~-- ---
.,;.;~,.
l((tt-;-:\~~\i ,
~l\~~~~;f
,
/'
.1
" \Jr
~ L:..,.:.IIJ Ii) t.,.:ll 0lJJ
'-f)~\ ~\ 0)\'>\
.>I~')'I ~
,,
:"1
"
~..,..".lt
"
y\!/\/n
1..-_ _ _ _ _ _ _....1
r;:.oJU , '
T'o'l"l"c
I,
II
!
'I
'II,
,II.
II
~j
i
!
il
i
.1
'I,,
Ii
!
:
I,
I,
,.
/:
"
, I
"
'I
I''''-~ -
- . . ---------.- _ "' __._ w__..__
~ ._ ~
_______.:..___ - -.- -----. ----- ------. -.- ----.. ---.--..

-~
-- -------':"---- - - ~
---"".
i
!
\
.) .l..:I'i1 i;:ljt:l
."t+L"i1 i;:lJt:l
II ~.A 1-.'\-\ VI
/r \ v-:- .! ~ . vi
I ] t..r..
e elY'
~ ':'L.."l [Ull! .J...jl.J1 ~I ':'L.."lJ ~ ....."I;~ ~I
t:Jlli.. ~..JJl':'L.."l[l:U1
.:.L..jlll ,.,:. ';)' ",II c,r'4.;f.Sl\ ..JlPl ':''l~ [UllJ ,:,u...;lh;ll ~ ':'L.."l [l:U!J ",Jt..l
Cl:UIJ 4,;..~ ;iJjWl thljillJ CI~1 [UllJ (~..JJl <J~) 4:U",u1 ':''1",....J1 [l:U!J '4"1;~
.(;iJ..lSW) .:.lb..JI) ~.) ~4..Jf-S ..::.\b
I~I:i ,iJ ' "i
.d 1.~~
iJill. ~, '...
.""1"" .
...
~u.aJJ J...lLl1 ~I
,,~-,,\
. . .
. ~, o-n'-Y-I
\.
~. -\.
t-I . -\.,
~~. -\.\-\.1'
k ~'lh;" ' 1
,'~.'bi ..
r
I
r
~
~
i- 1:r!Jj
u'L..,....,
.
II,(LI.
' : ~I.l."i I
.'
.I
;: .
: c1.JAl1
]
I
\t \
..\ t "
\ Atl\"~j\" \
I.
I
~.
I
I
I . I' I
I " I
u.. L:.......o
.
. ~~t..WI~I/
. ~Wtl
. f. \
, 4:-l..i..>lI ("'t..Al1 o,.,IJI
-v- n 't-'Ji::.I (~ . \ . j~ ' lr-.Io:t ).JY. ~...;i...l....J1 ~t;.,J U""~I ~ ')J! ~I ~ -
~i"" ~J-'i. cr~I~,;J1 ~
t' \ L~1 J (' '- \ .1'-\ :~) ....~. 'JW,I fr

. ( r . Ii / i / \ ~) 6-) l, ( r . I i /1/ r . .ib l ) r')
(\
ii
!,
,I
J
\
\
. - _.------,.
.......--. -~ -- ~ ----- ---- ----- - -...-.- -- ------ --- - --------- ----.:-~-------- ----.--------- -- ~- - - -.- - -.- -
-- _.._ - - -- -- --_._-------,
DNV BUSINESS AsSURANCE

MANAGEMENT SYSTEM CERTIFICATE
Certificate No. 111722-2012-AQ-ARE-RvA
This is to certify that
A}mAhleia Switch gear Co. K.S.e.C.

at
P.O.Box: 25876, Safat 13119, Kuwait
has been found to conform to the Management System Standard:
ISO 9001:2008
This Certifuate is valid for the following product or semiee ranges:
DESIGN, MANUFACTURE, I NSTALLATION, TESTING & COMMISSIONING OF
.. H .V. & L.V. SWITCHGEAR
:;. DISTRIBUTION & POWER TRANSFORMERS
.. PACKAGED SUBSTATIONS
:;. BATTERY CHARGERS
~
INSTRUMENT TRANSFORMERS
~ DATA ACQUISITION PANELS
:;. COMMON INTEGRATED SAFETY DEVICE
.". TAILOR MADE ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT
MAINTENANCE OF SUBSTATIONS
TURNKEY ELECTRICAL PROJECTS
CONSTRUCTION OF PRIMARY SUB-STATIONS
* GENERAL ELECTRICAL CONTRACTING & DESIGN CONSULTANCY SERVICES

fllitinl Cl'1tijil'ofiol1 dfJ.li':
Place and dale:
-r,.-.
09 February 1995
ThiJ Cn-tijica.le is valid
.....
~~
ladJi:
12 March 2013
The audit has bem pe'lfoniu'd IIl1-dfT Ihe .'illpel'Visi.o1l
Balamurugan Sambasivam
uad Auditor
MGMT. SYS.
ol
Dubai , 01 March 2012
"
RvA C024
for the .-1ccredi(ed Cl1il:

DE'I ';\O R."iK I.:. V ERlT:\S CF.R'nFI(.AI10\' S.\' ..
T il E :"JE'IlIF.RL\:-i DS
///
./
(7;~. {.Q .. L-~-'
'"
Shahram Ghaem Maralani
Lack of fulfihnenl of conditions as sel out in the Certification Agreemenr may rend er {his Cenificate ll1\'abd.
ACCREDITED CNrr:DETNoRS~( VeRrTASCERTlfJnTlo ... a ,v .. LWOlSE\\'EG I. 2994 LB. B.ARfNDR!;('" IiT. THI: NlliERL...NDS. TEL ' 31 (0) 102922600 . v.v..-w Dl'>"VRA.fO M
MANPOWER DETAIL
..::.:.JS.l1 ~-J.l
STATE OF KUWAIT
yW1-J Y\.:..Jts.l1 ;.)Ij-J

MINISTRY OF ELECTRlCITY & WATER
ut......k:i.ll
.~t\.l=-JJ--J
t..WI.l=-J~
.. " u-"t.
_
-J ~
_ ~
yW1-J Y\.:..Jts.l1 ;)j-J u~l.i....) U:iS.)w.....t1 ~LWl

ADDEDUM TO GENERAL CONDITIONS OF ADJUDICATIO
AND INSTRUCTIONS TOTENDERERS PARTICIPATING
IN THE NEW TENDERS
*The contractor must strictly comply

with the ministerial Decision no. 184/93
involving the light vehicles transport
foremost all types of pick-up, Traffic
Department Instructions for .obtaining
Special Permits to Drivers of this types
of vehicles employed in the contract
project.
*It is to be clearly understood that

validity of the Driving Permit Depends
entirely on the Driver Residence Visa
Validity in other words, If the Drivers
Residence Visa Expires, Driving Permit
Automatically Drops, become invalid
and Void.
*Non-compliance,
renders
the
contractor to penalties, and the
provisions of the Traffic Law No.
67/1976 and subsequent Amendments by
Law No. 41/1983.
~\....Ll1
..::.t.,Jl::i...o
;):i:il t.j)lJI ~\....Ll1 el.l.i:i.....'i .l:i~1 e~1 ~ ~I "::'1~1~'i1 !.Sy.-:.

~.JS..!I .) ~'il ~ ..::.t.,Jl::i...o
<- j-:JI ~I c.i!~
4...... yJI UWI tJ--"'?'-" LJY-! u,JJLWI ~ ~
,:."1..",,y:;..,..1 c&E ~J C). ~..ll c.:.;.. ........ I~I y...,.lhJI ~41IJ
-1
4L 'pji.JI
~I Ul= C.lI~1 ~I ~6.LJ)}. .:WI LSi.) I~\j ub411 c.:.;.. u,JJ\..iJI

CLh.. ~ C"""WJI JJLWI ~ )llj J-iyJI (i) C~~I ~ ~
J...:..ly ~ J...:..ly J~ ~I ~l= .l:i.J..Y-!.u c~ ulJ ~l= .l:ujil

...wI
~ ...,, ~..' cill~.J
~J
lAo""':UY c.>iiJ I UWI ~ LJ'-7:-! l..':,=>""UI c.:.--:l.J\..iJI ~ J
J). ",;,14 wI ..'lb,.11 c""""";"y- ',?ill Uji...... o~ J~ (y)
C~..,......JI
~WI J,i.Jy..b
I~I o)j~1 e))"J 4.........,1.).ll tJ~ J.......yJI ~t-1l JJ\..iJI
........., c.i!.l.Jji.......JI J LJJ JJ... ,II Jl=JI l.J-o tJ~1
-2
Jy.
yl.b C ;'';')",
c4:b.1...H.J.J L5-=- .ill..:;
uL:JI I~ o.)lj)1 .):!..lii ~ u::.lyc. ':il J}.:O.Jl ~ LJI LJJ.lJ ...wI ~y

~WI t~ ~ ~)l1 JjOll ~t....... ~)I
-3
2013 / 2012 - 77 / ~ o<! J : :;)."::')'1

2013 / 12 / 22 : ~.)WI
( I ) c::~y>-i
;iJL....l1wL,Jb:i..
2013 / 2012 - 77 / i' ~ .J :
ULWI ~.J
2013 / 2012 - 77 / ~ o<!.JV<> ~I
(':?" yo
2013 / 12 / 22 : t-uW1
"~.Jy.....J1
t~1
".J.."wl "JL....l1
c..s-"':!''yl J JLiJI
ub41 1 Jt:i. ~
f'~1
~LA:i.lI ~j:j ~
Jh.ll ~_ ~~ ~~~g{..!L
..
U~L. J UJ:Ubl
J1
-oC
,,-*" Jl..c
U~
,,)~':il
UY"'~
W~~k.
~,
.:.l
. tt
-'e...,
..
~-
.. -..:J'E"
:
.. ,:.l
..
.....
t
.1 ~h
.. ..
.
..
\
; ,II
JJI
')1
~
c)-o
JJLi.J1
ub411
-: J",L-l.J1 el)=..:i.ll (6
", J "i" <::,jr-"
.. :'1 <.r- ~I
-: ,'I ~k.J1,r+"
";;""'I.lJ
u -' J .J'-'
",
.J'-'
_, ~~
J
..! , l.i..J \j,jL,,JlL'
-,'; '1 "JL....l1 wLJb:i.J
~I ~.J
L9 YI ~ J ~
t."
.... "l.i..J <-r'
"I wL.1..
'1
<:y,..
~
.,.......
U- L,,
2000/99 .. 59/4/22~..! ~LWI .~ Jl=i .i:illA."uji
- "1
+-_-/1-_ _ ", ~.r
~'
~!lII.l~ L\I.)
, - _"I
+---11-_ _ ' ~J'"
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY AND WATER

Ref: MEW / 77 - 2012 / 2013
Date: 22 / 12 / 2013
FORM 'A'
MANPOWER REQUIREMENTS
Tender: MEW / 77 - 2012 / 2013
For: SUPPLY AND INSTALLATION OF 7 NOS. 132/11kV PRIMARY SUBS-TATIONS
Basic Data:
Tenderer: AL-AHLEIA SWITCHGEAR CO. K.S.C.c.
Kuwait Agent: ---
l. *Main Sub-contractors:
A)
B)
C)
D)
DETAILS WILL BE ADVISED

IN THE EVENT OF CONTRACT
If exact Sub-contractors are not detennined then particular sub-contract work shall be
indicated.
Offer Ref: MEW / 77 - 2012 / 2013
Date: 22 / 12 / 2013
II. Manpower Requirements:

Locally
available
labour
Main Contractor
All subcontractors
Total
~~
.u'~
Imported
labour
~
.~,~~ ~
n'~LL
Total
~~
I ~~
D- f
~ .u
v ~,,-.u
INTHEEV ~NTlJF C<. NTRACT
III. Skills of required foreign Imported Manpower:

Management
Engineers
Technicians
Skilled
labour
Unskilled
labour
Admin.
&
Finance
Main
contractor
Subcontractor
DE rrAILS ~ILLB ~AD ~ISED

INl IHEEV I:i;Nl OF ICON r[RAe'
1) Terms and conditions of entry, residence, control etc. of foreign manpower are
included in Form 'B'.
2) Bidders are directed to give accurate figures about their manpower requirements.
The above figures will be closely scrutinized. Exaggerated figures will be heavily
weighed against the bidder during the course of evaluating this bid.
3) The requirements set in this Form 'A' represent the maximum proposed quota for
the particular works. This does not mean that the successful bidder will be
granted the proposed quota. The ultimate authorization rests with the employer
after signing the contract and submittal of all required data requested in Form 'B'
which will be handed to the successful tenderer at the time of signing the contract.
Contractor's Commitment:
We have duly read and understood the provisions contained in this Form 'A' and
testify that the information filled in by us in true representing the realistic
requirements of foreign manpower proposed to be imported by us for tender,
Signed
Signed
---.
MAN POWER REOUIREMENTS

According to new regulations, the following procedure shall be followed for the
import of foreign manpower necessary to cope with requirements of the
implementation of works in Kuwait.
I) Bidder must state their manpower requirements, available locally and balance to
be imported. This also covers the requirements of the main sub-contractors.
Accordingly, bidders if they foresee a need to import foreign man-power they
must fill in form 'A' attached to this document. If this form 'A' is not filled in,
then it is deemed that the bidder of successful shall not require any import of
foreign manpower and as such will not be authorised to do so during the execution
stages.
2) Successful bidder (s) having indicated the size of foreign manpower proposed to
be imported, shall fill in within a reasonable time the attached form 'A' which
embodies detailed requirements and regulates the conditions therewith.
3) The Contractor's application for manpower shall be subject to the Ministry's
study and assessment. Since this is within the Ministry's rights to assess local and
imported manpower needed for the project after signing the contract without the
contractor having the right of objection to the Ministry's manpower assessment
decision.
Attach: Form 'A' and
Form ' B'
LOCAL PORTION OF THE PROJECT
According to Ministry of Commerce and Industry Decree No. 6 for 1987 and the
various directives by the cabinet, contractors should maximize their purchase from the
local market of specified materials. Additionally, they should subcontract to local
subcontractors, works that the subcontractors are capable of undertaking.
Tenderers attention is invited to the importance placed by the eTC on maximizing the
local share in the subject tender which will be one of the main clitelia used for the
evaluation of the respective bids.
In order to assess and hence determine the local portion envisaged to be left to local
suppliers, and subcontractors, the tenderer is requested to fill in the following schedules.
Failure to do so would lay grounds from disqualifying the offer.
Tenderer should attached quotation for such activities and indicate this mark-up.
~u.....JI" .,)~I .,)1]"

1987 !"W (6) ~,) ~,)Ij" ,)1.)
~ J.).l.l "-!.l~~1 ~w;/I ~ :l.:i!lyJ'-!

~
.l..i!
1982 W 58 : r!,)
..-k ~I ~ ~WI 4":U J.l.l1wI,)..riJ I ~J
u~..;WI ~I b\..i:i....1
,~~I F I JJ.lJ UJL.,Ul1
1986 y,.!Y 5.. 2 L>-- Ji'll ~ '~I ~yJl wl.)\..;/I :uJ.l c} W.lic .;.II UJlUll
:~ \....Jy:;
~I wl~ w4:ll-.lIJ ~)I wL,..:iWl ~foJl w\.:~1 ~ "--:!)J;/I ~Lbcl :~JI

UJ.l .. .;-b! UJ.l .. U:u....:...;ll U y .. "-!.l.,.......JI4.yJl ~I: LJ.-o ~ ~.,JI
:4.:l1..:il1 .lC l.,ill y.=. w,.;Sl1:iJJ.l ,) .. ul.c. ~ ... ~~ yJl GI..J\..'; I
- LS."...Y-J- -I
:'-'
4-!
: c-b)1 rUI
J~I ~IJ lJ:!.i1.,il1 y.=. w,fill :UJ.l ~ ",:-WI ~ c;:.:ll.. JS
: c-b)1 ~I wl~ w~1
(i
(y
L>--(%40) ~ J.).J..l1 1.l..:..1 ~ '-P.-WI ~ ~I..:ill Jj~1 ~I ~ Ji;~ .;.II w~1 ~

ojl.
, ~' (0/51)'
"LIIJJ .l ~
',LjY~~Ji;~
...
't-'"'' v-J
/0
<..? ~
...
J i:,W';I r WI.i>c4..,:,1.:III.,
.. 't-" ~
.~I
~ Jij;/ ~ ~';I w~1 L>-- ~ ~ ) .....';1 ~ ~I ~)I w~1 ~ .. i
('.l.L wJl:.. ~ (%5) ~ ~y;/ ~ ~ yl ~I wl~ w~1 c.;.. ~ ~ J (% 10)
w~1 c.;..~ ~(%1O) ~I ~)I ~I WI~ w~1 ~ ~)I &-JI .J.fJ
.~';I
,
"',:u.\.S
......
L
II .'
~
A....s..:.uliS
' .. c..J
<Y."-'
~
V"
.. .>=-'
~ ';t:il:..'uh
' " I j..utJ
...
.. y,II wl:..:iW1
,
..
('.lC wll:..
wW,W1
~l.L ~..
',L II ~I wl~ wl:..:iWI'
-:il:..'uhl
,"''u, ~.'
".
,
, ~ ~y
, V " I't""
'..
,",'
... , ~ ';Io~ ('yo
..r,
,~IJ '.lyJl ~?.) .)l.cl (i) .foll ~ .l.)J\.. .kly CO ~ ';1

~ ..Jk......1 lY'L.,.,1 ~ .)lc,I(i) .,..,..;.;JI ~ 0"'"....,.w1 ~';I ual~'; .)~';I ' ,'
i:
r.,...,JI U-< .l..J~oL...ll ~';I w4:ll-.ll4.;9 ~ ~I w;/WJI~.) lSy...:...l1 wk.lji.......
:i.; I.i.ll 0"'Y"..J
' ,:1 1.......';1 c..J1.....b.1
.i>c 1,','
w~ \A, ..>'-.)
, i:i."
,..J
"
~
_ ~II
1~
,. ,: ,lh,. ~
: L , 11 L..tW1 wI~ w~1
'.bY-'-":!
'"
.. .l
... ' ';1 w~1
, . ) ~.:J-'
.
J4...u.b
, YII w~1
,
",>, .
JI :i.,;~;UJ.l.l1
..r
J.i! u-< .Li...J1 UJWlI ~ JJ.lJ (.)":!:!li.JIJ wl.i.....lyJl ~
wli...:.lyJ
~WI wli...:.lyJ,-! ~ t..,.:... ""I ~y. rl uti '~J ul :UJ.J.l1 c} 4-! J~I wli...:.lyJl
w\'s~IJ""'WI w~IJ~foJl w\......w,yJl J wl)j"Jl) ~foJl .-*';1 wJ\.S ('j.:il:i .. 1
lJ:!.o~ (LoJk..,I.) L>-- (%51) ~ Jij;/ ~ 4....foJ l 4.;9I""'L....:i.;.l1 w\'s~I.)1 ~foJl
.ill~ (,S'"
, '\"",~
:L y, II~lwbwl:..:iW1
Jj\.S
. . ) 1~llwl:..:iWI
_ y
.
V" w'u"II'
..Y"'""" V" I';l:..'uhl
't"" ' _
.)1 ~J';I 4-:i..JY-"" c} W,i\.S ~IY"' :i.,;cu....JIJ ~I~I.) :i.,;c1..JjlIJ ,*I~';I w~1 Jj\.S
. ~IJ .lyJI J ~I .b J ? .kly CO 4.:l1.:il1 ~I JI ~I J,:,.ly c.;.. '-hy ""I ~
JI :i.;t,;....J1 JI ;i",..,WI ~';IJI.l,>..Jjil,-! ;(...LiJI \A,.l~ ~.i>c ~foJl'jp,.';1 Jj\.S <S"'ly ..
"':-~ \.. ~I~ ~I.)I J.)I.i.lI.)1 .l.)yJl
('jl; I..:....;,IJ
~ .l"s.J1 ~ \A,.J:!C JI ~I
.;.WI ~ .l..JJ W l.i!J c-b)1 ~I wl~ w~1 JI ~)I w~1 c.;.. wlJ.l1 JI j ) y c.;..
4....1 ..JC-,~c..J.J
, .. ', II I"-=
.. , r I."I';u
..
.)l.c I 4..,:,WI
.lWI V"
' (i)
_
, y :-! ~'u' ~)G..I ~
r , J)G..';1 y.=;J
..
.u..JI
.. 1- U"" ~
. . ',11.1. J..r'*'
. >11 ~
~ ,.L, cs-''I
w;-.'~
:i,jL...;.1 wI.,_~
., '.11
~.
_ <J-"(0/,20)'
0
~ ~Y
.U""~I I~ ~U;uJ1 ~\s""'~IJ
.r-
I'; - 3
~JJ (':!AL.......:.JI JL..c~ ~'-:!ill U:l:ut....;.:;..YI t-" 1A.>J\....:i ~ ,-+-~I .*-YI ~\S
~.,...wl C~L...;
e::.....aIJ ~ ~I L,.:ik J~ L....t.;..l1 J ~WI .1.J~IJ wu....."lyJI
fo. ~ ~I d.jt.....ll U\S ~L:; ~ ul '-,JYUI J...JI w\.i...al Y J
I', J; '" J Y y1.b..l1
~I~~ u~..s.:; ul w\.i...alyJl ~J.i.e <,?'~I j\r.JI ~ ~I ~ I)I <.?.J\..:;;j..YI ~fo 81j.]
...-s
ua
J)LiJI) <.?.J~'il J)L;,.I ~) .;.,..:wl ~..rll L;,wl wb wl+iW1 wu....."ly t-"

~ .~J.,JI
r'-.b 'il ~ ~ c,.W.fo) LJ:!!.;-bll tY-! ry.JI .;i.J1 .b)~ 'i)L;.1 81:" ~ Ijll'i~
.u1...1 jll~ .l!w...ll J)L;.I
uL';., i'U;uJI )1
.;i.JI
uLS 01.>--" t.,.. ~I C:1.JL..:;..l1 ., 1;;; ~~ ~I J )l.i. <.?'i j~<..:H 'i - 4

I
'
.
,
L
wk
. '.n ;i,.,:,~'il
wI... ~
'J, . . 11'
.~) <.? I 0~I (.)""'.
. LUI
o ..r"! ~ j - " ; )
J.J-'""""'
_
U:!-'U ~\:i;I
_.
Ii..> ~ ~) w~) 01 ~yll i....,:;,wl wl~ wL;.:iWI )1 ~)I wL;.:iW10-- wI... jl:i.....JI
r.J-o ) 1lyZt,... w'i)l.i.

~\S
~ 81~ J)L;..'i1 Uh ~~) t.,..~1 .*-'il
4--.;;:; ~I
.)l.cI ........WI .~Wl ~
~.,.:wl C~L..; ~.b~1
4-:lc U""~I wlol~1
''*-
)1 w~~ w\.....".WI c:..rb )1 ~.Jyll c,-Wb d..i)l.c I ~ ~Le t.,..~I

'il i'';;'; - 5
~ <.YoJ-il1 I~ 4--';;:; ~i ~.,.:wl C~L..;~) ~I) I d,..i~1 ,J-",,-I)I wkj~!
~)I \..:;.WI wl~ w~I)1 ~)I w~~)J'i1 otk.'i .~yJI -"'-I.,ill ~t.:...;,.1
~I )1 JJLiJI ..II ~ .J.,....JI t-" .l.!L...:il1 oWl jY.'-:! <.Sy..1 t.,..\.l;.; ~~ ~~ J)L;.'il ('-"'- C" .ill~ jLH
.IWlI ) I~
" n ,,-,\S:i
..... ...\..0 :L..
.< - WI
- U_ t-" <J..L...:ilI <J-"
~ ..I
. .JI Uh "'~
_ ~
,......,..
-*
..II ~)I wL;.:iW1 w\....)k c--"'..I .ill~ ~ L.., w~1 ~ ;; .. l' 0

wl..i4; ~~
UJ.llI t~1 ..II 81~ o~'il JJ.l..lI t~IJ~1 wi ~;'",Ic ~yll i....,:;,wl wl~ w~1
81iSJJ-iWlI
',' 'I 0".Jl...J'
- ;;""'WI
wI., J=-'
.~- 'I ~li..:i'i 81:". \..:;.WI .~,~
. >1. ~
, - 'I
,
) I'-""""
, <J-" f.}'>-!
4--u.. .1.; I... ~li..:i'i
oL..:=. 'il JJ.ll1 ~ t)\.,>1

L!A 1)..,uc.1 ).,;ill I~ J,..jl i~ :~t:i
...,.....)1 .~yJI ~ .y;:'u 81~ \;ii; .)j)1 J,SJ ~ :t:ilt:i
,wlol..?"1 L!A
MINISTRY OF COMMERCE & INDUSTRY

MINISTERIAL DECREE, NO.(6) OF 1987
PRlORlTY OF GOVERNMENT PURCHASES TO NATIONAL
PRODUCTS AND PRODUCTS OF NATIONAL ORlGIN
MINISTER OF COMMERCE & INDUSTRY

I-
1.
By virtue of Law No. (58) Of 1982 approving the common economic agreement between
Gulf Co-operation Council Arabian States AND in implementation of the decisions
adopted in the seventh session of the Supreme Council held between 2 nd & 5th November,
1986 in The Arab Emirates, it has been decided to put into effect the following:
Priority of Government purchases shall, be granted to National products and products of
national origin from Saudi Arabia, Bahrain, Qatar, Arab Emirates and Oman according to
the following rules and provisions:
Defmitions:
A.
Nationill Products:
Any products produced in the State of Kuwait according to prevalent Laws and regulations.
B. Products of National Origin:
Products manufactured in one state or more whereby the value added shall not be loan
than 40% of the fmal value together with at least 51 % of the equity owned by respective
Gulf member State citizen's. This information should be shown in the certificate of
origin.
2. A. National products shall be granted not less than 10% preferential status over and above
similar foreign products and at least 5% for products of national origin. However, in case
of non-availability of national products then products of national origin shall enjoy the 10%
preferential status.
B. In the event of non-sufficient quantity of national products to satisfY all Government
needs of a particular product, priority shall be granted to products of national origin, then to
foreign ones with the observance of item (A) above and observance of quality and delivery
terms.
C. Preferential prices in item(A) above, shall be computed on Franco basis. If foreign

products are customs exempt such charges shall, for computation purposes, be added to
foreign price.
D. National products, of national origm and foreign ones shall comply with the
specifications of the Gulf Co-operation Council's "specifications and measurements" with
the "Local Specifications" applicable in the concerned State, or an absence of both by
relevant "International Standard".
3. All Government authorities (Ministries, Government Institutions, Government Companies

or Companies with not less than 51 % Government equity) are bound to purchase all their
needs from the national products or products of national origin including extractive,
agricultural, animal and iudustrial products whether in their primary state or in any of the
preparatory or manufacturing stages with the observance of price, quality and delivery
telIDS.
4. All Government authorities contracts for imPOltS, public works maintenance and operation
shall include clear provisions binding the supplier or contractor to purchase all his
necessary materials and other item from the national products or products of national origin
as per item (A) of article 2 above. Violation of such mandatory requirement is deemed as a
violation of the contract; hence, entailing penalty of not less than 20% of the products value
in addition to the invocation of related tenns and conditions embodied in the contract.
5. Government authorities consulting services agreements, for the design, preparation of
specification, specifying general and specific conditions must have provisions making it
obligatory for consultants to secure purchases from national products or products of
national origin. To put this into effect, the consultant or concerned Technical Department
must specifY products compatible with specifications of national products or products of
national nature. Failure of the consultant or Contractor to abide by the above conditions
will constitute a breach of contract and the hence relevant provisions for such violations
shall apply.
6. No foreign Main or Sub-Contractor, undertaking Government projects is allowed to set up a
production unit to ensure construction requirements for the projects. He is, however,
committed to purchase all what he needs from the national products or products of national
origin if available. This condition shall be embodied in Government Contracts. In case of
violation penalties in Article 5 above shall be applied.
7. In their call for imports or bids for supplies or projects or maintenance or operation works,
Government authorities shall clearly state in the contract documents that priority shall be
granted to national products or products of national origin.
8. Without affecting any other regulatory penalty, it is allowed to abrogate Contract with the
Supplier or Contractor and suspend his business dealings for two years with any
Government Authority in case the latter cheats or frauds on his part by giving false or
incorrect data on the products including labelling foreign products as being national or of
national origin. However, member states, in particular the state issuing the Certificate of
Origin shall be notified of the aforementioned practice so as to apply, adequate penalties
and take whatever measure deemed necessary against cheats and frauds.
II. This decision shall come into effect as of I st March 1987.
III. Undersecretary of Ministry of Commerce and Industry shall enforce and publish this decree
in the official Gazette.
SCHEDULE (A)
PURCHASE OF NATIONAL MANUFACTURED PRODUCTS PREAMBLE
Tenderers must while pricing their bids include locally manufactured products under Ministry
of commerce and Industry license if they comply with the requirements of Tender
Specifications. According to Ministry of Commerce and Industry Decree No.6 for 1987,
preferential treatment over and above equivalent imported products shall be given to at least
10% for national products and 5% for products of national origin (GCC States). Tenderer in
his price schedules should give quotation under separate cover of foreign products if national
products or products of national origin exceed the above limits.
Item No.
Ref. In
Specs
Particulars
Qty
Unit price in
KD
Total price in
KD
l. National
Products
.PJ EASE RKFEJ 10 CHEDIJI

II. Products
of national
origin
(PAGE S 376 & 377)

Total of Schedule A
Date :
~:
A-A
SCHEDULE (B)
PURCHASE OF IMPORTED PRODUCTS AND EQUIPMENT FROM THE LOCAL

MARKET
Tenderer is instructed to give details of materials and equipment he intends to buy from the
local market.
Item No.
I. Materials, Products
II. Constructional
Equipment
III. Heavy duty
Equipment
IV. Transport
Ref. In Specs.
PLEASE Rl FER TO SCHEDULE B-B

(P f\GES 378 & 379)
Total
Signature of Tenderer:
Date:
Particulars
SPECIAL CONDITIONS
."
...
~.
,:..
'\.
; \Cr)
e. \
1- ~ -<
;1" f
----.... ", ~:,t
,~
,F,
'cl
\~
' c,
r-
t.:
i:'
'~
1.,
r,
f~.-'
...:;
1"
[ 6:
,~~r.,
1, [ ";'
.,
('j .
-.
"
-.
&.
c
1_
c-
r,
"
\~
,':': ~..
f"",0,'" ,'[-
,t.:=
~ t f f
f( \c.,
\,, '~. ,
cI ' 1,
~
[c,
,,'
'8
f ~,
'rJi:
.b
1
t:
'-::f
-,~
;1;' (.
f.
t t" t
:-
"
... ,
,G'
I,
'r:: ,r
'G
'f,'
.:
-!
I'
1::
,t' \:
L
c
t'
,c
[":
,_
"
"',
'\.,
r-:~'
1,;
~ (, '~'
~~ f~~~ l~ I"f
l;-
i-:
\.
f.
, 0""
'_
_c
./:'
'"~
'::5
1_[
,C'
'r.''f
'
~
{" ..
"-~~~\,.s
I" <;
,(
t,
'-
of~,
"
,<:,
-"
r::t
;;
't \;
t:"
t
." l. (,
"
"~'i
'f.
t:!;,
-'t.
,., .c
~f\':- lc..c.:
-, ','"", t'' ,'
.'"
f,~(
",
C'
f " ' rr"

'
,rt.:
' t:
- "'g'
I<. r,:..::
'<.
&:.(.
c
\,.
(.
'r
[1;l
f.
l"
/',
r:~,
'E,,,
t:: c, "r. "rf :. [;
t:' '"[, '-~....
c...
f'
(.'1
'~ , G:.
t: , .'
tr~ . [.
r.
c-
Ie
_,
V
'b
,(;'
" I..
r. 'i-
E~:ft.
&':f~:
t b~ ~,
F
~
I"r t' re' , b
~" i.: t r:
t ~'cio.[.
!;;.
t.'
6:
1- ~
..:: '
C- '
'f.
c:
' c'r,
(..',-
~:, r~
k"-S
c'
, '
,r, \~
c:
.,- 1
,t, f
...r
t;: '",
r, c:~ ',.
,; f
' .t;
c:.. c_
~,
'"
"
f
:;
If, II"'" ':

~E.~"
':t.-
[-
1.. l
'I~ "~
(.l
r; '("
..:,"- [;~"f..t
,,_
tl
~
I:'
,(' "-
6[;. f-c
~ ,
,t'
t;:
c'
"'1- ~
r. 't
to Sl _. r ;;-'
It
~ n;, ;~,
c,.
,;
to'
t~,""
Ii
\"
t:'
t)
...
J~,.
~
'b
6
,"..
~ <::~) ~
... e
~ 1:
~
'f,'
.. ~
\?
~ 'l'
1 -. r. "-~ :t =t.: c (-:- .

~
r E
!;.; '" c-:- 'L.

. ,{.Iet.. L\.
'"
f . '\-: .' f'- "~ '" ' L

~': ''h
c, to: ' I.. l" t
..
.t.
"
,-;;
[ ,
.;z
;;-.
t. ~ [.
I '!!.. .[ .t::
C \;
(' y
't:
1.
\:
""
~ f
. 'r..f
!;;
-CL[
( 'CeLt
. .~.
~ -Lr. r'
' .,
r'
.
'
. !r,. " Go:. t r \.. .'
'<' ".t. <: C[ ( E:
t "-f:. );."-'.. (. ..,. r, n rr. 'ie-? f.b c'r 4t '-t..I. . ., ."'() . (.
l..~
e r t f .[ r~ L I~'
\'. ~" "~ t ,: ":.' - r=
L", \,...
" . ~-
.~ ~ \~
t'. 1. '
1:
'I:
'i.. l-;: [ '"

l ~ 1
t: ~' [ 1.
0-.
(,.
1 [' .. :
'
..
t .f..
'
r, .
b;r
~
"
. c: +,.;,
'&. ("
'f; No
~ ~
'~\~
.} . '
t.
,~
._
l.
f l
lee
'(;,:
'I..
r:.
'L:....
6:
Il.-
[.
\;
:=.I'
....
.p
I: .
",- [ [ .[r.
~ 't
..:
"
-I '
-...
"
"
--"
"'....
"t..
'[.
....." ""':..
."
L.
<;..
..
.:..
'til'
;z
'.C'
r
.....
L.
~
'L
'.
-"'.=
'\.. <;
~.c,
~,~. .-<~_.
-.
....
l_
f
F 'f" E: ~
C~ c '.".
. ~
..... b\
"'-' . ('
,[
E', f
r !~,
.'C
.--=
t' ['.:
:::.t
1:
~~:
C'
-[
c,
t t [ f [
,~ ~ ~ ~
'
c~ C'
Ie.
I \;; '",.
'-
f r.
{:..
.~ ' . ~
..., . tr~
~.
):: (".
1 f.E' "l::'
r,
L
,I:'
....
f
\...
...:
'"""',
,~..
Et
.~ ....
. . . Y.'
.~
..
. [' \:
,- .," [ r
I
'",
t......::::
_
_
~ \;.[~:
,~' i,l \.\: r,._ rf. 1~,
o:;J,
t,
I"
{
...
"'
,,0
t....
'[.
?
;..
ii
r.. .[ \.
~ \:
":
'.
t
"
'
"
.
't~ [. [' ~ 't
rf .
'fi
.C'
'.
[.C'
r
.
".:J
'. '- <'

r
r;o 'I:.
.:; '" .r;' .,.c:; ,.:
1,..
'f~ .r:;y._ ~ :f,/~
.
I,.,.
_
"
'l
.~ E
i
. .t
\:\l.' Lt-:"",...
.t::
?~
tt ~~"..
tr
[
't
"
-(
<:.'
b-
:'.
[.,
C-
<;
b'
,,-
rLt.(.
t'E:
1",
(;.
~.
E.
<i,.
,(
" ['
'"
~:
f,.,
r (
t' 'r-:lt~
~
C: '\..
.1" L
'L ):.
..
'~t
[,
t~
,:
'.~.
r '-
I.'!:
\'
~.
..~,:,
'f;
't..
'l .;, ["
/'" ~".y f,r

..r.
'I'v'
'"-". ::t; . .,:'
~
l:S
'r.'[
r. f~ e
'.
c ".
.
t
[..
t
~.
'
"
~;>.r 1 t
~~ t:
::
.r.
t;..,
~.
c:
: ' _v;
G'"
t~r~.
',..
~:
..
e; (i:
r.
;;.
~:
v;
\. -r. :U-;'
L ,[ '- t, ,(,'
':::.- : ".
f . . .'- =E',
~
.(
f 'i..
~': :~
r, .[
tfa
':r. ;.:[. 't.
I[':~'
1,-
'i'
.1. f.' f
tf: c. E '~":
'I , l . [..~...,.
~f f~ ~>-c.r, _...
\. ~ .
'tc..
...::::.
<; .
(
. ,
><:
\. 1:.
{:
C ',..
::: 'l [.
L-'
[[.
f~ .~:.
. ,
r: . . : r.:~
- ' l'
C'.
,[.
'b
[)
",
;-: E'~'
,
r.
t~ 'tr.,
""""[6
f (~. i:: r . ~. ~c:- t~. <~ ,'."(_ r
~. - <:1.- ~
,~r.
''
.l ~.\
b ~
'1
"'~" . , 'c.. '. - ., . .
. 'r
F .<
Cr' 'I--< .~
r..- . )-. .~
E: "'....
G: '<: 1-- L.~
.,
",.
Y. Ii: ' [ ,
..<. f: ,C: t, - ~
t.
, GS: 'f:~.,;.: - ,,~'. 1 .r. c
' !>ot, . '. c1..t' e.t ''':'C- . r. 1"!~~ '1, :[- '-c, :f~ LLe,:.
r.: I,
. I,
,-,
E
~ ''
'''':
""'t-.
{, 1..
...' r~,'Eo,. '. ~

r;:.
t..
t. ':,:. " r.
f.:. F ('
':,--.
', 'r
f' .c.' l-t ~r.

:.";' 't': u' c;_
f"
J:t."
(p
f'~. -
L.
t~
k
I'
(
<\...
I
(.'I
.[
.u... -.'J..S .. I'"..... ~.s~

. . . . .! ~" . iI ~ !.:..:.v ~f
J
- ",
<...-..r:--"
'
,'-.
, 'I .. 'i
- . . j. I~
.",
ciA
._
r'.>l!..J
~.J
J -
",,",w .
w~~~ ~I ':,/1 ...:.;L.~' ~GJ 4 '.:.;!
'.!:o J
,l..i... ...,
, { ~. ..J'...~. 'i
t,fl ~ L:.:1 ' ~J..L.J
~...'.!l ~ ..::ii u~ ,) ~:!l w~~ -:....,. ":'.J...):.-Jl ~J\5
~v1"':~J' ~_.!.:...l :ijr;..YI Lr~~ ..l.,.;...Jc:.:

~~v-l!:'~
I~
,
.
> :,. . . ..:::!J
~... ..,,:J; 1i.,J4-..Ji'..,3".,;.Ji C;W.)Jc!;;
"'ft) ,-~, ~,"",i) ":~ J~ )
.::J: ":::~..J j~_.n ~~?'-J~~}il
.lk.:; :;.!,:.. ...~I\ ~1 ....jJj ~I-..:....;.! ~
l..:w
.~ ..J
) J). l...l )
) ......, .;.t\
.)L~'
e:-- .!.iL...~
.. l;J}
~J t L ~ i.:~.:
...:..~ ...:J~
c---:..J illJJ. ~
j_~ lJ.}-';"\
j-;;.-l1;.i
~L.:i.=..:.j~ t.Dl:..'j1 ~ C--
'~~:h..:.:~ f.,jl ~ ~t....::ll &< ~J.lfa:.....i1

~
WW
L,o;:. ~
.Ji:. t.:l..;:!
~ :Ji~
.~I -:"~~~j!~"::I ~
,,
- A
". ~l "" \V "L-z-.I(!;:' \ ~~I!.J. :/:1 . ~
Illl ~ !~~ , .... (A 't ~1 ( ~, .~

!!''\ Y ~L..J(,) .........j 't,;~lip
G thJl ..:.l..: ..:..!...Ji ',"; ~ J 8~
,1 r1,.......
fth;l
!'L.!...
1,.J.b ~1 l!:...:.-I) u lj .~.1.:...., ;.....n I 1..2: J:!l ~I.. ~.rt.
,J=t:q, 1 r (--!p-: ....,..:'._.=-3
t1 'LW I'Ll ( \ ) ~.J y)j...JI j.;-i!l
d.l":'~J ~...!'\ ~~
"-r-..s.:.JI ..:.-\!,.;-:-t:,ri ~}}II
t ~yl
~lk.! 6~
.;....;
rl \AV
.~_.J1L:..;...1
) J.)u..!)
J.J.......JI
c::-' ~~ ~li.I! j ..~u~1 ~ ~).:. ~
tJ';LO.y' ~ c-"
, .:...Jl '-L~
.J '4..L,. , . ~:;.,!....,o ~ .1..'.JJ .' ~i...- J..~ ,'".. ~J ~
. .....
;r ......
.
. ..
~ .'"
.....
...:..~ p.J ..ill.l u-' !~ ~~ (.--=- ;~ :~ ...:.L1..", -",.~ '';:'i -llliJ t1~1
)
.. LA:.YI t~!J
~..r,.:.,..i :. .:J.~...~ ~ ~_Ji ~..::i~ ...:..-t.~..~.....'1) y.L ....:1,.:;~
L.-..... :...~ ~ ":"-L;...i.Jll~1 ~ ~ ;..:~

L.,,-,4-L;.. <>, ~ L. :'L.::Y .L.:..:.)ll
j ....~
u .....!lI c.~jJ
JrJ l,.~t~J , 14 1',(.) 0:J~):...~
<-v.;L.:
d ", I"R-!
: ,\
.: ,..
I~ Stat e oi Ku~qit
I Public Aut:,orEy For Indu slr\,
ReI.:
Date :
"'" jll .l" L; .b!,;-J J "-+" ~ ~ I J..; ru J ? ~ I

, L,ll, .4y..fJI "jlj,..4S.
r--!J ~ L...:.....!I{"! \ ~)i~J.;-!r ;.1.Jl.;Jl ~ Jl ) tll ;JL...1'-!

,,,,,'>~ ~J '-;h.JI -"'u..oJl !'" uw,::., " .'1'1 I.' C-<Jur( "/rr) i
"Wi
4-;l .... L-..U <?' wLSy>J\J

Wl....yJlJ 1.;...,.w1 "'lP.lI ~ t? ",sb- \
~ ;J)~~ ~ljiJl ~~.;:iJ f..t.&l1l1 rJjiN~ 1f.It....-i J u.- '%" \ ~,;. Ji:i 'I.' ~ 0 _w...!1
. ~.!.J..jJ l \AY L.J ', rlJ ~G..:JI.J ;~I.>.dJ j )
vi t..." ;....J! , :.,1\ ,} '411 ) W:..JI ..l.~n., Jj...:i'i1 L~~ ~-t

c.... 4Jl::-tpl vlJ1W ul u~l .,~ u-k- (:l-! ~.;.!~ UWI-
~! ~ j~ G~I w~
))1~1 .lI."....!\..; c-kl1
..~_:.!.Ll\
~IJ-"-~ ~ ~I...~ u...l.!L... ~I e.rJ1
~I ~~ t.:"":"" ~l~J
J'J->J t!u ~.l....J!! L.. f..1.>~ ~~l JJi.l..J! rlj.ry - r

~Jti.J1 Jl...zl &> fP. Jt.:.:.:.~ J......lj!! l!U.!.sJ ~~ L.~JJ_:..oJ
L:i..l!Y.J ~~IJ ~ }.~..:!) ~jjJ ~ v21 ~1 ~'1J ~ ~J
L..!~J L.~ '6;:-IJti.d

,;.I.)jjl
t..~
4P
u-1}
~L..:1G....U L.....WI b_u__.:.J1 ~ ~ u~ ':l'.Ji ~

~! Jt....:ulI "'::~1 ?Iy)-!
' ; :.t~ L.i.-..i..:.. ~~ LL,...!~ ~j.p:.~ 4--0~ ~I ~.;k-'1 ,jwJ ~L....j......J1 L~J.r J
~, J.!lr. J~ 'iJ
vi ~!";'iJ ~.........i ~ ~~G.l\
u~~1 ~ ~j1.;Y1 ;;1J$} 04 \ ....
I$Y~":J L.,=~u.wl ~ ~ ,-!~J

' ,~.!LSt t...aJ ...wl
4 1J ..Iu.....~l
/:1, uyW1 ~:.... , y
vi
o.1L...!I~! ; j....::.)'~J
. ~Jll u~ :""WI "':'' - -j-JIJ ":"~IJ ;~#I
f~
- , S tate of r\U\Val
"j
' .
Pubiic Authori ty For Indus try
:0--. ....
11.:'.
'.
~:-i?!W.l!J!t.-.~
Ref.:
Date:
!!
L-CL:.. ~~ ;~1
J-.t
1fi~.5 ~~..:.~ ;"~:I-_eJl w~\ ~ f.jJJ~ f ...,nJj tr.Y.

4J... 1......\L..u j~ll ~L..:.!l u~ (:? '!:.iJ ~j
.~....;.iJl Jt......:.::1""i 1 MJ ~i;
I-
CJ1i?
~~I~;;'L; _.
, r.~~:-;<; ~,:.-~:~~~:',,)
. ~<:.-\~S~~~~~ ~r~~:~:~
- , A-t-'-- ','" i
,c.,,\,I'-.I,",
L_.
_____... :'.,,',
.,...J
- - ',...: '
.. .
, )-.~
- .. ,-;.' ..._,-".
CE (PS) P
1 1 APR 2001
\ c.,?,---.--- -~---.-
I
r
,
~-_ .sJ. 6 5~501.; -'-:!."'---'1 ._,..... _~' 1
- - -- - - ---
r , ~'i !i 130..: 7 "; ~_",,,'l .:..-._~:' ~
T~~-' ~' 1 e2 ~ O : rax: r,J~ c:l l S . P.O. SoX" ; ':~90 SMa .... C~e-
j '_' ~II :
y .. . , -:'-
130.:41 ex !GO] ] .5hlI;;!G2.
. y ....
:~ ' , ~ l'. , ~~ '...i _
CoC~::'5.= 5 1
Kuwa it .
,:""1:,1 : ' , :...~
<
[
;;:" ~:;~:! ; ;J"O@f1::c.moc'''' J
. ;-
rlJlifli~ti'Y
Of
C0I11rngrr.:!J
:l..,d~l..9 o}.,.:~;J j
0./).9
& flHlus(q'
~j.9JI '
MII'IISTEn
- .. .. .. ~ .. _ ..!. _ . . - - - -
-.---. ~
.. ..:...- - - - - . . - - - -.- - - - . - - - -
_ - - - . _-
- - - - - .
(
I
.j
(r .. ;,) ~J (,,~ "'.)~)jJ)p "

~ ~I jJJI
-" ....~;,ji
f..
l.5..":'\i
,} ""_,lii! ~lb.cJ L." j~1
ud."~
J.:.b.:i
61, I,?! 0w.." <' \ ,,", V iiliJ 1 ,~J
...;1, III L"l..liwl; wL~Jl, ~U.,,~ w~ G ~..Jl wL. ~..JI
(",.!
- '
.~_=.R\:,--:tl '-".Ie: ;{.~I J .:.n~ (' \
"j.fr
t---i)
_._.....
'i ,\ r
oL.J..L...:?-l~
~. ~ c'"
-'---
r-! J
JJl...cJl (\' r t;)
i.l~jl ~e
t ~'_H l ,..;
~ l )jJJI u~ }.i~J -
L.'.1 J'-".....I1_, ~L,,-,JI cL....J1J wL--:~rrt-J 0;"':"~ t"
'\
'1./1/' r
II
I
".
uG ~
t-d~
. L.'i.-::J., J II
f.L~~\ t)-''-!f''\f,V ;,..i....-..J i ~J/~cl.i....cJ\J ~J~--.:;J\ );!jJ ) )ukJ L_"':"~.ll wlj ,.::L :-.:;;...n J ;~ Jn ...::}..;1.i..J.1 .t;..~l :':'l; ..~1
"v!n" ,....!J 15 )
uJ
~'ij-1.J'i1
))JI I}J~ J ~. . . JI ~bJJ\
. -., '
Ministry 01 Commerce
& industry
,~__ ,;L.;"d!.9 <,)_~I

J""'!' j
MII.> lISTEI'l
sJ I
i:;I}:.h
:,L.!'
"
.u.........J
i f.....i J
cf)j.r-J't ).}il\ L~ )'jl 0->- T ;J~"Jl u-ll Lt~
-: 1.,..Jl:,..\t.5 ~
~:
u# ~ Ufo ~ ...,:,::..1 ~~ ~:JI J~l
J;'--i.J) U\ d--" ~~\ l:.---..... ~V~I ;~_i.L"'JI 4.~Ji
uk
0).';.9
'-1JI
r' 'All
'I
c.:..~~~
~L...!.JI ?\ I,IY .J..~: (!~ ,,)j.;ll }~;JI rLI..,[!.",,,,, ,. 'f,.l.JI .11 jJ.rJ1
un w~~J :l:~~.;Jl ~Jl L.,,:!!..1J.Al~.Jl r.\ ...~:-l Y'~ tj~1j .!.; .ru1J 'l}11
)J-~.n v--i ~~I f..~J'f'J #~J.>.;,...~! . .1.!~!,';1 ct;-.:;j.,n J v--\.b.9~ ' L!..:..J!
~~H~. :l!-':':l':"Jl L.}-,,-,<k.1 ~ G~ ~1 jt.....<.='i l
f...
i L.-""' L..~:;::JI 4~t;J J~W
~~ t..\IJi ol~;}:1 ~l:, ..!!!j.i ;'!"~J\ JL.........)UJ t.jl~..tJ
I
I
<L-..11j"J,' L.'" cJL....:JII...~:---.. ~ "!".F,.l.J1 'Jl JJ.~':! JI d)~....JI (....~.k ~-:':U

).'(--...1 0~ ~.l1L. l~~... .!!tu..Jl ~Ji.-vl ;i..;~11 .i)~'~ (.II JJS~JI ).;;"Jl rL~~~
~L~...~lJ-JJ ~~-lh.~ 4':~ ~ ~ :..:.1.~1';'1-t
ij)'-o
wl~':;'~1
till:J
.i...:~4J
~'U16..Jl ~;_'JI
....
M in is! r )' a t Commerce
.\...s;L~ !3
& Indus! r y
~.......;jJ-1I
MIN ISTER
.,
rL.5.:.)'
o)L-d 1 oyljj
W.J tUL..~)1J~ f\J'~\
'
WE ~ - .is..u...Jl JI dJti.oJi
u-lc
~y.
"
r' ~ AV ~ \ ~J J;iJI ~ 4-;!c ua~1 ul;.I.P.J\ - .ti.:~1 ~JW\

,"---".t..r; ' ..,)c
,j U tr'
'"
C:-'
ulll..,.6 UJJ ,,'pI
:11 , ~ I.~
.1lL..:w! L,
. <,11 ~I
k.
~
~..r~.
r,..r-.J
....Y""' '-.
~'p ~ i,Ji,;'u.s1 tH,U o.:;~ <Y ~ lJbJI
. 4JL.1i wl,I..?-1
'-!I 'l.iWl ~I ):"1 "I '\?
. ...
i.>;.p.-~,) i_v:..; [-!p
,>, '-; J..-.->..J
JI.ft.l1 111 ~ i)j.yJl
Jl>Sj u-k
..<.;......_JI
'-------cG.al1 J ;J~I
J...>..!IJ
y'jJ
l..;cw.,.'II 0fo!JI .>USJ
..
,.
~.
".
fJ:..
b
t;!;:.
Ii" (..
~.
'f:
L'
r 't
t -~t.
F- 'Ci,.. G!'
c:
'F.,
t ~ :t' \'c.. t" ~ --.

G,
"L
5." '&- ~;
,~.
c.
-..
F t;' ft,
,<, Q...
'"
~Ii'
:e.c
't
G,
'L no
~.I'.. t.'
.~'[(.. .r
~, . ''k'~
q:
'r t;c;:. (..~. '$''c;~. ~"l:t'
~.
c ~ t'
(...~ .;. t Ii" 't
~ [, < - ~ ~ - ~ . .r. q: . t;.
~~. ~ ~. t;" 6 ~ [. fit':' ~ :-' g ~ t ~::~
...[
'Ci,..
i,t -[i{. t- ~--. i.~.~,

' -:. { ic:
'}~
.~
F ~ \- u: t [: ~.:~
....
~ r. - ~. t
~.f; r: ~ \7 ~ l. ~ [;;'
t! ... - ~ t' ... 'e. -;t
~. ,.,.
- ~[' t; ,r: ' 'i;; ); ;: 'Ii:
- I:! 'I..
~"'"
.c-
"'"
II
...
[
'....
t:
r:
'f' ..
~ '!!.
c '[ [;.
(..~. -~""'" [.
!~'Lf. ~t ff:.'
"'-.
y.
't .
f'
1'. t
.~.
~-.
~ t L
cf..' 1\,~ cf
(.. f.
L.
i.
If; ~ .[
- ' ~ ~. F I>:
.!::.
Ie:;;
- '
... .1;.:
1:".
,.
...
...
f.
'&:
,r.
u.
'c;
~.; ~r''
't .
E !e
r. 1 (..
'to
E'
f... -
- 'f~:f
'Ii:
Ii; <
E: (.. '>r:-:"
::
tp,
'f>
r:.:
~.. t<,.
,r'
[."
L.
....
,[0.
[;
~. C. (;:,~ C=. F .;,:

t;
[ t. ~
t ~ t
[,
\'
.~,
~ ~~.
L
L
r; . . .'
to
-1" .;- t: l' . .

[
t;
Ii"
-..
, t , t;
,
....
o
'C
,to [
....
Ii"
Ii' ~
..
t,.
. ;~ -;t
t .~).. Ii;
r:i
, L:-
'"
L11
...
L.
,
QO
,
-..l
_ ~
N'
['f>
c.:'E' .;;[.
Or.
~f
'" ~ c;~.
r'
<C
.r' C t; .f.
L~. "'"
&;. Ii" c
_,
'"
tJ1
~
r
r.
W
~.
r:
0:;;
J;
t'
It
[~ . 't t ~'1
.. ~
"f'
'- __
.
.t L;... .. 'Ci,.. t 1 ~. t' [.
'[i\
g '1...::< ~rr.
"l
[.t, [
[,..... 6 e..... t: L
e.'.";- fi' ;;- ~ ~.~. -!e .t:!r- ['
~ ~:
0
""" L
f.
f
I
,&:;.,.
t: [..':S
- \- . . . 1 ~. r 'E..n
[. ~j 'Ed:';~ .[ { 't
fI' [" L
- l' .
tp
tH
.....
L'
11:...... -:,.. [,
...... ~ (,
......
~ It!
{:'
t;;;
<,.
t
E
--. r );
~~
tl
f'
... tH
'f"
t;
,. .
'$'
E'
C;
~, G... r.
~,
N
to
~')\".
(.. ....
~
t,
[.
;:;;
N \L
!-l [,
~. .... !;; c;:, ,,..

t'
:~ ~. ~ 1 t ~ [;~ f ~ :~ \- ~ [ 1: "" t ~ ~ J :~ '.

~
'r. .;; l..
,r:
--
.r -
ll;.~ ~
t..~ 1i'-1: [
!-.:
....;v
.~N,'
~..... '-<
... r:
'
04"
~:l
~' l-' ~~. :;.
'< rr c. 0 6 _
- l ~. =.... t: 't' 0 <; t
: ' > .r"': . t,
'I:;'
G..
""
lr -
f'
'
110
['
~ t, '['
.g: ~. f'
~,t~, ~'c ~. 'L' '[
to 'c.. [. e..
"". t.
t (.. c.
(.. 1 ",::: -:::. \: ....
t' ;:;; ~ ~ '$'
7t L'
f'
e..
r 'Il. ,~ --.:. 1"
"" G!'
(.. ~
L
"r;, Ii' ,,'. ~
''i.. .
t ~:
io:.~
~ ~. ~'
[,
'f,
r 1'1:: .". '~r. ~.~,t

1.
-. ,Ii' f' t f: [L'
t i. ,1~ If i,~ l'~. ""e.. [ "'c'~
f. ' ~.!I.:; F.,
1;, '[
cf;.
'L ' ..t~
b'
c;: ~ r;.
.r:-'
~ ~ .... !;:.
t '::'r~,
(..
' ~lr
'i-'
r~
fiI
t:!.
t'
);; 'f.' .-r.. e~ .
't.
[,
L.:
g ~r r ~Et
..~:... r
~ G!
~.~
'1' c. :l'<
(..'
: -:- I:"
t'g:,
'If (..,~
~
'Ci,..
~-' ~~.
~'
f ~
<t;, i
!.:
\:.
~
't-
,G,
.;~ 'iE\-[-
\;
't
f~.
t 't ~. ~ ~. 'i;; ~ ~ l~ ~.;::~;
1: 1'! ~ ! -[ .~
.r r.. - r .t. [" ". 'Ci,.. ~
E:.... (''''
l'!!' ~
'IiE f c.t ',l' .f
c
~,
t. ["
1:.:
'f
\:
!r- [: ..
(.. -' !e
.r n [, ~
'c..
!;. (..t'
,E' V' 1 1; 'f,. ~
'f"f [.. {'&(. r""1 ~ :t'
or
-,
--
It [
~ r
~. ~
"
f:.' - , t c. -;t
tG . L(,p c
>-,
1:
r\
1~.
Ii"
'Ci,..~.
,t,
- Cl?l
~
[,~
["...
(
Ir . . ,
I,~.,-..,
..... --l
:.
:
i
,
W"-'
--
l-
\l
~.[
~'I;,
= 'c,
\0
'ct
r,
t
....
'"
....
N
I
-..l
.,.~
...
[;.
l'..
L
[:
f
C~
['
JSJ ~th.J1 ~J .:.t;...ill JJI~J .;b,..'il ~u 6-< JS ~ 'Jl,Ul1 J I F I "':~; 01 ~th.J1 Jy.,
JJI ~J .;b,..'il ~L! I~ - ~I.WI J.'\.\J 6-< "J ",I .91
JI'- ..,.us
~ Jji 'J!.;j .91 ~
. ~ ~4 '-! ~.91 4! ciU,; ul.9 US:! rl 0\5 ~ - ~th.JI~.9 .:.t.;....SJ1

.;i-.9 ",~I J.:ll ~ ~ toll 6l~I.9 ':''J'lIJ ':'1.l.L4lIJ JlyJlJ c't..:.,J1 ~ ~ ~I.WI rJ".l;
I '''I
. "I U. I~
..Ltl':'ts.J'"'.>'
'':'1 'Lb J I .......
<11 ;..."..,...
.- 'I b ..,.......
. '-"I 4..s.J'"''':'1.>''Lb ~ 1~\"-....lO
... <r c.s.?'
.;J'""
..-""
I.,.
..... 1~
.. '-" LO.i.9.9 .:...;J'""
'<'1 'oJJ J ...-Yo I <
"Ir'-...it.;;;.J1
.:.WLi:i~
Wb
";"1
.
.
. C''~I
..9 ..... ts"
.;- v-
-11
t.:""
87/18 ~.; ~I ~ :.ll.ll .J;'" 'JJ>.4 85121 ~.; ~1.;jJl\ ~).) ~ ~ W"',,-wl
c.s""'!
c.s.>l UI.WI
t"'"'-"" JlyJl u,;.-~ ~.iJ.; 01 ~\ ~ ~ W

:4UJ1 (
.;!
~ u'i) WI.....JI ~.,sJ\ ~.,JI u,;.-l:iJ1 .:.tsy!.
i:aJ r:: u '.s '

~.j!\S:ilI
U:!-4..J...J"-'l
",.Jl\S:il\ c:.""Ull ilk.l\ '.s~
.)!\S:il\'..."...i:aJ ~\ '.s.)4"'
')!Ll:UI c:>.-oi:aJ ,).J'I'I '.sy!J1
.)!\S:ill c:>.-oblJ ~\ '.sy!J1
c:>.-oi:aJ ~I ~..fill '.sy!J\
.)!\S:ill c:>.-oblJ 4.Joll\ Jl\S:il1 '.s~
c:>.-oi:aJ JI ~ '.s~
.)!\S:ill c:>.-oi:aJ 6'-:t.9: '.s~
c:>.-oblJ ~~.J l.s~

u,;.-i.:al J~J 4..sy!.
c:>.-oblJ u,..fil\ '.s~
blJ ~I
l.sJ'"
..."...
c:>.-oblJ l.;lo 'il l.sy!J1

c:>.-oblJ ~I l.sy!J1
')!Ll:UI c:>.-oblJ ~ju '.s~
.)!\S:ill c:>.-oi:aJ ~ '.s~
i:aJ ~I
'.s.)4"'
..."...
..
c:>.-oblJ i.w...ll '.sy!J1
",.Jl\S:il1 c:>.-oblJ ~I '.sy!J1
c:>.-oi:aJ JI~ '.s~
..."...
Ull ~
'''I ~.~J \ l.s.)4"'

..r.'L..o.,gS <.>"'.~"....
(.wI";'1 .J ~I ~~ '.s~ / J,;S.9)
. .a.J\ ~.Jl t-i..)L:i 6-< ""'1.9

0.;-..11 .:.1....ii1.W1 ~
'*'"
~ u,;.-l:iJ1 ~-"'i '.;\j".tl j.9J; 01 yLiJI ~I.WI ~ J
i.;Jt...oJl ..,..sYlIJ J:ufol
(fo
98/4/13 t-:ul:i; .~\
JL.o.'i
;"'WI b.9y;J1 ~.J-'; .>!~I ~
-12
-62-2 < 57-2 <53-2 <51-2 < 2-14-2 < 1-14-2 ij.,;wl 4"lfo. 7-2 <4-2 JlyJl J:! ..... t"
.;;...; bJy;J1 .:.. 0 1 ~ C'~I.9 c.sjiill '.;IJ!':'~ ~ (1-46-2 <63-2 <2-62-1<2
. .a.J1 6-< 1M 'I' I~~.J .>!1..lU L..oL..oI
JI tly JS.9 ......."sJ1 ':'IJ~I.9 (;-i1.9,IlI.9 u,,;1ft\1 ~ ",yo:.J ':"'."sJ1 ~ 1..->.'" .a.J1 I:" jfA;
.......
_............
<.'.,. u)l..i.
...'<'1
- r-~~I ~'-"\"
. v-- . ~
.. ..9 I ~ L.:.l..>!
"" -'"....
u--:I - . b.9.y!.l1 .4J~.9 2.....:i.. ;"'WI .:.1....ii1.W1 ow. ~ 1964 ~ 37 ~.;
;"'I.;j ~~I .;#-
.?4 ~I
6.JlUJI ~~I.;;...;
c.s.>.l ....:....JI ~.,sJ\ 4.9 JI""::""4 ~L;lll J ;:;1'i1 4..sy:;Jl j.91-; 'I'
-13
-14
-IS
UI.WI ~ J~'il ";i;'.9 '-'"'.9.;0.11 ~J
JJ\~J ~I J.9I~1 .:.bl..o 6.,s:; 6 1 ..,...?<J .;4"'-'1'1 ~ 1.9.lo.i.; 0 1 u,....!1.W1 ~ ~

~I.WI.9 ~I J;S".t1 u"i.;bll ~
-16
J;! 6-< '+.:i.>. t" W-"".9 ~L:i .;#-.9 'J..ts.J it.,... .;b,..'il
, '1
~j"
. .a.JI ~.Jl.,...,...;ll ~1.W1.9 ~I J;S.,JI 6-< JS ~

~ Jl#1 ~:&< 'oJL.. ~.9
4.l
'J.l:o..&.I1 ':'~I ~ ~I J.9I~1 ~ts
~I.WI ~
-17
-18
cll.i ..,.t.,...4 ~ ~I '.;Si. Jiji ':'1..".t...J1

':'~I ~ j.l:o..&.llJ ..,.~I ~ ~~.9 4"lj~ .;I.......'il J.9I~ ~ts
~I.WI ~
-19
.4oi -:""~I
Ij!.9 4"IJ.;i..J 4"w ~~ ~I.WI J.'\.\.9 ~ iJ.l:o..&.I1 JJI~I ~ .;1;iJ1
",I (18) ol ~ J';J
tlo! J.9I"1o
I.. ~.9y4l1 .;#- eJoill ~ ~..J b.9y;J1 ~ ,-,",.;0.11 ~ ~
rl
c. -"'...
..
.a.J1 .:.1 ....... '-""'"
J<:..,
" . cll.i ""'" ~
-20
.::.I.i..ol~
.. 'I .; .::.Wl:U.J1
~I
.; .::.tJ.I
..>'""''il Uts...
~ """
, .
.>! U.r;
.. ( ...........
. ~.w..J1
.r-, ...........
. . v
U. I
-21
4.".i J, ..... .;I y""":;.;1 ~ "I.; .y\!;.,I1 ~ 'J.;I.,II

'-:;.)<ll c:..,,:;iJlt,. J!..,...JI .th.JI [j.;.o.i ' ~w..J1 ~
-22
. th.JI ~.) ~ wfo...; '.l.".! ~ 'i

[j.;.o.i
' ~.,..
4JL:.. ~.; ~~'il.;
.'-..1.0.11 .::.i...a!w..JI Wlti cY> (22)'JWI ~ U;.!o do.)<ll '":" '; . 1.kl1
4ib.,I1 '::'~I cY> c'~.;1 .~I .;1 '::''il .;1 '::'I.;JI .;1 JI"" cY> ~u...; I.. .Iy!.; ~I ~3'l;
-23
JJ.4.I1 1987 ~W (6) ,.i.; ~L.;...ll.; ').~.:i.I1 'J";.; JjAl U!.; ~.,II Wowl ~Ij '::'~I .;1
IJ-H 'i I.~ .;1.;iJII:'" ~LS..:..I .;;Ai ~ 2000 ~ 282 ~.; 'J).; 1987 ~W 23 ,.i.; .;1.;iJt,.
t.P- ~ '::'\;~I '...,.! cY> %20 t.P- J:i 'i '-..I~ tJ!.y I.f; ~~I ~ ~.;l>...; ..wI cY>
..,. .; I'
;(..>!t..:i.Il
JUI..I'''
""'1 'o,I!1 ,~, ';.J-"
.L'I ".?-'';1.::.11'''1
~
y.; ' L:..I...J
. . ~ 1'''''1
j""' ~
j""'" . . . - - I.P'"". t r '

~
u:J.;1.l..lI.; ~I ~I.; '::'~I ~J ww.; 1999/6/13 t-;.;U; ~I 412 ~.; .1.;j.,I1
.~.,II
.'-.;~
~w..JI.:...
jJ,.ti">!p
~I ~I ww. ~1978/18 ,.i.; wyUlt,. ~.,....,...JI ~LS..:..i; ~ljlJ'il jiUlI ~w.J1 ~ ~
-24
-25
'::'1.;1.;iJ1.; (..i1.;ll1.;1980/56 ,.i.; WyLllt,. JJ.4.I1 '-..1.0.11 '~I J.;I"".; '-..1.0.11 J!I..,...JI ~L.....;
JiiJIUA 1~ "J IF-J.::. ~Ul\!~
rlS.:r.!
~ ' ~'J"'. ..lJ 1'1:'~-; ;JJ~\
U~ ~.; ".;4.:i.I1 ~I ~ ..,.t.ll ~ J.>:i c?1 ~4.:i.I1 ,J4-!J1 '-l~ J!.J:!
~w..J1 ~
-26
1980 ~ 68 ,.i.; Wyll, ~.,....,...Jt,. .;Jt....oJl '.;4.:i.I1 WyL! ~LS..:..'; U!.; &\.; ":"'...;SJI ~~.; '.;4"
".;4.:i.I1 ~I ~ ww.; 1959 ~ (1) ,.i.; ".J:!-"';I ~.,....,...JI.;
~~.; '.;4" U~ ~.; <$.;4.:i.I1~I ~ ..,.t.ll ~ 4JI.ll1 ~4.:i.I1 ,J4-!J1 t-;.;L:> wfo. wi ~I.J:!
-27
wi
(.;k t-;.;\lJ I..>""\.. ......UJI .b.;fil cY> 33 'JWI.; 26 'JWI ~ ~ (J"..,..,.;.JI ..:......;SJI
~L...JI~w..J1
~ .1.,.. .th.J1 ~wl;; cY> wI;; "I ~ ~ .;1 ~.;I #.;1 .h.!.S "I ..:.~ "jJl ~w..J1 ~
~ ~fo. wi ,*,lA">!p
.;1
~~I .;a.-JI
.;1
I.f;~ J..>L:..
.;1 .::.t;..Sl1 .;1
-28
~JI.;!'i1 .;t....';1
JI.....!t,. Li.?-I.; W.; (~I ,.i.)1 ~u.s :! .illj ~.; .;=';1 JI.....!t,. 4.ll.UJI ~wt;,.ll .;1 ~L!.;';I
'i!.; ~ c?1 '-sfil
.;1
~j.Al1 ~ w.;ji.. ~I I:'" ..,..~ u-l! ~.;; ~ cY>'; .;=';1
WlL! cY> 26 .; 22~JWI ~LS..:..i;
:w.
~t,. .th.J1 .;~I u-l! "-;js..,...J1 .::.i...a!w..J1
'-..1.0.11 .::.i...a!w..J1
WlLiJI ~LS..:..I ~ .;1 .b.;fil .:... ~ '.;Ij.;ll ..., ~ J.l..oJI I:'" ~ ';>'1 ~ "I ~
'ft<'
:'-;:;'11..,..,...';1 cY> '-:'I- ,,'; ..wI ~ wi

..wl.b.;y!. cY>.by!. <$i; J.;1.l..l1 J>,llj!
lfl!
-1
-2
w..; Ij!
-3
.,..u. ~.>! .;i J.;1.l..l1 ~I Ij!

.~
. i w.... .J ;1.l..l1 ........
. "I Ij)
<r
-4
y!.t,....# .;i y!.t,... cY....."b; .1.,.. i.;Ijfo. J..1o. .;1UlO"" "i~.J:! wi J.;L:...;i
~
. \.., .... oJ '-ll .;I..ll

.lli...:U .::........ JUl..ljlJl
.;- ...... ...,...-,.
~"" ..,.u.s ~.,.,. '::''iL:...lI .:... ~ ..wI .lO.I! wfo..; .iJ.u...l1
~
r:;;:--:
'*'
-5
-I~I ~ ..... ljlJl
:..wl .lO.I! ~ ~.;l>...; 4l~ '::'I.I~! ~I jl.>.:il u-l! ~L:.. W.;J
4.,;l~ '::'I.I~! ~I j~1
u-l! ~L:.. W.;J '.;Ij.;ll t....oJ1.i. lh "";4-'l1 6;Al:iJ1
(-i"":l
wi
_I
. '::'I..I~ .;\ u.....J~.;1 ~t....:o......,.::; cY> '.;Ij_..ll (..~ ~ J)Li.! wJ

Ji.J1 cY> "; ' ;' f';.-J I.. ";';': J.;1.l..l1 ..,.1....>. ~ ~~ wi Ji.J1 .lO.I! cY> 'iJot '.;Ij.;ll j.J+;
cY> .~ I.. U~.; .;t....'il J.;.A>
'*' tp'.)1 ~ ;;""'w.. lAly ul.ll ~J=.lt,. .illj.;
- ..,.
-29
......
N"
" ., 'II
. .a..J1 &".J-'
1;.;1,;'U" I--*'""20 t.L..ii .:.. u
-u
i ..:.\..01~.
.J i..:.l..a..~.J
c:uz
c)A
:u.......~.,..
I
.a..J1 ~.
~'i u..J.:j
.
($.;i.i ~ ~I c)A .JI ",,4-'l1 u..-l:iJ1 c)A ~
..a..J1 .;~I
. .:..
..!l.lWl J .Ju...!1 cr-~<r"<:.
b
"I; It....ll U"'
"
l..i..;:;
U.J
'1 J u...!1
.
~
<.)
" ..
~..;-;
-30
-31
,-,~I .!lJWJ 6fo. t.-.& .Ji u.,...;1...o..
($.;i.1 .;IJ! .JI .)j.J <Ri ($.ll .JI , .;i.i ~ <RI .Ji .a..J1 lit. ~ ~~ .!lJW1 ($.ll J.JlW.I ~
.JI .;I:"! u-l! 4t.:....>#-!.J 4....;,.;t......Il
<.) ~I J.JlW.I6fo. 6i 6.JJ.!lJj JS ,'+'I.;IJ!.J '--#1 ":'1.;1j.J

.J..;.;~ ":'I~I..?-! ~I j~1
.it.
<.)
,11-...u1 ~
._II-...ul Ji"-'
. .a..J1 ~IJi,I ~ I.,

."., ..... <r
.. ..rJ.,;i.J!l .... ~I.J '.;4-'J1 b)j.J c)A ~j)!J1 <R.;4-'J1 ~.;:i.ll J!Ji 61 ~~I ~ ~
;....i~1
..:.~~) ..:.'1~:YJ ~j.J1 <r"1j:>U ~4-;'11 ~I 6i .j~1
--32
-33
r.;k t....,~ I->,",,~ U~I
<.)
~ 6 1 ~~I ~
--34
........
( ..>:''WJ ~~ ( 3/-) ~i
Ji ( u~
" .- '1',<
, " .;;.ll..'1I
'( ;u,~.J Q'>".
....:itS...J
-;.r
v--.J
. ~.J ~'!.r.)A
1988/4/1 c)A I.;~I ....I..jll &y.\I.;..1l
jJ.i.! 6L;.
<.)
J..;.;Wl o.;IjJ .:;.. .;Jl...oJl 1985 ~W (44) ~.; <R.;Ij..jl1 hil\; ~I..J. L.,. J;l:iJ1
-35
:<f'\l1 ~ .;I.;ill '-""">.J 6;~I.J wl>L;l1 ~.Ju.. 0F ":'1.5~1.J ":'l.i;+lI.J ":'L......j.J1

'.;IjJ .;~! .;.J->:" ':"~I
<.) .;4-'J1
Ji J-.!I J.JIY <?I ":'1.5~1.J ":'l.i;+lI.J ":'L......j.J1 ~
Ji wloL;l1 c)A 6:il.Jll.5 ":'1.5~1 c)A ~ 6-""'~ 6""i (~I .J "......~I t~1 .)J!) ;i.,;Jt...J1
.;~~I 6fo. 6 1.J 6 1.,aJ1.J 1"'"''1'1 .;~~I
<.)
r"';'Ji 6i ~ '';-'"'' <R4 6;~ .J i 6;~

. .a..J1 c)A '';'''''' \;~
b)jJ c)A 'J4-!>~.:i; 61 "'-i
'I!
wloL;l1 c)A ~I .J\ ~I .Ji J.JlW.I '';';;''il W.>ll U->,"" ~...
~ ~ c)A %5 0F '';';;''il W.lli

J~I ~~I J>..>ll ;(,u~
W.J'li
~.; ~-"W4 <.\JLJI 200817114
~.; ~I.;j.,il ~ ).)

~y.l;.J (%15) ~
Jil 'I! ~
)"...1 6L;.
t..,... "':;\..oIy,14 .. IlJ
<.)
i (;(,u~1 '.;IJ!);i.,;Jt...J1
1955 ~ 3 ~.; ~"".)A ~~'1 I',;;" .a..J1
JiWlI 2008 ~ 2 ,1970 ~ 34 ~.; ~-"W4
t;.",;u;
.I..J. \..0 ~--""" <.) .J 2008 W 2 ' 1970 ......u 34

.200812-35~.; ...,~i <.) .;Jl...oJl ~,,,:,,i; '1.J11738
J.J.... <.) ~1.Ji .Jl.;.j.l4 .a..J1 ~ Jl..<:.'iI.J ..:.t.,....sJ1 J:..:i <.) ~I '.;Ii.;lJ
c)A
(2) ~.; -"ill ,)
. 0/10
.........
I "''II
'-'"
/0
. . .l;lll>.'1t... ~..;.;Ij..jll ;WI>" ~ J~I "'-i
-36
.......JY"'.J
" .a..J1 .;...,---,
!.....i , ..L., .J.lljll"
J u...!1
u"'il:w..:..
-...J
.,.t."l:.s J:.wl
.... .a..J1 <.r.
'L....I,
."..'I....
'I! ....... ~
~L.;.;; '-.J
' "-'ll
0F.
..J-""'4
. . J .;Wl..!1
.J\
J..;.;s .a..J1 l:a 0F JjWlI YI.iJI
'I ' j"' 1.iJ1 v

. ~'~I
'I! ,
~.J-""'4
U"";
~~ jp'-; 'I'
<?I ":''1~1 0F ....&.:;..sJ1 6L;. ,) 1996 ~ 25 ~.; 6-"WI ~~4 ~1j:il')'1 YI.iJI ~~I ~
Jt+. ,) ~~i c'"
-37
J,JWI .:a <r

, . J " U-.JI ~t.:iS.Il
.
.a..J1 ~~i l..i..;:;
~ --""" ~ .!lJjJ .... yY"'
:t.,;.;~
-38
~ J.;.J L.,. J;l:iJ1.J J,J.J.ll1 4--';;:; <?I Jfo.ll ,) ~.a;
Ji .;~J Uli .... \..0 .a..J1 ~ u;1.5 Ij! .!lJj.J 6WJI l:a
<.) 1996 ~
1 ~.; .........b..ll 6 1JiJ
F
.ysl
: .. ..:.......i.J'iI .. ;iJ;u...!1 ..:.t.:J-.l1 (...WJi

~';.J (694) ~.; .I.;j..jll ~ <R.;I.), ....w.; '.;J1=l1 ":'1.;ljiJl J ..:.......i.J'I1 (",W.)I ~Ij:il')' 1'1;;;' ..
.;1.) .J' (... w.;,ul l:a ";i;'! IJ;.is.lI ":'1.1..?-'11 j~\; ;i.,;Jt...J1 Jij.J '--'"'~ <RjJl .J 1992 ~ (426)
).) u-ll ~l..<.'1y, ..:.......i.J'I1 ~WJi ~ 'J~I 6w.; 2005 ~ (863)~.; .)..,..JI .I.;j..jll ~
-39
r-!..i <,IJj.j!1 J)J4 o\.l ~I J".lol!1 J 2005 ~ (13) r-!..i J 2002 ~ (2) r-!..i 4.:Jt..J1 .J:!.JJ
~jll; - o\.l jJ.la.AJ1 J ~U.;,JI I~ :WOW1 u,..i1.,aJ1 J 1:'1.,.tl1
'-i1.S ~I '-iw,'il,o 2005 ~ (20)
U .. 11 l..iw
4.....l>.11 ( r
... Lil
..... - ( <.F""
')'1 ......,,_UI) '?''~I u J.!.II
_
. .
r<l..) <.7-"1
..ijSl..J1 ~U.;,JI ~! .loJy;. .:..,iljl j! .;!JjJ o\.l ~ J .lO.J1 u-o 1M ')' ~- ~..i~4 .l:!..ijlll
~
..... -"..,
'-~-"
~..J<"
. jJlWI ULWI
<.)
44.JtS.l1 ':'~I ......... UJ! - ~WI J ~4.JtS.l1 ..iUJ u-o ULWI .~ 4.....l>.11 ':'~I ~
-40
.ULWI .~ (J"Il>.11 ~ly.lJl Jt...;! jl.J:!! ~

~~! .)jjll C' ~...,...ll .lO.J1 Jt...>1 c:p ~LllI 4WU)'1 ':'~I &-"!' J.~ Mi..J1 ~jll;
\ ,- llo... J .:.L.oillll
. _\< "I WI
1e.llLb.ll.;!JjJ..,......,.....-.,
\. L . - 1< "I ;("';WU':l1 ':'L.oillli
Wlo...
........
_
<Jo'~J
. ~
.
-41
r;.a.; (~~~J .;:;1 1JI ~ .:.LSy;.) JJ\Ll1 ~jll;
-42
~4.JtS.l1 ..i1.JJ u-o '..iJt.... '~I.J:! 'Jlt-1

~ J '..iUjll .:.lh:i....
&-"!' JI';"; .l;.i:i (':'4t....:.J1 ')J! J w;SIS' .tl u,w. '..iIJ!) ~WI J
Ie t..ii..ll ':'')'LiSJI &-"!' .J'!"">
.
. 'il WJlL.o. .lll.i:i:..':II ..i I..i.:;oo
' It
~
J ~
- .lO.J1
~ liJ J J \Lli u.l..
. _~
.~j
.J~I J ~~,),I 'Jlt-1 ) .....1~..iU
UJJ;
u-o I~ 12 ;U~I J
w~1
.fo
I I J!1.".,t1. ......... ~-J:i ULW\ .~ 6.P~.:W...l1 r.:.,....iLWI &-"!' C' e~\ ~
-43
-44
~ ':I <,Illi ~LWIJ <'*"1)......... 1 ~ J.J!l44.JtS.l1 ':'~I ......... ')J! - ~WIJ ~4.JtS.l1
- ~J w!- e~')'1 ~ ~ L.J"-,Ii )J I.. '-its, ~jll; ~ U-OJ .~ .Ii ",I ~ t~':I1
.':'I..Jlo..J tlliJ
u-o
.) ,
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF
CONTRACT
11
SECTION (2)
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT
2.1 DEFINITIONS
Words and phrases used in Contract documents shall have meanings as respectively defined by
the following unless something in the subject matter or content is inconsistent with such usage.
OWNERIPURCHASERIEMPLOYER: H.E. The Minister of Electricity and
Government of Kuwait and his duly authorised representatives.
Water,
ENGlNEER: The Chief Electrical and Mechanical Engineer or other person or persons for the
time being or time to time duly appointed in writing by the Owner to act as Engineer for the
purpose of the Contract or, in default of such appointment, the Owner.
CONTRACTOR: The Firm or Company awarded the work and their official representatives,
successors or asSIgnS.
SUB-CONTRACTOR: Any person (other than the Contractor) named in the Contract to
perform any part of the work, or execute and part of the Contract with the Consent of the
Owner or his legal representatives, successors and appointees.
lNSPECTOR: any inspecting authority appointed by the Owner.
CONTRACTOR'S EQUIPMENT: Tools, equipment and other materials brought onto the site
by the Contractor for purposes other than incorporation into the work.
EQUIPMENT : Includes all units, machinery, materials, building structures, plant and other
equipment supplied according to specification of the Contract other than the Contractor's
equipment.
WORKS: Includes all equipment and works to be done according to the provisions of the
Contract. It may also mean site if indicated by the context.
ERECT, lNSTALL, PLACE, LAY: Anything incorporated into the works and shall include all
work done and all expenses, labour, matelials, plants, overhead and profit of the Contractor in
delivering a specified item to a specified location according to the Contract and in transport and
erection to the specifications and drawings.
12
CONTRACT: The binding agreement between the Owner and the Contractor for the supply
and erection of all works specified in the Contract Documents. The final reference for rights
and obligations of all parties. It includes; Conditions of Adjudication and Instructions to
Tenderers, General and Specific Conditions of Contract, Technical Specifications, Bills of
Quantities, Technical Schedules, Price Schedules, Tender Forms, Formal Contract, or any other
documents related to the Contract. Also included are the Contractor's Specifications and
drawings when certified and signed by the Owner.
CONTRACT PRJCE : Sum named in the Contract as the Contract Price.
2.1 DEFINITIONS - (continued)
CONTRACT VALUE :The amount due to the Contractor as a result of execution of the work,
with consideration to variation orders for increase or decrease that may be issued under the
circumstances in accordance with the Contract.
SPECIFICATIONS: Conditions of Adjudication and Instructions to Tenderer General and
Specific Conditions of Contract, technical Specifications and all other general or detailed
specifications supplied to the Contractor during the progress of work.
DRAWINGS: All drawings indicated under the Contract, or any revisions of it certified by the
written consent of the Owner, and all other drawings prepared and certified by the Owner.
SITE: The actual place or places to which equipment is to be delivered and the work is to be
completed by the Contractor, together with the necessary surrounding area of said place which
the Contractor actually uses with the consent of the Owner in connection with work otherwise
than merely for the purpose of access to the said place or places.
SITE TESTS: All such tests conducted by the Contractor for the whole work, or any part
thereof, after the completion of erection and before termination of maintenance Guarantee
Period as required under the provisions of the Contract, as well as other tests as may be called
for in the Specification.
COMPLETION DATE: That date when the Contractor shall receive official notification from
the Owner to the effect that the work has satisfactorily passed Reliability and Acceptance Tests.
READY FOR COMMERCIAL SERVICE: All equipment that by satisfactorily passing
Reliability and Acceptance Tests becomes ready for commercial use.
WRITING: Any stamped and signed manuscript, memorandum or printed materials.
MONTH: A Gregorian Calendar Month.
TON: Ton shall mean a metric ton (1000 kg) unless otherwise specified.
13
CONTRACTDOCUMENTSa) Conditions of Adjudication and Instructions to Tenderer.

b) General Conditions of Contract.
c) Specific Conditions.
d) Technical Specifications and General Information.
e) Schedules
f) Drawings
g) Tender Form
2.1 DEFINITIONS - (continued)
h) Formal Contract Form
i) Addenda
j) Any correspondence related upon as a result of meetings conducted between the Owner
and the Contractor prior to signing the Contract.

k) Minutes of meetings agreed upon as a result of meetings conducted between the owner
and the Contractor prior to signing the Contract.

Words that imply persons include in the full sense companies and corporations. Words used in
the singular form shall include the plural form and vice-versa according to the context of usage.
2.2 CONTRACT INTERPRETATION

The followings shall form the principal basis for interpretation of the Contract:
2.2.1 Signing
By signing the Tender Form and the Contract Documents, the Tenderer accepts all stated
therein, unless the contrary is clearly and specifically stated otherwise.
2.2.2 Conflict
All Contract Documents shall be taken collectively, but, in case of discrepancy or

conflict, the original Contract Documents issued by the Owner shall prevail. No
consideration is given to any modifications made by the Contractor and submitted with
his proposal to any terms or statements of the Contract Documents initially issued by the
Owner, unless the Contractor frankly states that the modifications is particularly
connected with a specific statements of the Contract Documents and the Owner's written
consent of accepting the said modification was awarded.
2.2.3 Damage
The several damages provided for in this Contract shall be treated individually; therefore,
separate deductions for any particular damage shall not prevent the deduction for others.
14
2.2.4 Inconsistencies
No General Condition as to any malter shall be rendered inapplicable by reason of any
Specific Conditions or instructions as to the same matter insofar as the two conditions are
necessarily inconsistent.
2.2.5 Titles
The titles of subsections are for convenience only and shall not form part of the Contract or
affect the interpretation thereof.
2.2. CONTRACT INTERPRETATION - (continued)

2.2.6 Notation
The period (.) shall be used for designation of decimal point. This system should be adopted
in the Specifications, schedules and any other printed documents and annexed drawings
thereto. Where a coma (,) appears in figures, it is merely used to part of thousands, millions,
etc. for facility of reading.
2.3 CONSTRUCTION OF THE CONTRACT
The Contract shall in all respects be construed and operate as a Kuwaiti Contract subject to
Kuwait Laws.
.
2.4 ADVANCE PAYMENT GUARANTEE.
[ The Contractor is required to submit within fifteen days from the date of signing the
Contract a Letter of Guarantee equivalent to 20% of the total Contract price excluding spare
parts. This Security Bond is given to cover the advance payment given to the Contractor
according to provisions of payments. This Bond shall be valid until the completion of
equipment installation and is taken over by the Employer. 1
2.5 CONTRACT FORMAT
The Owner shall bear the expenses of preparing and competing the Contract Format,
together with any necessary copies of all documents comprising the Formal Contract at no
cost to the Contractor.
2.6 EXTENT OF CONTRACT
The Contract includes the following:
Design, manufacturing and testing at the plant of the manufacturer according to the
specifications, standards and codes required for all matelials, equipment and accessories, or
any other matter required for the correct, proper and satisfactory operation of the said
15
equipment and macillnery whether directly or indirectly provided for in the specification
and drawings or not.
Safe packing for export, insurance and shipment to Kuwait, unloading at the harbour,
loading transpoit to site, unloading and neatly storing.
2.6 EXTENT OF CONTRACT - (continued)
The complete site preparation and any other existing services as and wben necessary; to
reinstate and modify all services to suit the site and to leave the site neat, clean '!lld in an
approved manner. Complete erection, connecting all terminals of equipment supplied by tbe
Contractor, setting up work, finishing, painting, operating, testing and making sure the tests
are acceptable.
Maintenance and replacement of all defective parts related to the equipment furnished
under the Specification and specified under "Maintenance Guarantee Period".
2.7 TERMS OF PAYMENT
[ The following shall regulate the method of payments by the Owner to the Contractor:
a) A sum equal to twenty percent (20%) of the total Contract Price, excluding spare parts,
shall be advanced to the Contractor within forty-five (45) days after the date of signature
of the Formal Contract. This advance payment shall be only made against the Security
Bond in accordance with Section 2.4. No additional advance payment shall, however, be
allowed to compensate for Variation Orders provided under section 2.10 "Variation
Orders". The Contractor must specify in detail and in writing, the name of the local bank
and the account number for deposit of payments. The said letter must be issued by the
Contractor's head office and signed by an authorised Director.
Accordingly, the owner shall deposit the payments due during the Contract time, unless
he is notified otherwise within a reasonable time prior to the due date of payments.
Payments due will be deposited withont any obligations, whatsoever, on the part of the
Owner.
b) Within sixty (60) days after the date of receipt by the Owner of each Interim Certificate
and necessary documents provided for under Section 2.15, hnport and Storage, an
amount equal to fifty-five percent (55%) of the CIF Kuwait value of each shipment shall
be paid to the Contractor providing that the sum paid under these interim certificates does
not exceed fifty-five percent (55%) of the total Contract Price.
c) Within sixty (60) days after the date of issue of the Handing Over Certificate
of each unit, the Owner shall pay to the Contractor upto ninety percent (90%)
16
2.7
TERMS OF PAYMENT - (Continued)
of the Contract Price for the works as a whole, or to that part of the work accepted after
the deduction of penalties, and the cost of outstanding items, if any. Deductions held
against outstanding items shall be paid to the Contractor upon his submitting proof to the
Owner that the said outstanding or incomplete items are fmally and satisfactorily
completed.
d) The Owner shall pay the Contractor the value of the Variation Orders in addition issued
on the Contract in the same method of payment mentioned above with the exception of
part (a) and taking into consideration to add the percentage in part (a) to the percentage of
part (b).
e) Within sixty (60) days after the issuance of the last Final Certificate the Owner shall pay
to the Contractor the following:
1. The ten per cent (10%) balance amount of the Contract price.
2. The balance amount of the Contract value resulting from any addition or reduction of
the Contract Price.
f) With respect to spare parts, the Owner shall pay to the Contractor the full hundred
percent (100%) value, against documents that assert correctness and safety after
inspection in accordance with Section 2.15, and after the Ministry' s Warehouse receipt
has been issued. Within sixty (60) days
from the date of receiving the said documents accompanied by a request indicating the
amount due, with a breakdown invoice, the necessary Payment certificate will be issued.
If the Handing Over or Taking Over and Acceptance Certificate was issued in proportion to the
completed section or portion of the work separately, payments thereto the accepted section or
portions shall be fixed in proportion to the Contract price. In the absence of agreement thereto,
this proportion shall be determined by the owner.
In determining the amount of payments provided for under this subsection with respect to any
section of the works, deductions for all previous due payments connected with the said section
shall be made according to the provisions of the Contract terms.
If the payment of any sum payable in accordance with paragraphs (c ), (d) and (f) of this
section is improperly delayed by the Owner, interest at the rate of five percent (5%) per annum
on the amount of the delayed payment for the delayed period shall be added to the Contract
price. 1
17
2.8 CONTRACT LANGUAGE

The fOlmal Contract, the Instructions to Bidders and the General Conditions of Contract
(Sections I & 2 herein) are attested in the Arabic Language, if accompanied by a translation
to any other language, the Arabic version shall prevail.
2.9
THE CONTRACTOR
INFORMATION
MUST
OBTAIN
COMPLETE
AND
RELIABLE
It is assumed that the Contractor has obtained and carefully studied all Contract Documents,
perfonned site examination, and collected all additional necessary infonnation pertinent to
the completion of the work. No consideration will be given to any claims for extra payments
requested as a resu It of the Contractor's failure to obtain the said information.
2.10 VARIATION ORDERS
2.10.1 The Contractor shall not alter any section of the work, except with the written consent of
the owner. The owner shall have full power, always at any time, prior to. or after the
execution of the work, to direct the Contractor to perfonn any alternation or modification,
omission, or addition to the work or any section of the work, providing it does not exceed
fifteen percent (15%) of the Contract Price, without any opposition as if it was originally
incorporated in the Contract. Payments for the said alternatives shall be accomplished
according to the Contract rates if applicable thereto, otherwise in accordance with the
conditions provided for in Subsections 2.10.6 and 2.10.7.
2.10.2 Variation Orders to the works will be issued by the Ministry's Under-secretary. The
Contractor will be notified in writing and shall perfonn the requested changes, or
modifications upon receipt of the said notice.
2.10.3 The introduced changes or modifications indicated shall not alter the Contractor's
responsibility
to perform the work to the satisfaction of the owner, or provide binr with the right to request
any compensation, as long as it does not exceed the proportion limits indicated. Under the
circumstances when variation orders are issued after the production of the equipment, or
while under the process of production and after the completion of the drawings relevant to
the parts to be changed, then the Contractor has the right to claim for compensation with
respect thereto, provided the submittal of the said claim is made within thirty (30) days from
the date of the Variation Order Notice.
2.10.4 If value of modifications exceed the percentage provided in Section 2.10.1, then the
Contractor, if he feels the requested modification creates difficulty in completing the work
on schedule, or increases his expenses thereto, then shall submit to the EngiIleer a written
request within thirty (30) days from the date he receives the Variation Order requesting a
Contract Time extension and/or compensation for losses incurred under the circumstances.
The Ministry shall then decide what follows in connection with the Contractor's request,
18
providing the submittal of the said request

is made within the time specified above,
otherwise the Contractor forfeits his rights for time extension or compensation or extra
payment.
2.10.5 Time extension orders together with funds allocated for the Contractor for the
modifications or additional works shall be issued by the Owner wlder the provisions of the
Contract and shall be calculated per Contract rates.
2.10.6 Under the circumstances where Contract rates do not apply to the work indicated, a
Committee shall be formed prior to beginning the said work, that consists of the Ministry's
representative(s), and the Contractor to partake in the decisions, evaluation and agreement
thereto. Both the Ministry and the Contractor shall be obligated to the decisions made by the
Committee after Certifications by the Minister.
2.10.7 In case agreement cannot be reached between the Ministry and the Contractor according
to the previous section, or due to the Minister's rejection of the decision of the Committee,
the Contractor shall begin doing the work and submit a bill
2.10 VARIATION ORDERS - (continued)
supported by cost invoices and all details of expenses. The bill will be reviewed, verified
and certified by the Ministry's Under-secretary where the actual expenses shall be
recognised by the Ministry and paid to the Contractor plus and adequate extra to cover
Contractor's overheads and profits which shall be initially agreed upon. In most cases
payment shall be limited to the amount verified as true.
2.11 ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING
The Contractor shall not assign or transfer the Contract, benefits or obligations thereof,
(excluding the Contractor's right to assign money due, or to become due to him under the
Contract to the Bank assigned by the Contractor) to any other person without previously
obtaining the Owner's consent in writing.
The Contractor shall not sublet the whole work to sub Contractors except as provided for
under the Contract, and shall not sublet any parts of the work without previous written
consent ofthe Owner. The Owner's consent in writing shall not relieve the Contractor of any
responsibility or obligation thereto the work, or default and negligence committed by any
sub-Contractor or his agents and labour force.
2.12 SUBCONTRACTORS
Names and addresses of all Subcontractors must be listed in schedules with a complete detail
of the equipment and work assigned to them as import or construction, with the guarantee of
completion the work on time. The Contractor must make sure that all materials and
equipment supplied by the Subcontractors are ordered and imported within suitable time.
The Contractor shall submit to the Owner three (3) copies of all purchase orders issued by
19
his Subcontractors. The Contractor shall be fully responsible to actions and performance
of sub Contractors. In no way he shall be relieved of any Subcontractor default.
2.13 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY

2.13.1 The Contractor, being a Producer or Manufacturer, shall be deemed to have concurred
with all designs and layout plans as being sufficient to insure reliability, safe operation and
freedom from any undue stresses as to the satisfactory performance in all respects. The
Contract shall be deemed to include other un-mentioned matters considered supplementary
and essential to the efficient completion of the work, in addition to what is indicated on the
drawings and provided in the Specifications. Works shown upon the drawings and not
mentioned or described in the Specification and works described in the Specification and not
shown in the drawings will nevertheless be held to be included in this Contract price in the
same manner as if they had been expressly shown upon the drawings andlor described in the
Specifications.
2.13 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY - Cs;ontinued)
2.13.2 The Contractor shall supply labour, equipment and material required for starting the
work on time specified by the Ministry and authorize his representative at site with the full
responsibility to negotiate matters that result from the execution of the works in order to
complete the job in accordance with Contract requirements.
2.13.3 The Contractor is solely responsible for all the claims or actions in connection with
patents, copyrights and trade marks or any legal rights of third parties concerning the
equipment, materials and machinery used for the work.
2.13 .4 The Contractor is solely responsible to the Government and others for all accidental
deaths and injuries to workers or any person engaged on the work, also to property damage,
default and failure in the performance of the work. The Contractor shall guarantee to
compensate for all claims made against the Government and its employees due to the said
accidental deaths, injuries and damages, and also the expenditures paid to defend or settle
tI,ese matters.
2.13.5 All works and equipments at the site shall be under the Contractor's responsibility until
the date of taking over of the works. The execution of the work as a whole by the Contractor
or in part by the Ministry and the Ministry's usage of any right under this Contract shall not
relieve the Contractor from his responsibility.
2.13.6 The Contractor is totally responsible for executing the works according to the
provisions of this Contract and all supplenlentary documents, drawings and specifications.
2.13 .7 The Owner will set out a datum from which the Contractor on his own responsibility is
to duly set out all other works, but under the direction and to the satisfaction of the owner
and according to the drawings supplied or approved by the Owner and the Contractor is also
20
to ftnd all labours, stakes, instruments and

other things and do all other things
necessary for the use of the Owner for checking such setting and for the periodical
measurement of works executed and materials supplied.
2.14 DELAY PENALTIES
2.14.1 The Contractor shall complete all works of the Contract at the times specified (Contract
Work Schedule). At any delay in completion according to the schedule, the Contractor shall
pay penalties in the amount of ('1%) one half percent of total value of delayed items for each
week of delay or part thereof. This penalty shall not exceed ten percent (10%) of the
Contract price, provided the delay is reasonable. Penalties shall be due immediately upon the
occurrence of a delay without the serving of prior notice or resort to court action and without
the need to prove that any damages or expenses have been incurred by the Owner as a result
of the delays.
2.14 DELAY PENALTIES - (continued)
2.14.2 [The Contractor will no~ be allowed at any time to claim for extension of Contract
Time if the Ministry orders a temporary halt of the work due to the Contractor's noncompliance with the Contract terms, or his unacceptable execution of the work. 1
2.15 IMPORT AND STORAGE
2.15.1 Any imported part of the equipment shall be accompanied by the following Certificates:
a) A certificate or Origin certified by the Chamber of Commerce, and another certificate
from the Manufacturer testifying that his product does not include any material of Israeli
origin. Manufactnrers from West Germany must explain in the latter Certificate that their
product is not in any way connected with the repatriations to Israel. In addition, with each
piece of imported equipment the 'Country of origin" must be stated in such a way
irrevocable and unchangeable, otherwise these equipments will not be allowed to enter
Kuwait.
b) A certificate from the shipping company certifying that the vessel carrying the
equipments is not on the black list issued by the Israeli Boycott Office, and that it will not
call at any Israeli ports.
2.15.2 The Contractor shall give priority for shipping to vessels belonging to the Kuwait
Shipping Company (S.A.L.), if these vessels happen to pass by the exporting harhour.
2.15.3 The Contractor shall promptly pay all Custom duties upon importing the equipment to
Kuwait. Assessment of Custom duties shall be at cost with no overheads. The Contractor
shall familiarise himself and observe the regulations issued from time to time by the
Ministry of Finance and Oil, and Ministry of Commerce and Industry conceming the import
of equipment and materials, and shall abide by the same.
21
2.15.4 The Contractor shall bear all expenses
connected with unloading, transport to site,

and storage of equipments. The Contractor shall also make necessary arrangements to
protect the equipment from deterioration and any damage entailed by storage or erection.
2.16 SHIPPING AND TRANSPORT TO SITE

2.16.1 The Contractor shall not tranSp0I1 his equipment or any other equipment to the site
unless he requests and receives the Owner's permission in writing for the delivery of
equipments to the site. In all cases the Contractor is responsible for receiving all equipment
imported to the site under the Contract.
2.16.2 Delay for any reason the Owner is not responsible for to give the Contractor written
permission to transport the equipment to the site which may prevent the Contractor from
delivering the equipment on time specified thereof, or if not time is specified fo r delivery,
then reasonable time for delivery shall be estimated with regard to the date of completion of
the works. Under these circumstances the Contractor shall notifY the owner in writing that
the equipment ,(referred to later on as "Delayed Equ ipment") is ready for delivery and can be
inspected by the Owner ifhe wishes to do so.
2.17 LABOUR AND STAFF
The Contractor shall make the necessary arrangements to provide suitable skilled and
unskilled labour and staffrequired for the execution, erection and maintenance of the work.
The Contractor shall pay all costs and charges whatsoever in connection with recruitment of
labour and staff.
The Contractor shall abide by the labour laws prevailing in Kuwait with regard to rates of
wages, working hours and any other regulations issued by the responsible authorities in
connection with labour accommodations and sanitary measures. The Contractor shall pay his
labour and staff for doing the work and for other expenses such as traveling, food,
accommodation, etc.
The Contractor shall be responsible for providing, transporting and selling food at the site.
The Contractor shall, upon receiving written notice from the Owner, dismiss any of his
agents or staff members or workers who refuse or neglect instructions issued by the
Ministry's representative, or behave in such a way that the Owner deems inconsistent
with or hazardous to the works.
2.18 HOLIDAYS
The Contractor and his Subcontractors shall observe and consider the official and religious
holiday and other traditions with respect to workers and staff and shall make special
arrangements to continue working in these occasions ifrequired to do so.
22
2.19 MEDICAL FACILITIES

The Contractor shall provide medical services at Site. Tenderers shall inform themselves and
become familiar with the Kuwait regulations governing medical services.
2.20 SANITARY MEASURES
The Contractor shall fully comply with all conditions and regulations issued by the Sanitary
Authorities with respect to the works. In the event of an epidemic, the Contractor shall carry
out all orders, measures and instructions issued by the Government of Kuwait.
2.21 TRANSPORT AND STORAGE AT SITE
The Contractor shall bear all expenses of impol1, transport of equipment and any other thing
connected with the execution of the work at Site.
The Contractor shall be solely responsible for storage and protection of the equipment
against deterioration, corrosion and mechanical damage during storage and erection at Site.
2'.22 STORAGE FACILITIES
The Contractor shall unload and store all material only in a lot allocated by the owner and
paid for by the Contractor. Storage costs shall be included in the Contract Price and the total
area necessary for storing the Contract equipment must be specified in the Tender
Schedules. Any necessary levelling of the allocated area is to be carried out under this
Contract.
2.23 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
The Contractor shall make sure that all work executed under this Contract conforms in all
respects to the requirements of the British Factory Acts of 1937 and all later amendments. In
case of any particular precaution which is inapplicable in Kuwait, the necessary precaution
measures shall be taken to the satisfaction of the Owner.
2.24 CONTRACTOR'S EQUIPMENT ON SITE
[ All Contractor's Equipment 'brought to the Site for the purpose of executing the works
shall become the owner's property and shall not be used for any other purpose outside the
Contract. The Contractor shall not remove the said equipments without the Owner's
petmission as long as it is necessary to do the work. 1
[ The Contractor shall be responsible for any loss, destruction or damage which may happen
thereto unless the fault thereof lies with the Owner. If the Contractor fails to pay any due
payments under the Contract to the Owner, then the Owner shall have the right to dispose or
sell any of the said equipment to collect the amounts due,
In conformity with the above, title to the Contractor's Equipment shall be transferred to the
Contractor after being removed from the Site after completion of the work, or at the end of
the Contract Time. 1
23
2.25 APPARATUS AND MATERIALS AT SITE

All apparatus, equipments and material s required for the work shall become the Owner's
property upon arrival on the Site, or after the Contractor's receipt of any payment with
respect to the said apparatus and materials.
2.26 CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIVES AND WORKERS
The Contractor shall appoint one or more competent representatives, whose name or names
shall be specified in writing to the Owner, for superintending the execution of the work at
Site. The Contractor's representative or any of his representatives must be present on Site
during all working hours, and orders or instructions issued by the Owner or the Engineer to
the said representative shall be deemed issued to the Contractor himself.
2.27 OWNER'S SUPERVISION
The Owner shall appoint after signing the Contract employees to superintend technical
and other matters under the Contract. Each of these Employees shall have specific
authorities, which authorize him to communicate instructions to the Contractor's
representatives. The Owner shall issue all instructions and orders to the Contractor, unless
otherwise specified under the conditions.
2.28 OWNER'S DECISION
The Contractor shall perform the works according to the decisions, instructions and orders
issued by the Owner or his representatives with respect to the Contract. All decisions,
instructions and orders shall be formally stated or confirmed in writing otherwise they
will be deemed ineffective.
2.29 INSPECTION AND TEST DURING MANUFACTURE
The Owner or his authorised agents shall at all reasonable times be allowed free and ready
access to the Contractor's shops for the purpose of inspecting and testing all equipments
to be imported under the Contract. In the case of parts being supplied by others, the
Contractor shall provide the Owner with permission for access to the Supplier's shops for
the same purpose and under the same conditions as if the production was carried out in
his own shops. The said tests and inspection carried out by the owner shall not relieve the
Contractor from any of his obligations under the Contract.
(14) days written notice to the Owner to allow him to be present to witness tests on any
part of the equipment ready as specified under the Contract. If the Owner does not appear
at the place specified by the Contractor within ten (10) days then the Contractor shall
perform the test and submit a certified copy of the results to the Owner. This test shall not
relieve the Contractor from any of his obligations under the Contract. When the Owner
desires to attend the test he shall notify the Contractor at least twenty-four (24) hours
prior to the test.
24
The Contractor or Subcontractor as specified under the Contract for the performance of
the tests shall provide labour, materials, electric power, fuel, shop, apparatus and all
necessary equipment for the performance of the said acceptance tests. If the equipment
passes the said tests, then the owner will give the Contractor a Certificate to testify the
above.
2.30 CONTRACTOR'S DEFAULT
If the Contractor neglects to execute the work, or refuses to comply with his obligations
according to orders issued by the Owner in writing with respect to the work, or shall
contravene the provisions of the Contract, then the owner will notifY the Contractor in
writing to correct and avoid the contraventions complained of. Should the Contractor fail
to comply with the notice within reasonable time, then under the circumstances the
Owner shall use other workers to execute the part of the work neglected by Contractor,
provided that the Owner shall have full freedom if found convenient to take over the
whole work, or any part of it from the Contractor and entrust the works to another person
or persons to complete the work, or any part of it. In this case the owner shall have the
right to use Contractor's equipment at the Site to execute the work without being
responsible to the Contractor for any wear of the equipment. The Owner will not pay any
charge for the usage of the said equipment and shall have the right to retain any amount
of money due to him from the balance due to the Contractor to compensate for the cost of
executing the work or any part thereof. Should the said cost of executing aforesaid works
exceed the balance due to the Contractor, then the Contractor shall have to pay the
difference to the Owner.
2.31 BANKRUPTCY
If the Contractor shall become bankrupt, or insolvent, then the owner will be free to do
one of the following:
a) Terminate the Contract by notice in writing to the Contractor, or Liquidator, or any
person in whom the Contract becomes vested, and act in accordance with Section 2.30
(Contractor's default)
or
b) Give the receiver or liquidator or any other person the option to execute the Contract
subject to his guarantee in an amount to be agreed upon for faithful execution.
25
2.32
WITHDRAWAL OF THE
TERMINATION OF
THE CONTRACT
WORK FROM THE
CONTRACTOR
OR
Without prejudicing provIsIons of the other Subsections, or the Ministry's rights

prescribed in Kuwait laws, the Ministry shall have the right to withdraw the work from
the Contractor or decide to terminate the Contract by a notice in wliting by the Minister to
the Contractor without the need for any court actions, in the following conditions and
circumstances:
a) Failure of the Contractor to start the work upon receiving written order thereto.
b) If the Contractor withdraws or deserts the work.
c) If the Contractor suspends the work completely for a period of ten (10) days, unless
he proves that the reason for suspension relates to some cause beyond his control.
(Force Majeure).
d) If the Contractor makes slow progress in doing the work, in a manner which gives
the Ministry evidence that the Contractor will not be able to complete the work in the
time specifi ed.
e) If the Contractor contravenes any Contract term and does not make good that
contravention within a week from the Contractor's receiving a notice in writing from
the Owner to do so.
f) If the Contractor gives an open bribe or bribe in the form of bonus or loan or present
to any of Ministry' S or Engineer'S staff who have direct connection with the
'
Contract.
g) If the Contractor is bankrupt or has requested a declaration of bankruptcy or
compound with his creditors or if it is a company liquidated by legal action or
voluntarily.
2.33 CONSEQUENCES OF WITHDRAWAL OR TERMINATION
In the event of terminating the Contract or withdrawal of the work, or any part thereof from
the Contractor according to the previous subsection 2.32 or under any other condition in the
Contract, the Ministry shall have the right to confiscate the Contractor 's Final Surety
(Performance Bond) without previous notice or court action. Such action shall not prejudice
the Ministry'S right for claiming compensation for the damage incurred. In addition to the
above, the Ministry shall have the right to exercise the fo llowing:
I. To perform itself the incomplete work, or part of the work thereof, at the Contractor's
expense.
2. To put out all, or part of the incomplete work on tender.
3. To directly negotiate and award to some other Contractor the incomplete works or any
part thereof.
26
Under all these conditions, the Ministry shall have the right to seize all or
part of the Contractor's equipment and use it to complete the work without being
responsible to the Contractor or others for any damage or loss that may occur to the said
equipment
The Ministry shall use the equipment free and will not be responsible for any fees or
payments due to others for that matter. Tbe Ministry sball also bave the right to seize all or
part of the Contractor's Equipment even after the completion of the work to guarantee her
rights against the Contractor. The Contractor must compensate the Ministry against losses
and pay in full any amount that exceeds the Contract, withdrawal of the work and the
execution thereof directly or by another party. The said administrative expenses are
estimated to amount to ten percent (10%) of the cost of the work left incomplete by the
Contractor. In connection to this matter, tbe Ministry sball withhold all payments due or to
become due to the Contractor until a final settlement of the administrative expenses, loses
and other expenses has been reached and shall have the rigbt to seize all or part of tbe
Contractor's properties or amounts due in other Government Ministries or department The
Owner shall also have the right to sell the Contractor's equipment without being responsible
to the Contractor for any losses entailed by the sale.
2.34 INVENTORY
In the event of withdrawal of the work as a whole, or in part from the Contractor according
to the previous provisions, an inventory shall be made on all equipment, parts and materials
that were imported and not used, and also on the works completed according to the
specifications. The inventory shall be done by the Engineer working for the Ministry in the
presence of the Contractor or his representative after notification to attend. If the Contractor
or his representative fails to attend, the inventory shall be carried out in his absence and in
this case it shall be deemed binding to the Contractor and he cannot object to it
If the Contractor or his representative wishes to object he must do so at the time and place of
doing the inventory. The inventory record shall be certified by the Ministry's Undersecretary. Inventory shall not be delayed more that one month from the date of withdrawal
of the work from the Contractor.
2.35 INSURANCE
All insurance policies under this Contract shall be issued according to the following:
Preference shall be given to the local National Kuwaiti insurance companies if their rates do
not exceed ten percent (10%) above the rates of foreign insurance companies. The
Contractor should submit supporting evidence to this.
This insurance cover shan not relieve the Contractor from his responsibility under the
Contract, wbere in all cases the owner will only hold the Contractor responsible and not the
.
.
Insurance companIes.
27
Insurance companies who underwrite the said insurance policies under the Contract shall be
well established and finally capable for the coverage of all risks. With respect to Contracts
that exceed one-half million (500,000) Kuwaiti Dinars, an insurance certificate must be
submitted certifying that re-insurance has been carried out through a reputable international
company. If the owner should feel that the said insurance company is unable to finance the
required risk coverage, then he shall request the Contractor to change the insurance
company. If the Contractor does not make the change within a reasonable time, -the Owner
shall deal with the matter on the Contractor's account and give the insurance to a company
he considers reliable.
National Kuwaiti Insurance Companies List:
1. Kuwait Insurance Company (S.A.K.)
2. Al-Ahlia Insurance Company (S.A.K.)
3. Gulf Insurance Company (S.A.K.)
A. Workmen Insurance - The Owner shall not be liable for any damage or compensation
with respect to accidents or injury to workmen or other persons employed by the

Contractor or his Subcontractors. The Contractor shall be responsible for all damages,
compensations, claims, costs and expenses whatsoever in respect thereof.
The Contractor shall insure his employees against all these liabilities and the insurance
shall remain valid throughout the entire employment period. The Contractor shall make
available upon the request of the Owner the insurance policy and any receipts of
payments of premiums thereto. The same applies to the Subcontractors.
B. Equipment Insurance - The Contractor shall insure the equipment for the benefit of both
himself and the Owner for its full value against, deterioration, fire, theft and ocean perils,
or other risks from the date of shipping, or the date it becomes the owner' s property
(whichever comes first) until the date of final acceptance. The Contractor shall also
submit from time to time, or upon the Owner's request, the insurance policy and receipts
of payments of premiums thereto.
C. Third Party Insurance - Upon the execution of the Contract, the Contractor shall insure in
the joint names of himself and the Owner, against any damage, loss, or injury which may
occur to any person working at the same Site or adjacent to it, as a result of executing the
Contract. The Contractor shall make available upon the Owner's request the insurance
policy or policies and premium payment receipts thereto.
28
2.36 LIABILITIES WITH RESPECT TO ACCIDENTS AND DAMAGES

The Contractor shall cover all parts of the work including equipment or other things
exposed to damage by weather conditions and erosion, and take aU precautions
to protect any part of the work from loss or damages for any possible reason. The Contractor
shall protect the Site and take measures to guarantee the safety of persons about the Site
against accidents.
Rectification of all damages and compensation for the losses incurred to any part of the work
as a result of the Contractor' or Subcontractor's neglect to comply with his obligations under
this Contract, shall be at the Contractor's expenses only, to the satisfaction of the Owner.
The Contractor shall compensate the Owner for all damages and losses which may occur to
any person or property whether the injury to persons at the Site or to the materials and
equipments in it. The Contractor shall also compensate the Owner for all claims and
additional expenses incurred by the Contractor's negligence or due to imperfect design,
material and manufacturing.
2.36 LIABILITIES WITH RESPECT TO ACCIDENTS AND DAMAGE - (Continued)
In the event of loss, damage or injury to any property or person at the Site during the
Contractor's correction of any matter in accordance with the provisions of maintenance

guarantee under the Contract, he shall be responsible under these circumstances as if the loss
had happened to the work before the Owner's taking over.
2.37 CLAIMS THAT THE OWNER CAN BE EXPOSED TO

If the Owner is subject to any claims arising from matters considered the Contractor's
responsibility, then he will promptly notify the Contractor to supervise, negotiate and
follow-up legal proceedings if necessary for settlement. The Contractor shall pay all
expenses incurred thereof. The Owner shall not take any action that affects the Contractor's
rights, and shall not interfere with the negotiations or make any other arrangements, unless
the Contractor fails to do so. In all cases the Contractor shall assure the Owner and
reasonably guarantee to his satisfaction as required under the circumstances from time to
time. In return, the Owner shall do all he can to help the Contractor upon the latter's request.
2.38 ACCESS TO AND POSSESSION OF THE SITE

According to the last paragraph of this subsection, the Owner shall facilitate access for the
Contractor to possess the Site within a reasonable time.
29
During the execution of the work, no persons other than the Contractor, Sub-Contractor and
their employees shall be allowed on the Site, except by a written permission from the
Engineer. But, the necessary facilities shall be made to inspect the work at any time by the
authorised Owner personnel.
Access and possession oftbe Site with respect to the Contractor means ability to execute the
work. The Contractor shall provide to the Owner and all other Contractors whose names he
has previously notified to the Owner in writing, ail necessary facilities to execute their work.
The Owner shall provide the Contractor with all necessary facilities to continue the
execution of the work at the Site during the normal working hours which are approved in the
country, except if the contrary is specified. The Owner may, after consulting with the
Contractor, decide working at other times than normal working hours is necessary to
complete the work within the time specified under the Contract or within a reasonable time
if not specified under the Contract. The Contractor shall pay the additional expenses
resulting from his default.
2.39 WORK SCHEDULE
The Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Owner for approval a complete detail of the
civil works, foundations , manufacturing and importing of the equipment, allowing two (2)
months for shipping, a time-schedule for erection, and cost approved schedules. The
schedules shall include all different stages of the work from the time of starting to execute
the Contract until the fmal completion of all work under the Contract. It shall also include
the design, purchase order, construction, delivery and erection, as well as details and lists of
workmen to be used on the Site.
If the Contractor, during the execution of the work, shall see it is necessary to make any
modifications to the construction of the equipment, or delivery and erection schedules, then
he shall submit the said modifications to the Owner for approval. The Contractor shall
submit to the Owner all his suggestions, plans, arrangements for erection of the different
works on the Site, or any other temporary work connected with the Contract for approval.
The submittal of these suggestions and arrangements, and the approval of the Owner thereto,
shall not relieve the Contractor of his responsibilities and duties under the Contract.
During the process of manufacturing and erection on the Site, the Contractor shall submit to
the Owner monthly six (6) copies of the progress report based on the time schedule
mentioned above.
2.40 WORK PROGRESS
The Contractor shall, under the provisions of the Contract, supply all materials, equ ipments
and labour in the manner and speed that will satisfy the Owner.
30
Work shall not be allowed sunset and sunrise, or on holidays authorised by the
Government of Kuwait for rest without the written consent of the Owner unless otherwise
specified.
If the Owner shall see that the work progress is slow in such a way that the
work will not be completed in the time specified, then the Contractor shall obey these orders
from additional payments without any -objections or request for compensation. In
the
event of working nights, the Contractor shall provide sufficient lighting to

the satisfaction of the Owner and shall supply the necessary labour for the continuation of the work
after nonnal hours.
Any order, or approval issued by the Owner, or his absence, shall not relieve the Contractor
from or diminish his obligations under the Contract.
2.41 PROGRESS REPORT

The Contractor shall keep in his nearest office to the Site details of work completion and
erection dates, and shall supply the Owner with all these schedules and information specified
under the Contract once a month.
2.41 PROGRESS REPORT (continued)
The Contractor shall submit with his monthly progress report in detail a list of work
schedule, his or his SubContractors employees used on the Site from time to time, and any
other information connected with his equipment according to the Owner's request.
2.42 WORK PROGRESS PHOTOGRAPHS

The Contractor shall take pictures of the work under construction at different stages every
week and supply the Owner with one (8" x 10") copy and six (4" x 5") copies of each with
explanation and the date it was indicated on each picture, within one week after it is taken.
The negatives of these pictures shall become the Owner's property and cannot be reproduced
without his approval.
2.43 FACILITIES FOR OTHER CONTRACTORS

All works shall be executed such as to give the necessary facilities for other Contractors, or
their workmen, or the Owner's workmen, or any other employees who execute or supervise
any work on the Site or adjacent to it connected with the Contract, or otherwise.
The Contractor shall do all he can to co-operate with those persons without interfering with
their assignments, and shall also consider the Owner' s instructions and requests for that
matter. Any conflict that arises between Contractors will be decided upon by the Owner, to
which all parties shall be deemed obligated.
31
Since the new equipment installation is an extension of the eXlstmg equipments, the
Contractor shall execute the work in such a way as not to interfere or hinder the operation of
the existing plants.
2.44 DELAYED ERECTION

If by delay or failure on the part of the owner some other cause for which he or other
Contractors employed by him is responsible, the Contractor shall be prevented from erecting
any equipment ~hich has been delivered to the Site (herein after referred to as Un erected
Equipment) and has given notice in writing to the Owner indicating his intention to apply
this Section 2.44, then, and under such conditions:
a) There shall be added to the Contract price any reasonable additional expenses incurred by
storage, protective measures, insurance against loss, deterioration and damages from the
date of the said notice until the Contractor shall no longer be prevented from erection, or
shall be relieved of the responsibility under paragraph (b) of this section (whichever come
fIrst).
b) The Contractor may submit a thirty (30) days notice in writing to the Owner which will
deem valid from the date of receipt, and require the Owner to bear the responsibility of
storage and protection of the Unerected Equipment. After thirty (30) days from the date
on which the Owner receives the said notice, the Contractor shall become free from any
responsibility thereto the Unerected
2.44 DELAYED ERECTION - (continued)
Equipment, until thirty (30) days from the date on which the Contractor receives a
"Notice to Erect" issued by the Owner in writing. If the Contractor shall receive the
Notice to Erect before thirty (30) days from the date on which the Owner receives his
notice, then the provisions of paragraph (b) shall be inapplicable.
c) If the Contractor has been relieved of responsibility under the preceding paragraph (or
under any other condition), then, upon receiving the Notice to erect, he shall examine the
Unerected Equipment, on the Site, or undelivered to it because of the delay, and correct
any defect that has developed in the said equipments after the date of the notice fIrst
mentioned in this Section 2.44.
d) If after nine (9) months from the date of the notice fIrst mentioned in this Subsection
2.44, the Contractor shall still be prevented as aforesaid, then he shall be paid ninety
percent (90%) of the value of the Unerected Equipment less any sum previously paid to
him in that respect. Such payment shall be made against a letter of guarantee that expires
at the date of issuing the Final Acceptance certifIcate for the said Unerected Equipment.
e) There shall be added to the Contract price any expenses paid by the Contractor for the
tests mentioned in paragraph (c ) preceding, or for repairing any deterioration, defect, or
loss unless the cause was faulty workmanship, or materials, or failure of the Contractor to
take the measures required under the Contract. There shall also be added to the Contract
price any additional expenses that arise from erecting and testing on Site the said
Unerected Equipment if these expenses could have not been incurred without the
32
prevention of erection.
f) The Contractor shall not be responsible or obligated according to the maintenance and
guarantee provisions to any fault that may develop after three (3) years from the date of
the notice fIrst mentioned in this subsection.
2.45 REJECTION
The work shall be executed to the satisfaction of the Owner. Any work that does not satisfY
the Owner, or does not meet the specifications shall be removed, replaced and rebuilt
according to the specifIcations by the Contractor free. 11,e Contractor shall also, at his 0wi1
expenses, repair all works and damages that may develop through the process of
replacement to the satisfaction of the Owner.
2.46 NOTICE OF CLAIMS
[ Should the Contractor, according to his interpretation of the Contract, consider that he is
entitled to any extra payment or compensation or time extension or make any claim
whatsoever with respect to the work, he shall forthwith give notice to the owner within thirty
(30) daysof the execution o~ any work, or the happening of any event upon which he bases
such claim. Such notice shall include complete details of the nature of the claim. Failure of
the Contractor to submit any claim within the time specified above shall be an absolute
waiver thereof. 1
2.47 CLAIMS WITH RESPECT TO WEATHER
The Owner shall not consider any monetary claims submitted by the Contractor with respect
to weather conditions. But, if the Owner allows the delay of works because of weather
conditions, he shall extend the completion date in such a ways suitable to the delay allowed.
2.48 EXTENSION OF TIME FOR COMPLETION
Without prejudice to Subsection 2.46 if, by reason of any industrial dispute or any reason
beyond the Contractor's control which was not foreseen prior to signing the Contract, the
completion of the work shall be delayed or impeded, whether before or after the time
specified for completion, or any extension thereto, the Contractor shall immediately notifY
the owner in writing requesting a time extension. Such notice shall include complete details
of the nature of his request. Upon receiving the Contractor's notice, the Owner shall, upon
investigation, determine and give reasonable periodic Time Extension to the Contractor in
writing.
The said Time Extension for completion of the work shall be made prospectively or
retrospectively. Failure of the Contractor to submit any claim for extension of time including
complete details of the nature of claim, and within the specified time above for submittal of
such claim, shall be an absolute waiver thereof.
33
2.49 NOTICE FOR TESTS AT SITE

The Contractor shall give in writing the Owner a fourteen (14) days notice specifying the
date on which he is ready to perform the Acceptance tests for the Works. The tests shall take
place within ten (10) days from the date mentioned and on the day or days specified by the
Owner in writing to the Contractor. If the Owner does not specify a time after being
requested to do so, or does not appear on time at the place where the tests will be performed,
then the Contractor may perform the tests, where in so doing he shall not be relieved from
any of his obligations under the Contract. If the Owner sees that Acceptance Tests on the
Works are delayed for no reason, he can request the Contractor, by a written notice, to
perform the said tests within ten (10) days from the day he receives the notice, where in
return the Contractor shall perform the requested tests on any of the ten (10) days specified
by the Owner in writing. If the Contractor fails to perform the tests within the time
previously specified above, the Owner shall perform these tests and charge the Contractor
for its expenses.
In the event where a part of work does not pass these tests, then either the Owner or the
Contractor may request to repeat these tests within a reasonable time and under the same
conditions, except that all expenses incurred by repeating these tests shall be deducted from
the Contract Price.
2.50 SETTLEMENT OF DISPUTES

In case of any dispute or conflict of any nature shall arise between the Owner and Contractor
in connection with the Contract, or relative to the performance of the Work (whether this
conflict shall arise during the progress of Work or after completion, and whether before
termination or inconsistency with Contract Conditions or afterwards), such disputes shall be
referred to the Engineer to settle and give written decision notifying both the Owner and
Contractor to this effect. This decision will be final and binding to the Owner and Contractor
until all works are executed. The Contractor shall consider such decision valid, and proceed
in Works whether he or the Owner notified or not their respective disapproval. lfthe Owner
or the Contractor expressed disapproval of this decision, then the owner or the Contractor
shall be entitled, within (30) days from receipt of such notice, to refer the matter to
Arbitration Committee, to be formed of three (3) members in the following manner:
The Owner and the Contractor shall each appoint his respective member, and if one party
fail s to do so within fifteen 915) days from the date of the other party's written and
registered request, such member shall be appointed by the competent Kuwaiti Court
The third member expected to be Chairman of the Arbitration Committee, shall be appointed
on agreement of the other two members. If both pruties within fifteen (15) days from the
date of their acceptance of this assignment fail to reach agreement on the third member, the
competent Kuwaiti Court shall appoint him upon the request of any party.
34
The verdict of the Arbitration Committee shall be fmal and binding to both parties.
Arbitration will be governed by the Kuwaiti Civil and Commercial proceedings Law, and
will take place in Kuwait.
2.51 HANDING OVER
[ As soon as the Contractor feels that the work, or any unit thereof, has been completed and
site tested and is ready for the safe and satisfactory operation and start of the one-month
Reliability Test, he shall submit a written request to the Owner for the issuing of Handing
Over Certificate.
The main purpose of this Certificate is to signify that the works have
The
reached the stage for the beginning of the one-month Reliability Test.
Contractor's
request shall in clude the complete amount of the Contract or
any pali thereof showing in detail all previous payments made and the balance
amount due. The Owner shall verify and examine the information included in the said
request and if the Owner is in agreement he shall issue a Handing Over Certificate within
two weeks after receipt of the said request. The issuance of the "Handing Over Celiificate"
shall not relieve the Contractor from any of his obligations under the Contract as far as
safety, insurance, maintenance, tests, or any other matters connected with said work or part
thereof. The operation of the plant shall be under the supervision and responsibility of the
Contractor, according to the Owner's safety regulations from the date of issuing the
"Handing Over Certificate" until the date of issuing the "Taking Over and Acceptance
Certificate". An operating staff for said works will be provided by the Owner during the
Reliability Test and the Acceptance Test. 1
2.52 LOCAL KUWAITI PRODUCTS
Local Kuwaiti products which are in accordance with Kuwaiti standard specifications and
equal in quality to the imported products, shall be given priority when awarding Contract.
2.53 TAKING OVER AND ACCEPTANCE
[ As soon as the work is completed according to the Contract proviSIons and has
satisfactorily completed a reliability Test Run and the Acceptance test, the Contractor shall
submit a written request to the Owner, for issuing of a "Taking Over and Acceptance
Certificate". The Contractor's request1shall include the complete account of the Contract, or
any part thereof, showing in detail all previous payments made and the balance amount due.
The Engineer shall examine2and verify the information included in the said request and the
3
Owner upon recommendation of the Engineer shall issue the "Taking Over and Acceptance
Certificate" in which shall be certified the date of work completion, tests passing and
acceptance of the Owner thereof; also the date when the guarantee and maintenance period
begins.
35
In the event that work under the Contract is divided into more than two sections, the
Owner shall be free to accept and take over any section of the work completed and tested
rather than the other section, and he shall issue separate "Taking Over and Acceptance
Certificates" for each section that has been accepted and taken over. According to the
agreement reached between the Owner and the Contractor, the acceptance and taking over of
some parts of the work !Day be arranged before completing the whole works by issuing
separate certificates thereto.
Civil work will be taken over at the successful completion of the thirty (30) days Reliability
Test.
The "Taking Over and Acceptance Certificate" issued for the work does not imply a fu ll,
satisfactory completion.
If by any reason of the Contractor's default that may delay the issuing of the "Taking Over
and Acceptance Certificate" for the work or any portion thereof, for a period that exceeds
one month from the completion date specified under the Contract, the Owner shall be free to
use the works, or any part thereof, provided that the said work can be safely operated while
the Contractor may still have the opportunity to make the necessary arrangements for issuing
of the "Taking Over and Acceptance Certificate".]
2.54 CLEANING THE SITE AFTER WORK COMPLETION
The Contractor shall not remove from the Site after completing the Works any incomplete
material without the consent of the Owner. The Contractor shall clean the Site, and remove
the rubbish, his equipment and temporary works of all kinds. He also shall leave the site and
the equipment in an orderly, clean and neat fashion to the satisfaction of the Owner.
2.55 MAINTENANCE GUARANTEE PERIOD
The Contractor shall be responsible for correcting with all possible speed, any defect arising
from defective design (other than the design made and furnished by the Owner and for
which the Contractor has disclaimed responsibility in writing to the Owner within a
reasonable time after the receipt of the Owner's instTuctions, materials, workmanship, or any
act or negligence on the part of the Contractor within the maintenance and guarantee period.
The maintenance and guarantee period shall extend to at least twelve (12) calendar months
after the work of that portion thereof has been taken over. However the guarantee and
maintenance period shall be extended to a maximum period of fifteen (15) calendar months
specified elsewhere in the Contract.
If any defect as mentioned above shall occur, the Owner shall notify the Contractor in
writing explaining the nature of the defect. If the Contractor replaces any part of the work,
the provisions of this subsection 2.55 shall apply to the part replaced thereof as if that
portion has been taken over on the date of replacement.
36
If the defects are not remedied within a reasonable time, the Owner may proceed to do the
work at the Contractor's expenses, but without prejudice to any other rights which the
Owner may have against the Contractor with respect to the Contractor's failure to remedy
such defects,
If the replacement has such characteristics that may affect the efficiency of the work or part
thereof, the Owner may notify the Contractor in writing within one 91) month of such
replacement requesting the Contractor to make Tests at Site. Such tests shall be performed
according to the provisions of the Contract.
The Contract Conditions shall apply to all inspections, modifications, replacements or
renewals and all tests occasioned thereby, performed by the Contractor according to this
Subsection 2.55.
Until the Final Certificate has been issued, the Contractor, or his duly ispatch d
representatives whose names have previously been co=unicated to the Owner, shall have
the right of access, at his own risk and expense and during working hours, to all parts of the
work for inspecting and taking notes. With the owner's consent, the Contractor may at his
own risk and expenses make any tests he considers desirable. Before the Termination of the
Maintenance Guarantee Period, the Contractor shall, upon the Owner's request, be
responsible to dismantle any portion of the Equipment or apparatus specified by the Owner.
On the other hand, this operation shall not influence the maintenance Guarantee Period
under this Subsection 2.55 .
2.56 INTERIM CERTIFICATE
The Contractor may request from time to time Interim Payment Certificates as provided
under Subsection 2.7 "Terms of Payment" for Equipment shipped from the Country of
Origin to the Site. The Contractor shall submit to the Owner an Interim Payment certificate
for each shipment in which he shall specify the equipment being shipped, the amount
requested, a Release Note issued by the Inspection Authority which certifies that the
materials have passed the required tests, Shipping Invoices and payment receipts of
shipping, insurance, transport and other expenses in addition to the Documents required
under the Contract. The Owner shall issue an Interim Payment Certificate within sixty (60
days after he receives the Contractor's request according to this subsection.
Each Interim Payment Certificate shall show the value of the materials being shipped to the
Site including the shipping cost and warranty to be used under the Contract until the date
mentioned in the Certificate request. The Contractor shall not include in his request for the
Interim Payment Certificate any amount for any Equipment claimed by the Owner to be
inapplicable to the Contract requirements.
No Interim Payment Certificate shall be deemed final to ally matter stated therein, and shall
also have no effect on any other rights which both the Owner and the Contractor may have.
37
2.57 FINAL CERTIFICATE

[ The Contractor may request the Owner to give him a Final Certificate at any time after the
Contractor becomes free from all his obligations under the Contract. The Contractor may
request a separate Final Certificate for a complete Unit for which he has already acquired a
Taking Over and Acceptance Certificate, at any time after he becomes free from his
obligations with respect to that particular part of the work.
The Final certificate shall not be issued unless the Contractor has fulfilled all his obligations
under the Contract and delivered all the required spare parts. Then the Owner shall issue the
Final Certificate within thirty (30) days after receiving the request of the Contractor with
respect thereto.
The Final Certificate shall indicate the total amount which was included in the Interim
Payment certificates, Handing Over Certificate and the Taking Over and Acceptance
Certificates issued previously with respect to the work, or part of the work connected with
the Final Certificate.
The Final certificate shall be deemed irrevocable evidence for completing the work except in
the event of fraud or dishonesty which relates thereto and may affect any matter stated
therein. 1
2.58 PAYMENT ADJUSTMENT
Any due payments under the Contract to be made by the Contractor or to him contrary to the
work completed or to the accepted Equipment shall be added or deducted from the following
Payment Certificate issued by the Owner.
The Owner may adjust any Payment Certificate if necessary with respect to other previous
Payment Certificate. The Contractor shall have no rights to claim thereto for compensation.
2.59 DEDUCTIONS FROM PAYMENTS DUE THE CONTRACTOR
All payments due by the Contractor to the Ministry under the Contract, whether in the form
of penalties, compensations, expenses, or any others shall be deducted from the Final Surety
Performance Bond or any other payments due to the Contractor and will be paid to the
Ministry, or any other administration in the Kuwaiti Government. All deductions shall be
made against no opposition from the Contractor and without any previous notice or conrt
action.
2.60 MANUFACTURER'S ERECTION PERSONNEL

Where there is more than one manufacturer involved in supplying the equipment, then the
erection work shall be done by the personnel of the respective manufacturer of the
equipment or the manufacturer of that certain type of equipment should certify that the
personnel employed by the Main-Contractor for erection of the equipments are capable to
the erection on this Contract independently.
38
Besides, each manufacturer must ensure that this equipment will perfonn after
commissioning the duty it is designed for to the fullest satisfaction of the Owner.
2.61 EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURED UNDER LICENCE
Where equipments are manufactured under licence the Tenderer should enclose with his
offer a written assurance from the licenser (the principal manufacturer), for the design and
quality of equipment produced by the licence. This assurance should be submitted along
with each offer without which offers will not be considered for adjudication of the Tender.
2.62 CARE OF WORKS
2.62.1 REPAIR WORK
[ From the commencement to the take-over of the works the Contractor shall take full
responsibility for the care thereof and all temporary works and in case of any damage, loss
or injury shall happen to the works or to any part thereof or to any temporary works from
any cause whatsoever (save and except the excepted risks as defmed in sub-clause (2) of this
clause) shall at his own cost repair and make good the same so that at completion the works
shall be in good order and condition and in conformity in every respect with the
requirements of the Contract and the Engineer's instructions. In the event of any such
damage, loss or injury happening from any of the excepted risks the Contractor shall if and
to the extent required by the Engineer repair and make good the same as aforesaid at the cost
of the Owner. The Contractor shall also be liable for any damage to the works occasioned by
him in the course of any operations carried out by him for the purpose of complying with his
obligations under Clause 2.54 hereof. 1
2.62.2 EXCEPTED RISKS
The excepted risks are war hostilities (whether war be declared or not) invasion act of
foreign enemies, rebellion, revolution, insurrection or military or usurped power, civil war or
(otherwise than among the Contractor's own employees) riot commission or disorder or use
or occupation by the Owner or any portion of the works in respect of which a Certificate of
taken over and Acceptance has been issued (all of which are herein collectively referred to
as the excepted risks).
2.62.3 PROTECTION OF MATERIALS AND PLANT ETC.
The Contractor shall make good any loss occasioned by theft, fire damages or weather
factors, etc. of any materials which are the property or provided by the Employer together
with all materials plant etc. of Subcontractors or other parties engaged upon the works. The
Contractor shall allow for any extra temporary fencing and watching that he may deem
necessary for this purpose.
39
2.63 SPECIAL RISKS

2.63.1 LIABILITY FOR WAR, ETC.
The Contractor shall be under no liability whatsoever for any damage to the works (save to
work condemned under the provisions of Clause 2.30 and 2.45 hereof prior to the occurrence
of any special risk hereinafter mentioned) or temporary works or to property whether of the
Owner or third parties or for injury or loss of life which is the consequence whether direct or
indirect of war hostilities invasion rebellion revolution insurrection or military or usurped
power civil war or (otherwise than among the Contractor's own employees) riot commotion
or disorder (hereinafter comprehensively referred to as "the said special risks") .
2.63.2 DAMAGE TO WORK ETC. BY SPECIAL RISKS
If the works or temporary works or any materials on the Site shall sustain destruction or
damage by reason of any of the said special risks the Contractor shall nevertheless be
entitled to be paid for any work and for any materials so destroyed or damage and the
Contractor shall be entitled to be paid by the Owner the cost of making good any such
destruction or damage thereto so far as may be required by the Owner.
2.63.3 PROJECTILE MISSILE ETC
Destruction damage injury or loss of life caused by the explosion of any mine bomb shall
grenade or other projectile missile ammunition or explosive of war shall be deemed to be
consequence of the said special risks.
2.63.4 INCREASED COSTS ARISING FROM SPECIAL RISKS
If any increased cost or incidental to the execution of works (other than such as may be
attributable to the cost of reconstructing work condemned prior to the occurrence of a
special risk) arise from special risks and eventually constitute a burden to Contractor and
render him subject to sustain heavy loss, the Owner shall repay to the Contractor a sum of
money that would eliminate such a burden if risks were unforeseen and provided that the
Contractor shall submit his claim in the manner and times stipulated by these conditions.
2.63.5 OUTBREAKOFWAR
If during the currency of the Contract there shall be an outbreak of war, the Contractor shall
unless notified in writing by the Owner to the effect of termination of the Contract use his
best endeavours to complete the execution of the works.
If the Contract shall be terminated under the provisions of this sub-clause the Contractor and
Sub-Contractor shall with all reasonable dispatch remove from the Site all Constructional
Plants.
40
2.63.6 PAYMENT IF CONTRACT TERMINATED
If the Contract shall be terminated as aforesaid the Contractor shall be paid by the Employer
(in so far as such amounts or items shall not have already been covered by payments on
account made to the Contractor) for all work executed prior to the date of termination at the
rates and prices provided in the Contract and in addition:
a) The cost of materials or goods ordered by the Contractor for the works or temporary
works of which the Contractor is legally liable to accept delivery (such materials or goods
becoming the property of the owner upon such payment being made by him):
b) A sum to be certified by the Engineer being the amount of any expenditure reasonably
incurred by the Contractor in the expectation of completing the whole of the works in so
far as such expenditure shall not have been covered by the payments in this sub-clause
before mentioned.
c) Any additional sum payable under the provisions of sub-clause (I), (2) and (4) of this
Clause.
d) The reasonable cost of removal under Sub-clause (5) of this clause and (if actually
effected) return thereof to the Contractor's main plant yard in his country ofregistration.
e) The reasonable cost of repatriation of all the Contractor' s staff and workmen employed
on or in connection with the works at the time of such termination.
Provided always that against any payments due from the Owner under this sub-clause the
owner shall be entitled to be credited with any outstanding balances due from the Contractor
for advance in respect of plant and materials and any sum previously paid by the owner to the
Contractor in respect of the execution of the works.
Read and accepted
Read and accepted
MODIFICATION OF THE
GENERAL CONDITIONS
MODIFICATIONS TO THE GENERAL CONDITIONS

2-2-4: The word "special" appearing in the first line of this Article shall be deleted.
2-4 Advance Pavment Guarantee:
Tills provision shall be deleted and replaced by the following text:
"If the contractor wishes to receive an advance payment pursuant to Paragraph 2-7 (Payments),
it shall submit a bond in the form of a bank guarantee issued by a local Kuwaiti bank for an
amount equal to the amount of the advance payment, within 15 (fifteen) days from the date of
the contract. This bond shall be a guarantee for the advance payment which the owner shall
pay and it shall be subject to reduction every three months in the. ratio of the amount resulting
from the application of the same percentage of the advance payment to the works covered by
the progress payment certificates. In all events, the advance payment guarantee shall remain
valid until the recovery of the entire amount ofthe advance payment made".
2-7 Pavment Terms
Without prejudice to the provisions of Article 9 of the Technical Conditions of this tender,
payment for this contract shall be made in Kuwaiti Dinars by transfer to the account of the
contractor to be opened with a local Kuwaiti bank. The contractor shall notify the Owner of
the said bank account by means of a letter duly signed and certified. The Owner shall continue
to make all payments due to the contractor throughout the duration of the contract to the
aforesaid bank account of the contractor as notified to the Owner, unless the Owner shall
receive a new notice at an appropriate time for making such transfers. In all events, the
transfer of the entitlements shall be effected without any liability on the part of the Owner.
(2-7/1) Method of Payment:
Payment to the Contractor by the Owner shall be effected as follows:

(2-7/1-1) Advance Pavment:
After signing the contract and submitting the advance payment guarantee, the contractor shall
be entitled to an advance payment equal to 10% of the contractor price after deducting the
value of the spare parts. The Owner shall transfer this advance payment to the contractor' s
account within forty five (45) days from the date of receipt by the Owner of the contractor's
advance payment guarantee. The contractor shall not be entitled to receive an advance
payment in respect of any variation orders that may be issued to it.
(2-7/1-2) Progress Pavments:
The Contractor shall have the right to submit requests for progress payments in respect of the
following:
a)
b)
c)
Shipments of the equipment and machines on a CIF Kuwait Ports basis.

Local costs including customs duties, transpOItation to the site of installation.
Civil and construction works.
2/AA
(2-7/1-3) Entitlement to Payment shall be Subject to the Following Conditions:
a) Electrical Works:
There shall be attached to the payment request all the documents mentioned in Article 2-15 of the
General Conditions. The contractor shall be entitled to receive the equivalent of 65% of the value of the
machines and equipment purchased for the works mentioned in the bills of quantities as per Schedule JI as follows:
Column (3): i)
ii)
iii)
Column (4): i)
ii)
Column (5):
Column (6):
Column (7) :
In case of local products, shall be the price ex-factory and in case of imported
products and equipment purchased from the local market shall be the price at the
sellers premises.
In case of foreign products imported directly by the contractor shall be the price
of material manufacture, testing, and delivery CIF KUWAIT.
Shall be the sum of prices of foreign and local in case one portion imported and
another purchased locally.
For local products and imported products purchased locally these charges shall
cover the transport to stores, Overheads, commission and all other charges.
For foreign products imported directly, these charges shall cover the customs,
import duties, landing charges, transport to stores, overheads, commission and all
other charges.
Same as (3-iii) above.
Shall be the price for transport from stores to site, erection, testing at site
commissioning and setting to work as required in the specification.
Shall be the sum of the prices in columns (3) + (4) + (5).
Shall be the product of the price in column 6 and quantity in column (2) - (6) x
(2).
b) Civil and Construction Works:

Payment requests for the civil, air-conditioning and construction works shall be submitted on the monthly
basis, stating the measured quantities of the works carried out during the preceding month. The contractor
shall be entitled to the following payments:
(I)
(2)
60% of the value f the materials or equipment relating to the contract

works and which exist at the site at the time of issue of the payment request.
75% of the value of the executed work, after deduction of the value of the work previous
completed and paid for under paragraph c-1 of this Article (2-711-3).
Payment requests in respect of classes a, band c shall be referred to the Engineer for verification, and
approval. After such approval is made to the documents, the Owner shall prepare a progress payment
certified for the work in question in accordance with the provisions of this Article. The progress payment
certificate will be paid within 45 days from the date of receipt by the Owner of the Payment request,
provided that all the required documents shall have been submitted and that they are in order. In the event
where the required documents are not complete, the period of 45 days shall start to run from the date such
documents become complete and regular.
(2-7/1-5) Payment After the Issue of the Installation Completion Certificate
The contractor shall be entitled to receive up to 75% of the value of the works covered by each
Installation Completion Certificate, less the outstanding items, if any. The Owner shall prepare
the payment certificate for the entitlements of the contractor within 60 days from the date of
receipt by it of the contractor's request accompanied by the statement of account that shows the
previous payments made to the contractor and the amounts requested to be paid for the phase
in question.
If an installation completion certificate has been issued in respect of a part or section of the
works separately, the percentage of such part shall be paid after the determination of its ratio to
the total contract price.
In the event where there is no agreement on this matter, the said ratio shall be determined by
the Owner. With regard to payment for civil works, the total value specified in th.e contract for
the civil works for each station shall be taken in consideration irrespective of the actual
quantities executed, provided that such quantities shall conform with the approved plans.
(2-7/1-6) Payment of the Contractor's Entitlements under Variation Orders
The entitlements of the contractor in respect of works, executed pursuant to the variation orders
shall be determined in the same manner applicable in respect of the pelionnance of the contract
works, subject to the following amendments:
(l) As stated in Paragraph (2-7/ 1-1), the contractor shall not be entitled to receIve an
advance payment in respect of variation orders.
(2)The percentage of the entitlements of the contractor under progress payments, whether
for external or local costs, shall be amended to become 75%.
This applies also to the local costs, civil and construction works.
The owner shall pay these entitlements in the same manner mentioned in this Article in respect
of the basic contract works.
(2-7/1-7) Payment after the Issue of the Taking Over and Acceptance Certificate
The contractor shall have the right to request the issue of a taking over certificate for a part of
the works (A complete item shall mean a complete station or a complete circuit of overhand
lines, single or double, or a circuit of underground cables, single or double) or for the entire
works. The Engineer shall, after srudying the said request and verifying that the works have
been completed in accordance with the provisions of the contract, issue a taking over and
acceptance certificate for part or for the whole of the works.
With regard to he civil works, the contractor shall have the right to demand payment of up to
95% of the relevant value, provided that the works shall have been acrually completed.
However, in this event, the contract shall submit a reasonable schedule for the finalizing of the
non-completed items or those which will be carried out after the installation of the equipment
because they fall beyond the scope of the summer period specified for this purpose. In such
event the taking over certificate may be issued excluding he air-conditioning works, and in this
event the contractor shall submit a bank guarantee for J 0% of the value of the air-conditioning
works, and such guarantee shall remain valid until the perfonnance of the relevant tests
successfully.
After the issue of the taking over and acceptance certificate, the contractor shall be entitled to
receive up to 95% of the value of the works covered by each certificate less the value of the
outstanding items and the amount of penalties, if any.
The owner shall, at the request of the contractor, which request shall be accompanied by a
statement of account showing the works and the amounts already paid as well as the amounts
outstanding at the present time, take the necessary action to issue the taking over and
acceptance certificate, for up to 95% of the value of the works covered by the certificate within
45 days from the date of issue of the taking over and acceptance certificate.
Certificates of taking over and acceptance may be issued in respect of a part of the works
(complete item) or for the entire works, while leaving certain items which do not substantially
affect the operation of the project. In such event, the contractor may propose a reasonable time
schedule for completing the remaining items. The value of the remaining items may be
released against a bank guarantee for the value of such items. If the contractor fails to observe
the schedule for reasons attributable to the contractor, the Owner shall have the right to
confiscate the bank guarantee and take whatever action it deems appropriate to ensure the
completion of the remaining items in proper way. If a taking over certificate is issued in
respect of section or portions of the works separately, the relevant payments shall be
determined in the ratio of their value to tJ:te total contract price. In the event where no
agreement can be reached concerning this point, the ratio shall be determined by the Owner.
The Owner may agree to release the retained amounts against a bank guarantee for the same
amount as the retention funds and such guarantee shall remain valid until the issue of the [mal
certificate, provided that the contractor shall perform and complete all the remaining items and
deliver all the spare parts required.
(2-7/1-8) Pavment after the Issue of the Final Certificate
The contractor shall have the right to request the issue of a final certificate for one complete
item, for a number of complete items or for the entire works. Furthermore, it shall after tlle
issue of the certificate, be entitled to receive 100% of the value of the works covered by the
final certificate. The Owner shall pay the entitlements of the contractor within 45 (forty
five) days from the date of issue of the final certificate. The Owner shall have the right to
issue a final certificate even with the existence of certain minor outstanding items and a small
part of the spare parts which are not essential. In such event, the value of such items shall be
estimated and deducted from the amount of the final certificate, or the contractor shall, against
submittal of a bank guarantee for the value of such outstanding item, submit a schedule for the
performance of such items within a reasonable and appropriate item. If it fails to so perform
then the amount of the bank guarantee shaH be confiscated, and the contractor shall be subject
to the other penalties or actions depending on the importance of the outstanding items. In the
event of the issue of more than one [mal certificate, the contractor shall be entitled to a release
of a part of the performance bond in the ratio of the total value of such works certificate to the
total value of the contract.
(2-7/1-9 )Determination of the Value of Pavments
To determine the amount of the payments to be made under this Article with regard to any
portion of the works, there shall be deducted all the previous payments made in respect of such
portion in accordance with the provisions of the contract.
2-14 Delav Penaltv
2-14-1: The contractor shall complete all the works covered by the contract within the period
specified in the works schedule of the contract. In the event of any delay by the contractor in
completing the works within such specified time, there shall be imposed a delay penalty of y,%
(one half per cent) of the value of the delayed works per week or part thereof of delay. Every
station or overhead line circuit (single or double) or underground cables circuit (single or
double) shall be regarded as one complete item with regard to the detennination of the value of
the delayed works. Such items shall not be divisible . The delay penalty shall not exceed 10%
of the contract price. This penalty shall be payable upon the mere occurrence of the delay,
without the need to give notice or warning or to take any legal action, and also without the
need to prove that damages have been sustained, for such damages shall in all events be
deemed to have been suffered.
2-14-2: The contractor may not, in any event whatsoever, claim any time extension in the event
where the Ministry shall order a temporary stoppage of the works by reason of any violation of
the provisions of the contract or by reason of the incorrect performance of the work.
2-24: After they have been brought into the site for the purpose of performing the project
works, these equipment shall be devoted only for this purpose and they may not be used for
any other purpose. Furthemlore, the contractor may not without, the permission of the Owner,
withdraw this equipment, as long as their presence is important for the works. The Contractor
shall be liable for any loss, destruction or breakdown of the equipment unless such loss,
destruction or breakdown has been caused by the Owner. In the event where the contractor
cannot pay any amounts due to him under the contract in favor of the Owner, the latter shall have
the right to dispose of or sell any of the equipment owned by the contractor to recover such
amounts. Ownership of the equipment shall revert to the contract provided the contractor shall
have observed the provisions of the preceding paragraph after moving this equipment from the
work site after completion of the works or the expiry of the contract period.
2-46-1: The following phrase "The failure of the contractor to submit a claim within the period
specified above shall be deemed to be a waiver by if', contained in the last line of this Article
shall be deleted.
2-51 Completion of the Installation
As soon as the contractor feels that the work or any part thereof (complete item) has been
compl eted and inspected and has become ready for the commissioning and acceptance tests, it
shall submit a written request to the owner to issue and installation completion certificate the
purpose of such certificate is to indicate that the works have reached the acceptance and
commissioning testing stage. The request of the contractor shall include a statement of account
for all the contract works or for any relevant part thereof, showing all the previous payments
made and the balance due. The engineer shall verifY the data contained in the
contractor's request, and if he approved it, he shall recommend to the Owner to issue an
installation completion certificate which the Owner shall, if it accepts the recommendation of
the Engineer, issue within two weeks from the date of receipt of the aforesaid request.
The issue of the installation completion certificate shall not release the contractor from its
contractual obligations with regard to the safety, insurance, maintenance, tests and other
matters that relate to the works or to any part thereof.
2-53 Taking Over and Acceptance
As soon as the work has been completed in accordance with the conditions of the contract, and
after the completion of the commissioning, performance and acceptance tests, in a satisfactory
manner, the contractor shall submit a written request to the Owner for the issue of a taking over
and acceptance certificate. The contractor's request shall include a statement of account for the
contract or for any part thereof showing in detail all the amounts already paid and the halance
due. The contractor shall then verifY the information contained in the contractor's request, and
the owner shall, upon the recommendation of the engineer, within three months, form a
committee through which the contractor shall issue the taking over and acceptance certificate
which shall show the date of completion of the works and the satisfactory performance of the
tests and the acceptance by the owner of the works. It shall also establish the starting date of
the wananty and maintenance periods. In the event where the work under the contract is
divided into more than one part, the owner may accept and take over any part of the work
which has been completed and tested and shall issue taking over and acceptance certificates
(separate) for each part of the work so accepted and taken over. Subject to agreement between
the contractor and the owner, the owner may take over and accept certain parts of the works
(complete item) before the actual completion of all the relevant works, and then subsequently
issue a separate with regard thereto. The civil works for each part of the works (complete
item) may be received and taken over separately. However, the payment for such works shall
be made upon the actual completion of the item, as provided for under paragraph 2-7-1-7.
The taking over and acceptance certificate issued in respect of the works shall not mean the
entire and acceptance completion of such work. In the event where the issue of the taking over
and acceptance certificate for the works or any part thereof is delayed for a period exceeding
one month after the date fixed for the completion of the contract, by reason of fault on the part
of the contractor, the Owner shall have the right to use the works or any part thereof provided
that the works shall be operated in a safe manner, while the contractor still has the chance to
make the necessary anangements for the issue of the taking over and acceptance certificate.
2-57 Final Certificate
The contractor may, at any time after it has executed all its obligations under the contract,
request the Owner to issue the final certificate. However, if an acceptance certificate has been
issued in respect of any part of the works, the contractor may request a separate final certificate
to be issued in respect of any such part at any time after the comp lete perfonnance
of all its obligations in respect of such part. The engineer shall not issue a final certificate in
respect of any complete item or for all the works unless and until the contractor shall have
performed its obligations under the contract, while minor remaining items may be ((eated in the
manner set forth until paragraph 2-7-1-8. The owner shall, within thirty days from receipt ofa
request to do so, form a committee to inspect the works and submit its recommendation with
regard thereto within three months. In the light of such reconunendation, the Owner shall issue
the final celtificate. The final certificate shall be conclusive and fmal proof of the completion
of the works except for events of fraud or dishonesty relating thereto and affecting any matter
in connection therewith.
2-62-1: The Contractor shall be fully responsible for safeguarding the works and the
temporary works from the date of commencement of the execution to the date of the
acceptance and taking over of the works. The contractor shall, at its own expense
carry out any repairs that may arise from any damage or loss to the permanent or
temporary works or any reason whatsoever, so that the works shall, upon their completion, be
in a good position and completely conforming with the contract conditions and the Engineer's
instructions.
Article 2-62-2 and 2-63 shall be deleted from the General Conditions Booklet.
SPECIFICATION AND
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
GOVERNMENT OF KUWAIT
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY & WATER
SPECIFICATIONS & GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR

THE SUPPLY & INSTALLATION OF 300/132133/11K", 132133/11kV,
132/11K", AND 33/11 kV SUBSTATIONS
VOLUME ONE
INDEX TO CONTENTS
CLAUSE NO.
PARTICULARS
PAGE NO.
1.
General Requirements & Specifications
1.1
Scope
1.2
Substation Layout
1.3
Purchaser' 5 System
1.4
Site conditions
1.5
Erection and Erection Tools
1.6
Tools and Spares
1.7
Design, Materials, Workmanship & Finish
1.8
Station Insulation
1.9
Earthing system
1.10
Small wiring
1.11
Labels & Miniature Circuit Breakers
10
1.12
Oils and Compounds
11
1.13
Packing
11
1.14
Progress , Inspection and Tests
11
1.15
Drawings
12
1.16
Delivery and completion
15
1.17
Site Handing over and Completion Periods
15
1.18
Delays caused by the Purchaser
16
1.19
Standard Specification
16
1.20
Service of an Engineer
16
1.21
Guarantees
18
1.22
Locks and pad locks
18
1.23
Subcontractors
19
1.24
Sundry additi onal Equipment
19
1.25
Site Testing
20
1.26
Licenses
22
1.27
Manpower requirements
22
3.
132kV Switchgear
23
3.1
Switchgear
23
3.2
Station Insulation and Levels
25
PARTICULARS
CLAUSE NO.
PAGE NO.
3.3
Busbars, Insulators, .etc
26
3.4
Clearances
26
3.5
Temperature Ri se
26
3.6
Circui t Breakers
26
3.7
Isolators
28
3.8
Load Break Swi tches
29
3.9
Earthing switches
30
3.10
Auxiliary Switches and Contactors
30
3.11
Current Transfomlers
31
3.12
Voltage Transformers
31
3.13
SF6 Gas Tightness
32
3.14
132kV Cable End Sealing Boxes
32
3.15
!32kV SF6 Insulat Tubing
32
3.16
Local Control cubicl es
33
3.17
Pilot cable Marshalling Cabinets
33
3.18
Substation Overhead line Take-off Gantries
35
3.19
132kV outdoor, 3-single phase surge arrestors
35
3.20
Measures to reduce propagation of Transient
35
3.21
Special Equipment
36
3.22
Switchgear Testing
37
4.
33kV, 20kV, llkV & 6.6 kV Switch gears
39
4.1
The metal clad Switchgear (air insulated type)
39
4.2
The SF6 gas insulated Switchgear
43
43
Earthing Switchgear
46
4.4
Duty of plant
47
4.5
Auxiliary switches and contactors
48
4.6
Pilot cable marshalling cabinets
19
4.7
Cable Terminal boxes
50
4.8
Switcahgear Earthing D evices
52
4.9
Testing plugs
52
4.10
Ground ing of Power Transfonner Neutrals
54
4.11
Neutral Earthing Resistors
55
4.12
Special Equipment for 3311 1kV Substations only
55
4.13
Switchgear Factory Testing
57
5.
Power Transformers
57
5.1
Type
57
5.2
Continuous Maximum rating
57
53
Method of Cooling
57
PARTICULARS
CLAUSE NO .
PAGE NO.
5.4
Voltage Ratio
57
5.5
Impedance Voltage & Regulati on
58
5.6
Electri cal Connections
58
Duty under faul t Conditions
58
5.8
Parallel Operatjon
58
5.9
Insulation Level
58
5.10
Harmonic Voltage
58
5.11
Vibrati on & Noise
58
5.12
Windings
59
5.13
Core
59
5.14
Insulation
60
5.15
On-load voltage control
60
5.16
Off-load tap change
62
5.17
Main tank
63
5.18
Jacking Lugs
63
5.19
Conservator
63
5.20
Cooling Radiators
64
5.21
Valves
64
5.22
Explosion Vent
64
5.23
Breather
64
5.24
Earthing Tenninals
64
5.25
Gaskets and joints
64
5.26
Rating & Diagram plates
65
5.27
Disconnecting link chamber
65
5.28
Cable Boxes
66
5.29
132kV outdoor bushing
66
5.30
SF6 Tubing, where specified
66
5.31
Buchholz protection
67
532
Forced air coo ling fans
67
5.33
Marshalling kiosk
67
5.34
Instruments
68
5.35
Tender Analysis
69
5.36
Transformer fire protection
71
5.37
Station Transfonners
72
538
Transfonner Tests
Control and Relay boards
74
6.
Switchgear Remote Control and Relay boards
74
6.1
General
74
5.7
CLAUSE NO.
PARTICULARS
PAGE NO.
6.2
Main Features of Equipment
74
6.3
Transfonner Tap change control Desks
74
6.4
Synchronizing Panels
75
6.5
Annunciator block
76
6.6
Frequency Shedding Relay
76
6.7
Protection
76
A-
General
85
B-
Requirements for Remote Control, Telesignal1ing and Telemetering in
85
the substations
I-
II-
m-
Busbars
IV-
Transformers
V-
Shunt Reactors
VI-
General
VII-
General Alarm Terminals
7.
Appendices
94
8.
Substation Auxiliaries
103
8.1
Low voltage distribution boards
103
8.2
Substation DC Batteries and Charging Equipment
105
8.3
Compressed Air System
III
8.4
Fire protection
112
8.5
Telephone Facilities to the Substation
116
9.
Power Cables and Control Cables - General
117
9.1
Operating Conditions
117
9.2
General specification applicable to power and pilot cables
118
9.3
Details of power cables & pilot cables
119
9.4
Laying Up of Power Cables
126
9.5
Packing and Cable Lengths
126
9.6
Cable Schedules and Records
126
9.7
Tenrunation of 132 kV Feeder Tails
127
9.8
Cable Laying and Installation
127
9.9
132 kV Outdoor Sealing Ends
127
9.10
Hydraulic Requirements
128
9.11
Bonding and Earthing Requirements for 132/33kV cables
129
9.12
Asbestos Pipes
130
9.13
Control Cable & Power Service CabJes
132
9.14
Factory Testing
132
CLAUSE NO.
PARTICULARS
PAGE NO.
9.15
Test of Power Cables
133
9.16
Test of power cable (132 33kv) & 11kv & Ikv
138
Civil Engineer Works , Air conditioning and Electricallnstallations
142
10.1
Special Conditions for Civil, NC & E.L Works
142
10.2
Specification for civil works
146
10
Materials
Excavator
Concretor
Carpenter and jointer
Bricklayer
Pavior
Roofer
10.3
Specifications for the supply & i11.-';;ta11atioo of Ale equipment
176
10.4
Specifications for Electrical installation Works
180
PART I
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION NO. MEW/SS/1
1. GENERAL REOUIREMENTS AND SPECIFICATIONS
1.1. Scope:
This tender covers a turnkey -job for new substation (s) in full working condition and of pleasant
modern appearance. Any item of work (civil works and lor apparatus andl or accessories) not
specifically mentioned in the specifications or schedules of prices but which are usual andlor
necessary for the satisfactory operation of the plant shall be deemed to be provided by the
Contractor and included in his Tender's price .. All work shall be complete in all details whether
such details are mentioned in the specifications or nol.
Thus the Tender covers the following:a) Manufacture, testing at factory, packing, delivery C.I.F. Kuwait, clearing charges,
customs and import duties, transport to stores and from stores to site (s), complete
erection, testing, commissioning, and handing over of equipment as detailed in the
specifications, schedules, Details of Equipment and Tender Drawings as well as the
maintenance and guarantee period.
b) Substation buildings and all civil works relating to the substations including
substation boundary walls, internal concrete roads and paths, paving, and car shed, all
as detailed in the specifications and schedules.
c) Air-conditioning as well as internal and external lighting for the buildings are
included in the scope ofthis Tender.
1.2. Substation Layout:
The substation building shall be of reinforced concrete skeleton type construction with
flat reinforced concrete roof and shall be as detailed under civil part of this specification
and based on the following :a) Separate rooms shall be provided for each grouping of the 132 KV switchgear, 33 kV
switchgear, II KV switchgear, control andlor relay boards, batteries, chargers and low
voltage distribution board, communication equipment, neutral earthing resistor, water
firefighting equipment, lead acid battery.
b) Other rooms of at least 4 meters x 4 meters for office store and one spare room.
c) Basement under the whole building shall be of clear height of 2 meters at least.
Basement shall have two proper accesses and at least two emergency exits with steel
ladders.
d) Mezzanine for double storey building shall be of over the entire ground floor
( except the transformers) unless otherwise approved by the Purchaser.
e) Minimum clearance of the switchgear from the substation walls to be as follows:Front: 1.50 meters with the circuit breaker fully withdrawn (33 & 11 KV switchgear )
2.5 meters clear for 300 & 132 KV switchgear
Back:2 meters for 33 & II KV switchgear
1.50 meters for 300 & 132 KV switchgear
Sides:a) 33 KV, II KVand 132 KV single busbar switchgear rooms.

I .25 meters fi'om one side and 2.25 meters from the other side. Where future
panels are shown on the tender schematic drawing the above clearance to be
reckoned from the end of the future panels.
b) 300 KV and 132 KV double busbar switchgear rooms.
Sides: 2 meters from one side and 2.5 meters from the other side. Where future
panels are shown on the tender schematic drawing, the above clearances to be
reckoned from the end of the future panels.
Ceiling: 0.90 meters (from highest parts of 33 KVand I I KV switchgear.)
For 300 KV and 132 KV switchgear rooms a clear head room of 50 cms.
above crane grab.
Clearances (fi'ont, back and both sides) for 20 KV and 6.6 KV resistors, link cabinets and
L.T. boards shall be subject to MEW approval.
f) For the control room, the minimum clearance behind the board shall be 1.00 meter.
The minimum clearance from the end boards (beyond space for future panels ) to
the side walls shall be 80 cms.
The minimum clear distance in front of control panels shaH be five(5) meters and
preferably 5.5 meters.
The contractor shall submit two or three different layout arrangements complete with
elevations for each substation which should be of most modern and pleasant
architectural design for the Purchaser's approval before commencement of detailed
design. This may need changes in the arrangement of the substation layout to suit the
Purchaser' s practice and to satisfY the requirements for easy and safe operation and
maintenance of the equipment. Such changes shall not entitle the contractor to any
extra charges or extension of complete dates (also see Clause 1.15 and I. I 7 )
Where sun shade in the transformer enclosure is required, minimum clearance of 60
cm. shall be provided between highest part of transform er and bottom side of sun
shade.
1.3 Purchaser' s System:
The equipment shall be suitable in all respects for operation on the Purchaser's
system which is as follows:a) 132 KV Svstem 3-Phase 50 Hz:
The highest system voltage is 145 KV. The 132 KV system is solidly earthed. The
design fault level for the switchgear included in this specification shall be 10000
MYA at 145 KV unless specified otherwise in th details of equipment. The
switchgear shall be capable of withstanding 132000 volts phase to earth
indefinitely under emergency conditions. System impulse withstand level 550
KV.
Minimum creep age distance 4.8 meters (for outdoor bushings).
b) 33 KV Svstem 3-Phase 50 Hz.
The design fault level for the switchgear shall be 1500 MYA or 1000 MY A at
33000 volt as may be stated in the Details of Equipment. The switchgear shall be
capable of withstanding 33000 volts " phase to earth" indefinitely under
emergency conditions.
The neutral is normally earthed through a resistance as follows:Transformers up to and including 45 MVA- 39 ohms
Transformers above 45 MV A - 24 ohms
36KV
System highest voltage
170KV
System impulse withstand level
c) 11 KV Svstem 3-Phase 50 Hz :
The design fault level for the switchgear shall be 40KA , 750MV A at 11 KV. The
switchgear shall be capable of withstanding 11000 volts "phase to earth"
indefinitely under emergency conditions:
The neutral is normally earthed as follows:
10.5 ohms
For transformers up to and including 20MVA
For transformers above 20MVA
8 ohms
12KV
95KV
System impulse withstand level
d) 415 volts Svstem 3-phase 4-wire 50Hz:
The design fault level for the switchgear shall be 5MVA at 415 volts except
where specified otherwise in details of equipment.
The neutral is solidly earthed.
System nominal voltage
415/(240) volts
450/(260) volts
e) Fault Duration:
For 132, 33 & IlkV switchgears the Sh011 time current duration shall be not less
than (3) three seconds.
11. For cable design, the maximum fault duration shall be taken as follows:
132kV and 33kV cables (feeder tails)
1.5 sees
Ditto but transformer tails
1.2 sees
IlkV cables
1.25 sees
1000 volts cables
0.50secs
1.
1.4 Site Conditions:

The following atmospheric conditions prevail at substation site:
Ambient temperature in shade:
Maximum 55C
Minimum _6C
Maximum sun radiation temperature as measured
With a black bulb thermometer
85C
Average maximum temperature in shade (in summer)
45C
Periods of high humidity are common and humidity of 100% (hundred percent) has
been recorded at 30C. Violent sand and dust storms occur and even on
comparatively still days, fine dust is carried in suspension in the air. The switchgear
and other equipment asked for in this specification must give continuous and trouble
free service under the arduous conditions mentioned above. The equipment must be
completely vermin proof and as dust and damp proof as practically possible.
Tenderers shall indicate the method adopted for the prevention of the ingress of dust
and moisture.
NB: Maximum ambient temperature in share for all telemetry equipment, power
transformers and
Shunt reactors rooms shall be 55C.
1.5 Erection and Erection Tools:
The design of the switchgear must be such as to facilitate easy alignment and erection
on the site. The tender price shall include the supply of all foundation shoes, packing
shims and foundation bolts etc. and any necessary supporting channel work, special
erection tools, lifting tackle and jigs shall be supplied and their prices itemized
separately in the Schedules. For the indoor equipment, the Contractor shall provide
the necessary pockets for foundation bolts ... etc. andlor necessary grooves in the
concrete for the supporting channels as indicated in the Contractor's drawings. All
equipment and supporting steel structure not specifically mentioned but which are
necessary to complete the switchgear rooms, shall be included in the tender price. All
steel work shall be hot-dip galvanized except where otherwise approved. Tbe
contractor shall supply and install all necessary bolts and lor channel work, align and
level them, and carry out the necessary grouting for the same.
Tenderers are warned that the equipment is liable to very rough handling enroute
from the factory to site in Kuwait and it is essential that equipment is brace<) and
packed securely to reduce the possibility of damage and distortion. The Tenderer
shall quote the estimated time required for complete erection of the equipment giving
details of the number and grades of personnel of the manufacturer who has had a
thorough experience in work of similar nature, and who shall supervise all work on
site under this contract. Full details shall be given in schedule 'H' of the number and
charges per month for personnel. The costs shall include accommodation, messing,
salaries, allowances, local transport,----- etc. Return traveling expenses to and from
Kuwait for personnel recruited abroad shall be shown separately.
1.6 Tools and Spares:
Tenderers are requested to include in schedule 'B' such tools and spare parts other
than those specified with unit prices for each item, as they recommend to be
purchased for the maintenance of the equipment supplied under this contract for a
period of two years.
The purchaser reserves the right to order any of the spare parts andlor tools as he may
finally decide at the rates given in the tender. Two sets of any special tools and one
set of any special testing equipment that are required for the assembly, adjustment
and checking of the equipment from time to time shall also be included in the
schedule. These tools and spare parts shall also be included in the schedule. These
tools and spare parts as ordered, shall be handed-over to the Engineer at the
Purchaser's stores in Kuwait.
All tools and spares should be well treated against corrosion and packed in containers
suitable for long storage and marked for identification. These are liable to be checked
by the Engineer at the time of taking over and handling charges for checking and
repacking shall be included in the rates quoted in the schedule.
The above tools and spares as selected by the Purchaser shall be shipped with the first
consignment of switchgear and shall not be used on the contract works.
1.7 Design, Materials, Workmanship and Finish:
The equipment shall be designed to ensure satisfactory operation under all conditions
of service and to facilitate easy inspection, cleaning and repairs. All equipment shall
be suitable for operation under arduous atmospheric conditions of Kuwait and under
such variation of load and voltage as may be met with under working conditions of
the system, including those due to short circuit within the ratings of the equipment.
The design shall incorporate every reasonable protection and provision for the safety
of all those concerned in the operation and maintenance of the equipment and of the
associated equipment supplied under contract.
All apparatus shall operate without undue vibration and with the least practicable
amount of noise. Cast iron shall not be used for chambers of oil-filled apparatus or
any part of the equipment which may be subject to mechanical stresses. On outdoor
equipment, all bolts and nuts in contact with non-ferrous parts shall, unless otherwise
approved, be of phosphor bronze. The undersides of all tanks shall be well ventilated
. to prevent corrosion. No welding, filling or plugging of defective parts will be
permitted on site without the sanction, in writing, of the Engineer.
All connections and contacts shall be of ample section and surfaces for carrying
continuously the specified current without undue heating and shall be secured by
bolts or set of screws of ample size and fitted with lock-nuts or lock washers of
approved design.
Mechanism shall be designed to avoid sticking due to rust, corrosion or fine dust.
All equipment shall be designed to minimize risk of fire or any dl,lmage which may be
caused in the event of fire.
All similar components and removable parts shall be interchangeable with each other.
The workmanship shall be of the highest grade and the entire construction shall be in
accordance with the best modem practice.
Where painting is adopted, all iron work shall be thoroughly cleaned to remove scale,
oil and grease before painting and shall be well protected against corrosion and
oxidation. For outdoor equipment at least two coats of paint shall be applied in the
manufacturer' s work, and a final coat of paint shall be applied at the site after
erection. The color of the fmal coat shall be approved by the Purchaser. For indoor
equipment at least three coats of paint shall be applied at the manufacturer' s works to
obtain high class fmish. The final coat shall be to BSS 381C. The final coat shall be
subject to the approval of the Purchaser. Parts that may be exposed to direct sunshine
shall have special treatment to withstand the temperature conditions in Kuwait.
An adequate quantity of paint to be used for the finishing coat shall be dispatched
with the switchgear for touching up as necessary on site.
Where galvanized parts are used, the galvanization shall comply with the tests
prescribed in BSS. The galvanizing shall be by the hot dip process.
Normally, plated parts shall be in hard chromium finish unless otherwise approved.
1.8 Station Insulation:

For 132kV switchgear 550kV peak shall be the minimum level for either the impulse
withstands voltage or the initial discharge voltage, whichever is taken as basis of
design and aJTangement of switchgear.
For the 33kV and llkV switchgear, the impulse withstands voltage levels shall not be
less than 170kV and 95kV respectively.
1.9 Earthing System:
1.9.1 Substation Equipment:
Each switchgear shall be provided with a copper "Earth Bar" of section area of 30
x 5. or 25 x 3mm as detailed below and its associated control and relay boards with
an "Earth Bar" of not less than 25 x 3mm. All metal parts of these boards other
than the live parts shall be connected to the earth bar by conductors of not less than
2.5sq.mm cross section area. Where secondary wiring in the switchgear is to be
earthed, it shall be done at an accessible place in each panel connected to the earth
bar.
The earth bars of the switchgear, control and relay boards shaH be connected to the
station inner earthing ring at two places in an approved manner. Similarly all the
transfonners and kiosks shall be connected to the station earthing system, and all
indoor equipment in an approved manner.
1.9.2 Station Earthing System:
The station earthing system shall comprise two rings, one indoor and one outdoor
for single storey building sub-station. For double storey building two indoor rings
and one outdoor ring shall be provided and the two indoor lings shall be connected
to each other at two points by copper bars not less than 25x 3rnm or stranded
copper conductor of cross-section area 95mm 2
A)
1.
n.
lll.
IV.
v.
Indoor Rings:
The indoor earth rings shall each consist of a bare copper bar 30x5rnm or stranded
copper conductor of 150sq.rnm. section. All indoor equipment shall be connected
to the rings as follows:
300kV, 132kV, 33kV and llkV switchgear bays shall be bonded together by a
continuou.s earthing bar not less than 30x5rnm. Each bonding earthing bar shall be
connected at both ends to one of these rings by copper not less than 200 sqmm or
stranded copper conductor of 95sq.rnm. section.
Control and relay panels and all other similar equipment shall be bonded together
with a copper bar 25x3rnm connected at both ends to these rings by similar copper
bar or stranded conductor of 95sq.mm.
L.T. distribution board, resistors enclosures, pilot cable marshalling cabinets and
all similar equipment shall be connected at one point to one of the indoor rings by
a copper bar not less than
All connections to the eal1hing bars shall be tinned and bolted in an approved
manner. Alternatively, approved suitable grease can be used in lieu of tinning.
Where stranded copper conductor is used instead of bars, this shall be neatl y
arranged and cleaned at intervals of about 75cm.
Since the substation buildings (300 and 132kV) are of rectangular in shape the
indoor earthing ring shall have cross-connections between parallel sides with a
maximum spacing of I Om using the same indoor bar cross-section.
VI.
The indoor earthing ring shall be connected to the substation steel reinforcement
of the basement floor at one point only and connection between outdoor and indoor
rings shall be at an appropriate place of the four corners of the substation building,
each connection consisting of 2 x 300sq.mm and 2 x 240sq.mm. bars/conductors
for 300kV and 132kV substations respectively.
Vll.
Fixing of earth.ing copper bar inside the substation building shall be by means of
clips to avoid drilling. Jointing of earth conductors i.e. each of indoor and outdoor
rings with all branches, crossings, etc shall be brazed using zinc free brazing
material with a melting point of at least 600C.
Vlll.
Earth connection of each 300kV and 132kV switchgear with indoor .earthing ring
shall be with at least two earth.ing bars/conductors having minimum cross section
area of 300sq.mm and 240sq.mm respectively.
B)
Outdoor Ring:
The substation shall have an efficient earth system consisting of sets each of two
3m x 19mm diameter copper bonded ground rods located at each of the four
corners of the station and driven to a depth of 6m at each point and connected to
each other by copper bar not less than (40 xIO)sq.mm for 300kV substation and
(30 x lO)sq.mm for 132kV substation to form an outer ring bus. The outer ring
bus and all connections to th.is bus should be buried to a depth of at least one
metre. The tender price shall include all necessary excavation and backfilling of
the trenches for the earth.ing system. Additional sets of ground rods, as specified
above, together with disconnecting links and earth pits, shall be provided free of
cost, if found necessary to bring the earth.ing resistance of earthing system to one
ohm. If additional parallel outdoor ring is necessary to ach.ieve th.is value, the cost
of such is deemed to be included in the tender price. All connections and joints on
the earthing system shall be tinned and taped where necessary in an approved
manner. Alternately special grease suitable to replace tinning may be used
provided it is approved by the Purchaser.
Disconnecting link shall provide at
each earth pit, so as to facilitate individual measurement of each earth electrode.
Connections to this ring shall be as follows:I.
2.
3.
4.
Each power and station transformer & shunt reactor shall be connected to this
by means of copper bars not less than 25 x 3mm or stranded copper of
95sq.rnm. Each group of transformers & shunt reactors of the same rating
shall be bonded together by similar bars.
Each transformer & shunt reactor marshalling kiosk shall be connected to
this ring by copper bars not less than 25 x 3mm or stranded copper of
95sq.rnm.
The indoor earth ring shall be connected to tlus ring by copper bars not less
than 30 x Srnm or stranded copper of 150 sq.rnm at four points at equal
intervals. For two storey building, the ground floor ring only to be connected
to the outer ring as above.
The direct to earth connections of the transformers neutrals from the earth.ing
link cabinets to earth shall be directly connected to this ring at the earthing
test link or earth.ing pit by means of 400 sq.mm. copper bar or stranded
copper conductor suitably insulated complete with suitable lugs for the
purpose.
5.
The earthing connection from the neutral earthing resistor to the above ring
shall be of 3 KV insulated copper bar or stranded conductor not less than
400 sq.mm. for the 8 ohms resistors and 24 ohms resistors.
6.
The earthing testing links associated with earthing pits can be located inside
thebasement in an approved manner provided that market to show the
outdoor earthing rods location should bear the same number as that given to
the corresponding testing link in the basement.
7.
The neutral busbar of the L. T. distribution board shall be connected direct to
this ringby a fully insulated bar or cable not less thanl50sq.mm
( insulated for 1000 volts) which shall be included in the contract price.
8.
The buried bare outdoor earthing ring shall be surrounded by not less than 30
cms. around non-corrosive soil of fine texture, the soil being packed as
tightly as possible by ramming.
C)
Earthing System:
I.
Duration of short circuit current is 3 seconds.
2.
The general arrangement of the proposed earthing systems is as shown on
drawings attached to these specifications.
3.
For earthing of 132 KV cable sealing end boxes connected to SF6 switchgear
( i.e. oiIJSF6), the cable sheath will be earthed through the proper earthing
terminal provided for this purpose, while the enclosure of the SF6
compartment shall also be earthed separately in addition to the provision o(a
copper earthing strap to be connected between these two earthings across the
insulating gasket to avoid any partial discharge causing pitting of the flanges.
This is also applicable where connection between power transformers and
132 KV switchgear is made by SF6 tubing.
4.
For transformers & shunt reactors, power cable tail connection to respective
switchge,ars, earthing of the cable sheath shall be made at one side which
shall be the switchgear side. This is applicable to all voltage levels.
5.
The successful Tenderer shall submit earthing system layout drawings
together with detailed calculation for approval of the Purchaser.
6.
The earthing system as described above is only for guidance. However based
on the approved layout arrangement of each substation and earthing
resistivity as measured at the particular substation site, the Contractor shall
submit detailed design calculations of earthing system based on maximum
ground fault current when transformer neutrals are earthed directly to ground
and also when the neutrals are connected through neutral earthing resistor
with check on the step and contact voltage which should not exceed the safe
limits. Any additional earthing rods, or modification of the earthing system
to render the system safe for operation and as approved by MEW will not
entitle the Contractor to any extra costs.
1.10 Small Wiring:

All small wiring shall have a cross-sectional area of not less than 2.5sq.mm (unJess
where otherwise approved) and shall be 600volts, tropical grade PVC insulated,
single core cable. Regarding the internal wiring of relay panels, wires of crosssection 1.5sq.mm and 0.8sq.mm.can be used for the signal circuits and connections
between modules of electronic protection relays (if applicable) respectively.
All small wiring shall be suitably tenninated and fitted with identification ferrules
and marked with circuit numbers in accordance with "British Central Electricity
Authority Engineering Recommendation S J2 Standard" numbers for small wiring

of similar approved standard. Ferrules shall be of the Ring (closed) type. The
numbering on the wiring shall read from LEFT to RlGHT when viewed from the
front. The trip circuits shall have an additional ferrule co lored "Red" and marked
"Trip".
All terminal blocks shall be of an approved desib'11 and all exposed terminals shall
be enclosed by detachable covers. The ''Trip'' circuit cables shall be colored black
and the instrument transformer cables (C.T.s and V.T.s) colored with their
respective phase colors. Alternatively, all small wiring can be uniform color (e.g.
gray), but instrument transformer cables shall have additional colored ferrules at
both ends of each conductor run, in accordance with their phase colors.
Terminal blocks, small wiring, terminations, ferrules and wire numbeling and
coloring shall be subj ect to the approval of the Purchaser.
The interconnections between the transfOimers, shunt reactors & their respective
marshalling kiosks shall be by means of multi-core heat resistant, flame retardant
cables of adequate mechanical strength. Multi-core control cables shall be used
between the marshalling kiosks and the remote control and relay panels in the
substations. All interconnections between the transformers shall be made in the
remote control and relay panels inside the substation building.
For the secondary wiring ofC.T.s and V.T.s (including open delta), each two wires
for each phase shall be brought out to an easily accessible termipal block, where
the star, delta or broken delta formation, connection to earth by means of suitable
links must be provided. The wiring terminals shall bear clear marking showing tbe
reference of C.T.s ends with respect to busbar side and line side. The above
mentioned terminal blocks shall be in the local cubicles for 300kV and 132kV
switcbgears and low tension compartments on the 33kV and IlkV switchgear
panels.
10
1.11
Labels and Miniature Circuit Breakers:

Each panel of each switchboard shall have a circuit label of adequate dimensions,
mounted on the front of the panel in a prominent position. These labels shall be
made of suitable and approved engraving material approximately 2 tmn. thick. The
labels shall be mounted in rigid frames and arranged for easy insertion and
withdrawal. Similar labels of similar material shall be fixed on the rear of each
panel. The engravings of all circuit names shall be carried out by the Contractors,
except of IlkV outgoing feeder circuits.
Alternative design of labels can be proposed by the Contractor subject to
Purchaser's approval and where necessary, the circuit names (both in Arabic and
English) will be given ~o the contractor for inscribing on labels.
All other labels shall be of similar material and engraved in English. Full details
and locations of all labels shall be indicated on the drawings and shall be subj ect to
the approval of the Purchaser.
The labels to be mounted on the switchgear panels shall have the following colors
and preferably to be of the same colors that will be mounted on the control and
relay panels.
300 MYA transformer circuits
(300 kV and 132kV sides)
Green surface and white letters engraving

(132kV and 33kV sides)
Blue surface and white letters engraving

(132kVand llkV sides)
Red surface and white letters engraving
20MYA, 15MYA. 5MYA transformer

circuits (33kV and llkv sides)
Orange surface and black letters engraving
2501750KVA transformer circuits

(33kV and 0.433kV sides)
Black surface and white letters engraving
Bus section and bus coupler

All feeders of all voltages
Yellow surface and black letters engraving

White surface and direct to earth & resistance
Black letter to each engraving.
300kV shunt reactor
Silver or light grey letters engraving
132kV shunt reactor
Dark green surface and white letters engraving
33kv shunt reactor
Brown surface and white letters engraving
All necessary miniature circuit breakers shall be supplied and they shall be fitted
with clearly legible label s indicating the circuit and shall be grouped according to
their functions to facilitate identification. Lahels shall indicate the current rating
and code symbols shaH correspond with the diagrams.
Miniature circuit breakers shall have auxiliary contacts for local and remote alarm
indications whenever these m.c.b.s tripped or opened. All miniature circuit
breakers shall be of an approved make and subject to the Purchaser's approval.
11
1.12 Oil and Compoun ds:

The tenderer shall include in his offer for the full supply, including sufficient
quantity to allow for wastage and for topping-up on site after erection, of all oils
and compounds required for the fIrst fIlling of the transformers, sw itch gear
chambers, tanks and all cable termination boxes. Full details of the oils and
compounds to be used shall be submitted for the approval of the purchaser.
1.13 Packing:
All switchgear and control boards and alike shall he securely packed in robust
wooden cases. The cases to be lined with water proof material to safeguard the
equipment during the sea voyage. Each case shall be marked with Purchaser' s
order Humber and given case serial number addressed to the Ministry of Electricity
& Water, Kuwait, Arabia (See previous remarks on rough handling under
"Erection and Erection Tools").
All packing material and wooden cases of the equipments shall be collected from
site by the Contractor, loaded on lorries provided by him and disposed off by the
Contractor.
1.14 Progress, Inspection and Tests:
The contractor shall submit a programme chart within 2 months from signing the
contract and monthly progress reports during both manufacture and erection of all
works covered by this contract. In case of deviations from the set programme, the
Contractor shall explain the reason for delays.
The Contractor shall provide facilities for an Inspector, appointed by the Ministry
of Electricity and Water, to inspect the equipment during manufacture and after
completion. The inspector may carry out or witness any tests, in addition to these
specified that may be deemed necessary. Further, the inspector shall witness all
type tests that may be agreed upon before or after the award of the contract. The
equipment shall be despatched only after it has been approved by the Inspector.
The certifIcates of approval shall be submitted to the Purchaser before shipment
can be made.
Neither inspection nor passing by the Purchaser and/or his Inspector of work, or
plant or material whether carried out or supplied by the Contractor or a
subcontractor shall relieve the Contractor of his liability to complete the contract
work in accordance with the contract or exonerate him from any of this guarantees.
The contractor shall provide free of cost, all materials for tests and any testing
equipment necessary for carTying out the tests.
The charges of the Inspector only shall be borne by the Purchaser. However, the
cost of all tests shall be to the Contractor's cost.
If any material fails during the test a per the test report of our appointed inspector,
then such material shall be retested. Repeating the test for the sanle material for
any reason whatsoever (i .e. due to failure during test, material damaged for any
reason will be on the contJ"actor's account and to be deducted from your tender
price to be paid for our appointed inspector.
12
1.15 Drawings:
Full dimensioned drawings' shall accompany each tender and these drawings shall
describe in details the equipment offered. Additional infOlmation in the form of
photographs, diagrams and descriptive literature shall be submitted to perulit the
Purchaser to assess the merits of the equipment offered.
The tenderer shall submit with his offer dimensioned drawings of his proposals
showing the provisional layout of the substations. These drawings shall show the
proposed arrangements of the different equipment to be supplied under this
contract with overall dimensions.
The successful Tenderer shall collect from DEN Department of the Ministry of
Electricity and Water immediately after signing the contract, (6+ 1 smaIl) blank
copies of the tender specification who will fill identically to his offer and attach
five complete sets of all drawings, catalogues, documents, questionnaire, replies,
interchanged correspondence, etc. and this must be submitted not later than one
month therefrom.
The successful Tenderer shall submit all drawings including wiring diagrams and
schematic circuits for the approval of the Purchaser before begill1ing the
manufacture of the bulk of the work. A period of one month from the date of
receipt of the documents in MEW Offices shall be allowed for checking,
modifications and approval, and this must in no way delay the initial deliveries or
completion dates as specified in the tender. Also the Contractor shall submit three
sets, other than these mentioned later, of catalogues, pamphlets, leaflets and
literature relating to the equipment being offered before begimling manufacture of
the bulk of the work and in time to facilitate checking and approval of the above
drawings.
Drawings for approval shall be submitted in five prints and detailed drawings shall
be to a scale of not less than 1/50 and shall be fully dimensioned. Each drawing
must bear a clear title, contract number, substation name and this must be in
"English ". Drawings which are submitted for approval must be supported with
sufficient technical details, explanatory notes, description of circuitry especially
for electronic (transistorized) protective relays, giving values and types of each
component (resistances, inductances, condensers, diode,,, .etc.) together with
trouble shooting tables for checking and approval.
Electrical and mechanical construction drawings should be submitted not later than
two months from the date of signing the contract. While schematic drawings and
wiring diagrams should be submitted to suit the manufacturing respectively,
erection and testing approved progr=e.
a.
Within one month from the date of signing the contract, the Contractor shall
submit one set ofpreJiminary drawings for the substation layout and building
arrangement for single, double or multi-story type as required in the civil part
of this specification. If the number of stories are not defined in the
specifications then two sets to be sub111itted, one set for single story building
substation and the other set for a double story building station and for the
following:-Substation layout where the substation site is defined based on the
proposed substation site.
General arrangement of the building rooms for the various equipment, stairs,
etc.
13
Section drawings .
The Contractor shall delegate at least one Electrical Engineer and an
Architect to discuss the above drawings, modify and re-submit. One month
must be allowed for checking, modification and preliminary approval of the
above.
All above drawings shall be to a reasonable scale, fully and clearly
dimensioned to enable checking of arrangement, clearances . ..etc. All
drawings should be submitted in triplicate.
b.
The Contractor shall submit within three months from the date of signing the
contract proposal for the elevations (fayade) of the proposed substation
buildings. The fayade shall be of decorative type of up-to-date design and
shall have all the four elevations of the building as well as the boundary wall
and the specified material to be used such as marble, travertine, ceramic tiles,
Jordanian stones, .. etc and as specified in Vol.(II), Schedule 'J-2'
(Introduction) shall be clearly indicated in the proposal for the Engineers
approval. Before proposing the alternative elevations, the Contractor shall
first visit the site so as his proposaJ will blend with the surrounding area. The
Purchaser has the right to ask for amendment of drawings and to select the
type of fayade he thinks most suitable, all at no change to the contract price
of completion and handing over periods. One month must be allowed for
checking and fmaJizing these elevations.
c.
The contractor shall within one month of handing over to him by the
Purchaser the substation site or site location drawings for each substation, resubmit all the above drawings, modified as necessary, for the Purchaser's
final approval. One month must be allowed for checking, modifications and
final approval.
d.
Eight (8) complete sets of drawings, one for each substation, necessary for
obtaining the building licence (permit) from the Municipality, and complete
with firefighting requirements shall be submitted as follows:Within four months of signing the contract for the substations whose sites are
finalized at or before the date of signing the contract.
Within two months from the date of handing to the Contractor the substation
site or site location drawing for the substations whose sites are not fmalised
at the time of signing the contract. This also applies to reserve substations
where specified.
One set of drawings as finally agreed upon will be duly stamped and
approved by the Purchaser and handed over the Contractor's representative to
start with the detailed civil design.
e.
Regardi..tlg reserve substations (if specified) submission of layout drawings

shaJl be as mentioned under (a) above, however the Contractor shall within
one month from the date of site release or site location drawings delivery to
him, shall submit modified layout arrangement drawings and architecturaJ
drawings. One month is allowed for MEW checking, discussion with
Contractor's Engineer and approval.
One approved set of drawings will be handed over to the Contractor to start civil design.
14
f.
The details civil design including lighting installations and air conditioning
documents shall be submitted together with fully detailed construction
drawings, calculations, material list and bill of quantities, all in triplicate
within two months from the date of approval of general arrangement
drawings and site layout drawings.
A period of one month shall be allowed for checking, modifications and
approval of the detailed civil design work. During the approval period, the
Contractor' s civil design Engineer must be available in Kuwait for
discussions, clarifications and modifications of the offered design as may be
necessary.
Four complete sets of all detailed civil design drawings, materiallists .. etc and
as fmally approved shall be handed over to the Purchaser before the
commencement of any civil works.
g.
For each type of equipment six complete sets of all drawings and diagrams
relating to electrical equipment and including constructional drawings true to
scale, and as finally approved, together with six sets of "Instruction Manuals"
in the English Language, shall be provided before shipment of the first
consignment of the switchgear and shall be handed over to the Purchaser
before the starting of the erection of the equipment.
The Contractor has to supply to the Ministry, tJu'ee sets of 35 mm. Silver
halide microfilm aperture cards made from ( as fitted or built ) original
drawings. The front face of these
aperture cards should be left blank and on the reverse face, the following
details should be shown by the Contractor:
Name of SUPPLIER
SUPPLIER
CONTRACT NO.
TITLE OF PROJECT
TITLE OF DRAWING
REDUCTION RATIO:
DATE
The Contractor has to specify the year of the contract against the contract
No. and the date when the Microfilm s were made also to be shows against
the work date on the Aperture Card.
No labels or stickers, showing the above details, should be stuck on to the
aperture cards. Details should be printed or typed directly on the cards.
Two samples of a processed Microfilm Aperture card should be submitted to
the Ministry for approval.
A transparent polyester copy of internal cable layout in the basement should
be submitted to MEW.
15
h.
The Drawing shall be suitable to be implemented in the GIS system as per the
follow specifications:
1. The contractor shall obtain the latest CAD Drawings Submittal Guidelines
document from MEW.
2. The contractor shall obtain the latest (most updated) Kuwait Base Map
used at MEW, to be used as the Key Map of all network layout drawings.
3. The contractor shall accompany the deliverables with spatial and attribute
infonnation in digital fonnat according to the standards described herein.
The digital fonnat shall be in Write-Once media (DVD or CD).
4. The contractor shall make use of the latest MEW ElecTransCADTemplate
(template
for
the
Electrical
Transmission
Network)
or
ElecDistCADTempiate (template for the Electrical Distribution Network)
or StreetLightingCADTemplate (template for the Street Lighting Network)
drawings, described later in this document, as the basis of all network
drawings.
5. The contractor shall ensure that any submitted network drawings contain a
Key Map and properly measured dimensions from the road centre line or
edge of a parcel.
6. The contractor shall use the following Spatial Reference as the projection
system for all spatial infonnation:
Kuwait Utility Data Management System (KUDAMS) Datum,
Kuwait Traverse Mercator KTM, GRS 1980
7. The contractor shall submit all data structured according to MEW's Data
Models described hereafter in this document that are in accordance with
the industry standard data models, including:
MEW Electrical Transmission Physical Data Model for
Electrical Transmission Networks.
MEW Electrical Distribution Physical Data Model for
Electrical Distribution Networks.
8. The contractor shall ensure that physical connectivity of the electrical
assets is upheld and shall model all edge-junction related rules, described
later in this document, in the submitted drawings.
9. The contractor shall adhere to the following general AutoCAD Standard
Guidelines, which are elaborated further in this document:
Create Objects with Consistent Geometry
Do Not Create Symbols using Cross Lines, Cross Lines and
Circle combinations ...
Snap Lines at their Intersection
Create Polygons using Closed Polylines only
Create and Save Attributes in the CAD Drawing File Using the
Corresponding
"XDataElectric"
or
"XDataElectricTransmission" Tool
1O.MEW shall verify the compliance, completeness, and accuracy of the
submitted information. The contractor shall make all necessary
modifications to achieve compliance with MEW Standard .
11. The acceptance of the work executed by the contractor shall not be
considered complete until all infonnation is submitted and approved by
MEW.
16
1.16 Deliverv and Completion:

Each substation and item of work (complete with cabling and civil works) shall be
completed, tested, and commissioned and handed-over within the periods or at the
lime stated in the Schedule of Programme of Works).
Further, the contractor shall cooperate with other contractors to ensure proper
execution of the works so that the above dates are met.
Tenderers shall note that the successful Tenderer will be required to co-operate
with the main power cable contractor for cable feeder circuits to enable
commissioning of the substation at the specified date and it will be necessary for
the cable contractor to lay and joint the cables during the erection of the
equipment. Alternatively, if the contractor prefers to complete his work first, then
the entire work of the substation shall be completed and handed-over within the
specified completion dates minus two months and the necessary staff shall remain
until the cable contractor's work is completed and the switchgear is energized. In
this case the contractor shall not be entitled to any claim for waiting time.
Tenderers shall state clearly at the bottom of schedule of delivery and completion
in their offer on which of the above bases their completion dates are based.
1.17 Site Handing-over and Completion Periods:
The contractor shall soon after signing the contract, ask the Purchaser (in writing)
to hand over to him the vanous substation sites or dimensional drawings of these
sites.
a.
Within one month from the above request, the Purchaser will hand over to
the contractor the substation site or site drawings for the available sites,
together with the soil test results (see Vol.(ID, J-2, introduction for available
substation site ).
b.
Within four months from the above request, the Purchaser will hand over to
the contractor the substation site or site drawings for the substations whose
specified completion period is 20 months or 21 months, together with the soil
test results.
Two months must be allowed to complete the formalities of obtaining the
"Building Licence" from the time of receiving the eight (8) complete sets
referred to in clause 1.15
(d) above, provided these drawings were complete with all details necessary
for the purpose.
All the above shall not affect the completion periods specified for these
substations.
c.
Within six months from the above request, the Purchaser will hand over to
the contractor the substation site or site drawings for the substations whose
specified completion period is 22 months or more, together with the soil test
results.
N.B. In any of the above cases (a,b & c) when site drawings are handed-over to
the contractor, the site will be handed over to the Contractor within two
months after handing over the above site drawings .
17
1.18 Delavs caused bv tbe Purchaser:

In case of delays caused by the Purchaser, the contractor will be notified to extend
his schedule with corresponding extension of completion dates. Extension of time
under the provisions of this paragraph will be granted only for delays not
attributable to the contractor. Attention is called to clause 1.15 relative to the
submittal of drawings. Accordingly, the contractor shall obtain the Purchaser's
written approval before he ships any part of major equipment. Reference shall also
be made to clause 2.44 "Delayed Erection" of the General Conditions of Contract.
If, for reasons for which the Contractor is not responsible it was not possible to
energize the substation after completion and successful testing of the contract
works, then the guarantee period of one year shall begin from the date of the
substation energizing and for a maximum period of fifteen (15) calendar months
from the date of completion and testing. For the period between testing and
energizing the purchaser will pay only for the commissioning and service
Engineer' s waiting time or his return air-fare (as may be decided by the purchaser)
at the rates given in Schedule "H". In this case the Contractor will not be entitled
to any other additional costs.
1.19 Standard Specification:
Attention of all Tenderers is hereby drawn to the following :A) All materials and equipment shall comply as to minimum:
a.
With the latest relevant recommendations of the International Electro
technical Commission (rEC) (if available).
b.
If (a) is not available with the latest relevant British Standard Specification
(B.S.S)
This applies to quality of material and testing, etc. If standards as mentioned
above contradict with this tender specifications, then the requirements of this
specification shall apply.
.
B) Tenderers who wish to base their offers on standards other than those
mentioned under (A) can do so provided that they confirm in their offers that
such standards meet the requirements under (a) as a minimum, and in due
time the successful Tenderer will be asked to prove this and if needed be
verified by the Inspectors appointed by the Purchaser.
What is mentioned under (A) and (B) above applies wherever BSS is
mentioned in the different clauses of these tender specifications.
1.20 Service of an Engineer:
A. During the commissioning of the equipment and for a period of four months
commencing immediately after the successful commissioning and energizing
of the contract works, the Contractor shall station in Kuwait a competent
Engineer acceptable to the Purchaser for the following services: 1.
Attend pre-commissioning tests to familiarize himself with the equipment as
installed and with local conditions.
2.
To maintain and repair (where necessary) the equipment and keep it in a
good working condition bearing in mind the importance of continuity of
supply.
18
3.
4.
5.
6.
To prepare maintenance schedules and advise MEW Staff on maintenance

procedure. When required by MEW Engineer, he will be asked to
demonstrate to MEW Staff maintenance by explanations and dismantling and
re-assembly of important parts of the equipment.
To advise MEW Staff on operation and explain to them the function of the
various components of the equipment and procedure to be adopted for repair
work.
To attend to any outstanding items to complete the contract works.
To carry out any other work pertaining to the contract works.
The Engineer shall report, at the beginning of each working day, to MEW
Engineer. The working time during this period will be limited to MEW nonnal
working hours, except in emergency cases (if they arise) when the Engineer shall
make himself immediately available at a short notice to attend to or advise and
supervise the repair work.
The charges of this Engineer for the above period and all costs arising therefrom
(e.g. air fares to and from Kuwait, accommodation , messing, transport to and
from MEW Offices and to and from site, .. etc shall be included in the Tender Price.
The above four months period can be extended for a further period of upto six
months if required by the Purchaser. For this extended, period, the Contractor will
be paid for the services of the said Engineer at the rates as given in the respective
schedules.
B. Protection Engineer:
At least one month before energizing the first substation/s, a protection Engineer
should be deputed whose qualifications, i.e. date graduated, name of University,
past experience, age .... etc must be submitted to MEW well in advance for
checking and approval before arrival to Ku,,:,ait. The services of the Engineer who
will stay two months after energizing shall cover mainly the testing of relays (by
primary and/or secondary injection), analyse the test results and give explanations
for the faulty ones, submit detailed test sheet with recommended relay settings
based on a detailed calculations and to attend to any trip that may occur after
energizing and submit the necessary detailed technical report.
The Engineer shall report, at the beginning of each working day, to MEW
Engineer. The working time during the period will be limited to MEW normal
working hours, except in emergency case, (if they arise) when the engineer shall
make himself immediately available at a short notice to attend or to advise and
supervise the repair work.
The charges of this Engineer for the above period and all costs arising therefrom
(e.g. air fares to and from Kuwait, accommodation, messing, transport to and
from MEW Offices and to and from site, .. etc shall be included in the Tender Price.
19
The 'above two months period can be extended for a further period of upto two
months if required by the Purchaser. For this extended, period, the Contractor will
be paid for the services of the said Engineers at the rates as given in the respective
schedules. The Ministry reserves the right to collect and keep the passports of all
the foreign contractors, testing Engineers and protection Engineers in its custody
and one of these is permitted to leave without the consent of MEW.
1.21
Guarautees:
The Contractor shall guarantee among other things the following:Quality and strength of material used.
Safe electrical and mechanical stresses on all parts of equipment.
Performance figures specified by the Tenderer in the schedule _of guaranteed
particulars.
Satisfactory operation during the maintenance guarantee period stated 'in the
general conditions of contract.
1.22
Locks & Padlocks:

Locks and padlocks of high class material, suitable for weather in Kuwait,
especially the sand
stonns, shall be supplied for each circuit breaker operating cubicles, marshalling
boxes, and all other outdoor equipment which needs locking facilities.
Locking arrangement shall be in accordance with the best modern practice, and the
contractor's drawings submitted for approval of the purchaser, should indicate the
various points on the equipment at which locking arrangement will be provided.
All operating cubicles of all types of switchgears, local panels, marshalling
cubicles, control and relay boards, and any other cabinets, shall be provided with
integral cylindrical type locks. Cylindrical locks for outdoor cabinets shall have
weather proof caps. Sampl~s and pamphlets of the proposed types of locks and
padlocks shall be submitted for approval.
Two individual keys for each lock or padlock shall be provided. Master keys shall
be supplied in addition to above. Twelve master keys of each type shall be
supplied. The types of master keys should not exceed two.
Cylindrical locks, padlocks or any other locking arrangement, as specified
hereunder, for various substation equipment, shall be suitable for Kuwait weather
conditions, especially those used outdoor; where lock/padlocks must be provided
with weatherproof caps. The locking arrangement shall be as follows:
I.
The circuit breaker cubicle door for 33kV and llkV as well as for 20kV and
6.6kV Neutral Earthing Switchgear, shall be opened by turning the door
handle, and should be provided with facility for padlocking when needed fo r
safety precautions.
20
2.
3.
4.
The main isolating contacts shutters inside circuit breaker chambers, for
busbar contacts and cable contacts, shall be provided with facil ity for
padlocking when needed. The bus-bar contacts shutters or cable contacts
shutters shall be opened or closed and padlocked independently.
The busbar and cable chambers shutters, except pressure relief flaps, for
33kVand llkV as well as for 20kV and 6.6kV Neutral earthing Switchgear
shall be fixed with Allen screws. This arrangement shall apply also for
shutters on Bus-section and Bus coupler panels where live parts can be
accessible. One Allen key for every three units or less should be provided.
All doors for in-door equipment, such as control and relay panels, local
control cubicles, low tension boards, pilot marshalling cabinets ... etc shall be
opened by turning the door handles.
The doors for Telemetry, T.T.B., Telecommunication, Battery Chargers and
any other cabinets under the control of The National Control Centres shall be
provided with integral cylindrical locks, with two individual keys for each
lock and five master keys for each substation.
For outdoor equipment, weatherproof padlocks shall be provided on all
transformers, oil sampling valves, tap changer and control cabinets. Two
keys should be provided with each padlock and five master keys for each
substation.
1.23 Sub-Contractors:
The contractor shall fill in the schedule giving names of subcontractors and these
shall be subject to the approval of the Purchaser. All subcontractors are
responsible to the main contractor and hence subject to the conditions of these
specifications.
No subcontractor shall be changed without prior written approval of the Purchaser.
1.24 Sundrv Additional Equipment:
1.24.1
The following sundry equipment shall be supplied for each substation and
included in the tender price:
a.
Operator's desk and chair. The desk shall be suitably fixed permanently in
the office room subject to MEW approval.
b.
Substation cleaning equipment.
c.
Cabinets and racks for spare parts.
Tenderers are required to submit drawings and catalogues to show the main
dimensions and features of the equipment offered and these are subject to the
approval of the Purchaser.
The operator's desk shall be of sheet steel construction unless otherwise
approved and shall have drawers for keeping log books and other records
complete with locking keys. This desk should be supplied wired and
complete with terminal blocks, and shall accommodate the telephone sets
provided by the Purchaser.
A comfortable chair of steel construction and with a washable upholstery
shall be supplied with the desk. The chair shall be of rotating type and shall
have suitable means for varying height of its seat to suit the operator.
Suitable vacuum cleaning equipment with accessories capable of reaching
the narrow and restricted locations of the substation and its equipment shall
be included for supply. This equipment should be suitable for operation on
240 volts, 50Hz A.c. supply.
21
Each substation shall be equipped with suitable cabinets and racks for storing
the spare parts. Where racks are provided these shall be clearly shown on the
layout drawings of the substation.
1.24.2 Cabinets and Cnpboards:
a) Tools Cabinet and Tools:
Each switchgear shall be provided with a complete set of tools housed in a
floor and wall mounting sheet metal tool cabinet with double leaf doors fitted
with handle having integral cylindrical type lock and supplied with two keys.
The tools cabinet shall also house all switchgear loose handles, spare mcbs
and bulbs .. etc. Tools to be provided must be included in the contract price
and should be itemised in Schedule 'G' .
b) Kev Cupboards:
Each switchboard shall be provided with a sheet metal wall mounting key
cupboard fitted with a single leaf door fitted with handle having integral
cylindrical type lock and supplied with two keys. The interior of the
cupboard shall be arranged to store substations keys on brass hooks and
clearly labelled. The labels will be engraved by the purchaser. The key
cupboard shall house a log book for the record of key issues.
1.25 Site Testing:
1.25.1 Site Tests:
The contractor shall be responsible for submitting all contract works for site
inspection by the Engineer, before site tests are commenced. Before
commissioning, the Contractor shall depute an experienced and qualified
testing Engineer from the Manufacturer's works to carry out the following
tests on the equipment and such other tests that may be considered necessary
by the Purchaser.
a.
Routine high voltage tests.
b.
Insulation resistance tests.
c.
Continuity tests.
d.
Checking of operation, interlocks indication and alarms.
e.
Primary and secondary current injection tests on all protective circuits.
f.
Testing of substation eaJih resistance.
g.
Lead test, where necessary, shall be carried out in collaboration with the
Purchaser's Engineers.
h.
Power cable tests as detailed below.
After complete installation of the various circuits and before commissioning,
each circuit shall be subj ect to the following tests:
i)
Resistance Measurements:
The copper resistance of each core of the completed circuits shall be
measured and the aJUbient temperature recorded, and the measured value
corrected to 20e.
22
ii)
High Voltage Tests:

For 132 cable circuits (see clause 3.22.2).
For 33kV OfF cables, a D.C voltage 75kV for 15 minutes shall be applied
between each phase and the cable screen with the other two phases earthed
provided that the oil pressure is brought upto the design level.
For IlkV cables a D.C. voltage of25kV for 15minutes shall be applied.
The Purchaser will, if available, provide electricity free of charge for canying
out all tests on the equipment included in this contract. But if such a supply
is not availabl e the contractor shall provide a suitable Diesel Generator set at
his own expense. The contractor is expected to bring all testing equipment to
site and cany out pre-commissioning test, which will be witnessed by the
engineer.
The contractor shall arrange to supply all tests data, in
quadruplicate to the Purchaser, in standard form before commissioning of the
equipment. The forms shall be approved by the purchaser.
Full details of the testing engineer, i.e. qualifications, college name, past
experience, etc shall be submitted well in advance for approval by the
Purchaser.
The contractor should submit a complete testing programme before
commencing the actual testing.
The contractor's test engineer shaIl complete all pre-commissioning tests,
commission all plant and equipment supplied by him, and hand over the
entire contract works to the Purchaser in good shape. All the charges
connected with the pre-commissioning tests of the equipment shall be
included in the tender price.
After completion of all commissioning tests, a request for taking over should
made in writing enclosing four copies of all tests as completed and which
shall be subject to MEW ' s approval.
1.25.2 Testing Equipment:

The following testing equipment shall be made available by the contractor
for site testing:1.
A suitable cable D.C. testing set.
11.
High voltage testing equipment for all switchgear for test voltage upto 280kV
A.C.
iii. Primary current injection testing set, single phase for injection currents upto
lOOOAmps to check C.T. ratio and connections for polarity of relays and
instrument operations ... etc. Also testing van for checkin g directional OIC &
ElL relays as well as direction elements in other relays.
JV .
Secondary injection testing set, for relay check testing, and complete with
suitable timing device.
v.
Earth resistance Megger tester.
VI.
Any other necessary testing equipment and instruments.
The contractors' s test engineer shaIl carry out all commi ssioning tests in
cooperation with and to the satisfaction of the purchaser's engineer who will
take part in all these tests.
23
1.26
Licenses:
Equipment or parts thereof manufactured under license shall NOT be included in
the equipment covered by the specifications.
1.27 Manpower Requirements:

Manpower requirements for import of foreign man-power necessary for the
execution of the contract works is attached with this specification . Also Form 'A'
is attached for the same purpose. Both these shall be filled and submitted with the
offer.
24
PART III
TECHNICAL SPECIFICA TlONNO.MEWfSSf3
132kV SWITCHGEAR
3.1
3.1.1
Switchgear:
General Construction:
The 132 kV switchgear shall be of the indoor type SF6 gas insulated suitable for
installation in brick built or pre-cast building. The design shall be such that to
ensure optimum continuity and reliability of supply as well as safety of the
operators. The switchgear shall have short circuit MVA capacity not less than
1O,OOOMVA at 145kV. The minimum short circuit current rating shall be 40KA
at 145kV and the duration of short time CutTent rating must be 3 seconds. The
132kV switchgear for any arrangement should be such that it can be easily
extended in the future by the addition of extra feeders. BfS or transformer circuits
without the necessity to dismantle any major part of the equipment (C.B.'s V.T.s
.. etc) and without the interruption of supply to any circuits more than few hours.
The tenderer must show on the tender drawings how the extension of the
switchgear can be carried out.
For testing of the 132kV OfF underground cables, provision shall be made on the
switchgear for 'easy fixing of the 280kV test bushing without dismantling any
equipment of the switchgear such as voltage transformers, cable boxes .. etc ...
The arrangement ofH.V. testing must be shown on tender drawings.
132 switchgear of the three phase encapsulated type and single phase
encapsulated type are acceptable.
The SF6 gas system of the switchgear shall comprise of several gas compartments
sealed from each other by gas tight bushings or barrier of cast resin material or
otherwise approved so that any leakage can be quickly localized, the risk of gas
loss is minimized and the reliability of the substation is increased to the maximum
possible extent.
For the main bus-bars of the 132kV switchgear, each section of the bus-bar shall
be completely separated from bus-section circuit breakers compartments and busbar selector switches of feeder and transformer control circuits. Alternatively, the
bus-bars of each circuit (Feeder control, transformer control, bus-coupler and bussection circuit breakers) can be completely separated from each other. In either
case, the separation shall be by gas tight compartments as described above.
Each switchgear gas compartment shall have a separate valve for pumping in and
out of gas. Means of periodical checking of gas pressure for maintenance
purposes shall be provided.
Tenderers are requested to confinn in the write-up attached with their offers and
to show on one set of 132kV switchgear construction drawings (covering feeder,
transformer, bus-section and bus-bars), the provision of pressure relief devices,
one in each SF6 gas compartment on each phase and for each bay and each busbar section.
The details of the offered devices and recommended pressure settings shan be
attached with the offers and the cost of such shall be included in the tender prices.
The rated hursting pressure of bursting discs shall allow the operation of the main
protection relays.
25
The 132kV busbar arrangement shall be as specified for each substation under
"Details of Equipment" However, the following are the various kinds of busbar
arrangements usually applied in our l32kV Networks:-
3.1.2
a.
Double busbar system, one busbar serves as main busbar and the other as a
reserve busbar with bus-coupler bay for on-load transfer and splitting of
system is needed. Either both busbars or the main busbar only are provided
with bus-section insulators. Each section of the busbar is equipped with
busbar quick make earthing switch.
b.
Single busbar system with bus-section circuit breakers, each busbar section is
equipped with busbar earthing quick make switch.
The feeder and
transformer circuits are controlled by circuit breakers or load break switches.
SF6 Gas Monitoring:

The detection and monitoring of SF6 gas pressures and alarrnltrip and inter-trip
indications and arrangements, all shall be provided as follows:1.
Each three SF6 gas compartments (i.e. for three phase in each bay shall be
connected by auxiliary piping by suitable stop valves and commonly
connected to gas density relays for continuous monitoring of the gas
pressure. These relays shall be equipped with the necessary contacts set at
recommended pressure for local as well as remote (Control Board and
National Control Center) alarm indications.
It is to be noted that the gas density relay (pressure, temperature compensated
switches) shall be supplied for the circuit breaker gas compartment.
However, for all other compartments where no interruption takes place
pressure switches can be provided if this will not affect the insulation level in
case of gas leak or causes false alarrnltrip signals. Otherwise gas density
relays shall be provided similar to circuit breaker compartment
without extra price.
11.
Together with each of the above density relay, one pressure indicating meter
shall be provided and both installed adjacent to the switchgear i.e. in the local
operating cubicles. In addition, isolating valves should be provided for
periodical checking of the various
compartments.
lll.
For periodical checking of the SF6 gas pressure in any compartment, one
portable pressure gauge shall be provided for connection to the auxiliary SF6
piping above and the cost if such should be included in the tender price and
be confirmed by mentioning the same in
the list of special equipments of each substation.
IV.
For gas pressure alarm and lock out, trip/inter-trip, the gas density relays
shall be of the two stage type and shall be arranged as follows:
26
3.2
a)
Stage I:
If gas pressure drops in any compartment in any bay below a pre-set value,
this will give an alarm locall y on the local control cubicle, remote control
board and to the National
Control Centre.
b)
Stage II:
If the gas pressure continues to drop, however, not allowed to reach the
locking out pressure of the circuit breaker, the following tripping and
inter-trip arrangement has to be provided:
I. If the gas leak is in the circuit breaker compartment, this breaker shall trip
and inter-trip signal to be issued to all circuit breakers connected to the
same switchgear zone. However, in case this circuit breaker is
controlling a feeder circuit, then inter-tripping shaU also be provided for
the far end circuit breaker at the remote substation. The tripping of the
circuit breakers shall be followed by locking out of switching.
2. If the gas leak is in any compartment of the switchgear bay, on the busbar side, this bay breaker shall trip and inter-trip aU circuit breakers
connected to the same.
3. If the gas leak is in any line side compartment i.e. , line isolator, V.T.'s
.. .etc, this bay breaker shall trop and inter-trip the far end circuit breaker.
If the feeder is connected to the substation equipped with load break
switching, the inter-trip arrangement shall trip the corresponding l32kV
bus-section circuit breaker and llkV transformer control circuit breaker
of the later station. The necessary inter-tripping relays together with pilot
wire supervision of the tripping cores and availability monitored for
healthy conditions and failure shall be indicated locally and remotely
similar to all above alarms at the National Control Centre. For this
purpose, clean contacts (potential-free) and of the fleeting type with
holding time not less than 25m.sec. shall be provided.
Necessary means shaU be provided to detect the gas compartment in
which internal are might take place. SF6 gas checker equipment
(chemical method) may be accepted for locating the faulty gas
compartment. Complete set of SF6 gas checker equipment together with
two dozen of detecting elements as spare should be supplied for each
substation. In case any gas compartment is completely electrically
isolated and in such a case if there is a leak in that compartment then it
should not cause trippinglinter-tripping of any circuit breaker.
Station Insulation Levels:

For 132kV switchgear 550kV peak shall be minimum level for either impulse
withstand voltage or the initial discharge voltage whichever is taken as basis of
design and arrangement of the switchgear.
For outdoor bushings, the impulse withstand level shall be 650kV, (Test voltage
750kV) and the minimum creep age distance 4.8metres.
27
3.3
Bus-bars. Insulators. Etc.:

Bus-bars of copper or aluminum tubes shall be provided. Copper busbars if used,
shall be made of high conductivity electrolytic copper in accordance with BSS
159 or at least equivalent.
Each and every connection made either to a transformer, circuit breaker, or any
other bushing shall be so designed to allow for expansion or contraction in an
unrestricted manner at the bushing end, so that there is no possibility of any
stressing being imposed on the bushing insulators in any place and none of the
insulators in any place and none of the insulators are subjected to any of the
conductor's stresses caused by variation of temperature.
Suitable arrangement shall also be made to allow for thermal expansion and
contraction of the main bus-bars and this shall be subjected to the approval of the
Purchaser.
The bus-bars shall be so arranged that they may be extended in length without
difficulty. The design of connectors for the bus-bars and connection to other parts
of the equipment shall be such as to permit easy dismantling for maintenance or
repaIr purposes.
Bus-bars tubes shall be of adequate diameter to avoid initial discharge and
suitable measures shall be taken to prevent corona discharge especially at sharp
edges and comers.
Each bus-bar section should be securely jointed to other sections by means of
high quality busing insulators through gas tight flanges.
3.4
Clearances:
The minimum clearances in the 132kV switchgear shall withstand the inlpulse test
voltage level of 115% of the system inlpulse insulation level, i.e. 630kV.
For outdoor equipments, the clearances between live parts and earthed metal parts
shall confoml to BSS 162 and also shall conform to station insulation level
specified under clause 3.2. Further, these clearances must be ample to give
satisfactory operation under the worst climatic conditions encountered in Kuwait.
3.5
Temperature Rise:
Each current carrying component of the equipment supplied shall be capable of
continuous operation at the specified ratings without exceeding the maximum
temperature stated in the appropriate BSS taking into account Kuwait' s
temperature conditions. Tenderers shall state BSS rating alongside to Kuwait
Rating in each case.
3.6
Circuit Breakers:
132kV circuit breakers shall be of the SF6 gas insulated type where SF6 gas will
serve also as arc quenching medium . The circuit breaker must be in the separate
gas compartment.
28
The C.B. arching chamber shall be of puffer type. Special consideration shall be
given to the breaking and closing time during tender analysis. On the other hand,
the tenderers shall guarantee in their technical write up attached with their offer
that the offered C.B's are restrict free over switching of at least upto 160amps
capacitive current. Design of gas system with double pressure will not be
accepted.
In case of severe drop of circuit breaker gas presure or whenever the hydraulic or
compressed air system has some trouble, the C.B. shall be locked-out for
electrical and manual operation and alarm shall be shown locally and also
signalled to National Control Centre. The lockout against manual operation shall
be through an inter locking magnet, normally energized under heating condition
of SF6 gas and mechanism.
132kV circuit breakers shall have a guaranteed breaking current of 40kA at
145kV, 50Hz under Kuwait conditions. The Kuwait ratings of the circuit breakers
shall be stated in the schedule. The circuit breakers offered shall conform to
either British Standard Specification No.531! or IEC recommendation No.56.
Short circuit type test certificates for the circuit breakers from an internationally
recognized testing authority acceptable to the purchaser, shall accompany each
and every tender to show that the circuit breaker has been tested to BSS 531! or
I.E.C.No.56. Alternatively, if such type of test certificates is not available,
tenderer must submit a short circuit type test certificate from an internationally
recognized testing authority acceptable to the purchaser with each and every
tender, to show that the circuit breaker has been tested for the symmetrical
(100%) 3-phase short circuit MYA capacity in accordance with BSS or IEC or
VDE.
In the later case, the successful Tenderer will be required to carry out (or produce)
complete short circuit tests for the five duties in accordance with BSS 5311 or
lEC 56 at an internationally recognized testing authority before despat\,h of the
first consignment of the circuit breakers. Such tests will be witnessed by the
Purchaser's representatives and the Contractor shall afford all facilities and bear
all costs arising therefrom.
Further, tenderer should submit a type test certificate for the inductive and
capacitive currents which the circuit breakers can interrupt. The circuit breaker
shall be capable of making and breaking capacitive currents not less than
160Amps at zero power factor.
Details of any device incorporated in the circuit breaker to limit or control the rate
of rise of recovery voltage across the contracts shall be stated.
Means shall be provided to allow easy access to the contacts for periodical
inspection and repair.
All insulating parts of the circuit breakers shall be constructed throughout nonhygroscopic and non-flammable materials.
If oil hydraulic operating mechanism is provided then every precaution should be
taken against oil leaking or contamination.
Also oil pressure for smooth and definite operation should continuously be
checked through manometers mounted on the operating cubicl es. A locking
device shall be provided so that in case of oil pressure drop it will lock-out and
give local and remote alarm signals.
Descriptive literature with full details of main features and showing general
arrangement of the breakers should accompany the offer.
29
3.6.1
Circuit Breaker Operating Mechanism:

Operating mechanism shall be trip free. A mechanically operated indicator shall
be provided for each circuit breaker operating mechanism to show whether the
breaker is open or closed. Also remote indication for open/closed positions shall
be provided on the control board. Additional clean set of contacts (potential-free)
and of fleeting type with holding time not less than 25m.sec. shall be provided for
remote supervisory and control sysrem to indicate the circuit breaker "Open " or
"Closed" position .
Means shall be provided for manual operation of the circuit breakers for
maintenance purposes. All manual operations shall be so designed to close or
open the breaker by one movement. The drive mechanism can be either charged
spring, hydraulic or pneumatic type.
Auxiliary power supply for tripping and closure shall be 220 volts D.C. from the
storage batteries. Electrical closing devices shall operate satisfactorily between 80
% and 120 % nonnal voltage at maximum ambient temperature of 52C.
If compressed air drive is offered, this shall be as described under details in clause
8.3 and the price of compressed air system shall be included in the quoted price
for 132 KV switchgear of schedule (J-I)
In case of spring operated mechanism, these shall be motor charged. Provision for
manual charging of spring shall be provided with mechanical indication of spring
charged condition. Provision for remote indication of spring charged/uncharged
state shall be so provided. The closing springs must be suitable for charging
while the circuit while the circuit breaker is closed and the closing mechanism
when charged shall not operate by vibration caused by the circuit breaker opening
on fault. The motor shall automatically charge the closing spring after the closing
operation.
Circuit breaker operating mechanism, auxiliary switches and associated
equipment, control switches, control and power cable tenninations shall be
accommodated in sheet steel, vennin proof and weather' proof cubicles specially
designed to suit the weather conditions in Kuwait. These cubicles shall preferably
be free standing with front access. These cubicles shall be well ventilated and
heaters for prevention of condensation of moisture inside the cubicles shall be
provided.
Arrangement shall be made for removal of circuit breaker for maintenance with
minimum interference with other components in the circuit, i.e. insulators, V.T.s
C.T.s etc ........
Further, such removals shall not be possible unless it is in the open position.
3.7
Isolators:
J 32kV isolators shall be of the sliding co-axial type. Isolating switches shall be
so installed as to pennit maintenance of any section of the equipment and the
switchgear plant when the remainder is alive. When the 132 KV circuit breakers
operating mechanism is of the hydraulic or pneumatic type, the isolators operating
mechanism can be of similar type.
The gap between tenninals of the same pole with the isolator in open position
shall be long enough to withstand a minimum impulse wave of 115 % of the
specified impulse rating to earth, or other initial discharge is above the ( BIL )
breakdown insulation level.
30
Isolating switches shall be raled as specified in the schedules, and shall be

designed for live and off-load operations. Main contacts shall be of the high
pressure line type and shall be suitably screened .
Also isolators mechanism shall be so designed, that the isolators cannot be opened
by force due to faulty currents and shall be self locking in both open and closed
positions. All three phases shall be operated by the mechanism simultaneously.
The contacts of the isolators shall carry their rated current without over-heating or
welding, and shall be of such a design that would not call for more frequent
maintenance than once in two years.
The isolators shall be electrically interlocked with their respective breakers, such
that the isolators cannot be opened or closed unless the associated breaker is
opened and the breaker cannot be closed unless the associated isolators are in
definite position, i.e. fully closed or fully opened.
Operating mechanism of the isolators shall be of robust construction and shall be
capable of free operation un-affected by the climatic condition at site. The
mechanism shall be complete with auxiliary switches, terminal box and cable
glands and the same shall be housed in a weather-proof enclosure.
The isolators shall be motor operated. The 132kV bus-bar coupler and section
isolators, bus-bar selection isolators shall be electrically interlocked with their
associated circuit breakers and bus-bar earthing switches and circuit breaker
maintenance earthing switches. However, for 132kV feeder or transformer
isolators, these shall be electrically interlocked with associated circuit breakers
and maintenance earthing switches and mechanically/electrically interlocked with
feeder or transformer earthing switch as applicable. Provision shall be made for
operation electrically on the local control panel as well as remotely on the control
board. Similarly, semaphore indication for position ON/OFF indication shall be
provided at both local and remote. For position indication at the National Control
Centre and manual operation with mechanical indication reference is made to the
description given in the above clause. For 132kV voltage transformer's isolators,
this shall be manually operated only provided with mechanical indication.
3.8
Load Break Switches:

Where 132kV SF6 load break switches are specified in the details of equipment,
these shall be of 550kV impulse withstand level and capable of closing on a short
circuit through fault current not less than lOOK amps peak.
These switches shall be suitably rated to connect and interrupt full load current of
the respective circuit at 0.7 power factor. Also they shall be capable of making
and breaking capacitive and inductive currents. The capacitive currents shall be
not less than 160Amps.
The L.B. switches sha1l be motor operated and shall be electrically controlled
from the local cubicles as well as remotely from the control board of the control
room. Also provision shall be made for local hand operation for emergency
cases.
All tenderers shall confirm the above duties and shall submit evidence of tests
carried on these switches for this purpose. Provision shall be made for remote
indication and control from the 132kV control board and from the National
Control Centre.
31
3.9
Earthing Switches:
a. Earthing switches shall be provided for each outgoing and incoming circuit.
Positive means of mechanical interlocking between the earthing switches and
line, transfonner isolators shall be provided. In case of three phase
encapsulated switchgear three position switch incorporating bus bar isolator
and earthing switch is acceptable.
b. Bus-bar earthing switches shall also be provided. These shall be fully
interlocked so that any bus-bar earthing switch cannot be closed unless all the
corresponding bus-bar selection isolators are in the open position.
c. Earthing switches shall also be provided for earthing the 132kV cables of
transfonners. These switches shall be interlocked with botll the 132kV and
33kV and/or llkV isolators of the corresponding transfonners.
d. Each 132kV circuit breaker shall be provided with two earthing switches, one
on each side of the circuit breaker and these should not be included in the
circuit breaker gas compartment to pennit maintenance of the circuit breakers
with the bus-bar alive. These earthing switches shall be fully interlocked
with the corresponding line isolators, bus-bar selection isolators and circuit
breakers.
The bus-bar earthing switches, feeders and transfonners earthing switches
shall be suitable for closing on full short circuit making current of lOOKarnps
peak without endangering operator. All tenderers shall confmn this in their
offers and shall submit evidence of tests carried out on the earthing switches
for this purposes.
Spring charges motorlhand operated mechanism with mechanical indication
of "ON/OFF' positions and remote indication on the control board shall be
provided for the earthing switches.
The earthing switcqes shall be motor operated and shall be electrically
controlled from the local control panel only. But the earthing switches for
feeders (underground and O/H linecircuits) shall be interlocked with the
secondary voltage from voltage transfOlmers while the m.cb. is in closed
position so that these earthing switches cannot be closed unless the
corresponding feeder is de-energized. However, position indication shall be
provided locally on the local panel and remotely on the l32kV control board.
Local manual operation with mechanical indication shall also be provided.
The feeder earthing switches shall also be interlocked with 132kV High
voltage side isolator of voltage transfonner i.e. the earthing switches cannot
be closed if this isolator is in open position.
3.10
Auxiliarv Switches and Contractors:

Circuit breakers and isolating device shall include all necessary auxiliary
switches, contactors and mechanisms for remote indication, protection control,
interlocking and such other services as specified. Not less than four spare
auxiliary contacts (two nonnally closed and two nonnally open positions), shall
be provided with each circuit breaker. All auxiliary switches should be wired upto
a suitable tenninal block in the operating mechanism cuhicles.
32
The contacts for all auxiliary switches shall be strong and shall have a positive
wiping action while closing and shall be suitable for service under climatic
conditions specified. All auxiliary switches for use with the purchaser' s remote
supervisory and control system shall be clean contacts (potential-free) and of the
fleeting type with holding time not less than 25m.sec.
3.11
Current transformers:
Protective and instrument C.T.s shall be in confOlmity with BSS 3938 and of
suitable rating for the protective scheme specified.
Instrument current
transformers shall be of class "I" accuracy .
This contract includes all protective and instrument C.T.s shown on drawings and
enumerated in the details of equipment.
The current transformers primary conductor shall be capable of withstanding short
circuit ratings of the associated circuit breaker. Secondary windings of the
current transformers shall be rated lA or SA, except where lAmps secondary is
specified. For metering current transformer, secondary can be rated either I or
5Amps to suit the measuring transducers for remote metering at Supervisory
Centre. C.T.s shall be capable of carrying 25% in excess of the rated current
continuously without injurious heating and the C.T.s for protective purposes shall
have over-current saturation factors not less than those obtained at the design
short circuit level of the system, unless otherwise approved.
The capacity of instrument current and voltage transformers shall be adequate for
connecting the transducers associated with the remote supervisory and control
system.
Since the CT. forms a part of the composite single phase unit, means shall be
provided for easy changing in the case of damage.
The 132kV Sf6 insulated current transformers associated with bus-bar protection
of the bus-section and bus-coupler circuit breakers shall be one on each side, i.e.
one before and the second after the circuit breaker, i.e. over-lap. However, for
feeders and transformer circuits, the CT. cores for the same protection shall be
the outer most core on the line and transformer side respectively, i.e. covering the
circuit breakers and the other CT. cores. Regarding transformer and U/G feeder
differential and OIH line distance protection, these shall be located on bus-bar
side.
3.12
Voltage transformers:
The l32kV voltage transformers shall be in sets of three single phase units, cast
resin insulated or foil insulated and encapsulated in SF6 gas filled enclosure
which shall be provided with its own gas monitoring and filling system, SF6 gas
compartment for 132kV voltage transformer can also be common with the line
isolators compartment. In case of 3-phase encapsulated switchgear 3-phase
voltage transformer is acceptable.
For high voltage testing of cables from the remote end of cable, an isolator shall
be provided on the primary side of the voltage tra.!lsformer or any other suitable
arrangement so that this test
can be carried out without the necessity of removing any component of the
switchgear such as V.T.s cable boxes, ... etc. Where such an isolator is provided,
it shall be of manual operation and with necessary interlocks. Semaphore
ONIOFF position indication shall be provided on local control cubicle.
33
The voltage transformers shall have miniature circuit breakers in their secondary,
with auxiliary contacts, to indicate V.T.s, "OFF" on the control board. Further,
auxiliary clean (potential-free) contacts shall be provided for remote supervisory
system. Voltage transformers supplied under this contract shall be of robust
constructions and shall comply with BSS 3941 or at least equivalent to it. The
miniature circuit breakers shall be labeled to indicate their function.
The value of voltage factor which is 1.9un at 30sec.
3.13
SF6 Gas Tightness:

Special attention should be given to SF6 gas tightness in the various
compartments of the switchgear. Tenderers shall state clearly in their offers and
guarantee the maximum SF6 gas !.osses (percent per year).
3.14
132kV Cables End Sealing Boxes:

The cable end sealing boxes shall be provided complete with cast resin cones,
flanges, clamps, packing materials for gas, fixing bolts and other fittings
necessary including proper sized glands to suit cable sizes, oil monitoring, piping
connections and any other accessories shall be supplied under this contract and its
cost shall be included in the contract price.
All the 32kV cable end sealing boxes shall be located totally in the basement and
the SF6 tubing connections between the switchgear and cab,le end sealing boxes
shall extend to the basement. The extension of the SF6 tubing shall be made
down to an approved distance from the basement ceiling so that the oil canying
component shall be below the switchgear'S room floor. If the supply and jointing
of the 132kV cables is provided under separate contract, then these cables boxes
shall meet the requirements of the cable manufacturer at no extra cost. In this
case, only jointing materials such as oil, tapes .. etc., will be supplied by the cable
contractor who will carry out the cable jointing. The contractor should fully
cooperate with the cable contractor.
Any material and/or accessories necessary for complete jointing of all the 132kV
cables to the 132kV switchgear shall meet the requirements of the cable
manufacturer and the same together with any accessories or material that are
deemed necessary to be obtained from the cable manufacturers, shall be supplied
and included in the tender price.
3.15
132kV SF6 Insulated Tubing:

Where specified SF6 tubing shall be supplied for connection between 132kV
switchgear and 132/33kV or 132111 kV transformers and/or for 132kV feeder
circuits. The tubing shall be 132kV SF6 gas insulated, complete with bus-bars,
flanges, insulating core, piping for gas monitoring valves, supporting structures,
bellows (for expansion and contraction of bus-bars) and any other fittings
necessary to render the connection complete in every respect. Each section of the
tubing shall be provided with measure for periodical checking of SF6 gas
pressure.
34
The tenderers should submit with their offers, complete technical details
(dimensions, materials, sealing arrangement, ... etc) showing the construction of
these tubing arrangement especially for the termination at both ends. Again this
SF6 tubing shall be fitted with the necessary pressure relief devices like other
compartments of the switchgear.
Regarding the connection points of the primary active parts, whether at the
switchgear, transformer or intermediate, these connections shall have clear
indication marks to ensure full engagement if it is of the slip-on type.
3.16
3.17
Local Control Cubicles:

For local control of 132 KV switchgear, control cubicles shall be provided in the
132 KV switchgear room having the following the essential controls, indications
and alarms:
Mimic diagram with position indication of circuit breakers and all other isolators
and earthing switches.
One voltmeter for each 132 KV feeder circuit.
Various alarms for SF6 gas, hydraulic system if applicable, and voltage
transformer miniature circuit breaker tripped, and any other alarm indications, the
contractor deems necessary to be shown locally. Compressed air system or charge
spring motor drive mechanism troubles shall also (if applicable) be added.
A key operated switch for 10caV remote contrSll.
All controls shall be by means of key switches for each. However, an additional
key switch for by-passing the interlocking for emergencyl maintenance shall be
provided. The interlock by-pass switch shall be of the self return type and its
locking key can only be taken while the switch is in the off position.
Alternatively, one key switch can be provided for all controls together with push
buttons for each control in addition to the by-pass key switch.
Pressure gauges and gas density relays for monitoring the SF6 gas condition of
various compartments can be installed on the respective SF6 gas enclosures.
However, it is preferred to have these meters and relays installed in the above
local cubicles.
It is to be noted that the local-remote switch will be wired so that when set on
' local ' position switching is only possible locally and when set on 'remote',
operation is only possible remotely either from the control board or from the
control centre.
Pilot Cable Marshalling Cabinets:
It is the general practice in Kuwait to lay 34-core pilot cable with each 132 KV
underground cable circuit.

The telephone and indication cores are 0.9 nun diameter and other cores are 2.5
sq.nun conductors. The pilot conductors are polythene insulated, polythene
sheathed, steel wire armoured and PVC overall sheathed cable.
One sheet steel cabinet shall be provided in the 132 KV switchgear room to
receive the 34-core pilot cables associated with the 132 cables.
The cabinet shall be suitable for floor mounting with double leaf lift-off doors
and reasonably dust, damp protected and vermin proof, 34-way tenninal blocks,
one per feeder circuit (including future circuits ), shall be provided inside the
cabinet and arranged to receive the multi insulated bridging plugs. The plug shall
be either color coded or numbered to facilitate easy identification.
35
Two additional 34-way terminal blocks shall be provided for substation services
and arranged to permit routing of circuits selectively through pilot cables.
Provisions shall be made for bottom entry of pilot cables and suitable brass glands
of the compression type shall be provided. Similarly, entries shall be provided for
control cable terminations from the switchgear, control board and other apparatus
within the substation. Each terminal block shall be clearly labelled.
The pilot cable marshalling cabinets shall be provided with copper earthing bar
(25 x 3rnm) with adequate number of holes with proper screws, washers and nuts
for eal1hing the pilot cable armours and pilot cores screens. For internal wiring of
the marshalling cabinets, this shall run in adequate plastic open dUCIS with
removable covers properly fixed to the cabinet wall. The internal looping
b&ween terminal blocks in the same cabinet shall be made to Site Engineer's
satisfaction.
The small wiring connection between the marshalling cabinets and the remote
control board/relay board shall be as follows and subject to site engineer's
approval:
1.
Two cables, each 8 cores, 2.5 sq.mm PVC insulated, PVC sheathed and
armoured required for each feeder circuit. The cores of the first cable shall
be 4-core for inter-trip, 2-core for Solkor protection and 2-cores as spare.
The second cable to be used for 4-core for oil pressure alarm/trip and 4-core
spare. These cables sha!1 have each pair separately screened. These cables
shall be of the fire retardant.
II.
In case voltage induction protective equipment (isolating or neutralizing
transformers) are located in the marshalling cabinet, or in a panel next to it,
the associated cables used for connection to control and relay panels shall be
of the 2kV insulation level.
111. The insulation level of the terminal blocks, wiring, control cabling to the
control and relay boards shall be 15kV for l32kV cabinets. Tenderers are
requested to submit with their offers drawings of the marshalling cabinets
showing the arrangement of the terminal blocks, and surge arrestors. This
should be complete with technical data and details which shall be subject to
the Purchaser's approval.
Attached drawings MBI7/421-B shows typical arrangement of the required
wiring for the 132kV pilot cable marshalling cabinet.
All control cables and connections between the marshalling cabinet and
substation equipment including oil tank pits are included in this contract. For
the out-going circuits, two cores cont.rol cable for each circuit shall be
provided for oil tank pit, each cable about 35m long.
Tenderers are requested to allow in their offers for the supply and erection of
the following accessories:
1.
Hot dip galvanized steel supp011ing channels complete with cable cleats,
clamps screws, nuts, etc. There shall be at least two horizontal channels
properly fixed to the basement wall with reasonable spacing. All the control
cables and future pilot cables (supplied by others) shall be mounted on these
channels.
n. Necessary pilot cables holding rings, clips, lugs and earthing wires, clamps
for earthing the armour wires and screen of these pilot cables shall be
earthed. The arrangement of this earthing shall be subject to the Purchaser' s
approval. However, it shall be carried out to the satisfaction of the site
engmeer.
36
3.18
Substation OIH Line Take-Off Gantries: (where soecified)

Take-off gantry for each double circuit overhead lines (one ACSR conductor per
phase) shall be made of galvanized lattice steel structures and to have three
pinnacles to receive one standard galvanized steel wire (overhead lines, earth
shield conductor) form the terminal tower and arranged to give 30 angle for
protection. The phase conductor spacings shall not be less than 2.6m and for a
maximum take-off angle of deviation (horizontal 0 to 30 0 and vertical 1:4). The
gantry shall be complete with take-off tension insulators of the "Long Rod" antifog type complete with adjustable arcing horns and shall be attached to the
horizontal gantry beam. Civil foundation work for the gantry, conductor clamps,
earthing of structures, clamps and conductors and all sundry items to complete
shall be included in the tender price. All copper droppers tee or straight copper or
bimetallic clamps for connection to outdoor equipment shall be included in the
pnce.
Each gantry shall be complete with step bolts on diagonally opposite legs and
have anti-climbing devices fitted. These will require MEW approval.
Bolts will not be less than 15mm. Dia. And shall be fitted with an anti-vibration
locking device. The threaded portion of bolts shall not project into any bearing
plane. Each bolt shall have a minimum of two threads projecting beyond the
outer face of \he nut. No angle section less than 45x45x5 shall be used and main
member shall have a rninimum thickness of Bmm.
Each gantry and its foundation overturning or uprooting shall be capable of
supporting the maximum working loads derived from the conductor and earthwire
tensions, wind pressure on conductors, structures, ...etc with a factor of safety 2.5.
The wind is to be considered as a force of BOKg/sq.m acting on conductors and
fittings and 125Kg/sq.m on l.5 times the projected area of one face of the
structure.
The maximum tension of phase and earth wire conductors is 1700Kgs and
400Kgs respectively. The wave trap (350Kgs) shall be suspended from the
bottom of the gantry and this must be considered in the design. The height of the
boom of gantry shall be 10m from the ground.
3.19
132kV Outdoor, 3-single phase Surge Arrestors: (where specified)

The surge arrestors shall be heavy duty with rated discharge current pf 20kA and
rated voltage of 120kV. The lighting arrestors shall comply with the relevant BSS
and the Purchaser 's system (Clause 1.3) and shall have a minimum creep age
distance of 4BOOmm. The surge arrestors shall be complete with surge detectors
and counters.
The earthing of the above equipment shall generally be in accordance of Clause
l.9. final arrangement and details of the earthing arrangement shall be subject (0
MEW approval.
3.20
Measures to reduce Propagation of Transient Over voltages in

measuringControl & Pilotcables:
Transient over voltages of higher frequency may be generated by means of
switching actions of H.V circuit breakers and isolators or caused by other
atmospheric surges likewise be transmitted through coupling inductances and
37
capacitances of measuring transformers, secondary cables or other direct means to

measuring, monitoring, protection and control equipment.
The level of the transient over voltage shall be effectively reduced by adequate
measures such as careful grounding of measuring transformers neutrals, proper
and adequate earthing, provision of metal screens for cables passing in parallel for
long distance with high current carrying equipment.
3.21
Special Equipment:
The following equipment shall be provided as part of the special equipment and
their price shall be included in the tender price and shaH be handed over to the
Purchaser in good condition after completing commissioning tests:
a) Three high voltage testing bushings, 280kV D.C for direct current H.V
testing of power cables connected to the switchgear applicable.
b) Three high voltage testing bushings, 280kV, A.C. for switchgear testing as
applicable. These shall be supplied only if different from Ca) above. This
must be confirmed in the offer.
c) Any necessary adaptors, flanges, accessories, bolts and nuts ... etc necessary
for connecting the above bushings to the switchgear and to the test cable.
d) Testing cable, 30m long, insulated for 280kV, for connecting the above test
bushings to the H. V. testing transformer outside the building, supplied on a
modem drum and complete with connectors.
e) Pneumatic or rubber wheeled truck which should be adequately dimensioned
and designed to carry any equipment likely to be moved in and out of the
l32kV switchgear room either for removal or for maintenance purposes.
) Suitable ladder with rubber wheels or similar arrangement for the purpose of
maintaining the 132kV switchgear equipment.
g) Special device for detecting and locating any SF6 gas leak.
h) SF6 gas handling units for extracting and pumping in SF6 complete with
compressors, storage tanks, gauges, piping, vacuum pumps etc.
i) One set of compressed SF6 bottles, each sufficient for one cable feeder
circuit and one transformer circuit.
j) Portable pressure gauge for periodical checking of SF6 gas pressure in
various compartments.
k) Primary current injection cable for testing protective circuits, .. etc... Testing
cables 630sq.mm. copper conductor, 600volts, 30m long complete with
connectors, wound on a wooden drum.
38
3.22 Switchgear Testing:

3.22.1 Factorv Tests:
The contractor shall carry out all routine sample and type tests on all equipment
and accessories included in the contract, in accordance with relevant British
Standard specifications or LE.C unless otherwise approved. The contractor shall
carry out any additional tests at no extra charges to the contract price that are
necessary to determine that the work complies with the requirements of this
specification.
All samples used for testing shall be at the Contractor's expenses.
All the instruments used for testing purposes shall, if required, by the
InspectorlEngineer will be calibrated by an approved authority.
a) Routine Tests:
i)
Operational tests for circuit breakers and isolators (as per BSS.5311 and
162)
ii) Millivolt drop test across circuit breaker contacts and between telminals.
iii) Power frequency high voltage test in accordance with BSS.5311 and 162 as
applicable.
b)
I.
11.
111.
IV.
v.
'--
VI.
Type Tests:
Mechanical endurance tests for 132kV circuit breakers. Each type of circuit
breaker shall be operated 500 times at least 10% of which shall be makebreak operations. The operating mechanism shall be in service during this
test. The mechanical endurance tests for 132kV isolators shall be in
accordance with BSS.5311.
Temperature rise test in accordance with BSS.5311 as applicable. This test
shall be carried out on each type of switchgear and for each circuit equipment
(i.e. isolators, C.T.'s connections, bus bars ...... etc)
Short circuit test, short time current test, capacitive and inductive making and
breaking test, power frequency test, power frequency test, ... etc., as described
earlier under I 32kV circuit breakers.
For measuring and protection transformers the determination of accuracy
class and displacement angle shall be carried out on each type.
The impulse test will be carried out on a complete assembly plants or parts
thereof.
One single phase of the surge arrestors will be tested as follows:
Wet power frequency spark-over test.
Front of wave impulse spark-over test.
Switching surge spark-over test.
Residual voltage test.
High current impulse test
Long duration impulse test.
Operating duty test.
Pressure relief test at least 77% rated voltage.
N.B:
I)
2)
A type test certificate for the temperature rise tests and impulse test can be
accepted in lieu of this test. For endurance tests, this can be waived, provided that
such tests were performed on similar equipment supplied to MEW previously.
For short circuit type tests, reference should be made to clause 3.6.
Type test certificates of similar arrestors with rated seal-off voltage 90 to 110% of
the test specimen will also be accepted.
39
3)
A type test certificate for the capacitive and inductive making and breaking tests
on l32kV circuit breaker can be accepted in lieu ofthis test.
3.22.2 Site Tests:

Provision for testing at site the l32kV switchgear and the l32kV power cables
connected to it shall be provided and details of these shall be clearly shown on the
drawing.
The site high voltage testing on the 132kV switchgear shall comprise of the
following:a. Each phase to earth at 2l0kV A.C. for one minute .
b. Between two phases at 21 OkV A.C. for one minute.
c. All 132kV cables connected to the switchgear to be tested at 270kV D.C.
phase to earth for
l5minutes.
For l32kV cables, testing from remote and direct current test voltage of l50kV will
be used. It should be possible to carry out this test without dismantling any of the
132kVequipment (see clause 3.12). All Tenderers are requested to confirm this in
their offers.
N.B.:
1.
2.
3.
Tenderers are requested to attach with their offers the following:

The time required in hours of replacement of each kind of switchgear
components i.e., C.B. pole, isolator pole, earthing switch pole, etc... the
given period must cover the entire working hours including gas pumping out,
dismantling, removal, installation of new piece, adjustment, evacuation of
compartment, pumping in gas, testing and energizing and putting the
respective circuits in operation.
Referring to clause 3.1 above regarding the use of over-pressure relief
devices in the offered switchgear. Tenderers are requested to submit with
their offers, internal arcing test report of the critical compartments such as
circuit breaker or voltage transformer or cable sealing end box, etc ... with and
without the use of pressure relief devices.
The required test report must be supported by photos, oscillograms, pressure
rise curves and calculations of mechanical strength of the enclosure and
fixing bolts, strength of spacers, all in relation to the rated short circuit
current, minimum volume of gas compartments, maximum expected arc
voltage. The maximum operating time of the pressure relief disc must allow
with a good margin of the tripping of the circuit breaker due to the operation
of the main protective relays. However, tenderers are requested also to
confirm in the write-up attached with their offers that NO injury or danger
will result to personnel in the nearby of the switchgear in case of the
occurrence of such an internal fault. Offers not accompanied with the above
may not be considered.
Attention of all tenderers is drawn to the following:
If 132kV circuit breaker offered is of the same type supplied previously and
working in our network, it is a must that the tenderer should mention clearly
if any slight changes have been made on the offered one and in this case the
respective detailed workshop drawings and tests carried out on the modified
type switchgear must be submitted with the offer.
40
PART IV
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION NO.MEW/SS/4
33KV, 20KV, llKV & 6.6KV
SWITCH GEARS
4.
Switchgear:
The switchgear offered shall be of the totally enclosed, metal clad type with either
horizontal or vertical draw out I fixed C.B. with disconnections of the SF6 gas
insulated type. The design shall be such that to ensure optimum continuity and
reliability of supply as well as safety of the operators.
Offers will be only considered for switchgear suitable for installation indoors in
brick built or precast building.
The minimum impulses voltage withstand level for the various types of
switchgears shall be as follows:
33KV Switchgear
20KV Switchgear
llKV Switchgear
6.6KV Switchgear
170KV
125KV
95KV
60KV
The switchboard shall be of robust construction and shall be unaffected on whole

or part by the forces imposed by short circuit or other fault currents, operation,
installation, vibration and charges of temperature. The Switchgear shall be
generally in accordance with British Standard Specification No.l62 unless
specified otherwise herein. The busbars on the switchboard shall be arranged to
permit future extension at either side Phase rotation and color markings shall be in
accordance with British Standard Specification No .158. The circuit br",akers shall
conform to the British Standard Specification No.5311 or IEC Recommendation
No.56. All instruments, transformers, other components, all materials and
compounds used in the switchgear shall comply with the appropriate and latest
BSS unless where otherwise specified. The impulse withstand voltage for the
switchgear and circuit breakers shall not be less than specified above.
4.1
4.1.1
The Metal Clad Switchgear (air insulated type):

The switchgear shall be designed to facilitate inspection, cleaning, maintenance
and repairs. All units of the same rating shall be fully interchangeable. The
carriage of the circuit breakers shall be correctly aligned and it shall be possible to
rack the carriage in and out easily and without the application of excessive force.
A device with a mechanical advantage shall be provided for this pUl-pose where
necessary. Partitioning shall be provided between adjacent panels of the
switchgear and for compartments (i.e. cable box compartment, circuit breaker
compartments, etc.). Means of over-pressure release (due to internal flash-over)
such as hinged flap-covers, spring assisted which keeps the flap cover in normally
closed position.
41
The application of plastic rivets or screws on thl"ee sides of the flap covers will be
accepted provided two flaps of each size per substation are supplied free of
charges as spares. However, measures for ventilation must be provided where it
is necessary to avoid moisture condensation.
Switchgears of the (DUPLEX) back to back design where transfer of circuit
breakers from front to back for busbar selection will not be accepted.
The 33KV and II KV double busbars switchgears shall be provided with on load
transfer arrangement, (i.e. a suitable interlock between busbar disconnections
(isolators) and bus-coupler and bus-section circuit breakers and disconnections
(isolators) to transfer the loads from one busbar to the second one without
opening the outgoing and incoming circuit breakers. The disconnections
(isolators) shall comply with IEC 129:1975 and IEC 273:1979 as applicable.
Disconnections (isolators) can be either mechanically dJ"iven or manually
operated. Motor operated disconnections (isolators) are preferred. Local switch
operations of BIB disconnections (isolators) shall be affected from front side
unless otherwise approved. The switchgear must be dust protected and verminproof with degree of protection IP51 in accordance with IEC recommendation
144/ 1. Accordingly, when the circuit breaker is in the test position, the cubicle
front door can be completely closed to fulfill the above protection degree.
However, if the circuit breaker truck shall have its front sheet stands for a door,
thus in test position, the truck will be projecting outside the cubicles. In this case
all the live parts should be completely protected against dust and vermin and
measures provided to prevent access of vermin to the circuit breaker parts.
4.1.2
Busbars and Cable Box Compartments:

The busbars shall be of the hard drawn, high conductivity electrolytic copper I
aluminum and shall be air insulated. The busbar compartment shall be so
designed that maintenance of one set of busbars can becarried out while the other
set of busbars is alive and in this case, no live parts shall be accessible to the
operator. The shutters of the busbars compartment must ensure not to stick in
open or closed position. The main busbars of the 33KV switchgear shall be
partitioned between adjacent panels. The IIKV busbars shall be partitioned
between adj acent sections.
The shutters of the busbar compartment and cable box compartment shall open
and close simultaneously when C.B. is racked in or out respectively. However,
for maintenance purposes either set of shutters for cable or busbar side can be
closed/opened independently and shall have the independent padlocking. The use
of screen for shutters or use of removable shutters is not acceptable.
The partitioning referred to in clause 4.1 and 4.1.1 shall be by means of common
steel sheets or reinforced fiber glass of adequate thickness to oppose the dynamic
force in case of internal flash over. Calculations of strength of offered
partitioning material shall be submitted for approval. The partitioning shall have
no openings which will readily permit passage of flame, vapour or gases.
The 33KV and IIKV power cable box compartment shall be totally isolated from
other compartments such as circuit breakers, busbars and low tension
compartments and provided with its own explosion vent.
The bottom of the cable compartment shall be provided with sheets from nonferrous metal plate divided into two halves and fixed on the perimeter with
screws. These sheets shall have the appropriate holes with correct diameter,
factory made to suit the cable box arrangement.
42
However, the gap around the cables/cable boxes must be within the permissible
limit as recommended in the respective IEe standards. The above sheet shall be
one hour fire resistant. Fire resistant filling material shall be used to fill these
gaps which shall be subject to MEW approval.
4.1.3
Isolation and Interlocks:

The switchboard must be provided with an approved means of isolation of the
circuit breakers and circuits and be complete with automatic shutters to screen off
all live parts. Particular attention shall be given to the design of the spouts to
safeguard against flash overs or tracking under the high humidity and dusty
conditions. The switchgears shall be fully interlocked to prevent unauthorized or
mail operation, safety of personnel and continuity of supply are the prUne
considerations. Master keyed locks each with two individual numbered keys and
twelve master pass keys shall be included in the tender price for:
a) Locking out the breaker in the isolated position.
b) Locking movable screening" LIVE" parts.
c) Locking circuit breaker control switches where applicable.
d) Locking voltage transformer spout shutters when provided.
The maximum number of master key types suitable for above should not exceed
two.
To facilitate phasing out of any incoming circuit against either busbars,
arrangement shall be provided to enable easy manual opening of the above
moving shutters independently with the circuit breaker withdrawn, and provision
of locking any of these shutters independently in the "OPEN" or "CLOSED"
position shall be provided.
4.1.4
Tank Carriage:
Particular attention shall be paid in the design with fully interlocked controls to
prevent danger to personnel and apparatus, where wheeled carnage for the
removal of circuit breaker from the switchboard is not an integral part of the
switchgear, such carriage for each substation shall be supplied. Should the
separate carriage be a combined tank lowering device and carnage, this must be
clearly stated.
4.1.5
Current Transformers:
The contract includes the supply of all the necessary protection and instrument
current transformers as detailed in the schedule of equipment and any other
current transformers required for the proper functioning of the equipment and
indicating devices.
Protective and metering C.T.'s shall be in accordance with BSS:3938 or IEC 185.
The primary winding conductors shall have short circuit rating not less than the
associated switchgear.
The C.T. 's shall be capable of carrying an overload of 25% continuously without
injurious heating.
The current transformers shall have secondary rated 1amp or 5amps except where
specified and shall preferably be of the bar primary type.
The capacity of the C.T.'s provided shall be adequate for operating the associated
protective devices and instruments and transducers for remote metering at the
43
National Control Centre. For 33KV switchgear busbar protection, the bus section
and bus-coupler panels, each shall have two sets of cutTent transfolTllers, one on
each side of the circuit breaker. While for 33KV feeder and transfolTller circuits
one set of C.T.'s shall be installed on the line side of the C.B. and shall be the
outer most C.T for 33KV feeder and transfolTller panels. The C.T.s for
differential and over-cutTent protection shall be on the busbar side.
Each C.T. shall carry an identifying label showing serial number, turns ratio,
actual ratio, V A capacity and class. Where double ratio secondary windings are
specified, a label shall be provided indicating clearly the connections required for
either ratio. These connections and the ratio III use shall be shown on the
appropriate schematic and connection diagrams.
4.1.6
Voltage Transformers:
The voltage transformers shall be of class (I) for metering and 3 P for protection
to BSS 3941 or LEC 186. The VA capacity of the voltage transfolTllers shall be
detelTllined by the manufacturer and shall be capable of an overload of 50%
indefmitely under the worst temperature conditions encountered in Kuwait.
The voltage transfolTllers shall preferably be of the withdrawable type. The main
contact must be of the plug-in type and not of the sliding type. The voltage
transfolTller secondaries shall have protective miniature circuit breakers shall have
contacts wired to locally as well as remotely to the control board m.c.b. tripped
and this indication shall also be wired for indication at the National Control
Centre. The voltage transfolTller shall be connected in the zone protected by the
current transfolTllers for the corresponding circuit i.e. not in the busbar zone.
4.1.7
1.
Pressure Switches:
The double busbar 33KY and 11 KV switchgear shall be provided with a system
of detectors and auxiliary relays to protect the switchgear from fire breakout.
This system comprises of pressure switch located in each compartment of all
panels to sense the over-pressure due to flash-over that may occur due to
insulation breakdown. These switches shall be arranged to cut-off the electrical
supply to the faulty zone (through auxiliary relay giving total operating Time not
more than 100m.s.) and as follows:
If the pressure switch in busbar compartment operates, then all 33KV (or llKV)
incoming circuit breakers shall be tripped.
44
11.
Ill.
IV.
v.
4.2
4.2.1
If the pressure switch in one of the incoming 33KV (or IIKV) circuit breakers
compartment operates then all the 33KV (or IIKV) incoming circuit breakers
shall be tripped. Also the associated high voltage circuit breaker with that
particular transformer shall be inter-tripped.
If the pressure switch in one of the cable compartment of 33KV (or IIKV)
outgoing feeder operates, then the associated 33KV (or IIKV) out going circuit
breaker only shall be tripped.
If the pressure switch in one of the outgoing 33KV (or IIKV) circuit breaker
compartment operates then that particular circuit breaker and all the 33KV (or
IIKV) incoming circuit breakers shall be tripped.
If the pressure switch in one of the 33KV (or IIKV) incoming cable
compartment operates then the associated 33K..V (or lIKV) circuit breaker shall
be tripped. Also the associated high voltage circuit breaker with that particular
transformer shall be inter-tripped.
The tenderer shall submit with his offer enough details of the detectors proposed
indicating the operating pressure and response time. The fInal details and
arrangements shall be subject to the approval oftbe Purchaser.
Where single busbars system for 33KV and llKV switchgears are specifIed in the
Details of Equipment, these shall be provided with busbar zone protection as
described under MEW technical specifIcation No.MEW ISS/6 - Protection
Schemes.
Auxiliary alarm indication relays shall be provided and fIxed on each panei of the
control board, however, auxiliary clean contacts of these relays shall be paralleled
as one group alann for remote indication at the National Control Centre.
The SF6 gas Insulated Switchgear:
The switchgear shall be of the indoor type SF6 gas insulated suitable for
installation in brick built or pre-cast building. The design shall be such that to
ensure optimum continuity and reliability of supply as well as safety of the
operators. The switchgear for any arrangement should be such that it can be
easily extended in the future by the addition of extra feeders, B/S pr transformer
circuits without the necessity to dismantle any major part of the equipment
(C.B.'s VT's .... etc) and without the interruption of supply to any circuits more
than few hours.
The tenderer must show on the tender drawings how the extension of the
switchgear can be carried out.
For testing of the underground cables, provision shall be made on the switchgear
for easy fIxing of the test bushing without dismantling any equipment of the
switchgear such as voltage transformers, cable boxes, .. etc. The arrangement of
H.Y. testing must be shown on tender drawings.
The SF6 gas system of the switchgear shall comprise of several gas compartments
sealed from each other by gas tight bushings or barrier or cast resin material or
otherwise approved so that any leakage can be quickly localized, the risk of gas
loss is minimized and the reliability of the substation is increased to the maximum
possible extent.
For the main bus-bars of the switchgear, each section of the busbar shall be
completely separated from bus-section circuit breakers compartments and busbar
selector switches of feeder and transformer control circuits. Alternatively, the
busbars of each circuit (feeder control, transformer control, bus-coupler and bus-
45
section circuit breakers) can be completely separated from each other. In either
case, the separation shall be by gas tight compartments as described above.
The 33KV and IIKV double busbars switchgears shall be provided with on-load
transfer arrangement (i.e. a suitable interlock between busbar disconnections
(isolators) and bus-coupler and bus-section circuit breakers and disconnections
(isolators) to transfer the loads from one busbar to the second one without
opening the outgoing and incoming circuit breakers. The disconnections
(isolators) shall comply with IEC 129:1975 and IEC: 273 :197~ as applicable.
Disconnections (isolators) can be either mechanically driven or manually
operated. Motor operated disconnections(isolators) are preferred. Local switch
operations of BIB disconnections (isolators) shall be affected from front side
unless otherwise approved. The switchgear must be dust protected and verminproof with degree of protection !PSI in accordance with IEC recommendation
144/ 1.
Each switchgear gas compartment shall have a separate valve for pumping in and
out of gas. Means of periodical checking of gas pressure for maintenance
purposes shall be provided.
Each panel of the SF6 gas insulated switchgear has to be provided with a mimic
diagram to show the position of the switching devices under all service
conditions.
All interlocks that prevent potentially dangerous mal-operations must be
constructed such that they cannot be defeated easily.
Tenderers are requested to confIrm in the write-up attached with their offers and
to show on one set of switchgear construction drawings (covering feeder,
transformer, bus-section and bus-bars), the provision of pressure relief devices,
one in each SF6 gas compartment on each phase and for each bay and each busbar
section.
The details of the offered devices and recommended pressure settings shall be
attached with the cost of such shall be included in the tender prices. The rated
bursting pressure of bursting dics shall allow the operation of the main protection
relays.
The 33 KV & II KV busbar alTangement shall be as specifIed for each substation
under "Details of Equipment".
4.2.2
SF6 Gas Monitoring:

The detection and monitoring of SF6 gas pressures and alarm/trip and inter-trip
indications, all shall be provided complete with gas monitoring devices, pressure
switches for local and remote indications against loss of gas pressure. The alarm
indication shall be provided on each 33 KV and I I KV panel separate, however,
one group alarm signal shall be sent to National Control Centre.
46
Necessary means shall be provided to detect the gas compartment in which

internal arc might take place. SF6 gas checker equipment ( chemical method )
may be accepted for locating the faulty gas compartment. Complete set of SF6 gas
checker equipment together with two dozen of detecting elements as spare should
be supplied for each substation. In case any gas compartment is completely
electrically isolated and in such a case if there is a leak in that compartment then it
should not cause trippinglintertripping of any circuit breaker.
4.2.3
Bus -Bars, Insulators, ..... etc. :

The Bus-bars shall be made oflugh conductivity electrolytic copper in accordance
with BSS .159 or at least equivalent.
Each and every connection made either to a transformer, circuit breaker, or any
other bushing shall be so designed to allow for expansion or contraction in an
unrestricted manner at the bushing end, so that there is no possibility of any
stressing being imposed on the bushing insulators in any place and none of the
insulators are subjected to any part the conductor's stress caused by variation of
temperature.
Suitable arrangement shall also be made to allow for thermal expansion and
contraction of the main busbars and this shall be subjected to the approval of the
purchaser.
The busbars shall be so arranged that they may be extended in length without
difficulty. The design of connectors for the bus bars and connection to other parts
of the equipment shall be such as to permit easy dismantling for maintenance or
repair purposes.
Busbars shall be of adequate diameter to avoid initial discharge and suitable
measures shall be taken to prevent corona discharge especially at sharp edges and
corners.
Each busbar section should be securely jointed to other sections by means of high
quality bushing insulators through gas tight flanges.
4.2.4
Current Transformers:
The contract includes the supply of all the necessary protection and instrument
current transformers as detailed in the schedule of equipment and any other
current transformers required for the proper functioning of the equipment and
indicating devices.
Protective and metering c.t.'s shall be in accordance with BSS : 3938 or TEC 185.
The primary winding conductors shall have short circuit rating not less than the
associated switchgear.
The C.T.'s shall be capable of canying an overload of 25% continuously without
injurious heating.
The current transforniers shall have secondary rated I amp or 5 amps except
where specified and shall preferably be of the bar primary type.
The capacity of the C. T.' s provided shall be adequate for operating the associated
protective devices and instruments and transducers for remote metering at the
National Control Centre. For 33 KV switchgear busbar protection, the bus section
and bus-coupler panels, each shall have two sets of current transformers, one on
each side of the circuit breaker. While for 33 KV feeder and transformer circuits
one set of c.T. 's shall be installed on the line side of the C.B. and shall be the
47
outennost C.T. for 33 KV feeder and transfonner panels. The C.T.s for
differential and over-current protection shall be on the busbar side.
Each C.T. shall carry an identifying label showing serial number, turns ratio,
actual ratio, VA capacity and class. Where double ratio secondary windings are
specified, a label shall be provided indicating clearly the connections required for
either ratio. These connections and the ratio in use shall be shown on the
appropriate schematic and connection diagrams.
4.2.5
Voltage Transformers:
The voltage transformers shall be of class (l) for metering and 3 P for protection
to BSS 3941 or lEC 186. The VA capacity of the voltage transformers shall be
'1letennined by the manufacturer and shall be capable of an overload of 50%
indefinitely under the worst temperature conditions encountered in Kuwait.
For high voltage testing of cables from the remote end of cable, an isolator shall
be provided on the primary side of the voltage transfonner or any other suitable
arrangement so that this test can be carried out without the necessity of removing
any component of the switchgear such as V.T.s cable boxes, .... etc. Where such
an isolator is provided, it shall be of manual operation and with necessary
interlocks. Semaphore ON/OFF position indication shall be provided on local
control cubicle.
The voltage transformer secondary shall have 'protective miniature circuit
breakers shall have contacts wired to locally as well as remotely to the control
board m.c.b . tripped and this indication shall also be wired for indication at the
National Control Centre. The voltage transformer shall be connected in the zone
protected by the current transformers for the corresponding circuit i.e. not in the
busbar zone.
4.2.6
SF6 Gas Tightness:

Special attention should be given to SF6 gas tightness in the various
compartments of the switchgear. Tenderers shall state clearly in their offers and
guarantee the maximum SF6 gas losses (percent per year).
4.3
Earthing Switchgear:
Each switchboard shall be provided with a copper "earth bar" of sectional area of
not less than 30 x 5mm and its associated control board with an "earth bar" of not
less than 25 x 3mm. The earthing bar shall pass through along the whole length
of the board and connected to each pane\.
All metal parts of the switch board other than "LIVE" parts shall be connected to
the "earth bar" in an approved manner. All metal instrument cases shall be
connecte to the "earth bar" by conductors of not less than 2,5sq.mm cross
section.
Where necessary wiring in the switchgear is to be earthed it shall be done in
accessible place in each panel through a copper link connected to the earth bar.
All voltage transfonners shall be individually earthed in an approved manner.
48
4.4
a)
Duty of Plant:
Rating & Breaking Capacity:
All current carrying parts of the switchgear including current transformers,

isolating contacts, busbars, connections and joints shall be capable of can'ying
theirspecified rated currents continuously under the worst temperature conditions
encountered in Kuwait and in all parts the temperature rise shall be as specified in
the British Standard Specification Nos. 5311 and 159 or any other relevant British
Standard Specification, taking into consideration Kuwait' s temperature
conditions. Tenderers shall state the equivalent BSS rating alongside the Kuwait
ratings in each case.
b)
Circuit Breakers:
The circuit breakers shall be of the SF6 insulated or vacuum type an evidence to
show that the offered circuit breaker which they are offering is in service for at
least three years, must be submitted with the offer.
The SF6 gas shall be for arc interruption in the circuit breaker and which will be
of the segregated type. Each circuit breaker must be provided with gas
monitoring devices, pressure switches for local and remote alarm indications
against loss of gas pressure.
Tenderers who are offering SF6 or vacuum circuit breaker for 33KV and 11KV
switchgear must fill the appropriate details in the schedule of "General Particulars
and Guarantees" with complete and clear technical data.
Also they have to attach with their offers technical literature, description and
instructions for operation and maintenance. The short circuit current rating for
33KV switchgear shall be 16KA (lOOOMVA) and 24KA (l500MVA) at 36KV
and for 11 KV switchgear 40KA at 11KV.
The circuit breakers shall have a guaranteed capacity as specified in the "Details
of Equipment" of their respective rated voltage and must conform to British
Standard Specification No.5311 or IEC recommendation No.56. Short circuit
type test certificates for the 33kV and llkV switchgear from the internationally
recognized testing authority acceptable to the purchaser shall accompany each and
every tender to show that the circuit breaker has been fully type tested to BSS
5311 or IEC 56. The above type test certificate for each circuit breaker rating
shall be submitted with each tender.
Alternatively, if such certificates are not available, tenderers must submit a short
circuit type test certificate from an internationally recognized testing authority
acceptable to the purchaser, with each and every tender to show that the circuit
breakers had been tested for fully symmetrical short circuit MVA capacity in
accordance with BSS, IEC or VDE. In this case the successful tenderer will be
required to carry out (or produce) complete short circuit tests for each 33KV and
llKV circuit breakers rating and for the above five duties in accordance with BSS
5311 or IEC 56, at an internationally recognized testing authority before the
dispatch of the first consignment of switchgear. Such tests will be witnessed by
the Purchaser' s representative and the contractor shall afford all facilities and bear
all costs arising there from.
Where the SF6 circuit breaker is metal enclosed, tenderers are requested to show
by detailed calculations in their offers how the over pressure resulting from
internal flash over due to insulation failure or restricting of the arc released with
49
c)
reference to the operating time of the protective back up relay which can be taken
as two seconds.
Tenderers are requested to submit with their offers, details of pressure relief
arrangement adopted on the circuit breaker poles. At approval stage detailed
calculations of the strength of the C.B. components and the mode of pressure
relief against explosion shall be subject to MEW approval.
Regarding SF6 gas pressure, auxiliary SF6 piping, valves, gas density relay with
auxiliary alarm sets of contacts (one for alarm and second for lockout against
electrical and manual operation) and pressure gauge with inlet stop valves for
each circuit breaker shall be provided for continuous monitoring and periodical
checking. The alarm indication shall be provided on each 33KV and llKV panel
separate, however, one group alarm signal shall be sent to the National Control
Centre.
Normal Current Rating:
d)
The normal current ratings as specified in the attached details of equipment shall
be the normal continuous ratings under the worst temperature conditions
encountered in Kuwait.
Operation:
Operating mechanism shall be tripped free unless otherwise approved. A
mechanically operated indication shall be provided on each circuit breaker
operating mechanism to show whether the breaker is opened or closed. Also,
remote indication for open/close position of breaker shall be provided on the
control board. Means shall be provided for the manual operation of the circuit
breakers for maintenance purposes.
All manually operating gear shall be so designed to close or open the breaker by
one movement. Emergency "manual" trip shall also be provided on the
switchgear cubicle. Power supply for tripping and closing coils shall be from the
d.c. station and tripping batteries respectively.
Electrical closing devices shall operate satisfactorily between 80% and 120% of
normal voltage with coils at 52C.
In case of spring-operated mechanism, these shall be motor charged. Provision for
manual charging of spring shall be provided for emergency closing. A local
release shall be provided for with mechanically indication of spring charged
condition. A 433volts, 3 phase or 250 volts single phase, 50 cycles supply shall
be used for the motors. The closing springs must be suitable for charging while
circuit breaker is closed and the closing mechanism when charged, shall not
operate by vibration caused by the circuit breaker on a fault.
Automatic spring re-charging shall be provided on each circuit breaker. For the
purpose of load shedding, the 33 KV circuit breakers closing operating must be
possible without the need for manual or motor charging. Therefore, the closing
operation, after tripping, can be effected remotely from the National Control
Centre immediately.
4.5
Auxiliary Switches and Contactors:

Circuit breakers shall be provided with suitably rated auxiliary switches (and
contactors) necessary for the various purposes and services as required by this
specification.
Auxiliary contactors shall be provided only where the circuit requirements cannot
be met by the auxiliary switchgear arrangement. Contactor coils shall be capable
50
of operation within the same voltage limits as specified for the associated circuit
breaker spring release and trip coils.
Four spare auxiliary switches ( two normally opened and two normally closed)
shall be provided on each circuit breaker. However, these contacts shall be wired
to the associated low tension compartments.
The connection of all auxiliary switches (and contactors as well as the associated
coil connections and interconnections between auxiliary switches, shall be wired
to a terminal board located in the operating cubicles or other approved positions.
4.6
Pilot Cable Marshalling Cabinets:

It is the general practice in Kuwait, to lay 16-core pilot cables with each II kV
feeder and 34-core pilot cable with each 33 KV feeder. These pilot cables are
used for solkor pilot wire protection inter-tripping between substations,
telecontrol, telesignalling and telemetering to National Control Centre as well as
telephone communication.
The telephone and indication cores are 0.9 mm diameter and protection cores are
2.5 sq. mm conductors. The pilot conductors are impregnated paper or
polyethene insulated, polythene sheathed steel wire armoured and PVC overall
sheathed cables.
One sheet steel cabinet shall be provided in the 11 KV switchgear room to receive
the 16-core pilot cables associated with 11 kV feeders. One similar cabinet shall
be provided in the 33 KV switohgear room to receive the 34-core cable associated
with 33 KV cables.
The cabinet shall be suitable for floor mounting with double leaf lift off doors and
reasonable dust, damp and vermin proof.
34-way terminal blocks, one per feeder circuit (including future circuit) shall be
provided inside the cabinet and arranged to receive multi-core cables. The
tenninal blocks shall be of the type having insulated bridging plugs. (Mis
Standard Telephone and Cables Ltd., produces a suitable type). The plug shall be
either color coded or numbered to facilitate easy identifications. A 66-way
terminal block shall be installed and wired in the marshalling cabinet associated
with the 11 KV circuits (see drawing No. MD/76C).
Two additional 34-way terminal blocks shall be provided for each cabinet for
substation services and arranged to permit routing of circuits selectively through
pilot cables. For the pilot cable marshalling cabinets associated with the 11 KV
cables, 20-way terminal blocks shan be provided but number of blocks shall be as
above. The terminal blocks shall be suitable to receive wires terminated with
lugs. However, all connections other than the pilot cable side shall be included in
the tender price.
Provisions shall be made for bottom entry of pilot cable and suitable brass glands
of the compression type shan be provided. Sinlilarly, suitable entries shall be
provided for control cable tenninations from the switchgear control board and
other apparatus within the substation. Each tenninal block shall be clearly
labelled.
The pilot cable marshalling cabinets shall be provided with copper earthing bar
(25 x 3mm) with adequate number of holes with proper screws, washers and nuts
for earthing the pilot cable armour and pilot core screens. For internal wiring of
the marshalling cabinets, this shall run in adequate plastic open ducts with
removable covers properly fixed to the cabinet wall.
51
The internal looping between tenninal blocks in the same cabinet shall be made to
site Engineer' s satisfaction.
The control cables for connection between the marshalling cabinets and the
remote control board/relay board shall be fire-proof and allocated as follows and
subject to site Engineer's approval.
1.
Two cables each 6-core, 2.5 sq.mm. PVC sheathed and annoured for each feeder
circuit. The six cores of the first cable shall be 2-cores for inter-trip, 3-core for
solkor and 2-cores as spare. The solkor and inter-trip protection pairs shall each
be separately screened. The second cable to be used for alarms e.g. 33KV cable
oil pressure alarm, etc.
11.
The insulation level of the tenninal blocks, wiring, control cabling to the control
and relay board shall be 5 KV for 33 kV and II kV cabinets. Tenderers are
requested to submit with their offers, drawings of the marshalling cabinets
showing the arrangement for the tenninal blocks, surge arrestors.
This has to be complete with technical data and details which shall be subject to
the Purchaser's approval.
Attached drawings MDI7I421-B, MD/75-B & MD/76-C showing the typical
arrangement of the required wiring for the 132 KV, 33 KV and 11 KV pilot cable
marshalling cabinets.
All control cables and connections between the marshalling cabinets and
substation equipment and to oil tank pits for 33 KV oil filled cables are included
in this contract. For the outgoing circuits, two core control cables for each circuit
should be provided for oil tank pits, each cable about 35 meters long.
Tenderers are requested to allow in their offers for the supply and erection of the
following accessories:
Hot dip galvanized steel supporting channels complete with cable cleats, clamps,
screws, nuts, etc. There shall be at least two horizontal channels properly fixed to
the basement wall with reasonable spacing. All the control cables and future pilot
cables (supplied by others) shall be mounted on these channels.
Necessary pilot cable holding rings, clips, lugs and earthing wires. Clamps for
earthing the armour wires and screen of these pilot cables. The arrangement of
this earthing shall be subject to the Purchaser' s approval. However, it shall be
carried out to the satisfaction of the site Engineer.
1Il.
IV.
4.7
Cable Terminal Boxes:
a)
llKV Cables: (Feeder Circuits)

Each feeder cable end and dividing box shall be suitable to receive 300
sq.mm. 3-core
II KV copper conductors XLPE insulated SWA screened
cable and shall be complete with compression type cable lugs, compression
type brass glands, wire armour clamps and earth bonding clamps, connection
copper bonding strips and one set of compression tools for tennination
/jointing type HT 130 C of MIS Cambre or Type Y-35 of MIS BICC make.
Tools and accessories for jointing work have to be supplied with each
substation(complete sets of copper lugs) have to be provided for each 11 kV
feeder and the cost of such as well as for the sets of tools have to be included
in the tender price.
Termination of the II kV feeders shall be of the heat shrinkable type and the
52
design shall facilitate jointing and provide sufficient space for crossing of
cores and earthing of screens without damage to the insulation when phasing
out.
It is to be noted that the length from the crutch of the cable to the cable
terminal lug shall be about 630 sq.mm and accordingly all components of
the heat shrinkable termination ssuch as non-tracking, stress control tubing,
insulating sleeve, boots, etc. shall be suitable for this length.
The glands shall be of the compression type and made of brass with intemal
diameter of minimum 72 mm together with copper bonding facility for
earthing. Regarding cable lugs, this shall be of the compression type made of
copper with single hole of 17 mm diameter on the flat palm of the lug for
connection.
All the above components for termination and connection shall be supplied
for all feeders and the cost of such shall be included in the offer price.
The cable box compartment shall be completely vermin-proof and
compression glands shall be provided for II KV cable entry. Further,
pressure relief arrangement should be provided.
b)
i)
132133 KY, 132/11.5 KV and 33/11.5 KY Transformer Circuits:

11 KV Cable Termination Boxes:
ii)
The cable end box of the 132/11.5 KV transformers on the II KV switchgear

panels shall be suitable to receive nine single core 630 sq.mm. PTLC&S
IIKV cables of copper conductors (3 cables per phase). For 33/11.5 KV
transformer, the cable end sealing box shall be suitable to receive six single
core 630 sq.mm. PILC&S II KV copper cables (2 cables per phase).
Termination of the I1KV cables shall be of the heat shrinkable type complete
with compression copper lugs and brass wiping glands.
33 KY Cable Terminal Boxes:
The cable sealing end box of the 132/33 KV transformers on the 33 KV
switchgear panels shall be suitable to receive six single core 1000 sq.rnrn.
PILC&S or XLPE 33 KV cables with copper conductors (two cables per
phase).
For 33/11.5 KV transformers, the cable boxes of33 KV side shall be similar
to the above but suitable to receive three single core 240sq.mm. 33 KV
PILC&S cables or XLPE cable.
The above cable boxes under " b" (i & ii) shall be complete with flexible
links, cable lugs, brass wiping glands, earth bonding clamps and connection
to the earthing bar.
The boxes shall be designed for compound filling with markings to indicate
the recommended compound level for various ambient temperatures. The
design shall facilitate jointing without excessive bonding or stress on the
bushings. All jointing material and compound shall be included in the tender
pnce.
c)
33KV Cables: (Feeder Circuits)

Each 33 KV cable feeder panels shall be provided with a cable end sealing
box suitable to receive three single core 400 sq.mm. 33 KV PILC&S cables.
The boxes shall be complete with flexible terminations, cable lugs, brass
wiping glands, earth bonding clamps and connections to earth bar.
53
The boxes shall be designed for compound filling. All jointing malen al and
compound will be included.
NB: Cable boxes shall be separated from all other compartments such as C.B. s,
busbar and low tension compartments, etc. Arrangement of cable boxes shall
be approved by the Purchaser.
d)
1110.433 KV Station Transformer Circuits, llKV Cable Termination

Boxes:
The cable end boxes of the 1110.433 KV transformer's II KV switchgear
panel shall be suitable to receive 185 sq.mm 3-core stranded copper
conductor, XLPE insulated and PVC sheathed, wire armoured and overall
PVC sheathed llKV cables . .
The I I KV switchgear cable terminal boxes for the station transformer shall
be of the h eat shrinkable type and the design shall facilitate jointing and
provide sufficient space for crossing of cores and earthing of screens without
damage to the insulation when phasing out. The boxes shall be complete
with compression type cable lugs and compression type brass glands, wire
armouring and earth bonding clamps.
4.8
Switchgear Earthing Devices:

Provision shall be made for earthing of power cables, transformers and the
busbars of 33 kV and 11kV switchboards. The earthing shall be through a fault
making earth switch fully interlocked.
Earthing devices shall be fully interlocked with the circuit breaker and lor
isolators (as applicable) and shall be capable of closing on a three phase short
circuit current of 26.3 KA, 17.5 KA for 1500 MY A and 1000MVA 33kV
switchgear respectively and 40KA , 650MYA at H KVwithout sustaining any
damage or endangering the operator. Evidence of testing the earthing devices for
this duty should be submitted with the offer. Busbar earthing switches cannot be
closed unless all corresponding busbar selection isolatorlcircuit breakers (as
applicable) are in open position. Also when the earthing switch is in the closed
position, it should not be possible to close the corresponding busbar
isolatorslbreakers as applicable. Earthing busbars shall be made at either the buscoupler or bus-selection panel and electrical interlocking to the respective C.Bs or
disconnections shall be provided and approved by MEW.
Key-switch
interlocking will not be accepted.
4.9
Testing Plu!!s :
Each switchboard shall be provided with two sets of 3-phase test plugs fully
insulated for test voltage usually applied to switchboard and cables. Terminals for
the test plugs shall be arranged to receive flexible conductors up to 185 sq. mm.
Single core cable normally used for current injection tests.
4.10
Grounding of Power Transformer Neutrals:

The neutral point of each of the power transformers shall be separately and
individually earthed through a metallic earthing resistor. The earthing resistor
shall be one of the following sizes:
For 132/33 KV Transformers:
54
24 ohms for 75 MVA

39 ohms for 45 MVA
For 1321 11.5 kV Transforms:
8 ohms 30MYA
For 33111.5 kV Transformers:
10.5 ohms for 20115 MY A
The earthing arrangements shall comprise the above resistor connected to the
transformer neutral from one end by means of solid PILC underground cables
through suitable bolted copper links together with the necessary separate cores of
current transformers for restricted earth fault and standby ElF protections housed
in steel cabinets ( one independent cabinet for each transformer )which shall be
fitted with the relevant cable and boxes for connection of the incoming.. and
outgoing neutral cables. The resistors as well as the cabinets shall be located in a
separate room and the arrangements shall be subject to the Purchaser's approval.
4.10.1 Neutral Cabinets, Earthing Links and Current Transformers:
For each transformer, one sheet cabinet shall be provided. The cabinet shall be
floor mounted with suitable front door and key switch. The cabinet shall be
reasonably dust protected and vermin-proof. Inside the cabinet, there will be a
protective wire mesh with danger sign against touch of the equipment inside the
cabinet. This mesh will be fixed by screws around the perimeter to prevent
accidental touch of the main circuit components.
For neutral cable connections, each cabinet shall be provided with the necessary
cable end boxes for single core solid cables; one for incoming from transformer
low tension cable-box suitable for PILC & S or XLPE cables and the second for
outgoing XLPE insulated PVC sheathed cable to the earthing resistor.
The current transformers for REF protection shall be mounted on the incoming
cable, while that for standby protection shall be mounted before the earthing link
for resistor. In case the earthing resistor is out of service for repair or maintenance
a provision shall be made for fixing the copper earthing link to achieve a direct
connection to ground through a copper busbar 40 x 10 sq. mm. or 400 sq.mm.
stranded conductor suitably insulated and which shall be subject to MEW
approval.
The copper earthing links shall be fixed by bolts and nuts, however, insulated
from the mounting steel frames provided in the cabinet for this purpose.
The physical dimensions, clearances and details of the earthing link shall be
subject to the Purchaser's approval. The cabinet and all supporting frames shall be
connected to the indoor substation earthing ring by means of25 x 3 sq.mm. bar or
75 sq.mm. stranded copper conductor.
55
The earthing links as well as the current transformers shall be insulated for the
line voltage of the low voltage side of the associated power transformers and shall
be capable of carrying the maximum possible ground fault current for each circuit
connection, i.e., through earthing resistor and direct to ground for the specified
durations.
Since the earthing resistor circuit will be normally in operation, only one copper
earthing link shall be provided and which shall be transferred to the direct
connection to ground in abnormal or routine maintenance cases. This request is
applicable only if the two links provided are identical, otherwise two links have to
be provided for each transfonner cabinet.
4.11
i)
Neutral Earthing Resistors:

33 KV System Neutral Earthing Resistors:
ii)
24 ohms neutral earthing metallic resistor shall be supplied for earthing the
neutral of the 132/33 KV, 75 MVA and, 30 ohms for earthing the neutral of the
132/33 KV 45 MY A transformers.
The resistor shall be capable of carrying the earth fault current of 800 Amps. for
24 ohms resistors and 500 Amps. for 39 ohms resistors for a period of 30 seconds
at an ambient temperature of 52 C without mechanical damage, internal flashover
or movement and with a total temperature rise not exceeding that stated in the
schedule of guarantees. The resistance shall limit the initial fault current on the
application of full phase voltage of 10 KV to 800 Amps. for 24 ohms resistor and
500 Amps for 39 ohms resistor at an ambient temperature of 52 C.
The resistor shall be unbreakable and rustless. The bank forming the resistance
shall be assembled in frames mounted on common base channels and suitably
screened with expanded metal so that no live metal is exposed. The top shall be
drip proof and suitable for indoor installation. Suitable studs shall be provided for
earthing the protective metallic housing (screen).
A 33 KV cable sealing end box shall be provided for high voltage connection
suitable to receive 1000 sq. mm. 33 KV single core XLPE insulated and PVC
sheathed cables for the 75 MYA transformers or to receive 500 sq. nun. 33 KV
single core XLPE insulated and PVC sheathed cables for the 45 MVA
transformers.
A bar type insulated terminal shall be provided for the outgoing earthing
connections, not less than 400 sq. mm. Cross-section area, suitably insulated.
11 KV System Neutral Earthing Resistors:
8 and 10.5 ohms metallic type earthing resistors shall be supplied for earthing the
neutral of the 132111.5KV and 33111.5KV transformers.
The rating of the neutral earthing resistor shall be 800 Amps. for the 8 oh..-ns
resistor and 600 Amps. for the 10.5 ohms resistor respectively.
The resistor shall be as follows: One unbrealcable, rustles earthing resistor for use
in the neutral of 11 KV 3-phase 50 Hz , system to limit the initial fault current on
the application of
full phase to neutral voltage of 6350 volts, to 800/600
Amps at an ambient temperature of 52C. The resistance consist of grids of
standard sheradized metal material built into banks fitted with mica and micanite
primary insulation and porcelain secondary insulation.
The resistor shall be capable of carrying the fault current of 800/600 Amps. for a
period of 30 seconds at an ambient temperature of 52 C without mechanical
damage, internal flashover or movement.
56
The banks fOlnling the resistance to be assembled in frames mounted on common

. base channels and suitably screened by expanded metaL The roof to be drip-proof
and suitable for indoor installation.
A cable sealing box shall be provided for the incoming single core 630 sq .mm. 11
KV, XLPE insulated and PVC sheathed cable. A bar type insulated terminal shall
be provided for the outgoing each connection not less than 400 sq.nun. cross
section area suitably insulated. Suitable studs shall be provided for earthing the
protective metallic housing (screen).
4.12
Special Equipment: (for 33/11 KV substations only)

Tenderers are required to include in their offers for the provision of the following
equipment where SF6 33 KV and lor 11 KV SF6 insulated circuit breakers or
switchgear are offered. The cost of these equipments shall be included in the
tender pllce:
1.
2.
3.
4.
4.13
SF6 handling unit complete with vacuum pumps, compressor valves, pressure
gauges, etc.
SF6 gas leakage detector
SF6 gas bottles complete with gas sufficient for filling 3 phase of two 33KV and
two llKV bays.
Any other portable pressure meters necessary for periodical maintenance of the
SF6 circuit breakers or switchgear. The respective technical pamphlets of the
above equipment to be attached to the offer.
Switchgear Factory Testing:
The contractor shall carry out all routine and type tests in accordance with
relevant British Standard or I.E.C. specifications unless otherwise approved. The
contractor shall carryout any additional test that are in the opinion of the
Purchaser or his representative necessary to
determine that the work complies with this specification.
a) Routine Tests for Circuit Breakers: (as per BSS 5311 and 9230)
i) Voltage tests on control and auxiliary circuits.
ii) Millivolt drop test across circuit breaker contacts and between terminals
iii) Power Frequency high voltage test in accordance with BSS 5311 and 5162 as
applicable.
iv) Mechanical operating tests.
b)
i)
Type Tests:
Mechanical endurance tests for 33 KV and 11 KV circuit breakers. Each type
of circuit breaker shall be operated 5000 times at least 10 percent of which
shall be make-break operations, where the operating mechanism shall be in
service during this test.
ii) Temperature rise test in accordance with BSS: 5311 and 1622 as applicable.
This test shall be carried out on each type of switchgear and for each circuit
breaker rating.
iii) Impulse voltage withstands tests.
57
Note: 1-
2-
A type test certificate for the temperature rise tests can be accepted in lieu of
this test.
For endurance tests, this can be waived provided that such test were
performed on similar equipment supplied to MEW previously.
The impulse withstand voltage test must be carried out as the switchgear is
assembled in service, i.e. with the additional fire protection equipment
installed such as smoke detectors and fire fighting gas nozzles and associated
plpmg.
58
PART V
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION MEW/SS/S
POWER TRANSFORMERS
5. Power Transformer.
5.1
Type:
The transformer shall be of the double wound core type, three phase, oil
immersed, natural oil circulation type suitable for outdoor installation and
operation under the climatic conditions referred to in the specification Clause
NoJ.4.
All transformers shall be provided with the required accessories as specified in the
"Details of Equipment" .
The transformers shall strictly comply with the British Standard Spec. No.1?],
unless otherwise stated in this specification.
5.2
Continuous Maximum rating:

The transformers shall be capable of carrying their specified load continuously
under the worst temperature conditions encountered in Kuwait, and at any
tapping, without the temperature rise of oil in the hottest region exceeding 40C as
measured by thermometer and that of the winding 50C as measured by winding
resistance. For cast resin insulated station transformers, temperature rise shall not
exceed 80C as measured by resistance.
If any transformer exceeds the above temperature rise limits on the test it may be
. rejected. All Tenderers shall state in the schedule of Guarantees the equivalent
BSS continuous maximum rating for the transformers offered.
5.3
Method of Cooling:
The cooling of the transformers shall be by natural oil circulation in external
banks of cooling radiators. The external cooling medium shall be natural air or
air blast as detailed in the "Details of Equipment", except where otherwise
specified.
5.4
Voltage Ratio:
The voltage ratio of the transformers on nominal tappings and a non-load shall be
as specified in the "Details of Equipment".
The high voltage windings shall have tapings, arranged to give vanatlOns of
transformation ratio in steps as specified in the "Details of Equipment".
5.5
Impedance Voltage & Regulation:

The impedance at normal ratio and M.C.R. ( Maximum Continuous Rating) shall
be as specified in the "Details of Equipment".
The voltage regulations from on-load to continuous maximum rated output at 1.0
power factor and 0.8 lagging power factor shall be as stated in schedules.
59
5.6
a)
Electrical Connections:
The transformers shall be in accordance with BSS.171 as follows:300/132 KV transformers:
H.V. winding
Star
L.V. winding
Star
Vector Group - YNyno (with tertiary compensation winding)
b)
132/33 KV & 33/11.5 KV Transformers:

H.V. winding
Delta
L. V. winding - Star
Vector Group - Dy 11
c)
132/11.5 KV Transformers:
H.V. winding - Delta
L.V. winding - Zig-Zag
Vector Group - DZIO
d)
11/0.433 KV Station Transformers:

H.V. winding
Delta
L.V. winding - Star
Vector Group
Dy 11
5.7
Dutv Under Fault Conditions:

All the transformers shall be capable of withstanding without damage or distress
any external fault between phases for THREE seconds, with the voltage on other
side of the transformer maintained at its full normal value.
5.8
ParaDel Operation:
The transformers of each type shall be designed for operating in parallel. In
addition, the transformers shall be designed to operate in parallel with additional
similar transformers that may be installed in the future.
5.9
Insulation Level:
All transformers insulation level shall be standard I to BSS 171 for the system
highest voltages corresponding to the operating voltage ratings 275 KV, 132 KV,
33 KV and II KY.
5.10
Harmonic Voltage:
The d'esign of the transformers shall be such as to suppress voltage harmonics
(particularly third and fifth ) to a minimum, to eliminate wave distortion and high
frequency disturbances.
5.11
Vibration &Noise:
Every care shall be taken to reduce noise and vibration to the level obtained in
good modern practice. Since these substations will be installed in residential
areas, therefore the noise level outside the transformer housing shall not exceed
the specified limits in VDE standard for such areas. However, a noise level of 50
db at a distance of 30 meters is acceptable.
60
The Tenderer shall submit the details of the tests and method adopted to measure
the noise level in the factory. This test is to be carried out in presence of the
InspectorlEngineer appointed by MEW. Cladding of transformer room walls with
special material to obtain the required limit of noise level may be adopted.
However, The cost of such be included in the tender price. It shall be noted that
above mentioned limit of noise level shall be when the transformer is fully loaded
and all the blowers are running.
5.12
Windings:
The designed maximum current density in the windings of the transformers shall
not exceed 2.6 amperes per sq.mm. at continuous maximum rating of the
transformer with normal voltage and frequency. In the case of air blast cooled
transformers, this current density may be increased (0 a maximum of 3.4
Amps/sq. mm.
The conductors shall be make from high conductivity electrolytic copper of best
quality. All windings shall be fully insulated as defined in BSS. All neutral
points shall be insulated for full line voltage, expect for the 300/132 kV
transformer stated elsewhere in the specification. Tenderers shall submit drawings
with their offers showing types of windings, methods of bracing and clamping,
details of oil cooling ducts with dimensions and state what precautions are taken
to prevent shrinkage of insulating material in service, particular attention must be
given to the bracing of the winding and terminals to withstand shocks which may
occur during handling and transport having regard to the rough handling to be
expected during unloading in Kuwait. Foil spiral type winding is not acceptable.
5.13
Core:
The core shall be constructed of the best quality low loss, cold rolled, grain
oriented electrical steel laminations.
The flux density in any part of the core shall not exceed 17500 lines per net
square centimeter at normal voltage and frequency.
The core shall be provided with an ample number of cooling channels in order to
ensure its proper circulation of oil and efficient cooling.
All core plates shall be insulated from one another to reduce the core loss to a
minimum and the core shall be held together by bolts and clamping plates to keep
the magnetic noise at a minimum level. All bolts and clamps shall be adequately
insulated. The completed core shall be provided with lifting eyes to facilitate its
removal from transformers. All steel sections used for supporting the core are to
be thoroughly sand blasted after cutting, drilling and welding. Design of
supporting frame shall take into consideration complete emptying of tank through
a drain-valve, the avoidance of movement of the core relative to the tank during
transport, installation and operation.
Details of earthing of the inactive part and screening of the core if applied to be
submitted with the offer.
61
5.14
Insulation:
All insulations of the transformers shall be class' A' in accordance with BSS
2757, ( except where another class is specified ). The winding shall be insulated
with best quality paper and treated to prevent the formation of acid in the
insulating oil. The transformers will be connected to a system which is earthed as
follows :300 KV System
Solidly earthed
132 KV System
Solidly earthed
33 KV System
Earthed through resistors of 39 ohms and 24 ohms
for 45 and 75 MYA transformers respectively.
Earthed through resistors of 8 ohms and 10.5 oluns
11 KV System
for 13211 I KV and 33/11 KV transformers respectively.
Over voltage can occur due to exposure of the system to lightning and switching
surges. The neutral shall be insulated for system line toline voltage, except for
3001132 KV transformers where the neutral shall be insulated for phase-to-earth
voltage.
5.15
On - Load Voltage Control:

Where on-load tap change is specified, the transformers shall be provided with
ON-LOAD TAP CHANGE equipment to vary the effective transformation ratio
without producing phase displacement. The tap change shall be effected on the
high voltage winding. The transformer tap change equipment control shall be of
the Dummy Master and Follower Type i.e. each group of transformers change
simultaneously. Provision shall be made for a Dummy Master to control three or
four transformers in each group.
The oil in the chamber housing the tap changer selector switch may be in
commllllication with the oil in the main transformer tank, but the tap change
circuit making and breaking switch shall be accommodated in separate oil filled
chamber separated from the main transformer tank. The duty rating of the
switches shall have a continuous maximum rating of the transfOimer and shall
give trouble free operation under Kuwait Conditions. Limited devices shall be
provided to limit the operation of switches to the range of tapping specified.
The tap-changer shall be of the fast resistor type and shall be continuously rated
for operation under Kuwait Conditions and at the extreme positions of the tapchange winding. The equipment shall be designed to ensure that when a tap
change has commenced it shall be completed independently of the operation of
the control relays or switches. In the event of failure of auxiliary electrical
supply during a tap change or any other contingency, which would result in the
tap change not being completed, approved means shall be provided to safe-guard
the transformers and auxiliary apparatus.
The equipment shall be arranged for operation as desired giving the fo llowing
selections:-
62
a) On-load automatic group operation from the master control.

b) On-load manual remote group operation
c) Individual automatic operation of each transformer
d) Individual manual remote operation of each transformer
e) Individual manual hand gear operation of each transformer
f) Individual local electrical operation of each transformer
g) Anyone transformer as individual and the other two/three in parallel
The equipment to be supplied by the Tenderer shall be arranged to comply with
the following:1. The hand gear operation of mechanism shall be interlocked to prevent the
electrical motor drive operation while the hand gear is in use.
2. It shall not be possible for any two electrical points to be in operation
simultaneously.
3. Operation from any control switch shall cause one tap movement only unless
the control switch is returned to the Off position between succesSIve
operations.
4. All electrical control switching and hand operating gear shall be clearly
labelled to indicate the direction of tap change.
5. The local control switches and other apparatus shall be mounted inside the
marshalling kiosks.
6. A mechanical tap position indicator shall be fitted on the transformer and
shall be visible from ground level. A device for registering the total number
of tap change operations and a hand reset register device for counting tap
change operation between periods of maintenance shall be fitted.
7. A remote indicating device shall be provided for installation in the control
room. The device shall indicate the tap positions and shall be scaled 1-21.
8. The tap-change drive mechanism shall be provided with a separate contact
row with 2 I positions for remote supervisory indications. The contacts shall
be potential free and wired to the telemetry cabinet without the insertion of
tap-position transducer or resistance box, since the tap positions are required
to be signaled to the National Control Centre as indications and not as
measurements.
9. The automatic voltage regulation shall be initiated by means of voltage
regulator relay. This relay shall close the "Raise" or "Lower" contacts when
the voltage falls or rises by an amount equal to a preset voltage deviation
valve. A time delay element shall be provided to give a variable setting
range of 20 to 120 seconds.
The response time should be inversely proportional to the voltage deviation.
In case of severe voltage drop under fault conditions of the high voltage
system the regulator should lockout through no-volt contacts by means of
voltage-setting adjustable in the range between 70% and 90% of the desired
voltage.
The sensitivity of the relay shall be adjustable between 0.5% and 3%
either variable or in steps.
63
10. In the event of the transformers forming a group and operating in parallel
getting out of step due to faulty tap change operation, a device shall be
connected in the control system to make inoperative the automatic "Tap
Change". This device shall set off an alarm to indicate the condition
electrically at a remote point. The device shall be of the hand reset type.
The device should also be provided with additional clean set of auxiliary
contacts (potential free) and wired to suitable terminal blocks in the control
panel or tap change control desk for use as an alarm to the "Remote
Supervisory and Control Center" of the Purchaser's system .
II. Out --{)f-step relays of tap changes should have an adjustable time-lag of 0.20
seconds.
12. Step-by-step description of operating sequence should be given for all
automatic tap change control with the aid of a comprehensive
schematic drawing.
13. A warning lamp should be connected to the control system to indicate that
tap-changing is in progress.
14. Tap-changing will be transmitted to the "Remote Supervisory and Control
Center" of the
Purchaser for "Data Logging Purchases". This applies
when transformer is set on manual
and either set on individual or master
shall be subject to the
in case of parallel with other transformers. Details
purchaser's approval. All necessary wiring for the above should be
brought to a suitable terminal block in the control panel.
15. The tap-changing driving mechanism shall be fully rated for the worst
temperature conditions in Kuwait. The summer sun temperature causes
heating of surfaces exposed to the direct sunshine as follows:Assume a cube with surfaces on the Top, North, South, East and West sides
Top side maximum average temperature

West side maximum average temperature
South side maximum average temperature
East side maximum average temperature
North side maximum average temperature
'--
70C
63C
60C
55C
52C
All motors, contactors, contactors, clutches and brakes shall be designed to

give trouble free operation and shall be robust construction to prevent
distortion due to variations in temperatures that can occur in Kuwait during
the year. The contactors shall have silver plated contacts and where
necessary, shall be of the self-wiping type. The current carrying capacity
shall be derated to 80% selection switch chamber and the conservator tank
with the latest relevant B.S.S. Tenderers shall state the BSS and Kuwait
Ratings in their offers.
Similarly, cables shall be derated to 70% of the BSS rating.
5.16
Off-Load Tap Change;

Where off-load (off-circuit) tap change is specified, the transformers shall be
provided with "Off load Tap Change" equipment to vary the effective
transformation ratio without producing phase displacement.
64
The tap change shall be effected on the high voltage windings of the transformers.
The range of the tap change and the number of steps and the size of each step
shall be as specified in the "Details of Equipment".
5.17
Main Tank:
The main tank shall be designed to house the transformer core and windings and
arranged to prevent any movement of the core structure inside the tank. Provision
shall be made to enable the core to be lifted out with case for maintenance
inspection.
The tank shall be of mild steel plate construction of adequate dimensions braced
and reinforced where necessary to prevent any distortion due to transportation,
lifting, internal pressure, and temperature variations.
The top of tank shall have provision to give access to terminations of windings,
earthing points ... etc, without completely draining the tank of oil.
Each transformer tank shall be fitted with suitable skids for mounting on preprepared concrete foundations provided. Where transformers with wheels are
provided, necessary rails and fixing clamps shall be provided at no extra cost.
The whole of the tank and fittings shall be sand blasted inside and outside to
remove all scale and rust before painting. The inside of the tank shall be painted
with an approved oil resisting varnish. The tank shall be provided with hauling
lugs of adequate strength for withdrawal of the transformer in an out of the
transformer bay.
One set of the necessary steel ropes, slings, tackles, jacks required for erection
shall be provided.
5.18
Jacking Lugs:
Each transformer shall be provided with at least four jacking lugs located near the
four corners of the transformer tank. The lugs shall be approximately 50cms
above the ground level.
5.19
Conservator:
A conservator tank shall be located conveniently on the top of the tank. Suitable
oil gauges shall be provided at each end which can be easily read from the ground
level. The temperature range to be expected under Kuwait's conditions in the
open is-6 c to 84C.
The conservator tank shall be of two sections (one for main tank and the second
for the tap-changer). Each is provided with filling cap, drain and oil sampling
valve device.
The pipe connections from the conservator to the main tank and tap change
selector switch chamber shall be designed to have smooth run without sharp
bends.
All pipes connected to the conservator tank shall protrude at least five cms above
the bottom of the tank.
The oil level gauges shall be of the magnetic type with contacts for local and
remote supervisory low oil level alarm indications.
65
5.20
Cooling Radiators:
The banks of cooling radiators of the transformers shall be designed and arranged
so that they are detachable from the main tank for purposes of transport. Valves
shall be provided to shut off the oil leaving the main tank in to the cooling tanks.
Air vent holes and drain plugs shall be provided on the banks to facilitate filling
and draining of the banks on site. The tube bank shall be connected to the main
tank by bolted flange joints.
5.21
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
5.22
Valves:
Drain valves shall be provided to completely drain the main tank, the conservator
tank, the tap change apparatus chambers, cooling tube banks and disconnecting
link chambers.
Set valves with clearly marked position indicators and padlocking facilities shall
be provided between:
The main tank and conservator.
The conservator and tap selection switch chamber.
The conservator and each cable disconnecting link chambers.
Between main tank and cooling tube banks.
Oil sampling valve device shall be provided at suitable points on the main tank,
the tube banks and tap change selection switch chamber, and the conservator tank.
Aluwjnqffi values are not apcepta.ble.
Explosion Vent:
An explosion vent shall be provided on the main tank and arrangements shall be
provided to prevent ingress of rain water and sand when the relief diaphragm is
ruptured. When metallic diaphragms are used, then every protective measure
must be taken to have them not in contact with p01luted atmospheric conditions.
Alternatively, pressure relief device can be used with auxiliary contacts wired for
local and remote alarm indication.
5.23
Breather:
Each portion of the conservator vessel shall be fitted with Silica Gel Breather with
replaceable elements. The breather shall be arranged at such a height that it may
be readily accessible from ground level and suitable observation window to be
provided in the breather.
5.24
Earthing Terminals:
Suitable earthing terminals for earthing the tank structure shall be fitted close to
each of the four comers of the tank so that connections to the earth terminals can
be made to suit local conditions.
5.25
Gaskets & Joints:

All gaskets used for making oil tight joint shall conform to B.S. AU 12011966 and
B.S. 306311965 as applicable, taking into account Kuwait's temperature
conditions. A sample of gaskets material together with technical data shall be
submitted for approval. All power transformers rated 15 MYA and above should
be provided with ladder for easy climbing for maintenance purpose. This ladder
66
should be detachable type but should be attached to each transformer.

5.26
Rating and Diagram Plates:

Each transformer shall be provided with substantial brass or stainless steel
diagram and rating plates and shall give all information relating to the transformer
and cooling medium.
The following information shall be inc1uded:Rating in MVA or KV A
Temperature rise by oil
C
Temperature rise by resistance
C
Volts at no load and normal tapping:
H.V. Side
L.V. Side
Current at rated capacity and normal tapping:
H.V. Side
------------------L.V. Side
Impedance voltage at normal ratio
%
Short circuit current:
H.V. Side
---------Amps.
L.V. Side
---------Amps.
Seconds
Duration of short circuit current:
Number of phases
Diagram of connections
Manufacturer's Serial No.
Frequency
Vector group reference and diagram
Weight of oil
Total weight of transformer
Quantity of oil in liters
Year of manufacture
Purchaser's name and address
The plates shall not be less than 2.5 rnm thick and the marking shall be engraved
thereon and the background being filled in black.
5.27
Disconnecting Link Chamber:

The winding terminals of the transformers other than station transformers shall be
arranged to be brought out to the cable termination boxes through a separate oil
filled disconnecting link chamber. Each camber shall be connected to the oil
conservator by means of pipes not less than 12.5rnm LD. and fitted with a control
valve.
Each chamber shall be provided with a draining plug, a filling plug and an air vent
plug. A suitable earth terminal shall be provided to enable either the transformer
winding or cable terminations to be earthed during high voltage tests.
The disconnecting chambers for high and low voltage sides shall be completely
separated from each other. The link chambers of the 275 kVA and 132kV
windings shall be separate for each phase and pipe connections to the conservator
shall have suitable valves and gas relays. Detailed drawings shall be submitted
for approval.
67
5.28
Cable Boxes:
Except where otherwise specified in the "Details of Equipment" cable end boxes
of the oil filled type shall be provided on the transformer for high voltage side.
For low voltage side the cable end boxes shall be either liquid compound type or
unfilled type (air type) depending upon the type of cables used. The design and
arrangement of the boxes shall meet the requirements of the cable manufacturer.
The boxes shall have suitable filling caps, air vents, expansion domes, brass
wiping glands and cable bedding clamps. Compound draining plugs of ample
dimensions shall be provided. Fully detailed drawings shall be submitted for
approval of the Purchaser.
The design shall be such as to facilitate any jointing with particular attention to
the minimum bending of cores and fitting of cable clamps or lugs. The
transformer external terminals shall be fitted with flexible links and solid cast
brass lugs or clamps to receive the specified sizes or copper conductors. Cable
supports and clamps shall be fitted below the boxes. The cable shall be arranged
for vertical entry of cables from bottom. The brass wiping glands shall be fully
insulated when single core cables are used Plastic oil compound level gauges are
not acceptable since it suffers from discoloring and cracking due to high
temperature.
Note: The LV cabie hox must be provided with good quality gaSket with proper
im,,!Q!~s. Rub)er gaskets wi~ 1lliniJn_UJ!l 5fl1l thickn.ess are '!!9r51 suitable.
5.29 132 kV Outdoor Bushing:
5.30
Where specified, outdoor conductor type bushings shall be provided on the

transformer. The bushings shall be oil filled and arrangements shall be made to
prevent the oil in the bushing communicating with the transformer oil. Each
bushing shall be pnwided with an approved type of oil level indicator and fitted
with arcing rings or horns of an approved type.
Outdoor insulators and fittings shall not be affected byatmospheric conditions,
proximity to the cast, dust and sand acid and alkaline fumes.
The bushings shall be oil tight and shall comply with the arrangements of B.S.
223. The bushings shall be complete with all the necessary line or busbar
connectors. The leakage distance shall not be less than 4.8 metres and the
impulse withstand level shall not be less than 650kV.
SF6 Tubiug:(Where Specified)
Where specified, SF6 tubing shall be supplied for connection between the 300kV
and 132kV switchgears and the disconnecting link chambers of the 275/132kV
and 132/33kV transformers.
The tubing shall be SF6 gas insulated complete with tubular bus-bar conductors,
connections between sections of bus-bars separating cast resin ' cones between
adjacent compartments respectively, the oil in the rusconnecting link chamber
with safety measure for proper sealing between oil and gas. Suitable gaskets
preferably of the two '0 ' ring type to be provided. The tubing shall be complete
with various types of enclosures to suit any passage between the equipments and
to be complete with flanges, bellows, piping, connections and valves and pressure
switches for gas ftlling, gas pressure monitoring.
The necessary supporting structures and any other fittings to render the work
complete in every respect.
Full details of such arrangement must be submitted for approval by the Purchaser.
68
5.31
5.32
Buchholz Protection:
Double float buchholz protection device shall be provided for the main tank and a
gas relay for the tap change switch compartment. The buchholz and gas relays
shall be electrically connected to trip and alarm relays located on the switchgear
remote control panel. In case of segregated tap change switching chambers for
the three phases, three gas relays will be provided.
The buchholz device shall be inserted in the pile work and provided with suitable
valves on both sides of the devices to facilitate easy service.
Unless otherwise approved, by-pass with control valves shall be provided to
enable oil to by-pass the buchholz device during oil filtration.
The buchholz device incorporate a test cock for testing purpose.
Each substation shall be provided with a suitable foot operated air pump together
with terminal adaptors for testing of the Buchholz as well as other gas relays used
on the transfOlmers. The cost of such shall be included in the tender price.
Forced Air Cooling Fans:
These shall be operated by electric motors. The motors shall be continuously
rated for Kuwait worst temperature conditions and shall be vermin, water and dust
proof.
The transformers shall be capable of operating continuously at full load under
worst temperature conditions encountered in Kuwait and without the temperature
rise exceeding those stated in clause 5.2 with only l4 of the number of blowers in
operation, to allow for the maintenance of the blowers without reduction of load.
415/240 volts, 50Hz supply shall be used for the above.
The above blowers shall be automatically switched on when the transformers
temperature exceeds a pre-determined value and switch off automatically when
the temperature falls below a pre-determined value. Clean contacts (potential
free) shall be provided and wired to give "Blower running" indication at the
Supervisory and Control Centre. Further, blowers supply voltage failure and fan
trouble alarm should be provided for local and remote supervisory indication.
All motors shall be of the totally enclosed, squirrel pge, fan cooled, direct
starting type. The motors, control gear and auxiliary apparatus shall be or robust
construction insulated with class . 'J:' IQaterials .Pll:0.nK_de~ee ourotection~of
IP65and in accordance with BSS.2613 including diroensional standard where
stated, unless otherwise specified herein. Arrangement of the control gear for
auto and manual starting, selection of fans for operation will be entirely to the
satisfaction of the purchaser.
5.33
Marshalling Kiosk:
Each transformer shall be provided with a marshalling kiosk located adjacent to
the transformers. The kiosk shall be of the outdoor type of sheet steel
construction fitted with two access doors and one after the other. Alternatively,
the kiosk may be mounted on the transformer. The kiosk must be dust, damp, rain
and vermin proof and shall be designed for the temperature conditions in Kuwait.
The front access doors shall be fitted with wire reinforced glass inspection panels.
Locks and handles linked with bolts shall be fitted to doors. If the tenderer
prefers to provide the marshalling kiosk with one door, the sealing of such door
should provide a degree of protection of IP65 in accordance with IEC: 144.
The kiosk shall accommodate all the following:
69
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
5.34
Transformer oil temperature indicator.

Transformer winding temperature indicator
Terminal blocks and test links for (1) and (2) above
Local tap change selector and control switches
Marshalling terminal blocks for connections between transformer auxiliaries,
remote
control panel, C.T.s and V.T.s and marshalling kiosk.
Control switches, fuses, protective device associated with tap change motor
circuits which normally cannot be accommodated in "Tap Change" motor
drive compartment.
Equipment associated with blower controls.
The kiosk shall be pr6vided with heater elements suitably controlled by a
switch, temperature and humidity relay to prevent condensation during high
humidity periods.
The control cabinets for O.L.T.C. drive, fan control, oil level, winding
temperature etc must be brought down to man-height level or a platform
permanently installed has to be provided for easy checking, measuring ... etc.
Instruments:
a)
Winding temperature indicator calibrated to show the temperature of the

hottest region of the windings shall be provided. 'The device may be of the
type comprising a current transformer, heating coil, hot oil pocket,
temperature measuring and arranged to produce the desired relationship
between winding temperature and hot oil temperature through mercurylliquid
filled Bourdon and capillary tube, calibary tube of oil & winding temperature
power transformers should be provided with suitable cover to protect against
mechanical damage and direct sun.
The indicator shall be fitted with two sets of fixed and moving contacts, one
for "trip" and one for "alarm" adjustable to close between the range of 60C
to 120 C. These contacts shall be of the heavy duty type mercury switch reopen when the temperature has fallen not more than 10 C. Two separate
contact circuits, one for "alarm" and one for "trip" shall be provided for
connection between devices and control board. Facility for manual operation
of its mechanism movement for testing purposes should be provided in any
convenient form ego an outside projecting knob hand access with a pointer at
the remote end.
The maximum temperature pointer shall be incorporated with the indicator to
show the highest temperature reached and arranged for hand re-setting.
It is to be noted that the indicator only is allowed to be installed in the
marshalling kiosk, all other components shall be installed on the top of the
transformer tank.
b)
Oil Temperature Indicator:

A dial type instrument together with mercury/liquid filled capillary and
Bourdon tubes to indicate the temperature of oil in the hottest region of the
main tank shall be provided.
The indicator shall be fitted with two separate sets of fixed and moving
contacts one for "Alarm" and one "Trip" adjustable to close between the
range of 60 C to 120 C. Thecontacts shall re-open when the temperature
70
has fallen down not more than 10 0 C.

These contacts must be of the heavy duty type mercury switches and should
be equipped (as in the case of the winding temperature indicator) with facility
for manual operation of its mechanism movement for testing purposes.
Two separate circuits shall be provided between the devices and the control
board. A maximum temperature pointer shall be provided to show the
highest temperature reached and shall be arranged for hand re-setting.
5.35
Tender Analysis:
The cost of the transformers and their annual losses will be taken into account for
the determin~tion of the successful offer.
The capitalization will be based on the following assumptions:
Interest on capital
10%
Capitalization period
20 years
KDO/029 per Kwh
Price of energy loss
Demand Factor
0.65
Loss load factor
0.3
a) Transformer's energy
8760 x Iron loss per year
b) Transformer's energy
c) Total energy losses
8760 x Loss load factor (demand factor) 2 x copper

loss (F.L) copper loss per year
(a) + (b)
d) Present value oflosses
8.51 (a+b) x price of energy per KWH
If the acceptance tests of the transformers show that the actual losses exceed the
values stated in the schedule of particulars and Guarantees, the excess total losses
(c)" will be capitalized according to the above assumptions and the sum thus
obtained deducted from the money due to the contractor as a penalty. For this
purpose no tolerance will be allowed on the figures stated in the schedule of
particulars and Guarantees. At any rate, the actual losses should not exceed the
figures slated in the schedule of particulars and Guarantees by more than the
tolerances given in BSS.171.
NOTE: The losses to be stated in the schedule of particulars and Guarantees shall
be given without tolerance.
5.36
Transformer Fire Protection:

The power transformer shall be provided with a water firefighting system. This
water system shall be of the high pressure type, consisting mainly of water
reservoir of steel with suitable lining and adequate capacity sufficient for putting
out fire on at least one of the biggest size of transformers. However, in case the
blast walls are not specified between transformers and will not be provided, the
capacity of the reservoir shall be sufficient for putting out the fire of at least two
transformers. The reservoir shall be fitted with the necessary water level and
pressure gauges and wired to alarm relays located in the control room, for local
and remote alarm indication at the Supervisory Centre.
For water supply to this reservoir two water pumps, one stand-by to the other shall
be provided, both pumps shall be suitable for automatic starting in case the one in
service is out of order. For maintaining air pressure over the water in the reservoir,
two air compressors (one standby to the other) shall be provided and shall be
suitable for automatic starting. The firefighting system shall also cover the supply,
71
erection, test and commissioning of the necessary piping (which will be of the ring
system), valves of all kinds as needs, nozzles, fire detectors and any other fittings
necessary for putting out fire on or within the transformer enclosure. Means of
periodical checking and maintenance have to be provided. Piping connection with
valves to be made suitable for either water city network or by water tanker for
supply of water to the water
reservoir, these connections have to be
located on the boundary wall at the main gate. Full details of the proposed
alTangement shall be subject to the approval of the Purchaser.
The material selection for the firefighting equipment, i.e. pumps, pipes, tanks,
valves, .. etc should be compatible with the water quality available which is highly
corrosive in nature. A typical water analysis is as shown in the following table:
CHEMICAL ANALYSIS OF POT ABLE WATER
Parameters
Conductivity J.! ohms cm
PH
T.D.S
C03
HC03
T.Alkalinity (CaC0 3)
S04
Cl
Ca
Mg
Na
K
Concentration mg/L
I
466
7.6
246
0
12
10
79
63
24
9
39
1.2
The internal surfaces of steel tanks must be prepared by blasting prior to coating in
accordance with the "Steel structure painting council (USA)".
Standard S.S.P.e. Grade SPIO (Swedish Standards Sa 2\1,) Internal surfaces of
tanks shall then receive three coats of coal tar epoxy (Hempel 1513 or equivalent
or better), amounting to a total dry thickness of 375 microns. The minimum total
dry thickness should not be less than 300 microns.
All pipes used for firefighting system including connections from water tanker and
KFB (Kuwait Fire Brigade) shall be of the ductile iron type with restrain joints of
the Kubolock - T type of Mis. Kubota of Japan or similar.
However, the following shall be noted:
1) The capacity of main water reservoir (tank) shall be based on a discharge rate
of not less than 15 litr/min/sq.m. of projected area of a rectangular prism
envelope for the transformer including radiators and conservator and water
spray shall be sufficient for putting out the fire and cooling the transformers
so that no re-ignition will occur. In addition to the main tank a reserve
outdoor water tank for firefighting shall also be provided. This tank shall be
of the same water capacity of the main tank and shall be suitable for
connection to city water main water tanker and Kuwait Fire Brigade inlet
pipe. The details shall be subject to MEW approval. One common water
supply connection for fire brigade iuJet for direct spraying over transformer
on fire to be provided.
72
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
:
8)
9)
The minimum pressure at the nozzle shall be 5kg/sq.mm.

If the proposed system requires priming for the fire pumps then priming
pump and auxiliary tank shall be provided for this purpose and the price of
such shall be included in the tender.
During operation of the firefighting system (for putting out the fire and
cooling the transformer) the air compressor shall operate automatically to
keep the required air pressure in the water reservoir during this period.
Manual operation of each pump and compressor shall be provided for
transformer firefighting system testing purposes. Shrouded push button will
be provided for each transformer bay. Discharge of water will stop after 0.25
minute through and adjustable timer.
A group of anyone set of detectors in each transformers housing shall be
arranged when actuated, to instantaneously operate the water system which
in turn will trip both H.V. and L.V. circuit breakers of the transformer on
fire.
Strainers shall be provided to prevent foreign particles and dust from
reaching the nozzles.
Automatic drain valve to drain the left over water in the pipe after fire
fighting has been completed shall be provided.
The capacity of air compressor shall be sufficient for charging the water tank
within three hours.
NoB: I.
20
3.
4.
Testing frrefighting system of any transformer will trip both H.V.

and L.V. side circuit breaker automatically through pressure switch
on discharge water pressure line.
Trip of transformer circuit breakers whether on fire or under
testing will be affected from pressure switch mentioned above.
Other transformers will remain in service.
Necessary provision shall be made to transmit low water level
alarm and firefighting system operated alarm to National Control
Centre. Necessary annunciator shall be provided for these alarms
in the fire fighting room and also in the control room. The location
of these annunciators shall be subject to the approval of the
Purchaser.
Emergency push-button to be provided for transformer firefighting
outside each transfOlmer bay shall be provided with weather-proof
metal housing to protect the glass cover from accidental breaking.
The housing shall be completed with swinging type water-proof
metal cover. The details shall be submitted for MEW approval.
5037 Station Transformers:

Each substation shall be provided with two indoor type station transformers
11/0.433 KV of the cast resin type and constructed with copper or aluminium
windings. If transformers with aluminium windings are offered, these should be
provided with copper or brass terminal on both the high voltage and low voltage
sides for connecting the II KV and 1000V copper cables. The copper terminals
shall be connected to the aluminium windings in an approved manner. The casting
process shall be carried out under vacuum to prevent partial discharge on the H.V.
windings. The insulation class of H.V. and L.V. windings shall be class 'F' to be
resistant against extreme temperature fluctuations.
73
The transformers shall be safe against impulse voltage due to lightning or

switching surges and shall have adequate short circuit strength in accordance with
B.S.l71.
The transformers shall be protected against thermal overload by the use of two
sensors embedded in the windings; one for alarm and the other for tripping. The
connections for these sensors must be brought out to terminal strip.
For technical data requirements, tenderers are referred to the 'Details of
Equipment' in this tender, however, the transformers shall be housed in a suitable
sheet steel enclosure with all tap change terminals properly insulated. The
thickness of the housing shall not be less than 3mrn.
The enclosure shall be provided with skids and its has to be dust protected and
vermin proof with degree of protection IP3 in accordance with JEC
recommendation 144-1. However, measures for ventilation have to be provided.
Regarding the L.T. cable box, this shall be tar epoxy resin filled otherwise as
approved by the Purchaser. However, bare connections are not accepted.
5.38 Transformer Tests:
a)
Routine TestIs:
The following routine tests shall be applied to all transformers in accordance with BSS 171:
1.
Measurements of winding resistance
2.
Ratio, polarity and phase relationships
3.
Impedance voltage
4.
Load losses
5.
No load losses and No load current
6.
Insulation resistance
7.
Induced over-voltage withstand
'8. ' Impulse voltage WIthstand test for transformers With a high vol4tge having'
um ;:>:72.5kv.
.
b)
Mechanical Tests:
The following tests shall be applied as routine tests on all transforms:
1) Bushings:
Each transformer bushing insulator shall be hydraulically tested using
transformer oil to BSS 148 as the testing medium. The temperature of the oil
shall not be less than 90C initially and the pressure maintained at
O.7Kglsq.cm for continuous period of24 hours
with no trace of oil leakage.
2)
Cable Boxes:
All cable boxes and disconnecting chambers shall also be tested as (1) above.
3)
Transformer Tank ... etc.

All tanks and oil filled compartments shall be tested for oil tightness by being
completely filled with oil viscosity for greater than that of BSS 148
insulating oil at a temperature of ISoC and subjected for at least 12 hours to a
pressure of O.35KglSq.cm. above normal pressure. No leakage of oil shall
occur during the application of excess pressure.
IEC 296
74
c)
Type Tests:
The contractor shall can)' out the following rype tests on one transfonner of each
SIZe:
i)
Impulse Voltage Withstand Test:

This shall be applied, in turn on one leg of the H.V winding and one leg of
L.V. winding and shall be applied in accordance with BSS 171 & 923. The
test voltage shall be in
accordance with Table 8 ofBSS 171: 1970.
ii)
Power Frequency Withstand Voltage Tests:

This shall be camed out in accordance with BSS 1761 on one transfonner of
each size.
iii)
Temperature Rise Test:

This shall be applied in accordance with BSS 171 on one transfonner of each
rype. The transfonner shall be tested with its voltage control and cooling
system where applicable. The test shall be camed out with 100% blowers
running, with 75% blowers running and with no blowers running. The
temperature rise shall not exceed the specified limits after taking into
consideration Kuwait's maximum ambient temperatures. This has to be
camed out for both standard and Kuwait conditions.
d)
Hydraulic Pressure Tests:

(For 132/33kV, 132/1 1.5kV and 33111.5kV Transfonners only)
The following test shall be carried out on one transfonner of each size complete
with its conservator tank radiators and other fittings.
The transfonner shall be subject to a pressure of 0.35Kg/sq.cm above nonna!. The
permanent deflection of flat plates after the release of pressure shall not exceed the
values specified in the following table:-
Length of Flat plate in cms

Upto
100
lOS
to
130
to
135
175
to
200
180
205
to
230
235
to
250
255
to
305
to
Above
310
Pennanent deflection in cms

0.50
0.64
0.80
0.95
1.11
1.25
1.58
1.90
75
PART VI
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS NO.MEW/SS/6
CONTROL AND RELAY BOARDS
6.
Switchgear Remote Control and Relav Boards:
6.1
All 132,33, and llkV switchgear shall be supplied with its own remote control and relay
boards which shall be equipped witb the required control equipment, instruments, relays
and all other accessories as detailed in tlus specification and outlined in the schedules.
Each control and relay board sball have an earthing copper bar 30 x 5mm passing through
along tbe whole lengtb of the board and connected at the end/s to the inner earthing ring.
General:
The control and relay boards shall be of sheet steel construction with hinged and lift off
doors at the rear complete and easy access to all equipment and terminals shall be from the
rear. The boards shall be of rigid construction and free from vibration and distortion and
shall be unaffected by changes in temperature. Access doors shall be fitted with integral
handles linked to locking bolts and incorporating master keyed locks.
Interior of panels shall be painted white and have built in lighting controlled by switches
actuated by the access doors and suitable for 240volts single phase A.C.50Hz supply.
Circuit labels shall be provided on the front and rear of each panel and the access doors.
The front of the control board shall be arranged to form circuit panels to receive control
switches, indicating instruments, relays, indicating lamps, semaphore, mimic diagrams and
secondary wiring terminal testing blocks. Relay boards may be separated if specified in
the "Details of Equipment".
6.2
Main Features of Equipment:

The different equipment to be mounted on the control boards shall have the main features
outlined below:i.
n.
Control switches for opening and closing the circuit breakers shall be of the pistolgrip spring return barrel type, with provision for locking in neutral position,
alternatively of the illuminated nliniature discrepancy type. This also applies to the
132 kV isolators.
Instruments shall be of the flush mounting type with black bezels. Ammeter and
voltmeters can be either of the moving iron type or moving coil type and shall be of
the square or rectangular pattern with dials to suit front size not less than 96mm
kilowatt, kilovar and power factor meters shall be square or rectangular of sinlilar
SIze.
iii.
IV.
v.
Indicating lamps shall be provided with colored glass (not plastic) lenses to indicate
failure of V.T. circuits, healthy trip, auto-trip alarm.... etc. Lenses of material other
than glass is subject of MEW approval.
Semaphore position indicators used in conjunction with the nlinlic diagrams shall be
of the normally de-energized type. The minlic diagram shall show the 132kV,33kV
and llkV bns-bars selector switches, circuit hreakers, neutral earthing
arrangements, power anq station transformers.
Secondary wiring, testing switches (test/service switch) shall be provided on the
front of each panel to facilitate testing of circuits of protective relays, Alternatively,
testing sockets and the respective type of plugs can be provided. The test switches
or sockets shall be mounted in an accessible position and suitably insulated and
fitted with detachable dust and damp proof covers.
In case withdrawable type relays are offered where testing by a secondary injection
can be carried out by the use oftest plugs, the Tenderer shall include in his offer in
76
6.3
lieu of the specified test switches the cost of supply of two plugs complete with
leads and terminals suitable for each kind of relay in each substation. The test
switches for Solkor (R) relays should not interfere with pilot cable.
Vi.
The boards shall accommodate all necessary transformer remote relay, indications
and alarms visual alanns, with alarm cancellation and test push buttons shall be
provided.
vn. The boards shall house all the transducers, remote control relays .... etc. Thus it may
be a better arrangement to supply a separate board to accommodate all the protective
relays. Each section of the front of the control Board shall not accommodate the
equipment of more than two circuits and the width of this section shall be not less
than 700mm wide.
However, drawings of internal back of the front and side views showing each panel
of the control and re1ay board, tap-desk ... etc with the equipment as will be finally
installed shall be submitted for approval. Adequate spacing and clearances between
auxiliary relays, contactors, various kinds of switches, annunciators, metering
instruments, control cable runs ... etc. should be available for easy accessibility to any
piece of equipment and for safety of personnel. Manufacturing of these panels
should not start prior to engineer's approval.
Arrangement and calibration of various instruments shall be as given below:I.
All ammeters should have proper size and calibration to read upto the twentieth of
the full scale from zero to maximum.
2.
A1lllkV voltmeters should be calibrated to read also O.lkV difference from 9kV to
12kV.
3.
All 33kV voltmeters should be calibrated to read 0.2kV difference from 30kV to
35kV.
4.
All 132kv voltmeters should be calibrated to read l.OkV difference from 120kV to
140kV.
5.
All MW and MYAR meters should be calibrated to read a difference of 5MW or
MYAR for the whole range.
6.
It is also essential to install all instruments and relays belonging to one circuit in one
panel vertically below the circuit name label, with clear identification between
adjacent panel.
7.
With the specified IlkV 30/ IAmp current transformer for 250KVA transformer
panel; a single phase isolating transformer with suitable ratio is required for
connection in the secondary wiring of the IlkV C.T to feed the ammeter in the
yellow phase so that the maximum current value passing through the ammeter under
designed fault level will not exceed the thermal capability of the ammeter for three
seconds.
Transformer Tap Change Control Desks:
The sub-station shall be provided with one/two/three panel transformer tap-change control
desks which shall be located in front of the remote control board. Alternatively, these
could be part of the control board, whichever is more suitable for the control room
equipment layout.
In this case, each transformer control shall be housed in a separate panel or section of the
boards. These desks shall be sheet metal construction with hinged and lift off doors fitted
at rear. Each panel shall be arranged to house the following services:-
77
a.
Voltmeter
b.
c.
d.
Tap-change "raise" and "lower" control switch

Tap-change position indicator
Tap-change control selector switch or switches I.e. "hand" or Uautomati c"
'~ individual "
6.4
or parallel operation - "leader" or "follower" - regulation control .... etc.

e.
Tap- change motor trouble, emergency trip push-button
f.
Tap-change in operation indication lamp
g.
Out-of step relay and alarm
h.
Voltage regulation relay with time delay.
1.
All contactors, terminal blocks, small wiring and apparatus associated with the
remote
control oftap-cbange equipment.
j.
Relay for the "raise-tap", "lower tap"
The voltmeter and tap-change position indicators sball be vertically mounted at the top of
the desks. Operation control and selectors shall be positioned on the inclined cover of the
desks. The voltage regulator relay and out-of-step relay shall be positioned in the lower
vertical face of the panel.
Alternative offers for miniature type control board or desk with miniature illuminated
control discrepancy switches can be submitted. Tbis sbould accommodate all instruments,
indication, control switches ..etc referred to under control panels iry the "Details of
Equipment" and those mentioned above. In this case, a separate relay board shall be
supplied to accommodate the protection relays.
SYnchronizing Panels: (If specified in the Details of Eqnipment Vol. II of this
Specification)
6.5
132kV control boards sball be provided with synchronizing panel mounted at one end.
The panel to accommodate the necessary synchrony scope, voltmeters, frequency meters
and selector switches. The panel shall also accommodate the synchronizing relay and the
synchronizing by-pass. Tbe synchronizing shall be drawn out and rotating type.
Tbe synchronizing relay and tbe scbemes proposed sball be subject to the approval of the
purchaser.
Annunciator Block:
6.6
Window type annunciator board shall beprovided at a suitable place on tbe control board
with necessary alarm windows where alarms of Common Nature Equipment's (such as
battery cbarges, air compressors etc.) whether specified or found necessary for the whole
substation shall be connected. In addition to the above, four windows as spare shall be
provided in this block. These alarms should have auxiliary alarm contacts, which will be
connected to substation general alarm for remote supervisory indication.
Frequency Shedding Relav:
6.7
For each 132/33111kV substation, under frequency shedding relays together with the
necessary master trip time delayed relays are to be provided along with 33kV control
board and arranged to trip the 33kV feeders in case of supply failure. The technical
specifications of these relays are also described under clause 6.7.11.
Protection:
Protection equipment shall be designed to provide discrimination between faulty and
healthy circuits. All equipment shall remain stable during transient phenomena, which
may arise during switching or other disturbances to the system.
Protection scheme specified shall include all necessary interposing C.T. 's and intertripping relays where necessary and whether these relays have to be installed locally
andlor remotely of the far end of substations.
Full details of protection, synchronizing, inter-tripping scheme shall be submitted and
shall be subject to the approval of the Purchaser.
78
Each relay shall have a set of clean contacts (potential free) with holding time not less than
25m.s. which shall be connected to suitable tenninals block in the control panel, to be used
for telesignalling to the "Remote Supervisory and Control Center". These terminal blocks
shall be wired to the transfer terminal blocks cabinets.
6.7.1 Circuits and Protection:
The circuit breakers will control the circuits detailed below:I)
132kV, 3/C, 300sq.mm or 630sq.mm O/F underground cable circuits.
2)
132kV overhead line circuits
3)
13211IkV, 132/33kV and 33111.5kV power transformer circuits.
4)
11/0.433kV, 250KVA station transfonner circuits
5)
33kVand IlkV underground cable feeder and overhead lines feeder circuits.
6)
132kV (single and double busbar) and 33kV (single busbar only) bus-iJar zone
protection.
7)
132,33 and IlkV bus-coupler and bus-section circuits.
6.7.2 132kV Underground Feeder Protection:
,.
Main protection equipment shall protect each feeder by means of unit feeder protection
using pilot cores between feeder terminals and shall match with the existing protection
equipment at the other end of the feeders which is high speed solkor 'RF' feeder
protection relays and associated apparatus manufactured by Mis. A. Reyrolle & Co., of
England. The solkor 'RF" relay shall be surge proof insulated for 15kV.
The distance between the two ends of circuit provided with the pilot wire feeder protection
may be assumed to vary between 12kms to 15kms. Means shall be provided for the
adjustment and this shall be stated in the tender.
1.
The summation transfonners and tuned relays shall be immune from operation by
currents of frequencies other than system power frequency, i.e. 50Hz.
The protection shall be stable for tluough fault currents up to full 3-phase short
circuit current and shall meet the requirements of Mis. A.Reyrolle & Co., of
England and as given in their pamphlet No.1328.
The magnetizing curves of the current transformers for this protection shall be
submitted for approval to check their characteristics and to match them with the
C.T.s at the other end of the feeders. The purchaser shall approve in wiring the
characteristics of these C.T.s before manufacture proceeds.
H.
Directional over current and earth leakage I.D.M.T.L. relays with characteristics of
BSS 142 as back-up protection shall be supplied. These relays shall have a setting
range of 50% - 200% in steps of 25% for the over current element, and a range of
20% to 80% in steps of 20% for the earth leakage element. The time multiplier shall
be adjustable between 0 - 3 seconds at ten times the plug setting. The time
multiplier settings shall be 0.1 to spotlessly adjustable or 0 - 0.5 divided into 20
equal parts. The over current relays shall be suitable for 90 connection.
The directional earth fault relay should have an inherent angle in the range of 40 to
60 . All protective relays shall have coils rated for 220v D.C. without the use of
resistors for voltage dropping.
79
6.7.3 132kV OIH Line Protection:

a)
Main Protection:
132kV feeder protective relays for use without pilot wires shall be of the directional
high speed distance type with carrier accelerated intertripping for first zone. The
required relays shall have three directional impedance zones as a minimum. The
protection shall operate selectively for phase and ground faults in the protected
direction and adjusted time selected for each step. The reach of each zone shall be
adjustable and the minimum and maximum length of feeder that can be protected
shall be given in the data sheets. The necessary P.L.e. equipment for inter-tripping
should be included in the contract. For eacb fault compensation factors sbould be
indicated how such a factor be calculated and used to get accurate measurement of
fault distance and accordingly false operation of healthy pbases can be provided.
Also for any kind of fault the mutual impedance and arc resistance effects should' be
allowed or it should be clearly shown how these will be compensated or considered
when adjusting the various zones. The protective relay shall be provided with
means to avoid operation due to hunting occutring on the system during abnormal
conditions.
b)
Full detailed calculations of the various zones and programme of testing must be
submitted prior to commissioning tests. The protection shall provide for automatic
high speed time delayed single shot enclosure for any type of fault. Selector switch
to be provided suitable for 3 phase reclosure or non-reclosure.
Carrier current acceleration will be provided for inter-tripping the rear end e.B.
having the fault occutring in its second zone. Provision shaIl be made to have no
reclosure when circuit breaker opens through the control switch or it tripped-by the
back-up protection.
Starting of impedance relays should be through under impedance relays together
with either under voltage or over current relays which is subject to the approval of
the Purchaser.
The protection relay proposed should be supported by technical literature, method of
calculation o(settings, testing procedure and instruction manual for operation and
maintenance. A time chart should be provided to show minimum operational time
of various relays and contactors upto issue of trip signal.
The relays should be fitted with auxiliary relays for carrier signal receiving
transmitting and blocking as the case may be, cabling between the protection and the
carrier equipment is included in the contract price. Each relays shall be provided
with "Fault Locator" unit i.e. Distance Measurement to the fault. For each distance
relay one independent fault locator will be provided. However, the necessary relays
to compensate for the mutual inductance effect of overhead line circui ts running in
paraIlel with the concerned circuit shall also be provided.
Directional over current and earth leakage I.D.MT.L relays with characteristics to
BSS 142 as back-up protection sball be supplied. These relays shall have a setting
range of 50% -200% in steps of 25 % for the over current element and a range of
20% to 80% in steps of 20% for the earth leakage element . Tbe time multiplier
shall be adjustable between 0-3secollds at ten times the plug setting. The time
multiplier shall be divided as per clause 6.7.2 (b) above.
The directional earth fault relay sbould have an inherent angle in the range of 40' to
60 '. All protective relays shall have coils rated for 220V.D.C. Without tbe use of
resistors for voltage dropping.
80
6.7.4 Power Transformer Protection:

a)
Main Protection:
b)
c)
d)
e)
!.
11.
11!.
lV.
v.
The main protection for these transformers shall be the biased differential type for
phase and earth faults similar to "Duo-Bias Transformer Protection" of Mis.
Reyrolle & Co., of England. The current transformers on the L.V. side shall operate
satisfactorily witb the current transformers or the H.V. side. In this respect C.T.s
characteristics must be checked and certified by the relay manufacturers and this
shall be subject to the approval ofthe Purchaser.
The secondary winding of transformer shall also be protected by means of restricted
earth leakage protection. The four current transformers for this protection (3 for
phases and one for neutral) shall be sepaj'ate from these of the main protection. The
relays shall be of the current differential type (Voltage operated relays not
acceptable) and shall be highly sensitive to faults inside the protected zone and at
the same time stable for faults outside the protected zone.
Tenderers may offer an alternative similar scheme for transformers protection and
this will be subject to the approval of the Purchaser.
The combined neutral resistance earthing of the power transformers shall be
protected by means of stand-by earth fault relay of the inverse time lag type.
The standard characteristics shall be based on that of an earthing resistor with a
maximum short time setting of 30 seconds at the specified maximum earth fault
current. The relays shall have current settings of 10% to 40% and. time setting
variable from 0-30 seconds at 100% rated current.
The relays should be arranged to trip all three transformers low voltage side circuit
breakers simultaneously together with the neutral resistance earthing circuit breaker
when this trip as a result of a persistent earth fault. Standby ElF relay tripping
circuits to be connected through test links to facilitate the tests carried out at
maintenance time.
In addition , the usual Buchholz, tap changer, winding and oil temperature
protection for these transformers shall be provided.
Back-up Protection:
Back-up protection on the high voltage side of the transformer shall use nondirectional overcurrent and earth leakage relays. These relays comprise two
overcurrent units and one earth leakage unit.
The relays shall have the inverse definite minimum time lag characteristics (
l.D.M.T.L. ). The overcurrent units to have a current range from 50% to 200% in
steps of 25% and time setting adjustable from zero to 3 seconds at the current
setting. For earth leakage unit the current range to be from 10% to 40% in steps of
10% and time setting similar to that of overcurrent units having characteristics to
BSS No. 142. The time multiplier setting shall be adjustable as per clause 6.7.3(b).
Interlocking and inter-tripping of the high voltage side circuit breakerllocal break
switch with the corresponding low voltage side circuit breaker of the transformer
circuit shall be arranged such that:The H.V side circuit breaker cannot be closed unless the LV side circuit breaker and
associate earthing switch are in the fully open position.
The 11 KV bus-bar selection isolators cannot be closed unless the associated circuit
breaker and 11 KV bus-bar earthing switch are both open.
The low voltage side circuit breaker shall trip when the high voltage side C.B. or the
load break switch is opened.
The 132 KV transformer earthing switch can be closed only if the associated 132
KV isolator is open and the corresponding 11kV isolators are both open.
The IlkV earthing switch cannot be closed unless the corresponding 132kV
earthing switch is closed and tbe IlkV bus bars isolators are both open and the IlkV
circuit breaker is opened and withdrawn.
81
VI.
When any of the transfonner protective devices (i.e. transfonner differential relays,
over current and earth leakage relays, stand-by earth fault relay, buchholz and
temperature device ... etc) operate, these should be wired to trip the associated high
and low voltage side circuit breakers.
6.7.5 Local 1110.433kV 250KVA Transformer Protection:

Non-directional over current and earth leakage of the inverse current definite minimum
time. The relays shall have a current range of SO% - 200% in steps of 2S% for the over
current elements and a range of 10% - 40% in steps of 10% for the earth leakage element.
The time multiplier shall be variable from 0 - 3 seconds of the time the plug setting and
shall have characteristics in accordance with BSS 142. The time multiplier shall be
adjustable in accordance witll.clause 6.7.3 (b).
6.7.6 33kV Underground Cable Feeder and Overhead Line Feeder Circuits:
a)
Main Protection:
This shall be of the unit feeder protection using pilot cable cores and shall be of the high
speed Solkor 'RF' as described under 6.7.2 (a) above except that the Solkor 'RJ" relays
shall be insulated for SkY.
b)
Back-up Protection:
I.
With 1321331l1kV substations, this will comprise non-directional overcurrent and
earth leakage relays. The characteristics shall be of l.D.M.T.L. type with range of
settings, time multiplier to that specified under 6.7.3(\: above.
ii.
With 33111kV substations, the protection shall be of the directional OIC and ElL
relays similar to that described under 6.7.2.(b) above.
Note: No instantaneous OIC or ElL tripping relay to be provided for 132 KV and 33 KV
feeders, bus-coupler, bus-section and transfonner circuits.
6.7.7 11 KV Underground Cable Feeder Protection:
a.
Each feeder circuit shall be protected by "Unit feeder protection" and shall match
the existing protection on the other end which comprises plain "Solkor RF" feeder
protection system using relays and associated apparatus manufactured by Mis. A.
Reyrolle & Co. The Solkor 'RF" relays shall be insulated for S KV.
The ratio of current transfonners shall be 400/IA, IS VA capacity class X accuracy
and they shall have characteristics matching transfonners already connected to the
system. Attention is drawn to the requirements for the satisfactory operation of
Solkor RF protection, published by Mis. A.Reyrolle & Co., in their pamphlet
No.1328 "Solkor Protective" under the paragraph "Current Transformers".
The Contractor shall submit the "Magnetization Characteristics Curve" and a
"Ratio Error Curve" under the burden conditions applying to the Solkor 'RF'
protection cover the range of through fault current. The Purchaser shall approve in
writing the characteristics curves for the current transfonners before manufacture
can proceed.
b.
Back-up protection is required for all feeder panels of the switchboard. This
protection shall comprise of non-directional over current and earth leakage relays of
the inverse current definite minimum time type. The relays shall have a range of
50% t0200% in steps of 2S% for the over current elements and a range of 20% to
80% in steps of 20% for the earth leakage elements. The time mUltiplier shall be
variable from 0-3 seconds at ten times the plug setting. The time multiplier shall be
divided as per clause 6.7.2 (b) above.
82
The current transformers for the "back-up" protection shall have a ratio of 400/1 or 5amps, 15VA
capacity class lOP accuracy. A suitable switchboard pattern ammeter shall be
connected in the yellow phase and scaled 0-460arnps.
6.7.8 132kV and 33kV Busbar Zone Protection:
'- -
This type of protection is required only for the 33kV single busbar system, 132kV both
single and double busbar systems. The system of protective relays shall sense all types of
faults that occur in the bus bar zone only. Accordingly, the concerned bus bar protection
relay shall issue trip signals to all the circuit breakers feeding into the bus faulty zone.
132kV Bus bar protection shall have the requirement as follow:
Numerical busbar protection shall be of latest version of digital numerical type capable to
detect all inter p.hase and phase - to-ground faults. System shall be with fully numerical signal
processing capability from the acquisition and digitizing of measured values, recognition of
isolator status and circuit breaker status up to trip decision.
The system shall have discriminative zones for different busbar sections and check zone for
whole busbar for added reliability.
The system shall have integrated breaker failure protection feature. Initiation may be internal
( from Busbar protection)andlor external from other protection and the decision to cause
common trip/no trip from switchgear status as per the fault.
Comprehensive self- supervision.
Communication facilities for substation monitoring and control systems
However, the necessary terminal block arraDgem~nt for secondary injection testing has also to be
provided. The bus bar zone protection scheme shall be of the low impedance type using stabilized
differential current algorithm and differential current comparison algorithm.
Relays for supervising of secondary wiring shall be provided to avoid false tripping and to give
alarm for rectifying the trouble. For this protection separate core on the current transformer shall
be provided.
The proposed scheme shall be submitted for approval by the Purchaser.
Bus bar protection and circuit breaker fail protection scheme should be provided both with test
trip links and test switches for individual bay and complete zone testing.
For 132kV Svstem only:
.
Means shall be provided to indicate without dismantling which section of the busbars has
a short circuit faults such a fault occurs to enable its quick isolation and restoration of
supply.
If for any reason the bus-bar protection fails to isolate faulty zone or any breaker feeding
such zone or any breaker feeding such zone fails to trip an inter-trip arrangement shall be
provided to trip the far end circuit breakers of the connected feeders at the remote end
substations and the low voltage side circuit breaker of transformers if connected to the
faulty zone. All necessary inter-tripping relays for receiving and sending trip signal shall
be provided. Regarding remote end of cable underground circuit, similar equipment shall
be provided at the far end when specified in the details of equipment.
For the above purpose the necessary inter-tripping high frequency relays shall be included
in the offer. However, for I 32kV feeder circuits where pilot cable inter-tripping cores are
to be used, supervision relay shall be provided to monitor the healthy condition of these
cores and to give alarm in case of damage, in addition an alarm also to be signaled locally
and remotely if the auxiliary supply for supervision fails.
132kV Circuit Breaker Failure Back-up Protection:
The protection which is required for all 132kV circuits should inter-trip all feeding local
and remote circuit breaker in case this protection is actuated. However, if a circuit breaker
is isolated from both sides then testing of this protection should not cause inter-tripping of
other circuit breakers.
6.7.9 132kV, 33kV and llkV Bus-Coupler & Bus Section Circuit Breakers:
The protection shall be non-directional over current and earth leakage protection similar to
6.7.6 (b-l) above, except for the current transformer ratio and details.
83
N.B.i) Allover current and earth leakage relays shall have characteristics in accordance with BSS
142.
ii) Wiring diagram for differential and restricted earth fault protection of transformers has to
be submitted showing all main current and matching transformers with marking of bus and
line side and vector group of each and numbering of relay terminals connected.
6.7.10 Proposed System of Selective
Operation of Circuit Breakers for various locations of Faults shall be as follows: This is only applicable for substations equipped with load break switches.
a)
Faults of the 132kV Cable Feeders:
These are mainly sensed by feeder protection which should trip the busbar section
C.B.'s and the llkV C.B.s controlling tbe l321l1.5kV transformer connected to this
section of 132kV busbar.
b)
Fault on Bus-Bar:
1.
Fault on One Bus-Bar Section Associated with Feeder of End Section:
Busbar protection shall trip the busbar section C.B. and issue trip signals
through surge proof intertripping relays to the 132kV C.B. at far end as well as
the llkV C.B. of the connected transformers.
ll.
Faults on Middle Section of the l32kV Bus-bar:
Busbar protection sball be arranged similar to (i) above except that it sbould
trip both bus section circuit breakers.
c)
132111.5kV Transformer Faults:
i) The operation of any of the protective relays for the transformers associated
witb end sections feeders shall trip the bus-section C.B. as well as the
associated llkV C.B. This also shall trip through surge proof inter-tripping
relays the corresponding 132kV circuit breaker at the far end.
ii) The operation of any protection relays of the l32/11.5kV power transformer
connected to the middle busbar section shall trip the corresponding llkV
circuit breakers and the two bus section circuit breakers as well as to send
tripping signal (through surge proof intertripping relay) to trip the l32kV
circuit breaker at remote end of the middle section feeder.
NB All l32kV circuit breakers shall be prOVided with "Fail-to-trip" protective
relays.
6.7.11 33kV Feeder Circuits:
Aloug with the 33kV switchgear in 132/33/ll kV & 3001132/33kV substations, two under
frequency relays together with the necessary time delayed the frequency relays shall be
provided. The frequency relays are required for load shedding in case of loss of supply
and shall be erected on the 33kV remote control board with one on each end. The
auxiliary contacts of these relays shall be in series connection and actuating the associated
time delay relay erected on the bus-coupler control panel which will be wired to trip the
33kV feeder circuits through its auxiliary contacts which will be 10 pairs at least.
The frequency relay shall preferably be similar to type ITG of Mis GEC make and sball
be of draw-out, flush mounting type with the following main cbaracteristics:Setting
47 to 50.5Hz in O.IHz step
Contacts
3 pairs of normally open self reset contacts.
Voltage setting
240 volts AC 50Hz
D.C. supply
240volts
Operation indication
Hand reset flag indication
Regarding the master-trip relay, this sball bave the following data:Time-lag setting range
0 - 20 seconds
Re-setting time
0.1 seconds
Direction of the time lag
Delayed pick-up
Kind of operating current
240 volts D.C.
84
6.7.12 Protection Relavs:

Unless otherwise stated in the specifications, all protection relays shall be manufactured
by one of the companies as mentioned in schedule AI of Approved
SupplierslManufacturers.
However, it is upto the tenderer to select the relay out of the approved manufacturers for
reliable delivery since no substation will be taken over without being complete with all
relays and tile contractor will be responsible for any delays arising therefrom.
6.7.13 SYnchronizing:
(l32kV switcbgear of major substations of voltage 132!33/11kV & 132133kV)
Synchronizing facilities shall be provided across the circuit breakers and the following
requirements should meet with:
I.
The synchronizing circuit must be established before the incoming circuit breaker
can be closed.
2.
Voltage transformer secondary shall not be paralleled.
3.
The number of plugs shall be a minimum and preferably one only
4.
One synchronizing operation allowed at one time in the whole substation, thus one
synchronizing key to be provided.
A synchronizing relay shall be provided and so connected to prevent closing the open
circuit \>reaker if the phase separation of the running voltage and incoming voltage vectors
are beyond pre-determined limit. A switch shall be provided to enable by-passing the
check synchronizing relay when the synchronizing feature is not required.
The synchronizing scheme should allow for the running voltage bus wires to be always
energized through auxiliary contacts of voltage selection relays from one voltage
transformer at a time. Provision shall be made to telemeter the busbar voltage from the
running bus by means of voltmeter transducer. Also from this auxiliary bus, the busbar
live signal shall be arranged to be telesignalled to the supervisory centre for each busbar
section. All the necessary relays contactors, wiring, etc. have to be provided.
6.7.14 General Notes:
1.
Below every relay, contactor and miniature breaker, etc., there should be a label
fixed showing its functional name and the c.r. ratio in use for C.T.s with double
ratio.
2.
The polarity of current and voltage transformers and tbe corresponding terminal
numbers on the connected relays must be carefully marked on the drawings so as to
operate in the correct direction in case of fault occurrence.
3.
For all electronic relays, a step-by-step description of the sequence of operation of
the electronic circuitry with the aid of a signal flow diagram, giving the terminal
number where such signals can be detected at various stages starting from input and
ending at output. Also trouble shooting tables, blocks diagram splitting the relay
circuitry in logic and binary blocks must be submitted for cbecking and approval by
the Purcbaser.
4.
For automatic on-load tap changes, a step-by-step description of tbe sequence of
operation and a time chart and relative schematic comprehensive drawings to be
submitted.
5.
Tbe connection of the voltage coil of directional overcurrent and earth leakage relay
shall be 90. TIus means that R phase to be connected to B-Y voltage and B phase to
R -Y voltage.
6.
The tripping circuit of the stand-by ElF relay sbould also be connected through test
links to facilitate testing.
7.
Proper control wiring identification ferrules ( sleeve type) shall be provided at both
ends of the control wiring. The wiring terminal shall be numbered with ring ferrules
85
8.
in such a manner that if a wire is connected between terminal block x2.6 and rela y
e5.3, then the wire terminal at x2 should read e5.3 and the wire terminal at e5 should
read x2.6. This system shall be strictly adopted in preparation of drawings as well as
various panels for easy tracing of the wiring. It is clarified that equipment and
transformer tap change are not required to be ferruling of back to back system.
However external wiring should follow back to back ferruling system.
All tripping relays located inside local control panels and relay panels which can
cause tripping if touched accidently during maintenance shall be provided with
additional safety covers, which, when necessary can be removed in case any testing
or maintenance is to be carried out on these relays. In addition to this, a prominent
and suitably worded caution label should be provided.
The maximum operating time allowed for tripping relays is lams. An evidence of
suitability of the proposed relay/contactor to safe operation (i.e. no false tripping due
to mechanical shock and vibration) has to be submitted.
These tripping
relays/contactoTS must be manufactured and tested in accordance with the IEC 255
(4 & 5) and BSS 142,5992 as applicable.
6.7.15 Pilot Cable Supervision: (For 132kV & 33kV Systems)

For pilot cable supervision, high frequency guard tone used with inter-tripping equipment
shall be utilized. The loss of this tone shall be transmitted to the control centre and shall
mean either inter-tripping equipment faulty or pilot cable faulty.
To avoid occurrence of flash-over across the terminals in the marshalling cabinet,
tenderers are requested to provide the necessary protective measures for terminal
equipment as well as the operation staff against induced voltage due to phase-to-ground
faults on the associated power cables.
For all pilot cable cores other than Solkor (RF) cores suitably rated surge arrestors
approved by the purchaser shall be installed for protection of terminal equipment and
operating personnel.
These surge arrestors are preferably installed in a separate panel located adjacent to the
marshalling cabinet.
On the other hand the terminal blocks in the MlC, control cabling to control room and
inter-tripping relays for the far end substation (where applicable) shall be insulated for at
least 5kV & 15kV, for 33kV and 132kV systems respectively.
The cost of supply and erection of the above shall be included in the tender price,
however, the arrangement shall be subject to the Purchaser's approval.
86
PART VII
SPECIFICATION NO. MEW/SSI7
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR INDICATIONS,
ALARMS, REMOTE CONTROL AND METERING IN SUBSTATIONS
PERTAINING TO THE SUPERVISORY CONTROL CENTRES
A.
GENERAL:
The Ministry of Electricity & Water has Supervisory and Remote Control Centers for its
network. The equipment covered by this specification shall include all the necessary
provisions for the above purpose which shall be included in the tender price.
The Supervisory Control System comprises of the following:
a.
Status monitoring of circuit breakers, load break switches, isolators etc.
b.
Data gathering of volts, amps, MW, MVAR, F,T,H etc.
c.
Monitoring of trouble alarms.
d.
Supervisory remote control of circuit breaker, load break switches, isolators,
transformer tap changers, etc.
e.
Communications.
f.
Fast inter-trip PLC protection for OHL circuits.
This tender includes the telemetry equipment itself associated with the above as a
separate part. However, this part shall include all the necessary equipment that have
to be installed and wired at the substation to realize the monitoring of status, alarms,
telemetry and telecontrol as detailed below hereafter:
B.
Requirements for the Remote Control. Telesignalling

and Telemetering in the Substations:
The following remote controls, telesignalling and telemeterings are required for the
different types of equipment in eacb substation:
275KV, 132KV, 33KV, llKV circuits and
275/132KV, 132/33KV, 132/ 11.5KV and 33/II.5KV transformers.
1.
A.
Circuit Breakers:
275kV circuit breaker:
This covers all 275KV circuit breakers for feeders, bus coupler, bus sections and
2751132KV transformers.
1.
Remote control
open/close
open/close
11.
Status:
Supervisory/local
State of auto re-closure (in service or out of service for
overhead line circuits only)
111.
Alarms: For all:
Poles discrepancy alarm
Driving mechanism trouble alarm
Arching cbamber pressure low alarm
Isolation pressure low alarm
Circuit breaker failure to trip protection alarm
Inter trip alarm
Bay SF6 gas pressure low trip
Over current relay trip
Earth fault relay trip
For OHL circuits:
Distance protection "A" alrum
Distance protection "8" alarm
Underground cable low oil pressure alarm
87
Underground cable low oil pressure trip

Pilot cable fault alarm
Pilot cable supervision supply fail alarm
Distance protection "A" trip (main protection A)
(with separate signal for eacb step)
Distance protection "B" trip (main protection B)
(with separate signal for each step)
Auto reclosure operated.
Directional compensated earth fault relay trip.
For Underground Cable Circuits:
Pilot cable fault alarm
Pilot cable supervision supply fail alarm
Impedance protection "B" Trip (main protection 'B')
(with separate signal for each stage)
Solkor trip (main protection' A')
Impedance protection "B" Alarm
iv.
B.
Metering:
Feeders
MW and MVAR (with polarity)
Bus-coupler)
Bus-sections)
Amps.
Transformers 275/132KV : None
132KV Circuit Breakers:
This covers all l32KY circuit breakers and load break switches for 132KY feeders &
reactors, bus couplers, bus sections, and 2751132KV, 132133KV & 132/11.5KV
transformers.
Note: Low voltage side of 300 MVA 275/132KV transformers will be housed either in a
separate cubicle or in the 275 KV TIB in addition to the terminals in 132KV
cabinet. CBO & CBC indications and MW & MVAR measurements will be
connected separately to both terminal sets in proper order for double monitoring in
future.
open/close
i) Remote control
open/close
ii) Status
Supervisory/local
State of auto re-closure (in service or out of service for
overhead line circuits)
iii) Alarms
Poles discrepancy (for breakers and load break switches)
alarm
Driving mechanism trouble alanm
Arching chamber pressure low alarm (for SF6 breakers) for
other types of breakers this signal is replaced either by
low oil level alanm or vacuum disruption alarm or low
air pressure alarm.
Isolation pressure low alarm
Distance protection Alarm (for overhead line circuits)
Main protection trip operated by solkor for underground

cable circuits, by Duo Bias for transformers and by
distance protection for overhead line circuits (with
separate signal for each step)
Inter trip (except for directly connected reactor)
88

Pilot cable fault alarm (for feeders)
Pilot cable supervision supply fail alarm (for feeders)
Auto reclosure operated (for overhead line circuits)
Circuit breaker failure to trip protection alarm (for low
voltage side of275/ 132KV transformers)
iv) Metering:
Feeders:
Bus coupler, )
Bus section ):
Transfonners 2751)
132kV
):
MW and MYAR (with polarity)
amps.
MW & MYAR (with polarity) double
set (one for 300KV system and the other for 132KV
system)
Transformer I 32/33KV
) None
Transformers 132/11.5KV ) None
C.
33kV Circnit Breakers:

This covers all 33KV circuit breakers for feeders & reactors, bus couplers, bus section and
132/33KV & 33/ 11.5KV transformers.
i)
ii)
Remote control
Status
iii)
Alarms
open/close
open/close
isolated (withdrawn) supervisory/local
Low air and high air pressure alann (if compressed air
drive andlor air blast circuit breakers are used. This
alarm for each bay has to be looped to the 33KV station
compressed air supply fail alarm).
Auto-trip (all trappings due to operation of any of the
protections have to be looped to this trip except for
132/33KV transfonners)
Driving mechanism trouble, poles discrepancy, arcing
chamber pressure and inter trip (for 132133 & 132111KV
Transformer breakers only)
Underground cable low oil pressure alarm (for
underground cable feeders & transformers)
Underground Cable low oil pressure trip (for 132133KV
transformers only)
Pilot cable fault alarm (for feeders only)Pilot cable
supervision supply fail Alarm (for feeders only)
89
iv)
Metering:
Feeders
Bus coupler &
Amps , volts
Amps.
Bus-sections
Transfonners 132/33KV
MW, MY AR (with polarity)
Transformers 1321J 1.5KV : None
D.
l1kV Circuit Breakers:

a)
This covers the IIKV circuit breakers controlling 132/11.5 and 33/ 11.5KV
transformers:
i)
Remote control
same as for (C-i, ii & iii above)
ii)
Status
Except for cable low oil pressure alarm for:
iii) Alarms
33/11.SKV transformers
iv) Metering
MW & MYAR (with polarity)
Amps, volts.
b)
II.
A)
B)
This covers all llKV circuit breakers for feeders, bus sections, bus couplers and
IllOAI5KV Station Transformers:
i)
Remote control
None
ii)
Status
open/close
iii) Alarms
Auto-trip
iv) Metering
Amps
Isolators:
27SKV Isolators:
Tllis covers all the line isolators,
i)
Remote control
ii)
Status
iii) Alarms
iv) Metering
bus bar selector isolators and bus bar section isolators:

None
open/close
None
None
132kV Isolators:
a)
This covers all bus bar section isolators, Bus bar selector isolators and reactor
isolators connected in parallel to a feeder breaker:
b)
i)
Remote control
None
ii)
Status
Open/Close
iii) Alarms
None
iv) Metering
None
This covers the line isolators for 132KV mesh type bus bars and Bus Bars having
one & half breaker system (the two breakers controlling the circuits are treated in
such systems as bus section breakers):
i)
Remote control
Open/Close
ii)
Status
Open/Close
iii) Alarms
Same as I-B (iii) except poles discrepancy Alarm and
Arcing
chamber pressure low Alarms
iv) Metering
Same as I-B (iv) above
NB:- The remote control open and close is to be wired through the normal interlock
with the breakers, earth switches and the locallremote switches of the breakers
controlling the respective bay for (b) above.
90
c)
III.
33KVand llKV isolators:

This covers the bus bar section isolators and reactor isolators connected in parallel
to a feeder breaker.
i)
Remote control
None
ii)
Status
Open/Close
iii) Alarms
None
iv) Metering
None
Bus Bars:
A. 275kV Bus Bars:
i)
Remote control
ii)
Status
iii) Alarms
iv)
B.
C.
132kV Bus Bars:

i)
Remote control
ii)
Status
iii)
Alarms
iv)
Metering
33kV Bus Bar:

i)
Remote control
ii)
Status
iii) Alarms
iv)
IV.
Metering
Metering
None
Bus Bar live (one indication for each bus bar section)
Bus Bar protection trip for each section of a busbar
Bus Bar protection Failure Alarm
Bus Bar gas pressure low Alarm
Bus Bar gas pressure low Trip
KV - one measurement for each bus bar section
Frequency
None
Bus Bar live (one indication for single bus bar
substations and two indications for double bus bar
substation for 132KV voltage level irrespective of
number of bus-section).
Bus Bar protection trip for each section of a busbar
Bus Bar protection Failure Alarm
Bus Bar gas pressure low Alarm
Bus Bar gas pressure low Trip
KV - one measurement for single bus bar substations
arid two measurements for double bus bar substations.
None
None
Bus Bar protection trip for each section of a bus bar
Bus Bar protecti on Failure Alarm.
None
Transformers:
(Transfer Terminal Blocks for this part are to be provided in the TTB cubicle housing the
low voltage side of the transformer.
Note: In addition to individual open/close Remote Control, it is required to provide one
Group command open/close software-wise for the LV side breakers of 275/132,
132/33, 132111, 33111KV transfoIDlers group. A group of transformers consists up
to 4 transformers nOffilally but a maximum of 8 Nos. should be considered. 111e
command is to be executed irrespective of number of transformers in operation at
any moment.).
91
A.
27SI132KV Transformers:
Remote control
Raise!Lower (tap)
Status
Transformer under supervisory control
Transformer parallel
Tap changer in progress (in case of manual and nonfollower
only)
Transformer BlowerslFans running
Transformer oil pumps running
Tap changer position (21 positions)
Out-of-step group alarm for all transformers (to be
iii) Alarms
connected to terminal 145 of transformer No:2)
Transformer Buchholz Alarm
Transformer Buchholz Trip
Transformer Tap changer Buchholz Alarm
Transformer Tap changer Buchholz Trip
Transformer Winding temperature Alarm
Transformer Winding temperature Trip
Transformer oil temperature Alarm
Transformer oil temperature Trip
Transformer Low oil level Alarm
Transformer underground Cable low oil pressure alarm
Transformer tubing gas pressure low Alarm
Restricted earth fault H (High voltage side)
Restricted earth fault L (Low voltage side)
Duo Bias" A n Trip
Duo Bias "B" Trip
Under frequency relay Trip Group alarm for a11
Transformers (To be connected to Terminal No. 144 of
transformer No.1)
Tap Changer drive motor trouble
Transformer oil pumps trouble
i)
ii)
B.
132/33KV, 132/11.5KV and 33/11.SKV transformers:

i)
Remote control
Raise!Lower (tap)
ii)
Status
Transformer Tap changer under s~ervisory control
Transformer Tap changer under
only for 33111.5
local manual control
Transformer tap changer under
transformer
local automatic control
Transformer parallel
Tap change in progress (in case of manual and nonfo11ower only)Transformer BlowerslFans running
Tap changer position (21 positions)
iii) Alarms
i)
132/33KVand 132111.5 KV Transformer
under frequency relay trip (To be connected to
Terminal
No. 144 of Transformer No.1)
Out of step alarm per group of Transformers (To
be
connected to Terminal No.145 of Transformer
No.2)
Restricted Earth Fault trip
92
Stand-by Earth Fault trip per group of transformer s

(To be connected to Terminal No.143 of Transformer
No.1)
Buchholz Transformer Alann
Buchholz Transformer Trip
Buchholz Tap changer Alarm
Buchholz Tap changer Trip
Oil temperature alarm
Oil temperature trip
Winding temperature alarm
Winding temperature trip
Low oil level transformer alarm
ii)
33111.5KV Transformers
Out of step alann (per group of transformers to be
connected to Tenninal No.145 of transformer
No.2)
High oil and high winding temperature alarm
(combined)
Buchholz surge tank and low oil level alarm
(combined)
Transformer trip (all the trippings of transformer
due to
any of its protection have to be looped to the
transformer
trip alarm)
Underground cable low oil pressure alarm.
V.
Shunt Reactors:
At present, in some substations, reactors are connected together with a feeder to a breaker
panel through an isolator for different voltage levels. They may be fmally cormected to
individual breakers.
i)
Remote
Open/Close
Open/Close
ii)
Status
SupervisorylLocal
Line isolator open/close (for 300KV UGC feeder with
300KV
reactor)
Isolated Breaker (in case of reactors connected with
300/33KV
transformer tertiary)
Reactor isolator (expect for 33KV)
Feeder/Reactor combined isolator (only for 300KV UGC
feeder with 300KV reactor)
Reactors Fans Running
Poles discrepancy alarm (except 33KV)
Driving mechanism trouble alann
Arching chamber pressure (except 33KV)
UGC low oil pressure alarm
Isolation pressure low alarm (except 33KV)
Pilot cable fault alann (only for 300KV UGC feeder with
300KV reactor)
Pilot cable supervisory fail alann (only for 300KV UGC
feeder with 300KV reactor).
93
iv)
VI.
Metering
Distance protection main B alarm (only for 300KV UGC

feeder with 300KV reactor)
Reactors fans trouble alarm (except for 132KV)
Reactor Buchholz Alarm
Reactor Buchholz Trip
Reactor oil temperature Alann
Reactor oil temperature Trip
Reactor Winding temperature Alarm
Reactor Winding temperamre Trip
Reactor Low oil Level Alarm
Reactor alarm (except for 132 & 33KY)
Main protection A trip (only for 300KV UGC feeder with
300KV reactor)
Main protection B trip (only for 300KV UGC feeder with
300KV reactor)
Stages for main protection B (only for 300KV UGC feeder
with 300KV reactor)
UGC low oil pressure trip (except for 33KV)
Inter trip Alarm (except for 33KV)
SF6 pressure low trip (except for 132KV & 33KV)
CB failure to trip (except for 132KV & 33KY)
Restricted earth fault relay HV side trip (except for 132KV &
33KV)
Reactor CB arcing fault trip (only for 33KY)
MW and MY AR in case of 275KV reactors whether they are
connected alone or with another feeder.
Amps. in case of all reactors whether connected alone or with
another feeder.
General:
(Station alarms & measurements are to be provided in the TIB cabinet for highest voltage
level. For substations having 300KV voltage level then these are to be provided separately
for 300KV voltage level then these are to be provided separately for 300kV and the next
highest voltage level available and common alarms are to be brought separately to the
respective terminals from source i.e. control/switchgear relay/transformers panels. If
33KV voltage level is not the highest voltage then separate set of terminal sections are to
be provided in the 33KV TIB cabinet and only the Bus Bar Trip are to be wired to it).
A.
Station Alarms:
A.C. supply failure
D.C. supply failure (for 300KV substations DC supply failure I + DC
supply failure II are to be looped together)
Compressed air master tank (if used)
Communication failure
Telemetry supply failure
PLC supply failure
General alarm 300KV (concerning switchgear, relay & Control panels) for 300KV
substations only
General alarm 132KV (concerning switchgear, relay & Control panels) for
132KV,132133/ 1I.SKV, 132/11.5KV substations only
General alarm 33KV (concerning switchgear, relay & Control panels)
for 132KV, 132/3311 I.SKV, 13211 1.5KV substations only
General alarm II KV (concerning switchgear, relay & Control panels)
for 132KV,132/33/ II.SKV, 13211 1.5KV substations only
N.B.: Any other grouped alarms which are not acquired as single alann or with some other alarm
94
must be connected to general alarms according to voltage levels in tbeir respective control
panels and only one wire to be connected to the TTB, looping at TTB is not allowed.
Section services Alarm (Air Conditioning, Control Room temperature Alarm ..... etc.)
llKV Ring Main Alarm for 132/33/ 11.5KV, 132111.5KV and 331l 1.5KV
substations
only.
Firefighting system operated alaan
For All
Substations
Firefighting system fai lure
B.
Station Metering:
Bus bar voltage as outline in III-A(iv)
Temperature
." Humidity
Dust content of atmosphere
Wind speed
Wind direction
Frequency
NB:
VII.
& B (iv)
For 300KV
substations
only
If an alann not individually monitored, the same to be looped to the nearest

meaning individually monitored alann at control panel.
In case a fleeting type alarm (s) has to be looped to a persistent type of
alarms the same to be indicated separately for MEW approval.
This is emphasized that in no case additional alarms are to be wired to the
TTBs other than what is indicated in the approved TTB arrangement already
available with the tenderer (more explanation can be given to the successful
bidder on enquiry) and no looping of alarms on the TTBs is allowed. If
required
such
loopings
are
to
be
made
m
switchgear/controllrelay/transfoaner panels.
For requirements of wiring of 275kV, 132kV,33kV and llkV panels
insulation and de coupling indicated in Appendix 7.1.
The specification for transducers indicated in appendix 7.2
The designations, abbreviations and type of above mentioned teleinformation are shown in TTB arrangement and 3001l32/33/11KV pud
sheets as indicated in Appendix 7.3.
The connection for MW, MYAR transducers and the voltage selection
circuit for busbar live and busbar voltage for single/double busbar s/stns is
shown in
Appendix 7.4.
General Alarm Terminals:

A terminal assembly of 9 terminals is to be provided just below station teaninals for future
use for connection of General Alarm.
VIII. TIB Cabinet:

240 V AC supply and 48 V DC supply is to be brought to each TTB cabinet on suitable
terminations.
95
7.
7.1
Appendices:
For requirements of wiring of 275 kV, 132 kV, 33 kVand IlkV panels insulation and
decoupling:
It is particularly regarded that, in view of the strong interference prevailing in substation
and in the Control Centre, two separate sources will be supplied, one for all the high
voltage devices, the other for all tbe remote control equipment.
In addition, the feeder cables for all the latter equipment will never be installed close to the
high voltage equipment. In particular, the potential of the remote control will not be
connected directly to the contacts on the HV equipment.
This means that the use of decoupling devices are to be foreseen.
For the same reason it is recommended that the potential used on high voltage equipment
does not penetrate into the remote control equipment. The inpuUoutput circuits of such
equipment must have the following levels of insulation:
dielectric resistance at 50 Hz
500 Volts
surge wave: in common mode
500 volts
in differential mode
300 Volts
TelesignalIing:
In figure I, the decoupling device D must be able to cope with the following insulation in
addition to the connecting cables and inpuUoutput terminals ofRTU.
Dielectric performance
2 KV at 50 HZ during 1 min.
Surge wave: in common mode
2 KV
in differential mode
1 KV
Although shown in figHre 1 with electromechanical relays, other means of decoupling may
be used, for instance opto-couplers.
Remote Control:
It is necessary here to use the principle of galvanic decoupling as shown in figure 2.
The contractor shall arrange for intermediate auxiliary relays suitable rated for the transfer
of closing control orders received from the above relays to energize the respective closing
circuits. However, in general if a breaker has tripped due to operation of any protection
while it is in supervisory rode the remote closing or opening command should be executed
without the need to manually reset any alarm.
Facilities provided:
The contractor will include in his offer the supply and installation of all the necessary
transducers, control interposing relays, auxiliary contacts on the circuit breakers and
control and selector switches and all the necessary auxiliary relays and contacts along
with cubicles/cabinets, if needed, to accommodate the transducers and relays for the
purpose as described below. All such equipments etc. will be subject to the approval of
MEW.
i)
Status and TelesignalIing:

As regards the status and telesignals potential free contacts will have to be provided
for use with the R.T.U and these will be wired to the suitable terminal blocks in the
control panels.
The status of devices such as circuit breakers, isolators etc., will take the form of
two contacts forming two normally complementary loops, the complementary
function being ensured by the interlocks of the 275 KV, 132 KV, 33 KV and 11 KV
equipment.
The transmitting devices will transmit a non-complementary state which occurs
during an abnormal situation.
Telesignalling are initiated by a single contact making or breaking a loop.
For local signalling in the substation, the alarms must be held in by mechanical or
electrical means but for the transmission to tbe Control Centre they are not to be
taken from latcbing circuits.
When the alarm signals are derived from the annunciator boards with mechanical
latching, e.g.:
,y':; <,;.~
' ~Ij'
'''""1'''3:::..3* -.
96
MaueJl type : MR 1111 0-2a
Reyrolle type : RPG1IB62 or similar
or with electrical self-balding circuits, tbe alarms will be taken from the automatic
reset contacts and not from the manual reset contacts.
The potential free contacts used on the protective relays for remote supervision
alarms must be of the fleeting type provided that the make time (period during
which the contacts are in closed position) of these contacts is not less than 25 illS.
Otherwise, intermediate auxiliary relays must be provided to satisfy this condition.
ii)
Command Outputs:
For the Remote Supervisory Control ( open/close of circuit breaker and raisellower
of tap changer) the contaclOr will provide the interposing relays rated at 48 +/-20%
volts d.c. He will also provide intermediate auxiliary relays suitably rated for the
transfer of control orders received from the above relays to energise the respective
operating circuits.
iii) Measured Values:
The current and voltage transformers will be connected to the transducers through
suitable terminal blocks in the control panels.
For the measurement of the power (active and reactive) the use will be made of the
"Aaron principle" for the connection of the power transducers to the metering
transformers, in order to detect unbalanced load conditions in the network. (See the
figure of the Appendix 7.2: watt metric and varmetric transducer wiring).
iv) Transfer Terminal Block Assembly (ITB):
'To guarantee a clear demarcation between the HV switchgear equipment and the
remote control equipment and to facilitate the testing without the removing of wires,
the use of terminal block assemblies comprising t=inals with link plugs will be
provided.
Any information concerning a feeder circuit is normally made available at the
terminals inside the feeder control boards or the protection boards.
Therefore, one separate feeder oriented transfer terminal block assembly (TIB) for
each of the existing voltage levels (275KV, 132KV, 33KV and llKV) will be
provided, each accommodated in a separate cabinet clearly labelled with the
exception of the 132KV low voltage side of 300MVA transformers which is to be
housed in addition in a different cubicle so as to be connected to the W substation
RTU and the terminals in the 132KV TTB could be connected to the A or B
substation RTU and used for double monitoring. The 33KV shunt reactors are to be
housed in the same cubicle as that of low voltage side of 300MV A transformer.
This arrangement offers the following characteristics:
The digital signals (indications and alarms, commands) will be grouped and led
to the TTB (figure 3).
The digital and analogue (measured values) signals will be separated from each
other by using separate cables and terminal block groups (figure 3).
The order of terminal block sections will be arranged according to the physical
order in the installation of the feeder control boards (figure 3).
New T.T.B cabinets must be fully equipped for the capacity according to the
busbar arrangements and provision of extension as indicated earlier.
TIB cabinets should be provided with internal lighting and identical panel key
for all cabinets. Three panel keys with each cabinet is to be supplied.
Separate terminal block sections and order will be provided for transformer
information (figure 3).
The function-oriented terminal designation scheme will be provided with a high
degree of systematization (figure 5 and figure 5a ofTIB arrangements.
This device must meer the following requirements:Organisation of the terminal block assembly in several main groups (figure 3 & 4
of TIB arrangements) i.e.
- Telemetering group (all measured values)
97
Indication/control group for feeders (all voltage levels)
Indication/control group for transformers (all voltage levels) which are installed on
tbe low voltage side.
Indication group for the substation.
In this way, a subdivision of the terminal block assembly is obtained so as to
separate terminal groups for analogue signals (measured values) and for digital
signals (indications, alarms and commands). (figures 5 and 5a ofTTB arrangement).
Within the terminal block groups, optimum distribution of the terminals among the
various feeders and transformers to obtain terminal sections according to a fixed
order.
Within a terminal section, distribution of individual terminals among the different
function in a fixed order.
Each terminal section must be labelled with the designations of the feeder,
transformer etc. and follow the same order as exists for the HV equipment
A dermite function is always allotted to a definitive terminal.
The terminal block section for each feeder circuit includes only those terminals
required for the actual number and type of functions associated with the feeder. In
addition, a definite number of spare terminals are included in each section.
For a better understanding, the terminal designations include additional information
for the user.
Tbis is illustrated by the numbering scheme which is as follows:
Status indications
: 1-40, 101-140,201-240,501-530
Alarms
: 41-68, 141-168, 241 -268, 341-368
Common return for indications : 69, 169,269,369, 569
and alarms
Commands
: 91-98, 191-198
Common return for commands : 99,199
It is to be noted that each section has its own common return wire wbich results in
galvanic isolation between the different terminal block sections (feeder transformer) .
In addition to the indications and alarms, commands are wired to the corresponding
terminal block sections of the TTB for feeder and transformer circuits.
Isolating terminals must be used fitted with link plugs to facilitate testing without
removing the connected wires and best suited to fulfill the specification as
mentioned here above.
The main features are:
-clear segregation
-test sockets integrated in the clamping screw for 50V DC and 240V AC easy
mounting
minimum space requirement designed to accept cross sections
From 0.5mm.sq. (multi-core cable to remote control apparatus) up to 2.5mm.sq.
(control cable to control boards)
The front face of TTB cubicle will accommodate the feeder, bus section, bus
coupler and high voltagellow voltage transformers terminals for indications, alarms
and remote controls where as the left side will accommodate all the measurements
and the right side will accommodate the transformer part, station indications and
alarms, GA terminals, 240 V AC and 48V DC terminals. All the wiring coming
from the substation side will be connected on left hand side of terminals while the
right hand side of terminals will be connected to the telemetry equipment. All
cab lings inside the TTB cuhicles will run in common cable trays of approved type.
Each TTB cubicle will he provided with an earth busbar at the bottom to which all
earth connections are to be made. When more details for the above are required,
these will be given to the successful tenderer.
Properly engraved cable
identification ties will be provided for easy identification of cables. Numbered
ferrules of permanent type matching with the numbering on the transfer terminal
98
blocks are to be provided on the wires connected on the switchgear side and vice
versa. Bay identification with type of signals/measurements will also to be
provided for each set of terminals. All cubicles should be easily identifiable with
clearly engraved labels.
(v) Cables and Wiring:
The capacity of each cable will take into consideration several spare cores.
A definite number of spare terminals in the TTB have been requested, these
terminals will be connected to RTU as well as the switchgear/transformer/control or
protection panels with some of the spare cores, the remaining spare cores will be
kept to replace any core which would become faulty in the future.
All alarms, indications, measurements and Remote control are to be picked up
from/connected to the source i.e. from/to switchgear, transformer, control or
protection panels and are connected to the transfer terminal blocks. This applies
even for the unavailable alarms the difference being ouly that at the switchgear,
transformer, controVprotection panel such alarms will be terminated on the
terminals and will not go any further.
In case if any free terminals are not available in the switchgear, transformer, control
/ protection panel the same is to be supplied according to MEW practice and
matching with the existing terminals.
The cables will be fixed firmly by appropriate means on both ends and labelled by
engraved ties as well.
Remote closing/opening of circuit breakers should be possible in case of protection
alarms namely main protection trip, over current relay trip, earth fault relay trip,
under frequency relay trip, restricted ElF relay trip etc.
The screen of the cables will be connected to the earthing located at the bottom of
the equipment.
The wires will be clearly segregated according to their function, they will be
ferruled by means of unloosing system.
No more than two wires will be accepted in the same terminal.
The termination point at RTU should be arranged in a similar way as in TTB cabinet
i.e. the terminal strip at the input side should be segregated for each switchgear bay
and labelled. Standard numbering plan is to be followed on all individual feeder
oriented strips in RTU.
In case if the T.T.B . cabinets are located in different buildings, tbe contractor has to
wire the information from the TTB cabinets to the RTU by means of suitable cables
taking into consideration the distance, the interference expected due to running of
cables along with power cables etc.
Common return for indication, alarms and commands are to be connected to the
telemetry positive potential which is grounded on the power supply.
(vi) Specifications for the Requirement of Cables:
a)
General:
The specification will cover all the cables to be supplied for the connection between
the different equipments in substations and Dee which are to be laid in suitable
trenches or trays subject to MEW approval. Further all cables will be provided with
engraved cable identification ties of approved type. Wherever feasible numbered
permanent type of ferrules will be provided for cable core identification. 111e
Tenderer will precise each type of cable:
1. its construction
2. its electrical properties
All the cables proposed to be used has to be flame retardent type as per lEe 332 and
subject to MEW approval.
99
b)
c)
Type of Cables:
I.
Indoor Telephone Cables:
These cables will be of multi-core type, each conductor having a diameter not
less than 0.8= (0.5mm.sq. cross section) between all equipment excluding
item 2 and 3 detailed below:
The number of pairs will be precised as well as the colour code.
The telephone cables will be screened.
2.
Telephone cables PVC insulated 15kV Grade:
These cables will be used for connection between marshalling cabinet,
protection box and annunciator board and also between marshalling cabinet
and isolating transformers. They will be multi-core cables, each conductor
having a diameter not less than 0.8mm. The number of pairs will be precised
as well as the colour code. The telephone cables will be screened.
3.
Power Cables:
The power cables will be multi conductor, each conductor having a cross
section not less than 2.5mm.sq. and they will be screened and PVC overall
jacketed. The coreidentification code will be defined. These cables will be
used for all modification works between substation equipment and TTB
except from transducers to TTB which will not be less than 1.5sq.M.
Cable Connection:
Separate cables are to be laid between each switchgear, transformer,
controVprotection panel to TTB cabinet and to the terminal block on the RTU for
indication/control, except for measurements as indicated in figure 3.
The measurements will have to be connected from the control panels to TIB by
separate cables but from TIB to RTU they could be combined for more than one
bay. For station alarms and measurements similar arrangement is to be foreseen.
H. VOLTAGE
EQUIP ENTS
RFMOTE
EQUIPMENT
RELAYS
ELECTR NI
- -'
H.V. EQUIPMENT
POTENTIAL
..-
I
/
1..-
CONTROL
+-
TELEMETRY COMMON
RETURN
(pOSITIVE POTENTIAL)
FIG. 1
100
REMOTE
CONTROL
EQUIPMENT
RELAYS
HV EQUIPMENT
I
/
I
I
I
I
I-
~
TELEMETRY COMMON RETURN
(POS ITTVE POTENTIAL)
HV
POTENTIAL
FIG. 2
Appendix 7.2 Specifications of the Transducers:

1.
General:
The transducers used must be exclusively of the static type, namely 100% electronic
without auxiliary power supply, and they must be of the current output type.
Input:
2.
2.1
Current Transducers
I ampere or 5 amperes taken from the red phase current transformer.
2.2
Voltage Transducers:
1l0V AC taken from phase to phase (red and yellow) of the secondary of the voltage
transformer.
2.3
Wattmetric and Varmetric transducers:
Current input
: IA or 5A
Voltage input
: II OV AC
The connection of the transducer must be a "three phase" connection. The scheme of
wiring is shown in the figure 2.
3.
Output:
3.1
Current Transducers:
The output must be proportional to the input (straight line characteristic) and range from a
to lOrnA, the lOrnA corresponding to nominal input +30% overload, i.e. for IA or 5 A
input, output =10mA = 7.7rnA.
3.2
Voltage Transducers :
The output must be proportional to the input, but with a linearly expanded range and must
range from 0 to lOrnA, the l OrnA corresponding to nominal input +20% I.e.
Low range scale:
Input
: a to 80% of 1l0V
Output : a to 2rnA
High range expanded scale:
80% to 120% of 1l0V
Input
Output : 2rnA to lOrnA
101
3.3
Wattmeteric and Vannetric Transducers:

The output must be proportional to the input (straight line characteristic) and bi-directional
with the range -lOrnA to 0 to + lOrnA, the lOrnA corresponds to nominal input +30%
overload.
lA or SA
i.e. input
output
1011.3rnA = 7.7rnA 11 OV AC
4.
Miscellaneous for all the Transducers:
For all the types of transducers (current, voltage, watt metric, vannetric) it must be
possible to vary +1- 50% of the output to suit any required output current.
4.1
Power Consumption:
less than 2 V A per current circuit
less than 2 VA per voltage circuit.
4.2
Secondary load Impedance:
TIle secondary load impedance for a current of lOrnA can vary between 0 and 1500 ohms.
The output circuit must be capable of remaining permanently open witllout destruction,
and without irreversible modification of characteristics of the transducers. A 0.1 micro
Farad filter capacitor can be connected by the use, if necessary in parallel with the
secondary load (equivalent capacity of the wiring).
4.3
Dielectric Insulation:
4.3.1 Testing at 50Hz:
The dielectric characteristic of the transducer must be such that they can withstand a 50Hz
AC voltage for a period of Imin, having the following values with respect to b'found:
2kV applied to the current and voltage circuits
500V, applied to the output circuits.
4.3.2 Shock Wave Testing:
The peak voltage value is 3kV in common mode, and 2kV in differential mode, for the
measurement circuits. For the other circuits, the peak value is IKV in both differential
and common modes.
4.4
Refe rence Conditions:
The reference conditions are as follows:
f = 50Hz, t = 20'C, Cos 0 = I or Sin 0 = I
The errors are expressed in K%, ofK being the accuracy index (0.5) except for frequency
transducer which is to be of 0.2 and temperature & humidity transducers which are to be
of I.
4.5
Accuracy Under Reference Conditions:

All the transducers must be class 0.5 except the frequency transducer which is to be of
class 0.2 and temperature and unidity transducers which are to be of class 1.
The curves for proportional DC current under the reference conditions and with respect to
a variable current must be linear over full scale range. In particular, the output current
must be nil for an LV reference power level ofO, or K% at most.
Over the complete read scale range, fue output current absolute error must not exceed:
0.05 rnA
For Class 0.5% units 0.5 x 1O~
100
For Class 0.2% units 0.2 x 1O~0.02 rnA
100
1 x 10~ 0.01 rnA
For Class 1% units
102
4.6
4.6.1
External Inflnences:
Variation in accuracy with tbe temperature and the bumidity:
The temperature can vary between -5'C and +55'C and the humidity can vary between 0
to 100%. Over this range, proportional DC current error, measured under reference
conditions must be less than +/- K%.
4.6.2 Variations in Accuracy according to the power Factor:

The proportional DC current error witb variations in the power factor, measured under
reference conditions, with Cos 0 ~ 0.5 lagging and 0.7 leading for active power
transducers, and Sin 0 ~ 0.5 ( Cos 0 ~ 0.886 and -0.866 ) for reactive power transducers,
must be less than ~/ - K%.
4.6.3 Variations in Accuracy with tbe input Voltage:
The input voltage may vary between two limits: 0.8V,and 1.20 V,
(Where V , is normal input voltage, 110 volts).
The proportional DC current error at limit values, measured under reference conditions,
must be less than +/-K%.
4.6.4 Variations in Accuracy with the Frequency:
The frequency variation range is from 46 Hz to 51 Hz. Tbe proportional DC current error
at these variation limits, measured under reference conditions, must be less than +/- K%.
4.6.5 Resistance to Over currents:
Tbe transducer must be capable of withstanding two times tbe rated current permanently,
and a current equal to 10 times its nominal current for 0.5 seconds (this current can bave a
form whicb is practically sine wave, or pulse form in the events of current transformer
saturation).
4_6.6 Stability in Temperature:
With the unit permanently powered, under reference conditions, it must show no accuracy
drift with respect to initial measurement (tested after 15minutes warm-up period).
4.6.7 Residual Ripple:
This must be less than 50 micro amps for SmA, and 100 micro amps for JOmA.
4.6.8 Response Time:
The response time must be better than 500ms for a total scale deviation from 0 to 99%.
4.6.9 Storage Temperature:
Storage temperature can be up to +70'C.
4.6.10 Various with the Harmonic Distortion:
With a harmonic distortion of 2%, the error must not exceed +/- K%.
4.7
Components:
4.7.1 Metals:
Iron and steel are in general to be painted or galvanized or alternatively have chromium or
copper-nickel plated or other approved protective fInish.
The steel screws and nuts to be used are 10 be zinc, cadmium or chromium.
4.7.2 Fabrics Cork, Paper, etc ....
The fabrics, cork, paper and similar materials, which are not subsequently to be protected
by impregnation are to be adequately treated with an approved fungicide. Sleeving and
fabrics treated with linseed oil or varnishes must not be used.
103
4.7.3 Adhesives:
The adhesives are to be specially selected to ensure the types which are impervious to
moisture resistant to mould growth and not subject to the ravages of insects. Casein
cement is not to be used.
4.7.4 Printed Circuit Boards and Circuitry:
The circuitry will be completely solid state. The printed circuit boards will be epoxy glass
material.
The components having a shelf life of less than 5 years should not be used. Electrolytic
capacitors having a sborter life may be used, provided they will reform themselves after
one hour in service.
4.8
Spares:
The following spares to be supplied and its cost to be included in the contract price:
4.8.1 Two numbers transducer of each type (amps, volts, watt metric, varmetric) and of eacb
current transformer ratio.
4.8.2 Ten percent of total number of relays required for circuit breakers and transducers tap
changers controls.
Appendix 7.3:
The designations, abbreviations and type of above mentioned tele-information are shown in TTB
arrangement and 3001132133111kV PUD sheets.
Appendix 7.4:
The connection for MW, MVAR transducers and the voltage selection circuit for busbar live and
busbar voltage for single/double busbar substations.
-' -
104
PART VIII
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION NO.MEW/SSI8
SUBSTATION AUXILIARIES
8.1
Low Voltage Distribution Boards:
8.1.1 General:
The low voltage distribution board shall be supplied from the local transformers and the
board will be used to provide the necessary A.C. supplies to the substation. The
switchboard shall be arranged to permit future extension at each end.
8.1.2 Arrangement:
The distribution board shall comprise of:a)
Two isolators for the local transformers incoming circuits.
b)
One bus-section isolator.
c)
Six 30 amps and four 60 amps, 3-phase molded case circuit breakers to control various
circuits in the substation.
d)
Six 100 amps, 3-phase molded case C.B.s to control various circuits in the substation.
e)
One 500Amps, 3-phase molded case C.B. located in the bus section panel. The c.B. shall
be used for connection of supply from MEW mobile emergency diesel generating unit.
The switch shall be completed with necessary clamps, earthing connection and shall be
suitable for the specified cable below.
f)
All necessary molded case and miniatore circuit breakers to control the various substation
equipment such as battery chargers, tap-changer, switchgear, charging motors, air
compressors and pumps (where applicable), indicators and alarms, etc.
g)
One panel to accommodate all the necessary charging equipment for each of the two
220volts and 11 0 volts batteries and all controls, indicating instruments and any
indications associated with these battery chargers.
h)
All necessary current transformers, relays, instruments and indications as detailed in the
"Details of Equipment".
i)
All necessary sundry items to complete.
N.B: The necessary distribution boards for items (c) and (d) above will be supplied and the
price of such shall be included in the tender price. The basic arrangement of L.T. Board
and auxiliary distribution board shall be submitted with the offer. However, the details
shall be subject to the approval of the Purchaser.
-' -
8,1.3 Switchboards:
The switchboards offered shall be of the totally enclosed type, Circuit breaker units to the
same rating shall be completely inter-changeable,
The bus bars shall be of high conductivity, hard drawn electrolytic copper. The COmmon
neutral earth busbar shall be located at the lower section of the switchboard such that the
combined neutral and earth wire conductors of outgoing cables may be directly connected
to this bar. This bar shall be directly eartbed with connection to the outdoor earthing ring
(as in clause 1.9.2) at the nearest earthing pit.
The switchboard shall conform to BSS.5486 or IEC 439, The phase rotation and colour
markings shall be in accordance with BSS.158.
Each transformer control isolator panel shall be provided with a bolted copper link for
connections of the neutral cable to the combined neutral/earth busbar. Electrical and/or
mechanical interlocking against parallel operation of the transformers shall be provided.
Also electrical interlocking between llkV C.B. and L.T isolators bOtll controlling local
transformers shall be provided and shall be subject to MEW approval
105
8.1.4 Transfonner Control and Bus-Section Isolators:

The isolators shall be 3-single pole, air break pole operated, off-load, continuously rated
1600/500Amps (as may be stated in the Details of Equipment) at Kuwait's worst
temperature conditions and complying with BSS.3078. However, the isolator sball bave a
standard rating not less than 2000/600Amps. The selected ratings shall be required in
"Details of Equipment" of the specification.
The isolator shall be provided with 3 Nos. copper connecting bars tenninated in a way
suitable to receive necessary copper cable lugs for cables as specified.
The lugs shall be complete with bolts, nuts and lock washers. Interlocking shall be
provided to prevent parallelling of the trans fanners and the 11kV circuit breaker cannot be
closed if the L.T. Isolator is open and the isolator can only be closed if the 11kV C.B. is
open.
8.1.5 Moulded Case Circuit Breakers:
The moulded case circuit breakers shall be quick-make and quick-break on manual or
automatic operation and the handle mechanism shall be trip-free. Automatic tripping of
the circuit breaker shall be obtained by means of thennal device wbich has to be provided
with time delay tripping on overload and a magnetic device for instantaneous tripping on
short circuit and the setting sball be adjustable from the front side of the breaker.
Tbe circuit breakers sball be of the beavy duty type having a breaking capacity as detailed
in specifications.
These breakers shall be complete with mechanical "ON/OFF" indicators and auxiliary
contacts for remote alann indication in case the breaker tripped due to a fault on the
protected circuit or opened by hand.
8.1.6 Combination Fuses Switches:
Combination fuses switches shall be of 3-pole and neutral type totally enclosed witb
interlocked handle and fitted with " ON" and "OFF" mechanical indicator. The switches
shall be capable of making and breaking their assigned current load and shall be fitted witb
high rupturing capacity fuses of the cartridge type. The combination fuse switches shall
comply with BSS.861 and relevant Britisb Standard Specification and shall be complete
with sput shrouds insulated phase barriers and fully rated contacts ... etc.
8.1.7 Continuous Maximum Rating:
The following ratings shall be "Maximum Continuous Rating" under Kuwait's worst
temperature conditions:i)
Transfonner Isolator: 500 Amps or 1600 Amps
ii)
Bus-bar (Phase) : 600 Amps or 1600 Amps
iii) Bus-bar (Neutral) : 300 Amps or 800 Amps
iv) Moulded Case Circuit: 30 Amps, 60 Amps, 100 Amps breaker for S/Stn Service
and 500Amps.
v)
Bus-section isolator : 500 Amps or 1600 Amps
vi) Combination Fuse switch for mobile diesel generator : 500 Amps
Tenderers sball state the derating factors in each case and these shall not be less than 20%.
The selected ratings as required under "Detai ls of Equipment".
8.1.8 Protection:
Moulded Case Circuit Breakers:
a)
These shall bave a Kuwait Current Rating of500 Amps and as detailed under 8.15 above.
b)
Alanns:
i)
Total A.C. main supply voltage failure alann and earth fault relays equipped with
auxiliary contacts for local and remote supervisory alarm indications.
ii)
All circuit breakers above must be equipped with auxiliary contacts for remote
indications at the Supervisory Centre in case tbese are tripped due to a fault in the
sub-circuit or opened initially by band. These contacts are grouped to give a local
alarm on the llkV Control Board in addition to the required remote indication.
106
8.1.9 Cables:
i)
Transformer Control:
Eacb transformer control isolator sbaJl be provided witb suitable clamps for clamping 630
or 500sq.rnm stranded copper conductors, cross-linked, polytbelene insulated and extruded
PVC served, single core, 1000Volts cables. The clamp shall be of non-magnetic metal.
ii)
Moulded Case Circuit Breakers:
Eacb moulded case circuit breaker of 100Amps rating shaJl be supplied witb a suitable
cable clamp for 1000volts, 35 to 50sq.rum. stranded copper conductors, 4 core XLPE or
PVC insulated, PVC sheatbed, steel wire armoured and PVC overall sheatbed. Provision
for clamping and earthing of the wire armour shall be provided.
iii)
The foJlowing miniature circuit breakers shaJl be provided for tbe control A.C. supply to
telemetry equipment:
2 MCB's 15A1415 VIAC capacity 3 phase for chargers.
1 MCB of 15A1240 VlAC capacity 1 phase for panel lights.
1 MCB of 15A1240 VlAC capacity 1 phase as spare.
8.1.10 Emergency Diesel Generating Unit:
Supply and install tbe necessary cable lengtb in accordance witb tbe approved substation
arrangement between tbe 500 Amps, circuit breaker required under 8.1.2.(e) above in tbe
main L.T. Board for the above purpose and a separate wall mounted 500 Amps. Switch
fuse complete with fuses located in tbe entrance of the substation. The cables shall be 4
single core, 1.0 kV 300 sq,mm, standard copper conductors, XLPE insulated, pve
sheathed. Tbe switch fuse shall be complete with the necessary lugs, bolts, nuts, --etc. for
connection to the generating diesel unit.
Tbe cost of the above cable and switch fuse shall be included in the offer price.
Interlocking against parallel running of the two supplies i.e.- from the station transformers
and the diesel unit bas to be provided, key switch interlocking is accepted.
8.2
Substation D.C. Batteries and Charging Equipment:
8.2.1 General
The Station batteries shall be of the nickel cadmium alkaline type, tropically rated for a
maximum and minimum ambient temperature of 52e and -{jC and shall be in general to
tbe relevant BSS or its equivalent and sbaJl be subject to approval of the Purcbaser.
The batteries shall preferably be installed in tiers and shall be in a separate room. Suitable
stands for tbe batteries sbaJl be supplied. The stands shall be mounted on porcelain
insulators.
The coil containers shall be eitber of plastic of the best kind with adequate tbickness,
durable, unbreakable and suitable for 52C ambient temperature, or alternatively to be of
sheet steel, witb suitable measures taken to prevent corrosion. The cells sball be complete
witb plates, opening for topping up, gas release measurement of density and temperatures
and provided witb stoppers to prevent any foreign matter dropping in. Cells shall be
numbered and polarity oftbermal cell indicated.
Batteries supplied shall be complete witb all connectors for battery cbarging equipment,
connections between tier of battery and between cells.
The tender price shall include all cables, connections, eartbing of batteries and charging
equipment and initial char",;ng and putting the battery into service.
The following accessories and spare parts shall be supplied for each substation, the cost of
wbicb shall be included in tbe contract price:1)
36 Nos. spare loose cells each for control and tripping batteries and 18 ceJls for
emergency lighting battery, all complete with loose solid electrolyte( "!Fgyired
2)
Loose solidelectrolyte--50 kgs.
3)
Bridge COimector for control system- Nos.36
4~ ,' 'Brldge'cOI]Decror formp &ystem -Nos.36 .
~
ndge.:..QIll'ect~ fa! emergency system-Nos.18.
107
(6)
InStruction manuaiin English-2 Nos instruction manualsm English'M anuals + Manual

,.
complete foriristallation, Operation and troubleshooting includingtnecard pin values
. . 'and adjustm,ents aOO software in CD.
.
.7) . '. Main diodes ana tI1yrisfors completemodule .for control system- Complete rectifier assenibly
[Dlodes::thyristore modiile]-forconfrol system.
.
8)
.Main diodesand thyristors ,complete module for trip system- C01I1plete rectifier assembly
.
[Diodes_ thyristoremoduleJ:for control system.
(9) ' Main diodes and thyristors ,complete module for:emergency YS(em- Complete rectifier
. . assembly.[Diodes_thyristore,mooule]-for emergency system. c
.,'
W
10)
Back of <liodes used in' each cliargers-2 nos-eaCh uSed in.eacb charger[even same type 'used].
11)
Dropper diodes, c0tDPletebankusedfor'each'type-2 nos-each used in each chargei[evensame
ttype used]. .
~
,
.
.
12) G:ontactors, reJays1l1ld auxiliat;yrelays, timer, McBs for each t;ype and rafing used In' each
Icharger-'2Jloseacb 'u sedin each cbarger[even same type used]. "
_
13)' Ruse trip micro'sWitch [if applicable]- 2noseacb,type of charger used[even same type,used].
::.Fuse nolder-used for.eacbtype ill .chatgers'211os eacb' ilsed in each charger[eVen saine type .
or
mounted ciutSi<k the chaI;gers.
NB: - Tbe offered batteries must be of the independent cell type., i.e. each cell oflL2 V rating must have
separate pDsitive and negative terminal and separate enclDsure, so that in case of defect or
damage, tben that one will be replaced. Tenderers are requested to confirm that in their Dffers.
Anotber six sets of instruction books and drawings for each battery and associated
charging and control equipment shall be supplied to the purchaser.
Along with each control and tripping battery, an auxiliary D.C .distribution board of the
total enclosed type fully equipped with the necessary m.c.b. with suitable ratings to supply
various loads shall be provided. Tbese auxiliary boards shall be both grDund mDunted and
lDcated in tbe charger roDm, the details Df which shall be subject to MEW approval.
HDwever, for supply to. Telemetry equipment, Dne m.c.b. Df lOA- 220 vDlts D.C. capacity
fDr fault lamp indicatiDn shall be provided.
108
8.2.2 Control and Charging Equipment:

The charging equipment shall be housed in well ventilated cubicles unless otherwise
approved. The control and charging equipment shall be complete with necessary rectifiers.
control fuses (input) switches and any other associated protective equipment.
The cbarger shall maintain the battery normally floating so that no discharge occur under
normal loading within +/-6 % suppl y voltage variations and the battery remains fully
charged. Further, the chargers of the 220 V batteries sball be arranged to give constant
output voltage.
In addition, a bigh rate charging sball be provided for quick re-cbarging of the battery after
a heavy discharge and this shall not be more tban 5 hours starting from flat conditions.
Tbe battery capacities shall be calculated on basis of maintenance co-efficient 0.8 and coefficient depending on discbarge, time sball be taken from curve drawn for ambient
temperature of -6'C and at final voltage of 1.1 volt 1 cell provided that this will not be less
than 80 % of the floating voltage of the battery.
The control equipment of the 110 volts D.C. emergency ligbting battery shall be supplied
with double pole cbangeover contactors to automatically cut in the 110 volts D.C. supply
for substation emergency light when AC. main supply fails and to automatically cut when
the substation A.c. main supply is restored.
A " charge fail" alarm relays with auxiliary clean sets of contacts (potential-free) shall be
provided for the 220 volts batteries for transmission to the purchaser's "Remote
Supervisory and Control Centre". Another set of auxiliary contacts for local and remote
center alarm indication of "D.C. Fail".
"'O:m:'::b~i Chaf4~el\f5'1 ge:ai~
:~p~!p~er~.~ry~.l~'sf~:'iCbe~.;"d~es~,i~
~~.eq
'~.!D
;>!"~m~eet
=.~m~j~"i~m!.'!')l~
ni',lii . . rat'; cli~g
".) ...- _~rc "-.11."1~ ... . i . ...e,,w.... ;.11 _,- ...... ~
..... ~ .. ._ ~. ~
.. ..... '. . ", ." ~ .
..
'
'"" .",.: ~'.
'9.,
.
-">I" .v41~
8.2.3
1l..:.;t'~Cl ~
"
.~.
Substation Control and Tripping Batteries:

Tbe substation D.C. battery supplied shall be 220 V and shall be used for closing of tbe
circuit breakers, indication lamp, circuits and other D.C. circuits related to the equipment
at the substation.
Tbe ampere-hour-capacity of eacb battery sball be determined and stated by the Tenderers
in the scbedule. The control battery shall be of adequate capacity to meet the following
requirements with the cbarger out of service:12-
All indication ligbting in the control and relay boards for a period of five bours.
At the end of five hours period, the battery shall have adequate capacity for two
closing operations of circuit breakers requiring maximum closing current, and at the
end of these operations, the battery shall bave a voltage not below 80% of the
floating voltage.
Tbe ampere bour-capacity of the tripping battery shall be sufficient for tripping maximum
number of circuits breakers that may happen simultaneously tben left without charging for
about five hours and at tbe end of this period, the battery sball bave a voltage not less than
80% of the floating voltage.
Detailed calculations of the capacity of eacb battery to fulfill the above requirements must
be submitted for the approval of the purchaser.
8.2.4
110 Volts D.C. Emergency Lighting Battery :

A separate 110 Volts D.C. battery tropically rated, 45 ampere hour for emergency load of
1600 watts for 3 bours sball be provided. The cbarging gear for this battery sball provide
an automatically controlled "High Rate" output of 4.5 amperes and an alternative
"Trickle" rate of 40/60 milli-amperes. Manual control of cbarge rate sball also be
provided.
109
8.2.5 Battery Supervision (for the 220 Volts Batteries ):

Earth fault relays for eacb of these batteries shall be provided to supervise the dc currents
and give local and remote alarm indications in case of a solid or partial eartb faults occur
on one of the positive or negative sides of the d.c. circuits (single fault). Further, means
for rapid cbecking of insulation level to earth on tbe positive or negative side shall be
provided. An insulation level instrument for continuous measurement sball also be
provided. Rapid cbecking of insulation level is not required.
8.2.6 48V Batteries and 48V DC cbargers for Substation Telemetry Equipment:
General Cbaracteristics:
Each battery will consist of 24 accumulator cells for lead-Acid "semi-fixed" or "compact
stationary" type. Tbe autonomy of each battery will be of 8 bours.
Eacb battery will mandatorily be operated in tbe floating battery mode to eliminate
entirely, even in a transient period, any over voltage which might damage the supplied
transistorized equipment. A single cbarger will be installed, wbicb will supply a
maximum voltage of 58V, and in no event any higher voltage even during an extremely
sbort time interval is allowed.
8.2.7 Conditions of Operation:
The charging device must perform the following functions:
8.2.7.1
Normal operation as floating battery:

It must supply a constant voltage to tbe following:
- Battery topping-up current
- Current absorbed by user
The current peak peaks exceeding the charger peak load will be furnished by both
charger and battery.
8.2.7.2
Failure of A.C. supply:

The power absorbed by the user will be supplied by the battery only.
8.2.7.3
Return of A.C. supply:

There are two possibilities:
Duration of failure less than 5 minutes:
The rectifier will resume its previous operating mode i.e. floating battery mode or boost
cbarge mode.
Duratiou of failure over 5 miuutes:
Tbe rectifier will operate automatically at tbe boost cbarge rate during 12 hours
(adjustable between 0 and 24 hours); then will automatically return to its floating
battery operating mode. No manual switch will be required to pass over to boost
cbarge in sucb a case.
8.2.7.4
Operating in boost charge:

This mode allows of prolonged charging in order to completely regenerate the battery.
It may occur for instance after prolonged breakdown (i.e. over 10 minutes) of tbe AC
main supply, during whicb time the battery alone will furnish the load of the user.
The passing over from the floating battery operation, to the boost charging operation,
and vice versa, will take place automatically and manually by means of changeover
switcbes.
At the least the period of time in boost charge operation must b adjustable (from 0 up to
24 hours).
-' -
110
8.2.7.5
Manual Adjustment:
A manually controlled adjusting device will be required to perform the following
operations:
In the event of failure of tbe voltage regulating device. there will be the possibility
of using the charger by manually regulating the voltage to between 46 and 54 V at
an amperage of between 0 and I nominal, at an AC supply voltage of between +/ 10% of its rated value.
The switch to change over to manual will be located inside he rectifier to prevent its
being accessible to unauthorized persons.
8.2.8 Electrical Characteristics:

8.2.8.1 AC supply voltage:
The nominal AC supply voltage must have the following characteristics:
415 volts, 3 pbase, 50Hz
Fluctuation limits of nominal voltage :+/- 10%
Fluctuation limits of frequency: 46-51Hz
8.2.8.2
Rated floating voltage:

The rated floating battery voltage will be specified by the tenderer, compatible with the
proposed battery.
8.2.8.3
Rated boost voltage:

The tenderer will also specify the rated boost voltage.
8.2.8.4
Rated power:
The rated power will be equal to the product of the rated boost voltage by the rated
rectified amperage.
THIS VALUE WHICH DETERMINES THE DIMENSIONING OF THE CHARGER
MUST BE SPECIFIED BY THE TENDERERS COMPATIBLE WITH THE
CONSUMPTION OF THE VARIOUS ITEMS OF EQUIPMENT FED, KPLUS THE
CONSUMPTION OF ANY EXISTING EQUIPMENT INSTALLED AS
INTERMEDIATE STATION PLUS AN EXTRA RESERVE OF 30%.
-'
In general, the rated amperage of each charge will be equal to the maximum using
amperage.
THE RATED RECTIFIED AMPERAGE DIRECTLY CONDITIONS THE

CAPACITY OF
EACH BATTERY. THIS CAPACITY MUST BE SUCH THAT THERE WILL BE 8
R EL IE
A
V
AMPERAGE.
8.2.8.5
Filtering:
Each charger must have one filtering device. With the charger supplying a purely
resistive charge, the rms AC values measured at the resistor terminals must be less than
300 mV at 50Hz and less than 10mV at between 300 and 3000 Hz. The charge will
however be always connected to the battery, that is it will never feed the load directly.
8.2.8.6
Dynamic Characteristics of the Chargers:

With an output current varying between 0 and the rated rectified amperage, the voltage
at the terminals of the battery must be kept to within the following limits:
In the floating battery operation: +/-1 % of the rated
- In the boost charging operation: +/- of the boosting voltage
111
For an instantaneous variation of the output of one half the rated amperage, the rectified
voltage at the battery ternlinal must return to the specified limits within a period of less
than 0.5 second after the end of the disturbance. During such disturbance the rectified
voltage may vary within +7% of the rated voltage, depending on the operating mode of
the charger.
Each charger must be provided with an output current limiting device.
8.2.8.7
Risk of over voltage:

To prevent any over voltage, it will in all the case be made impossible for the charger
to operate directly on the user load.
8.2.8.8
Supervision of the voltage of the Battery:

A relay connected down line of the user output protection will be incorporated in the
charger to give the necessary alarms in case of over voltage and under voltage and trips
for over voltage.
8.2.8.9
Earthing of positive pole of user system:

Control and monitoring instruments:
The unit will contain ilie following minimum items:
Externally, front face:
1 manual ON/OFF selector switch or keys to energize the charger assembly.
I voltmeter to measure ilie voltage of ilie battery
1 set of indication lights
Inside the unit:
1 selector switch to select the charger operating modes (floating battery, boost
charge, adjustable output, automatic operation).
Sundryadjusting devices required for proper operation: regulation of the voltage,
voltages operating period in equalization mode, etc).
Connecting terminals located at the bottom or top of the charger fronts (mains
supply circuit, DC circuit, alarms and common protective circuits). All ilie cabling
will be properly ferruled and numbered for identifications.
In ilie distribution cabinet of ilie user outputs I bolted strip to earth ilie positive pole
at a single point.
8.2.8.10 Signals and Alarms:

All the defects and failures must cause ilie lighting of lamps and the closing of one
single loop on the alarm circuit. A drop of ilie AC voltage during system disturbances
must not be deemed as a charger defect and will not cause an alaffil. However, loss of
AC supply to ilie charger is to be signaled as an alarm.
8.2.8.11 Protection and operation instrument:
Whatever its capacity ilie chargers will mandatorily be provided with a contractor on
the AC side to enable it to be automatically deenergized in addition to an MCB or
contactor on the AC distribution board of the substation.
On ilie DC side tbe charger will be supplied with two magnetic switches or I two pole
circuit breakers to ensure selectivity of the switching and with an adequate cutting
capacity.
All ilie auxiliary circuits inside of charger will have miniature circuit breakers.
8.2.8.12 DC Distribution:
All the necessary DC distribution boards and cabling connecting different supervisory
control equipment have to be provided by the contractor under the supervision of
telemetry subcontractor.
The DC distribution boards will be equipped with the necessary MCB's of adequate
capacities including reasonable amount of spares. The incoming cables from
chargerlhattery are to be connected t the DC bus ilirough a M.C.B.
112
8.2.9 Technology:
8.2.9.1 Presentation:
Each equipment will be designed in the form of cabinet.
All the connecting terminals, control and switchgears and test points will be readily
accessible and clearly identifiable.
Screwed name plates will be installed on every cabinet.
8.2.9.2
Maintenance:
Each equipment will incorporate test points allowing for the complete checking of the
proper operation.
Such test points will be clearly visible on the typical schematic. The adjusting and
maintenance instructions will specify the signal values and waveforms which must
normally be found and maintenance manual must be accompanying each set of
equipment.
Normal tools and measuring devices will be supplied with each power unit of
substations.
8.2.9.3
Batteries:
All the batteries in control center and in each substation must be lead-acid type, housed
in clear translucent containers, with marking of maximum and minimum fluid level and
marks of polarity. The battery plug will be spark proof.
All the batteries are to be placed on wooden stands in substations.
All batteries are to be provided with name plates indicating the type, capacity, etc. and
their maintenance and operational procedures.
8.2.10 Civil Works:
For the substations communications battery room and battery charger room, if required,
the contractor is responsible to carry out necessary civil, electrical and air conditioning
works such as making partition wall, laying of ceramic tiles, provision of 350 cfm capacity
extract fans in battery rooms, necessary air intake arrangement with filters, etc. The
substation communication battery room and battery charger rooms shall conform to latest
MEW specifications for substations and shall also conform to Kuwait Fire Brigade
requirements.
Moreover, the tenderer will be responsible for making necessary holes for all the
equipment to provide the cables up to AC supply points and to provide circuit breakers on
designated substation L.T. boards in the substations.
Tenderers may carry out necessary surveys for this work in existing substations and MEW
will arrange for such surveys.
8.3
Compressed Air System:

In case compressed air is used for the driving mechanism of circuit breaker, isolators,
earthing switches, ... etc., air blast circuit breakers are provided, the tenderer has to include
in his offer a complete up-to-date automatic (start and stop of compressors) with all alarm
indications for local and remote indications in the control room in addition to potentialfree contacts for signalling the troubles to the supervisory control centre.
The compressed air system shall comprise of 433 volts, 3-phase, 50Hz, motor compressor
units for air-blast circuit breakers, and pneumatic drive of 132kV equipment, these should
be provided with local receivers with adequate capacity for two or more closing operations
before the local air pressure reaches the low pressure lockout limit, without being
replenished by the control air storage receivers.
The compressed air system shall be of the duplicate centrally operated air generating
equipment of adequate capacity to supply the 132kV switchgear or air-blast circuit
breakers and any other associated equipment shall be provided. Tenderers should
guarantee that the compressed air shall be free from dust and moisture under the specified
113
climatic conditions.
Heaters or any other dehydrants for conditioning the compressed air at the airblast circuit
breakers or local equipment with the switchgear is not allowed. Full details of air
consumption for each type of use (i.e. airblast C.B's, C.B. under drive, isolator drive,
... etc) shall be stated in the tender referred to storage pressure in the control receivers.
Compressed air pipe system shall be of tbe duplicate (Ring) system with the necessary
valves for maintaining air supply to anyone equipment in case of leakage at one point of
tbe piping. Pipes sball be of copper adequate size and strength to witbstand the working
pressure!s and detailed calculations to prove this must be submitted for approval. Means
shall be provided for expansion and contraction compensation of these pipes due to
temperature variations.
Detailed calculations for the capacity of main receivers related to the consumption of
compressed air sball be submi !ted for approval.
The contract price sball include separate local panel equipped with pressure meters,
ON/OFF push buttons for operation, ON/OFF indication, motor/compressor trouble alarm
indications, protective gear, auxiliary relays/contactors or miniature circuit breakers with
auxiliary contacts for local and remote supervisory alarm indication.
The compressed air system sball also comprise of safety valves, lock-out devices for high
pressure and alarm of loss of air pressure. All insulating parts in contact with compressed
air shall be of non-hygroscopic and non-inflammable materials.
Descriptive literature with full details of the main features and layout arrangement must
accompany the tender.
However, the compressed air system shall mainly comprise of the following:i)
Two air compressor units complete with air dryers and filters.
ii)
Two high air pressure storage receivers.
iii) One control protection panel
iv) One set of copper piping, interconnecting all the high pressure air storage receivers,
reducing valves, contact manometers, high and low pressure gauges and switches,
automatic drain valves, signalling and indication devices for high and low pressures,
A.C. failure and all other material to complete.
v)
One set of duplicate copper piping with branches for each equipment (C.B. isolator,
... etc) including isolating valves, joints, ..... etc. to complete the system.
8.4
Fire Protection:
8.4.1 General:
Tbe substation design shall be such as to comply with the following requirements and be
subject to the approval of the Ministry and Kuwait Fire Department respectively. The
contractor shall be responsible for obtaining all information necessary to prepare the
designs accordingly. The following outline specifications shall be the basic requirements
of MEW.
Any additional or modified requirements to assure the efficient operation of the system but
within the scope of supply and subject to approval of the Fire Autbority shall not entitle
tbe contractor for any claims of additional costs. No claim for delay will be entertained.
8.4.2 Structural Fire Protection:
Tbe fire resistance of the structural elements sball be as follows:
a)
Basements (including basement roof)
2hrs
I hr
b)
All other structural elements
For the purposes of calculating fire resistance of reinforced concrete elements, tbe
recommendations of B.S. CO 114 Appendix 'A' may be used.
8.4.3 Means of Escape:
Adequate means of escape sball be provided from all parts of the building and in general
sball be as follows:
From the basement, a minimum of two stairways shan be provided with direct access
114
within protected route to the outside. From all parts of the building, a maximum of
30metres travel distance shall be permitted to a protected stairway or external door if
required.
All corridors and stairs shall be provided with self-contained emergency lighting rated at
lhour including illwninated exit signs at each exit from each floor (including basement).
These are to be automatically switched on in case of the substation A.C. supply failure
only.
8.4.4 Fire Enclosures:
All rooms normally specified as being required for the substation shall be considered as
fire enclosures and all openings between enclosures or to corridors, etc .. , shall be sealed in
an approved manner to have fire resistance of 1 hour except doors between switchgear
rooms, transformer shelters and basement zones to have fire resistanCe of 2 hours.
Materials used shall be in accordance with B.S.476. Doors and frames, closing with
25mm rebates, shall be 1 hour or two hrs fire resistance to BS.476 certified by approved
authority. All openings between floors shall be considered as being between fire
enclosures.
8.4.5 Fire Extinguishing Equipment:

Fire extinguishing equipment shall be of approved type and full technical specifications
and drawings shall be submitted for approval by Kuwait Fire Department.
The following principles may be applied:1.
Transformers, water deluge system as specified under separate clause of this
specification, the detectors shall work due to temperature rise.
11 .
All control cables used throughout the substation shall be of the free retardant type
except for internal wiring in the control and relay panel, marshalling cabinets, local
control cubicles, ... etc. These fire retardant control cables to be tested according to
IEC-332-4970.
iii. All power cables including low tension cables connections to battery chargers,
compressors, pumps, etc shall be painted by one hour fire resistance material.
iv. Each phase of the 132kV cable sealing end boxes shall be protected by aluminium
shield of semi-circle shape and of suitable length to shield cable oil bursting from
the 132kV cable gland (in case of internal flash-over in it) to be directed down.
Under each 132kV, 3 single phases cable boxes, a sill of concrete projecting with
10cms above basement finished floor level has to be constructed. This shall form a
container to receive the cable oil as a result of the above. In case XLPE cables are
used then the firefighting system is not required for the concerned compartment.
v.
For putting out the fire in the basement, a central type dry chemical powder system
with the main container located in the firefighting gas system room shall be
provided. The powder container capacity shall be sufficient for the biggest fire zone
and system of piping and valves shall be arranged for discharge of powder to the
zone on fire only. In any case the capacity of the cylinders of dry chemical powder
shall be sufficient for three bays, the one on fire and two adjacent bays (one on each
side). In case XLPE cables are used, then the firefighting system is not required for
the concerned compartment.
Alternative arrangement as may be proposed by the tenderer shall be subject to
MEW and KFD approval, however this will not change the contracted price.
VI.
Smoke detectors shall be used for sensing the fire breakout in the basement.
Detectors shall be of the ionization type.
VB.
Change of make, size, number, arrangement, ... etc of the fire system to the
satisfaction of the Purcbaser will not entitle the contractor to any extra cbarges.
viii. For 33kV and 11 kV switchgear, the firefighting gas system required under items
8.4.5(iv) above shall also be used here for the circuit breaker and cable box
compartments only. In case SF6 gas filled or vacuum circuit breakers and XLPE
cables with heat shrinkable termination (Raychem type) are used, then the
firefighting gas system is not required for the concerned compartment. The gas
115
system shall be arranged for discharge in the panel on only.

ix.
x.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
All openings between any two fire enclosures and which are used for cable, pipe, etc
passage shall be sealed with fire resistance material having a resisting time of two
hours. The arrangement and material shall be subject to the approval of the
Purchaser.
The various fire enclosures of the building shall be provided with the following fire
detecting system:
300KV , 132KV,33KV and 1riCv switchgear rooms (if applicable) if there are air
conditioned shall bave smoke and heat detectors located at selected positions and as
approved by the purchaser .these detectors shall give an alarm and switched off
concerned air condition.
Charger Room:
One smoke ionization detector to be provided on the ceiling in addition to heat
detectors in each charger and auxiliary D.C. voltage panel.
Control Room:
Smoke ionization detectors to be provided on the ceiling.
Communication Room:
One smoke ionization detector to be provided on the ceiling.
Corridor; S!l'0!<e. de~ors 19 beJl.tovi!l.ed <m e ceiliP,g
Mezzanine:
Ionization smoke detectors and heat detectors to be provided.
20KV, 6.6KV Neutral Resistors Room:
One smoke ionization detector to be provided on the ceiling.
LV Board Room:
One smoke ionization detector to be provided on the ceiling for each room.
Cable Basement and Gallery:
Ionization smoke detectors and heat detectors to be provided.
Battery Room Spare & Store Room:
Heat detectors of 80"C fixed temperature explosion proof type to be provided.
Spare & 'Store Room:
Smoke ionization detectors to be provided.
33kV and IlkV switchgear, heat detectors of the fixed temperature IOO"C and
120"C for alarm and trip discharge for the firefighting gas system shall be provided
and installed in the concerned compartments.
The detectors associated with the battery chargers shall be of the two stage type
giving alarm at first followed by trip order to incoming supply circuit breakers.
Detectors used on the basement shall actuate the powder system operation and issue
a trip order to the incoming supply circuit breakers to that zone on fire only.
Where two kinds of detectors are used in anyone fire zone, the detection system
shall be of the double knock type and these through double line dependancy and
installed on two different line cards.
The make, type and number of the detector, firefighting gas cylinders, extinguishers,
type of paint, material for sealing of openings, etc, shall be fully to the approval of
the purchaser and any modification required shall not entitle the contractor for any
extra charges.
8.4.6 ARGON, FM200 & INERGEN FIRE FIGHTING GASES:

The above gases systems shall consist basically of the following:
i)
Two sets of cylinders (one set as standby) housed in a separate room. Each set shall
be sufficient for the largest zone as mentioned above.
ii)
Necessary piping of tl,e ring system complete with proper size and type of nozzles.
iii) Means of continuous checking of the gas content in each cylinder shall be provided
and in case of leak in any, an alarm shall be indicated in the fire alarm panel.
iv) Provision of automatic switch-over to the standby set of cylinders, so tbat in case the
116
set in operation position does not respond to a received signal from tbe detecting
system, the standby set will immediately put in operation. An alarm indicator of the
failure of the set in operation shall be shown on the flre alarm panel. Cylinders to be
equipped with liquid gas level indicators and separate control panel for gas system
to be provided. Safety valves to be provided for both halon and dry powder
cylinders.
8.4.7a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
f)
g)
The basement and mezzanine sball be provided with exhaust fans for ventilation under
normal operating conditions. These fans shall be provided with dust fllters at the inlet and
with automatic dampers which shall close in case of occurance of flre break-out.
The staircase shall be provided with an openable window to outside the building for fresh
air-intake. However, these shall be provided with dust mters.
Manually operated flre extinguishers ohhe type BCF 1211 shall be provided at strategic
points throughout the building. Generally, one extinguisher shall be provided at each exit
to the stairways. In addition, main equipment rooms shall be provided with one flre
extinguisher adjacent to each exit door.
Fire Alarm Panel:
It should be noted that an air-conditioned room is to be provided for fIre alarm panels of
flreflghting gas and dry powder flreflghting panels located near the main entrance of the
substation building. One flre alarm panel shall be provided and installed in the control
room. This shall be with an annunciator showing various fIre enclosures in the substation.
All fire alarms received from the different detectors including that of the water system for
transformers shall give local alarm indication and audible sign alarm in all floors with
connection for remote signalling to the National Control Centre. The panel shall also be
provided with locking-out facility for any of these alarms, one common alarm signal shall
be provided to be displayed at Kuwait Fire Dept., where connection of this alarm from the
flre alarm panel shall be through telephone cable and shall be carried out by others. One
"Fire Fighting Alarm" and one "Fire Fighting Fail Alarm" to be transmitted to NCC.
Manually operated fire alarm shall be provided at each exit for each floor and in each main
equipment room. The manually operated alarms shall be also signalled to the National
Control Centre.
Additional key switches shall be provided for defeating of the alarm/trip/operation halon
system needed when substation is under maintenance.
Fire alarm installation shall be in accordance with BSCP 5839:1980 panel to be to BS
3116:1974.
Flame Proof Areas:
Battery rooms shall be considered as flame proof areas and all electrical flttings (lights,
permanently operated fan with key operated isolation switch, ... etc) flame proof rated to
Hydrogen BSS.4683. All electrical switches to be external to these rooms.
Air Conditioning and Ventilation:
In case airconditioning system uses ducts flTe dampers at compartments walls (triggered
by fusible links) have to be provided. AlC system to be automatically shut down when
any fire alarm in the airconditioned rooms breaks out.
Adjacent Buildings:
Where substation buildings are not surrounded by a solid boundary wall, the contractor
shall pay particular attention to the requirements of Fire Department regarding the size and
type of external doors and other openings. The location of adjacent buildings shall be
taken into account in determining the flre resistance period of the door and finishing
materials which shall have a flTe resistance time of not less than three hours.
Standards:
All fire protection equipment and materials shall conform to recognized British Standard
or MFPA standards.
The cost of the above firefightingequipment's has to be filled in Schedule "J -1 " of Prices
and Unit rates.
All operating instructions and identiflcation of various zones of firefighting is to be
117
provided in the substation both in English and Arabic languages.

N.B:
8.5
b)
Sub-clauses 8.4.5, 8.4.6 and 8.4.7 described above, the tenderer shall submit all
the design and installation criteria with full reference to the American NFPA
standards and codes of practice. However, the tenderer may base his offer on
BSS standards provided that it does not contradict or be inferior to the NFPA
standards. Regarding 8.4 .2, 8.4 .3, 8.4.4 and 8.4.7 (d) and (I) the design and
material shall confirm to either BSS or NFPA standards subject to MEW
approval.
Telephone Facilities in tbe Substation:

Telephone facilities to NCC and DCC are required and these are mainly as follows:
a)
Distribution box of two lines capacity in the tele-communication room.
Inner line has outlets in telecommunication room, control room, office, 132KV
switchgear room and marshalling cabinets.
The other line has outlets in tele-communication room, control room, office, 33 &
II KV switchgear rooms, 33 & 11KV marshalling cabinets (as applicable).
The locations of the above outlets are as follows:
Control Room:
The outlets have to be fixed on a riser of 15cms over the floor, underneath the
Control desk.
Switchgear Room:
The outlets should be wall type one metre over the floor and front of the middle of
the switchgear.
Telecommunication Room, Offices:
It should be wall type in a suitable place 50 ems over the floor.
Marshalling Cabinets:
The outlets should be close to the marshalling cabinets and wall type 50cms over the
floor.
c)
The writing between the D.B and the different outlets by a suitable conduit.
lIB
PART IX
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION NO.MEW/SS/9
PPOWER CABLES AND CONTROL CABLES
9.
9.1
L.. __
a.
b.
General:
The work covered by this specification includes the supply and installation of l32kY, oilfilled cable feeder tails and power and station transformer cable tails of all voltage levels.
The 132kY OIF cable feeder tails shall be supplied in accordance with the specified total
lengths of all circuits. However, the manufacture of these cables shall not be started
without first obtaining the written approval of the Purchaser who will dec ide the cable
drum lengths to suit the approved cable routes. Making of road crossings outside the
substation boundaries is not part of this specification, however, laying of cables and
pulling through these crossings must be included in the offer price. Surplus cables of
length of 30metres and above only shall be delivered to MEW Stores by the Contractor.
These cables shall be wound on drums and protected against sun rays by battens or other
approved method since they will be stored in the open. For oil filled cables the drums
shall be complete with oil pressure tanks and pressure gauges to keep the oil pressure
inside the cable. Other prices of cables shall be considered as scrap and disposed off by
the Contractor.
Regarding transformer cable tails of all voltage levels, the Tenderer shal l include in his
offer the cost of supply and installation and jointing complete in every respect all
necessary cables and accessories for the purpose. Attention of Tenderers is drawn to the
fact that the quoted price should be based on the maximum length that may be needed in
accordance with the layout arrangement of the substation as finally approved by MEW. If
for any reason the approved layout is modified resulting in an increase of the cable
lengths, this will not entitle the Contractor for claim for any extras to the contract price.
After complete installation of work, any surplus quantities of cables, accessories ... etc shall
be removed by the Contractor from site(s) and disposed off by carting away to his stores
or dump and the cost of such should be included in the offer price.
Operating Conditions:
The cables shall give troubl e free service under the worst site conditions (climatic and
soil) encountered in Kuwait and shall carry their rated current continuously under the
worst climatic conditions which prevail in Summer (see clause 1.4) and the soil conditions
mentioned below and shall withstand the maximum fault currents stated in this
specification without damage or deterioration.
The cables will be exposed to direct rays of the sun at the terminations at the outdoor
sealing ends and at the transformers and shunt reactors. They should be capable of
withstanding such exposure continuously in service without any deleterious effect on the
insulation, sheathing or covering. They should also be suitable for storage in the open for
a period at least two years without battens or shuttering. For protection of cables and
cable sealing ends where used on power transformers and reactors, sun shielding shall be
provided.
The cables will be laid partly in ducts or concrete trenches, but where cables are buried in
the ground, this should be at a depth of 1.5meters for 132kY cables and 1.4metres for
33kY cables where soil varies from sandy to rock-like gatch compared to dry hard clay,
with a corresponding ground thermal resistivity "gOO of 120'C em/watt and a ground
temperature varying from 35'C in summer to 15'C in winter. For 11kY and IkY cables,
depth of laying shall be 90 and 75cms respectively.
The soil in Kuwait is very corrosive. Sulphate reducing bacteria is common to all soils in
Kuwait areas and as the soil is generally rich in sulphates, the anaerobic conditions which
may arise in contact with buried pipes and cables favour the development these anaerobic
organisms which generate hydrogen sulphide and consequently render these areas most
corrosive.
In view of the high temperature encountered in Kuwait, it should be stressed that PVC
119
plasticizers should be of long chain high molecular weight type to reduce the loss of
plasticizer in the bot and corrosive conditions. TIlls prevents shrinkage of the PVC with
subsequent cracking of the film.
Typical analysis of the soil sample is as follows:Appearance
Wet coarse sand wi th some
clay
Pb value of water in contact with the sands
10.00
Calcium sulphate as CaCO,
25.00% dry basis
Calcium carbonate as CaC0 3
40.00% dry basis
Magnesium sulphate MgSO,
6.00% dry basis
Sodium Chloride as NaCI
5.00% dry basis
2.00% dry basis
Iron as Fe,03
Sulphate reducing
Present
Moisture
15.00%
N.B.
9.2
The sand is not corrosive under dry aerated conditions, but under anaerobic
conditions, the sulphate reducing bacteria in the sand will result in serious
corrosion of metals in contact with the sand. The cable coverings over the lead
sheath as stated in these specifications are designed to combat this. Where PVC
Cas sheath covering or overall covering) is used, the PVC should be suitable for
the soil conditi ons. Tenderers should confirm in their offers that the PVC will be
suitable of these conditions.
General Specification Applicable to Power Cables:

The cables shall have insulation levels to withstand any voltage surges that may occur due
to switching operations, sudden load variations, faults, etc. The cables shall satisfy the
requirements of BSS.6480 for paper insulated cables as a uJinimum and IEC 141 -1 & ESI09-4 standards for oil filled cables and IEC502 & IEC840 for XLPE cables, as well as the
requirements of these specifications.
9.2.1 Conductors:
The conductors for the 132kV, 33kV & llkV and 1000 volts single core and llkV 3 core
cables shall be made from clean and smooth stranded plain annealed high conductivity
electrolytic copper wires laid up and shaped into circular cores complying with IEC 228
and BSS 6480. Conductivity should not be less than 100% international not less tan
100% international standard. Oval or sector shaped conductors will not be accepted.
Aluminium conductors for these cables will not be accepted.
9.2.2 Insulation:
a)
The insulation for 132kV IIC, 33kV 3/C oil filled cables and 33 & IIkV PILC&S shall be
of the best quality wood pulp kraft paper. All PILC&S cables shall be of the mass
impregnated non-draining type.
b)
The insulation for the llkV, 3/C and lIC and 1000voits single core cables shall be hard
grade, heat resisting cross )jnked polythylene (XLPE) applied by an extrusion process.
The insulation shall be free from any contaminations larger than 0.25= in its largest
dimensions or perosities or voids larger than 0.13=. The maximum number of voids
between 0.5mm and 0.13mm allowed shall be 30 voids per cubic of insulation. In plant
repairs of the insulation are prohibited unless specifically agreed to by tbe Purcbaser.
The XLPE insulation shall be applied by a combined extrusion and vulcanization process
and shall form a compact homogenous body.
c)
The insulation shall withstand an impulse test voltage of 650kV, 195kV and 95for 132kV,
33kVand IlkV cables respectively.
120
9.2.3 Lead Sheath:

The sheath where specified shall be of lead alloy "E" for solid cables conforming to BSS
801. For oil filled cables the sheath shall be either of lead alloy type 1/2C or tellerium
allowed lead (Kb-PbTe 0.04) conforming to DIN 17640. The quality of extrusion shall be
of the lughest order so as to exclude the possibility of any weakness in the sheath. The
sbeath for all types of cables should be applied using continuous lead sheath process by
using continuous exnusion machines. Extrusion by discontinuous machines will DOt be
accepted. Aluminimum sheathed cables will not be accepted for any type of size of
cables.
For the 1000volts cables. the sheath shall be of PVc. The PVC insulation shall be free
from foreign materials and defects liable to reduce the electrical strength of the insulation
and shall be type 9 (Table 1) of BS 6746. It shall be applied by any extrusion process and
shall form a compact homogenous body.
9.2.4 Annour Wires:
All armour wires (where specified) shall be galvanized steel to B.S. 1442. Galvanizing
shall be carried out in accordance with BSS 443. Sizes and the numbers of wires shall be
stated in the schedules.
9.2.5 Metal Tape Reinforcement:
If metal tape reinforcement of lead sheath is specified, this will consist of 2 layers of nonmagnetic material, stainless steel tape or hard copper tape or tin bronze with suitable
bedding under the tape reinforcement.
9.2.6 Compound:
The compound used shall not melt or run when exposed to the temperature prevailing
during transit or at site in Kuwait during operation.
9.2.7 Serving:
The soil in Kuwait is naturally very corrosive and it is essential therefore that the serving
of the cables be designed to prevent corrosion. Reference should be made to operating
conditions described in this specification.
9.2.8 Graphite Coating:
A thin layer of graphite coating is to be applied to the outer covering to permit electric
tests.
9.2.9 Lime Wash:
The lime wash should be such as to prevent adhesion between turns and layers of cables
and between cable and drum at temperature likely to be met with during transit or storage
in the open.
9.2.10 Cable Lugs:
The cable lugs shall be of copper of the same quality as the conductor. The length of the
above sball not be less than 65mm for 300sq.mm llkV cables and 120mm for IOOOsq.mm
1000volts cables. 11,e lug bore thickness should not be less than 10mm. Dimensioned
drawings of the lugs sball be subntitted with the offer.
9.3
Details of Power Cables and Pilot Cables:
9.3.1 Oil-Filled 630sq.mm IICore 132kV Cables:
i)
Conductors:
The conductors shall be of stranded plain armealed higb conductivity copper shaped into
circular cores and shall have a cross-sectional area of 630sq.mm and formed with central
oil duct of 12mm diameter.
ii)
Conductor Screening:
Two layers of semi conducting carbon paper tapes of a total nontinal thickness of O.2mm
shall be applied over each conductor.
iii)
Insulation:
121
iv)
v)
vi)
a.
b.
c.
. d.
e.
The thickness shall not be less than the value corresponding to a peak impulse voltage
level of 650kV and system highest voltage of l45kV, but the minimum thickness shall not
be less than 8.5mm.
Core Screening:
Two layers of semi-conducting carbon paper tape having a total nominal thickness of
0.2mm shall be applied over each conductor and a metalized paper or non-ferrous metal
tape screen shall be applied over the paper insulation and reinforced by a copper woven
fabric tape.
Sheathing:
The cable shall then be drawn either into lead alloy Y, C conforming to BSS 801 or
tellerium alloyed lead (Kb-Pb Te 0.04) conforming to (DIN 17640) and lightly reinforced
by means of helically applied tapes. The minimum average tllickness shall not be less
than 2.5mrn and the minimum thickness at any point shall not be less than 2.3mm. The
sbeath should be applied on the insulated cable using continuous lead sheath process (See
clause 9.2.3 above)
Serving & Bedding:
The following layers shall be applied over lead alloy sheath:
Coating of water proof insulating compound.
Suitable bedding and metal tape reinforcement wlllch shall consist of two layers of nonmagnetic material (tin, bronze, stainless steel or hard copper tapes) and further served as
follows:Outer covering of extruded Black PVC jacket of minimum average thickness at any point
not less than tile values given in table 1 below. The PVC shall confonn to BSS 6746 and
shall fulfill tile test requirements for PVC type 9 of table 3 of BSS 6746 as minimum and
shall be suitable for site conditions stated under clause 9.1.
The PVC sheath sball be embossed with voltage designation (l32kV) and the crosssection area of conductor and the manufacturer's name and year of manufacture and with
same mal1l1er described in BSS.6480 and ESI standard 09-4.
Tenderers should submit with their offers a guarantee for the suitability of the PVC to tile
site condition mentioned in tllis specification .
Graphite coating.
Overall lime water.
Table
Calculated diameter under
oversheath
Abovemm
25
30
35
40
45
50
62.5
77.5
Upto and
including mm
30
35
40
45
50
52.5
77.5
--
Minimum
average
Thickness
mm
2
2.2
2.4
2.6
2. 8
3.0
3.3
3.6
Minimum
thickness at any
point
Mrn
1.6
1.77
1.94
. 2.1 1
2.28
2.45
2.71
2.96
122
3.3.2
XLPE Cables
The cables called for in tllis specification shall have insulation levels to withstand to
voltage surges that may occur due to switching operations, sudden load variations and
faults ... etc. The cable shall satisfy the requirement of:
IEC 60502 for 33 KV cables and IEC 60840 for 132 KV Cables as a minimum:
a)
Conductors
The strands used in the making -up of different sizes of conductors shall be plain,
smooth, annealed high conductivity copper wires laid up and shaped int9 circular
cores complying with IEC 60228 and BSS 6480 recommendations.
Oval or sector shaped cores will not be accepted sizes and numbers of wires shall
be stated in the schedules. Also aluminum conductors will not be accepted.
b)
Insulation
Insulation for the cables shall be of the best quality dry cured XLPE type. The
insulation for 132kV cables shall be designed for an impulse voltage level of
650kV peak and the 33 KV cables shall be designed for impulse voltage level of
I 95kV peak the insulation should be designed for a life time of 50 years.
c)
Sheath
To ensure the highest degree of protection against the ingress of moisture, the
cable shall have a metallic sheath consists of lead alloy type "E" (PK02IS) or y,
C (PKOI2S) or tellurium lead alloy sheath (Kb-pb Te 0.04 ) as per the
requirements ofBS EN 12548 & BS EN 50307. The sheath for all types of cables
should be manufactured using continuous lead machines; sheathing with
discontinuous machines will not be accepted.
d)
Armour Wires
All armour wires shall be of the galvanized steel to B.S. 1442 Galvanizing shall
be carried out in accordance with BBS 443 . Sizes and numbers of wires shall be
stated in the schedules of this specification.
e)
Compound
The compound used shall not melt or run when exposed to the temperature
conditions prevailing during transit or at site in Kuwait or during operation.
e)
Serving
The soil in Kuwait is naturally very corrosive and it is essential, therefore, that the
serving of the cables be designed to prevent COlTosion. Reference should be made
to "Site Conditions "C lause 3.3.
123
XLPE 800 sq .mm. lIcore 132 KV Cables
3.3.3.A.l
The XLPE cables for 132kV should comply generally with the requirements oflatest lEe
840-88
1)
Conductor
The conductor shall consist of stranded, plain annealed electrolytic copper wires
either circular and compacted or compacted Sei,'1nentally Milliken type having a
cross sectional area of 800 sq.mm complying with IEe 60228 and BS. 6360.
2)
Conductor Water Sealing
The conductor shall be water sealed by adding a swelling material between the
conductor strands.
3)
Conductor Screen
This screen consists of an extruded layer firmly bonded to the XLPE insulation.
The material is a semi-conductive compound. The interface between the screen
and the insulation must be smooth as much as possible. The conductor screen, the .
insulation and the insulation screen are to be extruded in one single process "the
triple extrusion process, the conductor screen shall have suitable thermal and
mechanical properties.
A non-hydro scop ic semi conducting tape is to be applied between the conductor
and the extruded semi conducting material.
4)
Insulation
The insulation shall consist of one layer of extruded chemically cross-linked

polyethylene (XLPE) which shan be dry cured. The insulation shall be firmly
and continuously bonded to the extruded conductor screen a very clean grade of
insulation is to be employed which is conveyed from sealed boxed to sealed
extruded hopper without being exposed to atmospheric contamination.
The insulation thickness shall be designed to have a life time of more than 50
years based on working voltage of 132 KV r.m.s., and BlL (Basic Impulse level
of 650 KV. peak). However, the nominal insulation thickness should not be less
than 20 rom. The insulation thickness should be measured in accordance with IEe
60811-11 clause 8, the average of the measured valves rounded to 0.1 mm shall
not be less than the specified nominal thickness. The lowest measured value shall
not fall below the specified nominal thickness by more than 10% of the specified
nominal thickness:
tm
> In - 0.1 In mm
124
5)
Insulation Screen (core screen)
The insulation screen shall consist of an extruded layer of semi conducting

.compound. This core screen should be fully bonded to the insulation so that
intimate contact with the insulation is ensured. Conductor screen, insulation, and
core screen are to be extruded in one single process (the triple extrusion process).
Two layers of conductive swelling tapes shall be applied over the extruded semi
conductive compound.
6)
Metallic Screen
The metallic screen shall consist of a combination of plain annealed copper wires
applied concentrically and copper tapes applied helically semi conducting layer to
be applied over the copper tape (as bedding) The metallic screen shall be capable
to carry the return earth fault currents specified.
7)
Metallic Sheath
To ensure the highest degree of protection against the ingress of moisture, the
cable shall have a metallic sheath consists of lead alloy type "E" (PK021 S) or Y,
C (PKOI2S) or tellurium lead alloy sheath (Kb-pb Te 0.04 ) as per the
requirements of BS EN 12548 & BS EN 50307. The nominal thickness of lead
sheath shall not be less than 3.3mm.
Short circuit current is 40 KA for 1.25 seconds

N.B: The calculation of short circuit current shall consider the flow of the current
in the metallic layers on parallel basis.
8)
Armour
The cable shall be armoured over the lead alloy sheath, using stainless steel tapes
or Tine Bronze or copper tape A suitable bedding of extruded PVC under the
armour shall be used.
9)
Anti-Corrosion Covering
The following layers shall be applied over the metallic sheath:

I. Anti-corrosion protection consists of a thin layer of bitumen compound
(Coating of waterproof insulation compound) and suitable bedding.
2. The outer sheath shall be extruded layer of HDPE type ST7 capable to
withstand the temperatwe and soil condition as mentioned in clause 3.3
3. The portion of cable laying in buildinglbasements and similar areas shall
be provided with fire retardant coating. The minimum average thickness
of this sheath shall be not less than 4.0 mm.
4. A thin layer of resin bonded graphite coating is to be applied to the anticonosion covering to permit electrical tests.
125
10)
Graphite Coating
A thin layer of resin bonded graphite coating is to be applied to the anti-corrosion

9.3.4 XLPE 240 sq. rum. Single Core 132 kV Cables:
i)
Conductors:
The conductors shall be of standard plain annealed high conductivity copper wires shaped
into circular cores of a cross sectional area 240 sq.mm. and formed with central oil duct of
12 mm.diameter.
ii)
Conductor Screening:
Two layers of semi-conducting carbon paper tapes of a total nominal thickness of 0.20
rnm.
iii)
Insulation:
The thickness shall not be iess than the value corresponding to an impulse voltage level of
650 kV peak and system highest voltage of 145 kV but not less than 9.6 mm.
iv)
Core Screening:
A metalized paper or non-ferrous paper metal type screen sball be applied over the paper
insulation of each core which shall be reinforced by a copper woven fabric tape.
v)
Sheathing:
Tbe cable shall then be drawn either into lead alloy Y, C confirming to BSS 80 I or
tellerium alloyed lead (Kb-Pb-Te-D.04 ) confirming to DIN 17640 and lightly reinforced
by means of helically applied metal tapes. The minimum average thickness shall not be
less than 2.3 rom and the minimum thickness at any point shall not be less than 2. I 6rnm
.
(see Clause 9.2.3 ).
vi)
Serving & Bedding:
The following layers shall be applied over the lead alloy sheath:
a.
Coating of water proof insulating compound.
Suitable bedding and metal type reinforcement which shall consist of two layers of nonb.
magnetic material (tin-bronze, stainless steel or hard copper) and further served as
follows: Outer covering of extruded Black jacket of minimum average thickness and minimum
c.
thickness at any point not less than the value given in 9.3.1 above. The PVC shall
conform to BSS 6746 and shall fulfill the test requirements for PVC type 9 of table 3 of
BSS 6746 as a minimum and shall be suitable for site conditions stated under clause 9.l.
The PVC sheath sball be embossed with voltage designation (132 kV ) and the
manufacturer's name and with the same manner described in BSS 6480 and ESI standard
09-4. The tenderers sbould submit witb their offers a guarantee for the suitability of the
PVC to site conditions mentioned in this specification.
d.
Graphite coating.
Overall lime wash.
e.
9.3.5 Solid IOOOsqrnm Single Core 33kV PILC&S Cables:
1.
Conductors:
The conductors shall be stranded plain annealed hi gil conductivity copper wire shaped into
circular cores and shall have cross sectional area of 1000sq.mm.
u.
Insulation:
The insulation thickness should be designed for an impulse voltage of 195kV peak but the
tllickness shall not be less than 6.8mm.
111.
Screening:
Screening over the conductor and over the insulation sball be provided as per clause
9.3.1(H).
IV.
Sheathing:
Lead alloy E or Y, C Tellerium alloyed lead (KbPb-Te-O.04) minimum average thickness
not less tllOn 2.3mm and minimum at any point not less than 2.08mm.
v.
Serving:
126
Outer covering of extruded black PVC jacket of minimum thickness at any point not less
than the values given in Table I under clause 9.3.1 of this specification. The PVC shall
conform to BSS 6746 and shall fulfill the test requirements for PVC type 9 of Table 3 BSS
6746 as a minimum and shall be suitable for site conditions stated under clause 9.1.
The PVC sheath shall be embossed with voltage designation 33kV cross-sectional area of
COflpuctor and the manufacturer's name, manufacturing year and w:itb the same manner
described in BSS 6460 and ESI standard 09.3.
9.3.6 Solid 500 & 400 & 240sq.mm. Single Core 33kV PTLC&S Cables:
i)
Conductors: n,e conductors shall be stranded plain annealed high conductivity copper
wires shaped into circular cores and sball have cross-sectional area of 500sq.mm I
400sq.mm. I 240 sq.nun as may be specified in the Details of Equipment.
ii)
Insulation: Thickness shall not be less than 6.Smm and as 9.3.3(ii) above.
iii)
Screenini As 9.3.3(iii) above.
iv)
Sheathing: Same as 9.3.3(iv) above but witb minimum average thickness and minimum at
any point as follows:
for SOOsq.nun. & 400sq.!l1!l1.
1.9mm & 1.7mm
for 240sq.mm
1.8mm & 1.6mID
v)
Serving: As 9.3.3(v) above.
9.3.7 Solid, 1000sq.mm. IICore 33kV XLPE Insulated Cables:
i)
Conductors, shall be of stranded copper wires shaped in circular conductor and shall
have a cross-section area of 1000sq.mm. or 500sq.mm. complying to BSS 6360.
ii)
Insulation, XLPE as specified under clause 9.2.2(b) and in accordance with IEC
502.
iii) Screening, shall be of semi-conducting thermoplastic or thermosetting material over
the conductor and similar layer extruded over the insulation as per IEC standard
502, but thickness should not be less than Smm.
iv) Outer Sheath, sball be extruded PVC bard grade heat resisting type complying with
BSS.6746(Table I -type 9) and IEC 502 (clause 12).
9.3.8 Solid 500sq.mm. IIcore 33kV XLPE Insulated Cable:
i)
Conductors: same as 9.3.5 above but conductor cross-section area is 500sq.!l1!l1.
ii)
Insulation: same as 9.3.S(ii) above.
iii) Screening: same as in 9.3 .5(iii) above.
iv) Outer Sheath, same as in 9.3.5(iv) above.
9.3.9 Solid 630sq.mm. IIcore 11kV XLPE Insulated Cables:
The components of this cable is the same as that described above under 9.3.6. However,
the thickness of insulation, screen sheath, serving and bedding shall suit the rated
voltage of 11 kV and cross section of conductor and shall be in accordance with IEC
standard 502.
9.3.10 Solid 500sq.mm & 630sq.mm. 11core 11kV PILC&S Cables:
i)
Conductors:
The conductors shall be of stranded copper wires shaped into circular cores and shall have
a cross sectional area of 500 and 630sq.mm.
ii)
Insulation: Thickness not less than 2.Smm.
iii)
Sheathing:
Leading alloy E or y, C or tellurium alloy nominal thickness not less than I .S!l1!l1.
iv)
Serving: As 9.3.3(v) above.
9.3.9 Solid 3/Core 300sq.mm. & 185sq.mm IlkV XLPE Insulated Cables:
i)
Conductors:
The conductors shall be of stranded copper wires shaped into circular cores and cross sectional area of core shall be 300sq.m. and I 85sq.mm. respectively. The conductor shall
127
ii)
iii)
iv)
y)
vi)
vii)
comply with BSS6360.

Insulation:
Cross-linked polytbelene XLPE between conductors and between conductor and sheath as
specified under clause 9.2.2(b) above.
Screening:
A semi-conducting screen sball be extruded over the conductor. This layer shall consist of
black semi -conducting tbermo-plastic or thermosetting material, aud sball be easily
removable from the conductor. This layer shall have an average thickness of 0.38mm
when measured over top of the strands and shall be cylindrical. A similar semi -conducting
screen shall be extruded over the insulation without scratching the surface.
Sheathing:
PVC hard grade heat resisting type complying with BSS 6746 (Table I - Type 9).
Laying up and Bedding:
The 3-core shall be laid up togetber with suitable semi-conducting tape, or an extruded
layer of semi-conducting material.
Armour:
The cable shall be armoured witb galvanized steel wires to give it mechanical strength and
also act as a low resistance earth return conductor. Electrical contacts shall be maintained
between the core screens and tbe earthed armour through the conductive beeding.
Sbort Circuit Rating:
The cable shall carry without damages or undue stress a fault current of 18,000 Amps for
1.25 seconds after a continuous period of full load. Under these conditions, the final
temperature of tbe con:Juctor shall not be such as to damage the insulation.
9.3.11 Solid IICore 630, 500 & 300sq.mm 1000 Volts XLPE Cable:
a)
Construction:
i)
The conductors shall be of stranded copper wires shaped into circular conductors and shall
bave a cross-sectional area of 300, 500 & 630sq.mm. shall comply with BSS.No. 6360.
ii)
Insulation: XLPE and it sball be applied by a combined extrusion and vulcanization
process and shall form a compact homogenous body.
iii)
Oversheath:PVC hard grade, heat resisting type complying with BSS.6746:1969 (Table 1Type 9).
b)
Current Rating:
The current ratings of cables for tbe sile and installation conditions mentioned above shall
be stated. These should be based on maximum conductor temperature in normal operating
conditions not exceeding 90C. Where ratings are specified for only standard conditions,
appropriate adjustment factors should be stated for Kuwait conditions.
c)
Short Circuit Rating:
Offers should be accompanied witb short circuit current curves with XLPE insulation. It
is assumed the conductor is at its maximum operating temperature of 90C before tbe
occurance of the sbon circuit and the maximum conductor temperature after a fault
duration of 0.5 seconds will be 250C .
The cables shall carry the above shon circui t currents without damage or undue stress.
The fonnula used in evaluating tbe shan circuit current sbould be stated.
9.3.12 34-Core Pilot and Telephone Cables: (associated with 132 kV Cable Feeder Tails)
These cables are required for the conveyance of alarm, control, protectioD., telephone and
telemetry signals throughout the existing and future networks.
These cables shall be of copper conductors, polytbene insulated and polythene inner
sbeathed annoured with galvanized steel wire annour and overall sheathed with PVc.
The cable sball be insulated to withstand induced voltage level upto 15 kV and should
generally comply with Electricity Supply Industry (ESI-09-6) standard as a minimum.
a)
Make-up of Pilot Cables:
i)
2-core (one pair): each core shall consist of copper conductor of cross-sectional area 2.5
sq.mm. Ipolytbene insulated and the pair shali be screened for use with Solkor protection
128
ii)
iii)
b)
system.
4-core (two pairs) : each core shall consist of copper conductor of cross -sectional area 2.5
sq.mm. polythene insulated and each pair twisted and screened for use with intertripping
system.
Twenty eight cores: ( 14 pairs) each core shall consist of copper conductor of cross
sectional area of 0.645 sq .mm. unscreened and polythene insulated. Each pair shall be
separated and twisted for use with telephony and telemetry system.
Conductor:
The conductors shall comply with BS 6360 in so far as applicable for plain annealed
copper WIres.
c)
d)
e)
f)
g)
h)
i)
j)
k)
Insulation:
The cores shall be insulated with polythene of type (03) compound in accordance with
B.S.6234. The thickness of insulation shall not be less than 0.8 mm.
Inner Sheath ( Bedding) :
The inner sheath shall consist of an extruded covering of black polythene which shall be of
type (03C) compound in accordance with B.S. 6234. The thickness of inner sheath shall
not be less than 1.8 mm.
An overall screen made of copper around the 17 pairs shall be applied above the inner
sheath. A suitable polythene bedding of minimum thickness of 0.5 mill. shall be applied
over the overall screen.
Armour:
The anmour shall consist of one layer of galvanized steel wire complying with the
requirements of B.S. 1442 (metric unit) and of diameter not less than 1.6 mm.
N.B. These cables shall be designed to withstand induced voltage level upto 15 kV.
However, the above insulat ion thickness and armour wire diameter are minimum
and may have to be increased to suit the above induced voltage level and to meet the
maximum attenuation
requirements specified later.
Overall Sheath :
Tbe overall sheath shall consist of an extruded PVC jacket. It shall be also black in color
and withstand without deterioration during storage and site conditions outlined above. The
PVC shall comply with B.S.No.6746/l969 (type 5 of table 1). The thickness of PVC
overall sheath shall not be less than 1.9 mm. The sheath shall be embossed" 34-core pilot
cable", the name of the manufacturer and year of manufacturing.
Altenuati on :
The maximum attenuation of the audio pairs at 1KHz and at 10C shall not exceed 0.77
db/lOOO M.
The nominal attenuation of the audio pairs at the above conditions shall be 0.7 db/ IOOO
meters. The measured attenuation shall be corrected by multiplying tlle value obtained (J
+ .002 ) (T -10), where T is temperature of the cable in 'c.
Cross-Talk:
Cross talk between all pairs sball not be worse than 74 db at 1300 Hz.
Impedance:
Nominal impedance at 1KHz shall be 490 ohms.
Method of Twining and Laying:
The lengths of lay of conductors fomung pairs shall differ for adjacent pairs and shall not
exceed 150 mm. The lengths of lay of tlle pairs shall be chosen so that cross-talk is as
small as possible.
The direction of lay of successive layers is at the discretion of the manufacturer.
Identification of Cores:
The cores shall be clearly identified by colors. The following scheme of identification
shall be used :BluelWhite
For solkor
) Intertripping and
YellowlWlrite
) interlocking
GreenlWhi te
129
BrownlWhite
)
BluelWhite
)
BluelWhite/white
)
BluerY ell ow/white
)
)
Blue/GreenlWhite
BluelBrownfWhi te)
Blue/SlateiWhite
)
Yellow/SlatelWhile
)
) Telemetry and
YellowlWhilelWhite
) Telemetry
Yellow/GreenfWhile
Yel1owlBrown!While
)
Yellow/SlateiWhite
)
GreenlWhitelWhite
)
GreenIBrownlWhite
)
Green/Slate/White
)
Alternatively, the following scheme of identification can be offered:
For solkor
: BluelWhile
For inter-tripping
: RedfY ell ow
GreenlBrown
: BlacklViolet
For telemetry and
(RedfYellow
Telephony
(Green/Brown,
Alternative concluding
BluelWhite
9.3.12 Warning Tapes, Cable Protection Grid, Cover Tiles, and Joint Marker:
The scope of this lender includes the supply of the necessary quantities of warning tapes
and cable protection grids and the installation of the same above the 630 sq.mm. 132 kV
power cables, wherever the power cabies are laid in the ground. The specification of these
tapes and grids is as follows :a)
Warning Tapes:
The warning tapes shall be of orange colored (33 KV) & yellow colored (132KV). The
warning tapes shall be of high density polythene tape or any other alternative material.
However, the materials offered should be suitable for site conditions mentioned under
clause 9.1.
A guarantee for this suitability should be submitted with the offer.
The tapes should not be less than IS ems. width and 0.5 mID. thickness. This warning tape
should be labelled in capital letters, " DANGER HIGH VOLTAGE CABLE" in both
English and Arabic languages. The size of the letters should not be less than 4cms in
length and the letters sbould be printed in black colour. A sample of this tape should be
submitted witb tbe offer and will be subject to MEW approval.
b)
Cable Protection Net:
A suitable cable protection net of yellow coloured (132kV) & orange (33kV) high density
polyethylene or any alternative materials suitable for sile conditions mentioned in this
specification.
A guarantee for this suitability should be submitted with the offer.
The protection net shall be of 60 & 40cms and 2 x 60 and 2 x 40cms width for single
circuit and double circuits of 132 and 33kV cables respectively. The thickness of this
prolection net should not be less than 3mm.
The above tapes and protection grid shall be laid according to MEW specification for
cable laying.
c)
The 132kV cable feeder tails where laid in ground shall be protected by concrete tiles as
per attached drawing No.MDNI /560. At the free end of these cables, joint markers shall
be supplied and installed as per drawing Nos. MC/7/143-E and MD/1//24E.
130
9.4
Laying up of Power Cables:

Soon after the works tests are completed, both ends of every length of cable shall be sealed
by means of a metal cup over each end and plumbed to the sheath. The ends shall be
marked with the letters ' A' to 'z' to indicate the running and tail ends respectively. Letter
stamping shall be at least at two places for each end.
Tenderers are requested to include in their offer price for tbe provision of galvanized steel
supporting bridges of the cage type with slides made inclined 30' to horizontal level.
These bridges are needed for crossing of power cables to each other on the ground in the
basement, avoiding touching so that current ratings are not affected. The design,
dimensions and number of these bridges shall be sufficient to cover the crossing of all
power cables included in this tender and also for future feeder cable circuits, however, this
shall be subject to the approval of MEW site Engineer.
Provision of supporting structures and cable crossing bridges in the basement as may be
approved by the Purchaser is also to be supplied for II kV outgoing feeders where cables
will be supplied and laid by others.
9.5
Packing and Cable Lengths:

Tenderers are warned that equipment is liable to every rough handling enroute from the
Factory to the site in Kuwait. It is essential that the packing is efficient and strong with
extra reinforcement where necessary to ensure the safe delivery to site. All packages shall
have the Purchaser's order number, shipping marks and manufacturer's identity mark
clearly indicated.
The finished cables shall be wound on strong cable drums reinforced by rods of steel and
provided with central core through which an axle can pass. The drums shall be provided
with wooden battens to protect the cable from damage. The drums shall be adequately
labelled to indicate particulars of cable, i.e. voltage, conductor size, number of cores, gross
and net weight ... etc. The direction for rolling shall be recorded on the drum together with
temperature at which measurement was made.
The drum length of each type of cable shall be proportioned to ensure that no straight
through joints are needed. Drum and all packing shall be disposed off by carting to dump
by the contractor and the cost of such shall be included in the offer price. All empty
barrels are to be totally protected, closed for the re-use and to be collected, stored at a
suitable place as per MEW instructions.
9.6
Cable Schedules & Records:

The contractor shall take all records of the cables and submit 3 sets of standard 35mm
silver halide microfilm aperture cards photographed from the approved electrical & civil
drawings for cables, and cable record drawings. The details of microfilm is given under
clause l.15 above.
The cable record drawings must be submitted, these records shall be carefully taken on site
during the installation of the works. The final presentation of the records and schedules
shall be approved by the Purchaser. The records shall show the routes, the exact location
of each cable, the position of each termination and shall have schedules showing the
phasing of joints, the date of jointing, the name of the jointer, the lengths between their
terminations, the serial number of the cable drums, tbe direction of the lay of the cable, i.e.
A and Z ends, soil conditions, positions of ducts and sectional inserts of cable trencb
giving the relative positions of the cable, tiles, depths and spacings. Any other services
that cross the route of the cable shall be recorded, Measured values of resistance and
capacitance shall be recorded for each length of cable between terminations. The records
shall also include the route profile (to be measured by the contractor) with all the
infol1Dations of the "As Built" hydraulic system ( No, of pressure tanks per phase,
pressure tank and gauge levels etc ... setting of pressure ... etc. ).
9.7
Termination of 132 kV Feeder Tails:
131
The arrangement of cables and the method of laying, installation and bonding shall be
subject to approval by the Purchaser. Cables, joints and terminations shall be supplied and
installed in such a manner that the maximum voltage rise permitted on sheaths under full
load conditions is 65volts. Bonding and earthing arrangements shall be suitably designed
to meet this limitation. The minimum size of bonding lead shall be 300sq.mm copper and
normally these shall be of the concentric type. All earthing connections shall be capable
of disconnection for testing purposes by means of 3 single phase bolted links enclosed in
water tight boxes.
9.8
Cable Laying and Installation:

Tbe cables will be partly buried directly in tbe ground and partly pullcd through ducts.
Cables shall be laid direct from the drums into the trencbes and special rollers shall be
employed for this purpose. The cables sball be laid in Trefoil formation.
Where burying directly in the ground, the contractor shall excavate trenches of l.5M depth
from kerbstone, provide a bedding of 10cms of fine sieved sand at the bottom of the
trench. After laying of power and pilot cables, the contractor shall provide a covering of
soft sand to a depth of 15cms over the cable. Cable cover tiles shall then be laid over tile
line of the cable, covering both the power cable and its associated pilot cable. Each circuit
sball be separately tiled.
Backfill the trench further 30cms of excavated material, laying of cable protection grid,
further backfilling 20cms laying of warning tapes, completion of the backfilling to the
normal ground level (See attached drawings).
Where cables are laid in concrete trenches or substation basement they shall be neatly
arranged and single core cables shall be arranged in trefoil formation. Where cables are
laid on trays or supported by cleats, they shall be neatly and symmetrically arranged.
Cross-{)ver sball be avoided as much as possible.
9.9
132kV Outdoor Sealing Ends:

Where 132kV oil filled cables are to be terminated at one end by outdoor sealing end
boxes and otber accessories, the creep age distance of the outdoor sealing end boxes shall
not be less than 4818mm.
Tenderers shall attacb to their offers drawings showing in detail the proposed method of
terminating tbe cables. Tbe other end of the cables sball be connected directly to outdoor
132kV switchgear througb 11core sealing end boxes.
Tbe termination of the cables in the sealing ends sball also include the supply and
installation of tbe necessary Hot dipped galvanized steel structures for supporting the
sealing ends of the cables near the switcbgear of the O/H line take off gantry, and shall
also include making of the necessary foundations for the structures. These structures must
be designed so as to make possible easy jump ring between the sealing ends and the
switchgear bushings or the slack span conductor at the take off gantry.
The height of the steel supporting structures above ground level shall be such that the
minimum clearance between the live parts and the ground shall not be less tI,an 4600mm
and the spacing between phases not less than 2600mm. Exposed cables shall be protected
against sUD rays by means of approved sun shield.
The installation work of these sealing ends shall also include the supply and installation of
jump ring between the 132kV sealing ends and the slack span of fue overhead line take off
gantry including suitable bimetallic connections between the jump ring and the overhead
line conductors. Also the sealing end shall have tile suitable top connectors to connect the
overhead line slack span to the sealing end.
The maximum distance between the sealing ends, take-off gantries or terminal towers can
be taken jump ring arrangement shall be subject to MEW approval.
132
9.10
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
II.
Hydraulic Requirements:
An independent oil feed is required for each phase cable i.e. separate sets of tanks for each
phase.
"Long" routes shal1 be divided into separate hydraulic sections by using stop joints.
In each oil section under no load minimum temperature condition there should exist a
quantity of oil. knowo as "surplus oil", which should be available to maintain pressure
with an oil leak present until remedial section can be taken. AB an absolute theoretical
minimum quantity of surplus oil has been suggested as 10 Iitres but, in assessing practical
designs. The Purchaser will expect to find proposals that load to quantities of surplus oil
greater than this figure.
Preliminary hydraulic design dctails based on the foregoing principles and taking into
consideration the cooling and heating transients will be settled with the Purchaser after the
approved route has been issued. The contractor shall accept all requirements specified by
the Purchaser' s Engineer at that time and at noextra cost if these requirements are greater
than originally envisaged by the contractor at the tendering stage.
Pressure gauges shall normally be ranged from (1.00) to (+6.00) bars and be fitted at both
ends of the oil section and also at both ends of the stop joints at least one pressure gauge
with alarm contacts to he provided from one side of the oil section.
All hydraulic piping works, tanks ... etc must be prevented from carrying power system
fault current eg., by using insulating coupling connectors and all metallic parts of tanks,
pipes ...etc should be earthed.
Pressure gauges with alarm contacts shall be equipped with 2-stage contacts so as to detect
a changed situation and bring out automatically in sequence the following actions:a)
Firstly, an alarm signal to indicate tbat a pressure value bas been dropped wbich is
just below tbe minimum operating pressure.
b)
Secondly, an initiation signal at emergency minimum pressure to cause the circuit
be tripped out. Tbe contractor shall wire up tbese contacts to marshalling kiosks
provided by you in tbe substations. For en-route pressure gauges, the contractors
shall connect these contacts via a suitable T -joint into an associated pilot cable. In
case of using more than one set of stop joints in the feeder circuit, separate alarm
cables to be used to transfer the alarm signals to the nearest substation from the
concerned stop joint the price of which is included in tender price.
Gauges contacts shall be suitable for 240V ACIDC and each gauge terminals shall be
connected to terminal blocks which shall be housed in water proof casing.
Valves:
The oil control system shall be designed such that leak location and testing may be carried
out without the disconnection of any permanent pipework.
Valves additional to those specified below sball be installed only with the approval of tbe
Engineer.
1.
Three valves per tank, one to feed tbe system, one to fill for boost the tank and one
for the gauge, the latter being of a three-way, two position type to facilitate testing
of the gauge.
11 .
One per manifold wbere two or more tanks are installed in an inaccessible position
and the tanks are feeding to a single position.
One for each individual oil feed.
111.
Provision shall be made for the hydraulic testing of gauges i.e. it should be possible test
LOP alanns alarms by reducing the pressure in the gauge. If it is not possible to employ
test blocks then l1,e contractor should ensure any gauge, bleeding pipes sball be sealed off
with a blank nut and nipple so that unintentional operation of valves will not result in loss
of oil.
Oil pipes should be either .PVC insulated copper or PVC oversheathed, steel armoured
lead depending on circumstances of use-copper for inside substation and in open pits, but
armoured lead for all buried applications. Buried pipes should be protected by cover tiles,
protection net and warning tape.
133
12.
Oil tanks and ad,er hydraulic equipment sbould be provided with purpose-made earthing
lugs or bosses. Bonding cables for hydraulic equipment shall be of suitable size, copper,
PVC insulated, single core.
9.11 Bonding and Earthing Requirements for 132/33kV Cables: For 132 & 33kV Cable
Tail Circuitsto OIH lines:
AFor 132kV Cable Tail Circuits:
I.
Single point bonding of tbe power cable lead sheaths is required to eliminate sheath
circulating currents .
. 2.
Cables and terminations shall be designed, manufactured and installed so as to result
in a fully insulated sheath and to pennit the routine application of PVC over sbeath
test 10kV DC for I minute prior to commissioning and during the fIrst two years of
service, the anti-corrosion covering to be tested at six monthly intervals at 5kV DC
for one minute.
3.
The maximum permitted sheath standing voltage to earth under full load conditions
shall be 65 volts.
4.
For 132kV cables a stranded 300sq.mrn. copper earth continuity conductor insulated
with PVC (minimum average thickness 3.3mm) complying with BS 6346 so far as it
applies, sball be provided along the whole length of each single point bonded circuit
and in close proximity to the power cables with cables laid in flat formation, the
earthing cable sball be installed between two of power cables and transposed
midway. 111e earthing cable shall be connected at both ends to the main substation
earthing system and at suitable position to the main sheath bonds for 33kV cables
the cross section of earth continuity conductor shall be 120sq.mm.
5.
Sheatb voltage limiter units (SVL's) shall be connected to the unearthed end(s) of
the tails. The star point of the SVL's sball be connected to tbe earthing cable
specifIed in (4) above.
6.
All sheath bonding connections sball be made via disconnecting link boxes so as to
facilitate routine over sheath integrity testing. All bonding leads sball be PVC
insulated, of conductor size 300 sq.mm. copper and be made as short as possible.
7.
Link boxes shall be galvanized steel with lockable lis bearing externally the legend
"DANGER - ELECTRICITY" and internally the legend "THESE LINKS MUST
BE CLOSED WHEN THE CABLE IS IN SERVICE". Tbe insulation shall be such
as to withstand an impulse test of 17.5Kvp from link to earth and 37.5KV between
links. Link contact resistance shall not exceed 20 micro-ohms. Links and contacts
faces sball be tinned copper and shall be held firmly together by bolts. The legends
sbould be written in both Arabic and English words.
8.
Inside substations, the bonding cable from the "Eartby" end of tbe link box sball be
connected to the inner earth ring bar. Tbe specifIed 300 sq.mm. bonding cable shall
be used to connect to the substation earthing system. The connection to the
substation earth bar shall be made by brazing a flag connector to the bar and bolting
the bonding. Inside substations, the bonding cable from tbe "EardlY" end of the link
box shall be connected to the inner earth ring bar. The specifIed 300 sq.mrn.
bonding cable sball be used to connect to the substation earthing system. The
connection to the substation earth bar shall be made by brazing a flag connector to
the bar and bolting the bonding cable lug onto the flag cable lug onto the flag.
9.
On termination glands there need to be earthing connection flags or bosses of
suffIcient size to accommodate the connection to the specified size of bonding cable.
10. On flanged joint sleeves tbere should be two such flanges, one on each side of the
flanges that the bonding cable can be connected to both sides of the sleeve without
having to rely on the electrical continuity of the flange bolts.
11. The foregoing paragraphs represent summary of significant requirements but it is
expected that in case any queries arise on this topic reference would be made to
internationally recognized source documents which would include the following:
134
!.
2.
Electra paper No.28, May 1973 by Study Committee No.2!, The design of
specially bonded cable system (also follow up paper No.47).
British Electricity Board document C55/2 insulated sheath power cable
systems.
For 33kV Cable Tails to Overbead Lines:

The sheath will be solidly bonded from botb sides (as switchgear and at outdoor sealing
ends).
B-
Earthing Reqnirements for 132 & 33kV Complete Feeder Circuits:

1.
Solid bonding of the power cable lead sheaths is required. The overall design shall
be such as to pennit the routine application of PVC over sheath tests (lOKV) DC for
1 minute prior to commissioning and during the first two years of service, (5KV)
DC of 1 minute.
2.
At straight joints the lead sbeaths of the three single core cables fonning one circuit
shall be bonded together using insulated bonding cable (see 4, below) but without
making any special provision for disconnection during sheath testing. The overall
installation shall be sufficiently insulated from earth so as to withstand the sheath
test. The connection to the lead sbeath
s may conveniently be made by
connecting the bonding cable to the joint sleeves. If the sleeves are flanged then the
bonding cable must be connected to both sides of the continuity of the flange bolts.
3.
At tenninations and trifurcating joints the lead sheaths of the three single core cables
fanning one circuit shall be connected to earth using insulated bonding cables (see
3, below) and via 3-phase link boxes (see 5, below).
4.
Bonding cables for power cable sheaths shall in all cases, be of single core, 300
sq.mm. stranded copper, PVC insulated construction. The size of cable shall be
used regardless as to the anticipated magnitude of fault current at any particular
point in the network. The insulation thickness shall be 3.3 = minimum average.
The cable shall be embossed with the wording "ELECTRlC CABLE" - BONDING
LEAD" and the outer surface of the PVC shall be graphite coated. The construction
of the cable shall be in a~cordance with B.S. 6346 in so far as it applies. The
insulation shall be spark tested at 25kV DC for I minute.
5.
Link boxes shall be galvanized steel with lockable lids bearing extemally the legend
"DANGER - ELECTRlCITY" and intemally the legend "THESE LINKS MUST
BE CLOSED WHEN THE CABLE IS IN SERVICE". The insulation shall be such
as to withstand an impulse test of 17.5Kvp from link to earth and 37.5Kvp between
links. Link contact resistance shall not exceed 20 micro-ohms. Links and contact
faces shall be tinned copper and shall be held finnly together by bolts .
9.12
Joint Pits and Oil Pressnre Tank Pits:

All oil filled cable joints and oil pressure tanks shall be housed in suitable pits which shall
be designed and built in accordance with the following requirements for those either
within or outside the boundary walls of substations. These pits (except buried type) shall
be of prefabricated structural elements.
All pits, except buried type shall be provided with galvanized steel ladders and shall be
such as to prevent the ingress of rain or ground water. The size of all pits shall be such as
to allow comfortable working space for jointers. These pits shall be provided with
manhole cover of adequate size to allow the removal of any equipment that may be
required, this cover to be of circular type with clear opening of minimum diameter of 75
cms ready made cast iron. Padlocks shall be provided to manhole covers.
Tenderers shall submit design drawings and calculations which will be subject to the
approval of the Purchaser. Nor more than one set of joints or one set of tanks shall be
located in each pit (set per circuit). Also it will not be pennitted to pass more than the
cables of one circuit inside the pit, and thus if two circuits were specified, the cables of the
2"' circuit will pass under the pit in concrete encased asbestos ducts to be constructed
135
A)
under the pit. The cost of this duct is included in the pit prices.
Pits within Substation Boundaries:
Pits for joints and tanks shall be consisting of cast insitu concrete floor slab minimum 15
cms thick and reinforced with suitable steel mesh, 15 cms thick precast reinforced
concrete walls with fair face finish internally. Top slabs shall be made of precast
reinforced concrete, removable strips with a maximum width of 70 cms and eacb to be
provided with galvanized steel bandies for lifting and shall be adequate to sustain a wheel
load of 4 tonnes or superimposed load of 500kgs/sq.M and to be designed in a manner to
stop rain water. The level of the top cover shall be 20 cms above yard level. Suitable
concrete or steel bollards shall be provided around the pits, 75 cms hgh and spaced at one
metre centers.
I.
In-situ concrete mix to be I :2:4 with crushing strength of 240 kg/sq.cm.

Crushing strength for precast reinforced concrete to be 320 kgs/sq.cm.
2.
Stability shall be required for the pit as one unit under several working conditions.
NB: For all 33kY cables, the contractor has to construct the above pits having suitable
dimensions. For 132kY cable circuits wherever it is specified that cables will be
jointed to the SF6 switchgear, the contractor will have to construct the above pits
and this should have internal dimensions of 3.5x2x2 M. However, for all the
132kY circuits where it is specified that cables will be jOinted to 132kY cable tails
laid by others. The contractor will construct a pit inside the substation for each
132kY cable circuit and having the same dimensions 3.5x2x2M and he will use this
pit for acco=odation of his oil tanks necessary for the circuit.
B)
Pits outside Substation Boundaries:

I.
Pits for straight joints shall be semi-buried type and shall consist of pre-fabricated
elements or steel mesh reinforced concrete base slabs minimum 15 cms. thick,
concrete block walls and 30 cms. deep top R.C. the beams. The joint sball be
protected using fiber glass sleeve and the space between the outer joint sleeve and
the fiber glass sleeve shall be filled with bitumen. The completed joints sball be
surrounded by sieved sand carefully compacted by hand to depth of 10 cms. above
the top of..the fiber glass sleeves. Precast paving slabs shall be placed on top of the
pit back-filled with selected sand upto ground level. Suitably marker pad shall be
placed on top of the pit back filled with selected sand upto ground level. Suitable
marker pad shall be positioned 5cms above the surface. The whole arrangement
shall be subject to MEW's approval. Where sheaths bounding link boxes are
required, they shall be installed in shallow pit adjacent to the straight joint and
accessible from the surfaces where required asbestos or PVC 6" inch pipes to be
encased in the concrete blinding to avoid blocking of electrical reserve for other
circuits and their cost shall be included in the pit prices.
2.
Pits for feeder joints and oil pressure tanks shall be of similar designs to (Al above,
except that the covers to be designed to sustain a wheel load of 10 tonnes to the
effect of a vehicle mounting adjacent to the pit top slab which shall be at a level of
20 cms above the ground level.
C)
Link Boxes for Bonding:

Link boxes for bonding purposes shall be installed in the basement near the respective
cable circuit and preferably to be wall mounted in such a manner as to be accessible at all
times. In the case of unfilled joint pits, the link boxes may be positioned inside the pit
itself. Bonding lead connections between joints and link boxes shall be suitably protected
from mechanical damage. Contractors shall include in their submission sbowing the
detailed arrangements proposed for installing these link boxes in eacb of the various
circumstances specified.
136
D)
Earthing and Bonding of Oil Tanks:

Insulated inserts are required in oil feed pipes to joints. Oil tanks shall be bonded and
connected to outdoor earthing ring by means of (30 x 5)sq.mm copper tape. Other
hydraulic equipment such as oil pressure gauges shall be connected to indoor earthing ring
by means of 2.5sq.mm copper conductor. The incoming armour wires of pilot cables
should not be bonded to the alarm gauge metal work.
9.13
Asbestos Pipes:
I.
All cables shall pass through approved ducts under roads and elsewhere as directed
by the Engineer.
2.
Ducts shaIl be of 4" and 6" diameter asbestos pipes, purchased from the National
Industries Co.
3.
Pipes sball be of standard qu~h ty with minimum crusbing strengtbs of
450Kgmlsq.cm laid as one single length piece under the road or each carriageway
where possible, both ends of pipe cut perfectly perpendicular to the body.
4.
If more than one single length is to be used, both ends of pipes shall be butt-jointed,
held firmly together in position wrapped with building paper or other approved
material before casting of surrounding concrete.
5.
All asbestos ducts shall be laid in mass concrete mix 1:3:6 extending 10cms below
the bottom and 15cms above the top duct witb 5 cms separation between the ducts.
6.
Cement to be used for encasing of concrete shall be ordinary portland sand and
coarse aggregate to comply with the specification.
7.
Small lengths or cut pieces of pipes with multiple jointing to make one single length
under any road crossing shaIl not be permitted.
8.
Pieces of pipes shorter than 3.00metres long shall not be used unless under
unavoidable circumstances.
9.
10.
II.
9.14
All depths at wbich the ducts are to be laid under road crossing shaIl be agreed with
the Engineer.
Both ends of all spare ducts under road-crossings shall be plugged by the
appropriate soft wood plugs of tapering type approved by the Engineer before
backfilling.
After laying of power and control cables through ducts, a sealing material such as
Dense Mastic (plast) shall be used. It is necessary at first to clear tbe ducts ofloose
material by air jetting. The cables should be maintained centrally in the duct so tbat
the sealant forms an even anulus around the cable.
Control Cable & Power Service Cables:

All control and power service cables A.C and D.C including the multicore cables sball be
PVC tropical grade insulated cables and shall generaIly conform to the requirements of
BS6346 and 6746 wherever applicable.
The multicore cables for control, alarm, indication, protection, current and voltage
transformers secondary circuits shall be of 600 volts grade and those required for power
service in the substation shall be 1000 volts grade.
Control and power cables supplied should be suitable for initial storage in the open yard
and for continuous service after laying without any deleterious effects on tbe insulation
and lor sheathing.
The control and power cables sball be tested in accordance with BSS 6346 and 6746
unless otherwise approved.
Tenderers shall furnish general particulars and guarantees for the cables specified as called
for in the schedules.
Except wben otherwise specified, the smaIlest cross section area of control cable
conductors to be used shall be 2.5sq.mm.
Regarding internal wiring of relay panels, wired of cross sections 1.5sq.mm and 0.8sq.mm
can be used for signal circuits and connections between modules of electronic relays (if
137
applicable) and as required under class 1.1 0 of the specifications .

. All control cables between sub-station equipments shall be of the fire-retardant type in
accordance with lEC. Publication 332-1970 and BSS 4066 Part 111980 as required in
clause 8.4.5 (iii) of this specification.
The contract price shall include cleats, trays and other fixing arrangements for the cleats
and trays, etc .... in the basement or trenches and they shall be sUbject to the approval of the
Purchaser.
The contractor shall not be entitled to any extra cbarge required to complete the work
according to drawings as finally approved by the purchaser, cable terminal glallds and
other accessories including material that may be required to prevent entry of vermin and
dust into the cubicles shall be applied.
Particular attention should be given to cable entries from basement into the switchgear,
control and relay boards, L.T. distribution board and battery charger cubicles, ctc .... wbere
necessary, bottom plateswith all the necessary terminal glands and fire resisting material
has to be provided to prevent access to vermin from underneath the equipment and to
prevent spread of fire from one zone to another.
Wheo designing cootrol cable layouts, the contractor shall provide sufficient trays to
accommodate one or two layers of cootrol cables only on anyone tray. All iron trays, iron
cleats and cleat parts and iron supports shall be hot dip galvanized. Control cables
exposed to sun should be protected in an approved manner.
9.15
Factory Testing:
The contractor shall catty out all routine and type tests on all equipment and accessories
included in the contract in accordance with the relevant British Standard Specifications
unless otherwise approved. Tbe contractor shall carry out any additional tests that are
necessary to determine that the work complies with the requirements of this specification.
All samples used for testing shall be at the contractor's expense and shall not affect the
lengths of cables to be supplied under this contract. This also applies to other accessories.
All instruments used for testing purposes sbaIl, if approved by tbe Engineer, be calibrated
by an approved authority.
9.15.1 Control Cable Tests:

Tbe cables sball be tested in accordance with BS.3346 and 2746 as applicable or V.D.E
unless otherwise approved.
A)
Routine Tests:
All lengths of completed cables shall be tested before despatcb according to the following:
1)
Voltage tests:
The completed cable shall be subject to a voltage of 3KV r.m.s for five minutes.
2)
Insulation Resistance Tests:
The insulation resistance between each conductor and tbe remaining conductors in
the cable whicb sball be bunched and earthed shall be measured immediately after
the voltage test in (I) above and shall not be less than 15meg.ohms.
3)
Conductor Resistance:
Tbe conductor resistance shall be measured and the same sball not be greater than
the guaranteed figures.
B)
Type Tests:
Measurements of thickness of insulation and sheath.
A representative sample of each type and size of manufactured cable shall be examined
and the minimum and average thickness of insulation and sheath determined. These shall
not be less than
the guaranteed long and shall be taken not less than 30cms from the end of drum length.
138
The PVC insulating and sheath of the cable shall be subjected to the tests specified in
Table I and 2 of BSS 6746 and shall comply with the requirements stated therein. All
samples used in the above tests shall be to the cost of the contractor and shall not affect the
length of the cables to be supplied under this contract.
9.15.2 Power Cables (132kV, 33kV & llkV Cables):
A)
Routine Tests:
All lengths of cable shal1 be tested before despatch according to the following:i)
Conductor Resistance Tests:
The copper resistance of the conductors shal1 be measured by direct current at room
temperature and corrected for temperature in accordance with LE.e. Publication
141 -1 and BSS 6480. The values thus obtained shaJJ not be greater than the
guaranteed values stated in the Schedules or more than 4% greater than the
~aJculated values as per I.E.e. Publication 141 -1 and BSS 6480.
ii)
Capacitance Tests:
The electrostatic capacitance of each drum length of completed cable shall be
measured at power frequency and shall not be greater than the guaranteed values
stated in the schedules.
iii) High Voltage Tests:
The voltage tests shal1 be carried out with alternating current in accordance with
BSS 6480 for solid cables and I.E.C. 141-1 for oil filled cables.
iv) Dielectric Power Factor/Voltage Tests:
Each drum length of completed 132kV and 33kV oil filled cables shal1 be tested for
power factor at normal frequeiicy and at ambient temperature and at 50, 125 and
200% of normal voltage. The power factor of the charging KV A after correction to a
temperature of 20'C shall not exceed the guaranteed values stated in the Schedules
or tbe values stipulated in I.E.C Publication 141-1 whichever is smaller. For 33 and
llkV solid cables, the power factor shall be in accordance with BSS 6480.
v)
Voltage Test on Anti-Corrosion Covering:
This shall be carried out in accordance with BSS 6480 where extruded PVC
oversheath is specified.
Accessories:
Tests analysis of plumbing and solder to check in compliance with BSS 219. Tests should
be carried out on samples selected from each batch.
B.
1.
Type Tests:
Power Cables:
The following tests shall be made on samples taken from cables manufactured for the
contract.
i)
ii)
Measurements of Thickness ofInsulation:

Sheathing, Serving and Weights:
A sample shall be selected from each 40 meters of each type of completed cables, and
shall be at least 60 cms long. Then the minimum and average thickness of insulation shall
be determined and the paper checked for wrinkles or tears. The minimum and average
thickness oflead sheath, armouring and the various coverings of the bedding and servicing
shall be determined, and these shall agreed with the guaranteed values. Also the weights
of copper, lead and steel per meter of cable shall be determined.
Bending Tests:
The bending test shal1 be made on a sample of the completed cable (with al1 coverings)
having a length of not less than hundred times the diameter of the lead sheath. The
bending tests shall be conducted in accordance with lEC publication 141 -1 for oil fil1ed
cables and BSS 6480 for solid cables.
The samples shall then be power frequen cy high voltage tested in accordance with BSS
6480 for solid cables and lEC Publication 14 I -I for oil filled cables.
A specimen taken from the sample that has been tested shal1 then be dismantled and
139
iii)
iv)
v)
vi)
2.
i
9.15.3
examined. The condition of the paper insulation, lead sheath, protective covering and
armour sball comply with the requirements ofBSS 6480.
Loading Cycle-Power Factor Tests:
For I 32kV and 33kV Cables:
This test shall be carried out on a sample of cable selected from the contract works. The
sample sball be complete with sealing end boxes and other accessories and sball be not
less than 30metres in length with adjacent accessmies not less than 4 meters apart and
shall be laid out on the floor of the test bay.
The sample shall be heated upto the maximum conductor temperature stated in the
guarantee schedule by passing current through conductors. During the twenty days of the
test, the cable shall be alive at 1.5 x the service voltage. The heating current shall be
mentioned at 50'C above normal maximum temperature or at least three hours and
switched off for 18 hours and the cycle repeated twenty times. The power factor of the
charging KV A shall be measured at 50% and 150% of the normal voltage as follows:a)
Before the commencement of the test.
b)
When the cable has reached maximum temperature during each cycle.
c)
When the cable has cooled to minimum temperature during each cycle.
The power factor shall, in addition, be measured at normal voltage at temperature of above
60'C and 40'C during cooling in each cycle. The power factor at the stipulated voltage
shall not vary substantially from cycle to cycle.
Dielectric Thermal Resistance Test: (For Oil-Filled Cables)
A sample of the cable selected by the Inspector shall be tested for thermal resistance of the
dielectric at the maximum temperature to operate and under stipulated conditions.
Mechanical Test on Pressure Retaining Sheath: (For Oil-Filled Cables)
A sample of the cable at least 3 meters long is to be maintained for seven(7) days at
internal pressure equal to twice the maximum pressure during whicb period no leakage
shall occur. This applies to oil-filled cables only.
Dielectric Security Test: (33kV & 132kV Cables)
A sample of the cables at least 10metres in length (excluding terminations) shall be
subjected at ambient temperature to a power frequency test voltage applied between
conductor and screen. The value of the test voltage sball be 47.5kV cables and 190kV for
132kV cables and it sball be applied for 24 bours without the occurance of a breakdown of
tbe insulation or flashover of the sealing ends.
Accessories: (Oil-Filled Cables)
Pressure test on pressure gauges and alarm gauges sball be carried out in accordance with
Clauses 21 to 26 ofLE.C Publication 141-1.
1000Voits Single Core Cables:
The cable will be tested in accordance with BSS6346 or 6480.
The measurement of thickness and weight sample tests shall be carried out on one metre
length of cable.
The minimum and average thickness of insulation shall be determined and these shall
agree with the guaranteed values. Also the weight of copper per meter of cable shall be
determined.
9.15.4 Pilot Cables and Accessories:

A)
Routine Tests:
i)
Conductor Resistance Test:

Tbe resistance of the conductors shall be measured as specified in B.S.636011969 and
shall meet the requirements of this standard.
ii)
Voltage Routine tests:
140
iii)
iv)
The voltage test shall be made with alternating current of approximately sine fonn at any
frequency from 40-62 Hz. inclusive. The voltage shall be increased gradually and
maintained continuously for one minute at 10 KV (rms) between all unscreened
conductors whilst excluding the single screened pair by connecting its cover and screen to
the centre tap of one 10 KV. For screened pair, a separate 10 KV DC test shall be
conducted with the screen connected to zero potential connection and 15 KV Crms )
between conductors and armour which shall be earthed.
Alternatively, the following D.C. test procedure may be followed :Core-Core
: 20 KV D.C with the screen maintained at the int=ediate level of 10
KVD.C.
Core-Core
: 30 KV. D.C. with the screen connected to the cores.
Mutual Capacitance Test:
The mutual capacitance of the cable shall be measured between the rwo conductors of
each pair with the other conductors and the armour earthed. The measurements shall be
made using alternating current and a suitable bridge and the mean value obtained shall be
recorded.
Capacitance Unbalance Tests:
Pair to pair capacitance unbalance measurements shall be made at audio frequency. All
conductors other than those under test being connected to the armour and earth. The
measured values shall be divided by :y,
( Ll500 + V Ll500 )
Wbere L is the length in meters. Lengths less than 100 meters shall be considered as 100
meters.
v)
vi)
vii)
viii)
ix)
B)
No' corrected unbalance measurements shall exceed 500 pC The corrected unbalance
berween carrier pairs shall not exceed 50pf. In order to limit the amount of testing,
measurements will normally be made between adjacent pairs, except that all combinations
between canier pairs shall be measured. The measured values of capacitance unbalance
shall be recorded for use in the preparation of jointing schedules to obtain the necessary
balance to meet the cross-talk requirements.
Mutual Inductance:
Mutual inductance measurements shall be made at 5KHz on carrier pairs. The measured
values shall be divided by:Y2 (U500 + V U500 )
Where L is the length in meters of the cable under test, lengths less than 100 meters being
considered as 100 meters. The corrected mutual inductance shall not exceed 0.50rnH.
Galvanized Routine Tests:
Samples selected by the Purchaser's representative of all galvanized material shall be
subjected to the galvanized tests set out in BSS.443 (testing of zinc coating on galvanized
wires).
Insulation Resistance Tests:
The insulation resistance shall be measured between each conductor and the other
conductors connected to armour by applying 500 V. D.C. for one minute. The insulation
resistance shall not be less than 12500 mega ohmlkm at 20C.
Extruded PVC Over-sheath Test:
Extruded P.V.C. over-sheath shall be spark test in the manner described in Clause 16.2 of
B.S. 6346.
Voltage Test:
Voltage test on anti-<:oITosion covering in accordance with BSS 6480.
Type Tests:
Measurement of Thickness of Insulation, Sheathing, Annourini?' Serving and
Bedding:
Ten representative samples of the manufactured cables shall be examined and
average thickness of insulation, sheathing, armouring, bedding and serving shall be
determined. The samples shall be at least 60cms long and shall be cut not less than
30cms from the end of the drum length. Also, the weights of copper and steel per
1.
141
metre of cable shall be detennined.

11.
C)
i)
ii)
iii)
Voltage Test:
A sample of the manufactured cable together with a joint box shall be tested and
shall not break-down when a voltage of 5kV is applied for 5 minutes between pilot
cores and between core and the lead connected to armour. Subsequently, the sample
shall be tested and shall not breakdown wben a voltage of 2.5kV is applied for five
minutes between screened cores and between each screened core and the annour.
Screens and annour sball be earthed during tbis test.
Accessories:
Visual dimensional cbecks on selected samples at eacb batch of joint boxes (not less than
one joint box of eacb 50 boxes).
Tests check inner lead sleeve composition.
Test analysis of plumbing and solder to check in compliance with B.S. 219. Tests should
be carried out on samples selected from eacb batch (but less than one sample of each 200
sticks).
9.15.5 Site Tests:

I)
Power Cables:
After complete installation of the various circuits and before commissioning, eacb circuit
shall be subject to the following tests:
i)
Resistance Measurements:
The copper resistance of each core of the completed circuits shall be measured and the
ambient value corrected to 20e.
ii)
Capacitance Measurements:
The capacitance between phase and between each phase and the lead sheath shall be
measured and the ambient temperature recorded.
iii)
High "Voltage Tests:
After the circuit has been brought upto its design oil pressure, a D.C. voltage of 270kV
shall be applied to 132kV cables between each core and screen for a duration of
15minutes, the other two phases being earthed. The high voltage test as well as the oil
tests will be carried out on eacb circuit when it is completed by the cable contractor under
a separate cable contract. However, the substation contractor has to co-ordinate and cooperate with the cable contractor and should carry out all the necessary works at the
substation end for such tests.
Where 132kV cable feeder tails are required in connection with cutting-in of 132kV
overbead line cables, the substation contractor shall carry out the H.V. and oil tests on
each completed circuit.
iv)
Special Bonding Equipment Tests:
a)
With all earthing links removed, the PVC over-sheath shall successfully with stand a
test voltage of 10kV D.C applied between lead sheath and earth for one minute.
During this test, the lead sheaths of the other two phases shall be eartbed. The test
shall be repeated on the other phases in turn.
b)
With bonding links disconnected, a suitable variable voltage D.C. test supply he
applied in turn between each of the 3 disc leads and the earth lead. The resulting
currents shall be measured and after correction for ambient temperature, sball lie
wit1tin the declared limits. With the 3 disc leads then connected to the earth lead
and all four disconnected from earth, the resistance between them and any metallic
casing shall be not less than 10M when measured on a 1000voits 'Megger'.
c)
Contact resistance measurements shall be made across link faces and SVL
connections. The resistance of the former shall not exceed 20 and of the latter 50.
144
c.
2.
a.
overlapped longitudinally applied metal foil:

20 (d + D) + S% for others
Where: D = measured external diameter of the cable in millimeters.
D = measured diameter of the conductor in millimeters.
On completion of this test, the cable shall be subjected to the partial discharge test
magnitude of the discharge at I.S Uo shall not exceed S pC.
Tan Delta Measurement:
The sample shall be heated by a suitable method and the temperature of the
conductor detennined either by measuring its resistance or by thennocouples on the
b.
c.
3.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
4.
a.
b.
c.
II.
D1.
surface of the screen, or by thermocouples on the conductor of another sample of the

same cable heated by the same means.
The sample shall be heated until the conductor reaches a temperature equal to the
maximum rated temperature of the insulation in normal operation within +I-SC.
Tan delta shall be measured at a power frequency voltage of Uo at the temperature
specified above.
The measured value shall not exceed the value specified in table II of IEC 840.
Heating Cycle Voltage Test:
The sample shall be in a U bend having diameter specimen.
The sample shall be heated by a suitable method, until the conductor reaches a
temperature which shall be not less than 10C and not greater than lSoC above the
maximum rated temperature oftbe insulation in normal operation.
The heating shall be applied for at least 8 hours and shall be followed by at least 16
hours of natural cooling. The conductor temperature shall be maintained within the
stated temperature limits for the last 2 hours of each current loading period.
The cycle of heating and cooling shall be carried out 20 times.
During the whole of the test period a voltage of 2 Uo shall be applied to the sample.
After the final cycle the sample at ambient temperature sball be subjected to and
comply with the requirements of the partial discbarge test in accordance with subclause lC above.
Impulse Voltage Test (followed by A.C. voltage test):
Tbe impulse test sball be performed on the sample at a conductor temperature wbicb
sball be not less tban SoC and not greater than 10C above the maximum rated
temperature of the insulation for normal operation. The impulse voltage shall be
applied according to the procedures given in IEC publication 230.
The cable shall withstand witbout failure 10 positive and 10 negative voltage
impulse oftbe appropriate value specified in Table I ofIEC 840.
After the impulse test, the cable sample shall be subjected to ambient temperature to
a power frequency voltage test at 2.S Uo for IS minutes No breakdown of the
insulation shall occur.
Type Tests on Cable Compounds:
The nonelectrical type tests and type tests to check that the materials used for the
cable components have satisfactory properties sball be carried out as detailed in IEC
840.
The method of tests and test results should satisfy the requirement of IEC 840.
Electrical Tests after Installation: (Site Tests):
Insulation:
Tests on new installation are made wben the installarion of the cable and its
accessories bas been completed.
145
1.1
1.2
a.
b.
2.
DC Testing:
A DC voltage equal to 3 Uo shan be applied for 15 minutes.
AC Testing:
As an alternative to the DC test an AC voltage test at power frequency in
accordance with item a) or b) below, can be used:
Test for 5 minutes with the phase to phase voltage (U) applied between the
conductor and the metallic screen.
Test for 24 hours with the nonnal phase to earth voltage of the system (Uo).
Non-metallic sheaths:
The non-metallic sheath shall be subjected to the site tests specified in IEC
publication 229.
146
PART X
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION NO.MEW/SS/I0
CIVIL ENGINEERING WORKS, AIR CONDITIONING AND
ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS
10.1 Special Conditions for Civil, A.C. and E.I Works:

10.1.1 General:
Tbese special conditions of contract shall be read in conjunction with the General
Conditions of Tender for civil works and other contract documents and in case of
difference berween any of these special conditions shall be followed for the execution of
Civil Works, together with what is described under "INTRODUCTION",
10.1.2
Extent of Civil Works:

Since the contract is a turnkey project, the work involved in this part of the conrract shall
comprise the design, construction and completion in all respects, testing, setting to work,
maintenance and final banding over of substation building(s) as explained in the
"INTRODUCTION" and finally as shown in the successful tenderer's approved
drawings.
Tbe work involved shall also generally comprise the following:
a. Excavation and casting of reinforced concrete foundations and basements.
b. Reinforced concrete columns, beams, basement floor, ground floor, (mezzanine
floor and first floor), (both if required), roof slab, transformer bases and shelter to
same.
c. Cavity walls, solids walls, tiling, paving and painting.
d. Supply and installation of equipment for air-conditioning and ventilation services.
e. Electric lighting and power services.
f. Execution of miscellaneous ancillary works in connection with the above.
10.1.3
Description of Civil Works:.

Tenderers are requested to submit witb their offers proposed preliminary designs and
general arrangement. The successful tenderer sball be required to submit different
proposals for facade elements to comply with what is described in the introduction and
to the full satisfaction of the Engineer.
10.1.4
Foundations for power transformers shall be adjacent to building(s) externally and shall
have sbelter with approved type of sun shade, tracks or rails for loading, pulling-in or
pulling-out, anchors, if required and described in the introduction and the bill of
quantities together with blast walls, ducts, etc.
10.1.5
Design of Foundations for Sub-station & Transformers:

Design of all foundations shall be based on soil bearing capacity of 1.5kgrn/sq.cm and
tbe same designs shall be maintained and followed for all bearing capacities of above
1.5KgmJsq.cm but should the capacity prove to be less than 1.5kgrn/sq.cm, the
contractor shall re-design the foundations as per new bearing capacities even if this
requires the introduction of raft foundations or on piles and execute the works
accordingly at no extra cost to the Ministry under either of the above possibilities.
Tenderer should refer to clause 1.11 section I (obtaining information) to familiarize
himself with site conditions. Tenderers can also make their own enquiries about any
available data with MEW on site conditions. Reference should also be made to Vol. II,
Schedule 1-2- Introduction regarding available substation sites.
147
10.1.6
a)
b)
Handing Over of Site or Sites of Works:

Ministry due to delay in acquisition of sites etc., the number of calendar days elapsed
after the expiry of the specified period will be added to the completion dates and the
same will accordingly be extended. The purchaser shall within twelve months handover to the contractor the site of the Reserve substation. (if specified) or site drawings
together with soil test results, and the contractor shall in this case, complete and handover the substation within twelve months from the date of the above handing over of site
or site drawings. The minimum completion and handing over period is to be taken as
eighteen (18) calendar months from the date of signing the contract.
Working Area:
The contractor shall confine his activities within the site(s) of work as far as this can
physically be possible and should be required additional wo~king area, he shall not
encroach upon or intrude into the neighborhood but approach the Engineer for the
necessary guidance and he shall be fully responsible to obtain the necessary construction
or temporary license from the other authorities in time to avoid and delay in specified
completion period.
Items manufactured off the site or works such as precast concrete elements, doors,
structural steel work or any other items to be incorporated in the works, the Engineer or
his representative reserves the right to visit and inspect the place of manufacture at any
time during the contract period. The contractor shall the Engineer of the proposed date
of manufacture 3 days at least before such manufacture.
10.1. 7
Site or Sites of Work:

For site or sites of work, refer to "INTRODUCTION".
10.1.8
Manner of Execution:
a. The Contractor shali commence works and carry out all such portions of work
which have been given priority in the contract or as may be informed by the
Engineer in writing. He shall have separate gangs of workmen for each trade on
each site.
b. All formwork either sawn or wrought shall be prepared in advance and all
reinforcement shall be bent to sizes and shapes and stored as directed by the
Engineer.
10.1.9
Contractor's Staff & Snpervision:

Contractor's staff for supervision of civil works shall be mainly as follows:
1. One B. Sc. Civil Chief Engineer from the main contractor civil staff shouldbe
appointed for every three substation sites or less and should be five years past
experience working as a senior engineer for design and execution of high voltage
snbstations and buildings of similar nature.
2. One Resident Engineer of the subcontractor at every site (for details refer to
Schedule (0).
3. One foreman of the subcontractor at every site.
The qualifications of the appointed staff shall be submitted for approval. Failing to
provide the said staff, the Engineer reserves the right to stop the works at any time and
NO claims for extension of time or extra charges will be allowed.
10.1.10 Contractor's Attendance:

The contractor shall allow access to the site(s) and afford all reasonable facilities
whenever reqnired during the contract period and wherever required with in the site(s)
of work for other contractors so that they too shall be able to complete their works
concurrently with the civil works. The contractor shall, on written instructions from the
Engineer, attend upon and execnte all or any necessary work in connection during the
continuance of contract period and the cost of such attendance shall be included in tl,e
148
rates laid down in the contract and be not treated as variation order, and no extension of
time in the contract period will be given under such cases unless prior approval is
obtained from the Engineer.
10.1.11 Site Facilities to Engineer's Representatives:
Immediately upon receiving of the site(s) and prior to commencement of permanent
works, the contractor shaU arrange either of the following for the exclusive use of
Engineer's representative:
a) Supply & instaU on sites within one month, one number new and self contained
mobile office(s) weathertigbt in all respects having one office room, one kitcbenette,
one toilet with drainage, all fuUy equipped and furnished with doors, windows fly
screens, pin-up boards, electric heater, hot plate, window-type A.C unit, water
supply, sanitary fittings , telephone, refrigerator, etc.
b) Site office(s) for Engineer(s) representative(s) either self contained mobile one(s) or
temporarily built with cement sand blocks shaU be in both cases be completed
within one month from the date of receiving of the site(s). The contractor sbaU pay
a penalty of KD.lOOJ- (Kuwaiti Dinars One hundred only) per site office for each
day delayed in the completion, furnishing and installations of services, etc for the
site office(s). The total penalties so imposed shaU not normaUy exceed KD.5,OOOJ(K.D. Five thousand only) for delaying of each site office.
c) Full time services of an attendant boyar farrash shall be made available for
Engineer's representative on each site to attend on him during his presence on site.
d) Site office(s) for Engineer's representative(s) shall always be well maintained,
floors swept, furnitures dusted and wiped clean, everything kepr neat and tidy as per
best standards.
e) Site office(s) whenever required by the Engineer in writing will either be removed
from site(s) and/or demolished and the site(s) made good on completion of contract,
all at no extra cost.
10.1.12 Protection of Works:
a) .
The contractor shall protect the works from weather and from all other damages whether
by General Public or by workmen whether or not belonging to the Contractor,
performing concurrent or subsequent operations in the execution of works. He shall
provide and erect the necessary guard rails and barriers and clear them away on
completion of works.
b)
Fair-faced brickwork... etc shall be protected by means of polythene sheets or similar
approved to ensure that the finished work is not damaged, splashed or stained by
subsequent trades such as floor screening, tiling, grouting and grinding of same, casting
of copings to perimeter walls ... etc. Roofs shall be swept clean to ensure that there are
no loose nails and the like which may damage the membranes.
c)
Througbout the duration required by the works, the contractor shall construct and
maintain where necessary, props and shuttering on the sides to protect same from
collapse installations, property and public services from damage that may be caused by
collapse of the dies or subsidence of the surrounding ground.
d)
The contractor shall adopt all precautionary means for protecting public services. He
shall be held responsible for the results of his operations during the execution, especially
excavation, and in case damage is caused to any property or services due to a direct hit
by the equipment used or due to sliding or collapse of the soil as a result of not
supporting the sides of the excavation or any other reason.
e)
The contractor shall be responsible for carrying out the works in a safe and sound
manner so as to avoid risk or danger to all people employed on site(s) whether or not
belonging to the contractor and the general public, to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
149
10.1.13 Sign Boards:

The contractor shall place a sign at each site of works and the sign should be white in
colour with red letters, without any line on the edges. The minimum dimensions of the
sign shall be 1.50M x 1.20M and the bottom of the sign shall be at 1.20 metres above
ground level. Both sides of the sign shall bear the following infonnation:
Name of the Ministry
Nature of work and reference
Date of commencement of work
Date of completion of work

Name of the Contractor
10.1.14 Delayed Items of Work:
Certain items of work such as sand and gravel fill, paving of the yard if required, final
coat of paint if so ordered or any other item intimated by the Engineer in writing shall
not be carried out until such periods as shall be required by the Engineer andlor by the
other contractors and the main contractor shall be made due allowance in his prices and
rates to carry out all such delayed items of work whenever so ordered by the Engineer
within the maintenance period.
The contractor shall not be entitled for any
compensation whatsoever for the delayed items which should be carried out within 15
days from the date the contractor receives instructions in writing from the Engineer to
execute the same. On contractor's failure to do so, the Engineer reserves the right to get
them executed by other sources and all costs plus overhead:.. etc shall be debitable to the
contractor.
10.1.15 Maintenance of Defect Liability Period:

The contractor shall satisfactorily maintain all works included in and executed by him
under this contractor for a period of 12 (twelve) calendar months from the date of initial
acceptance of same and he shall attend to and make good all defects appearing due to
poor workmanship or improper material used whether or not supplied by the Employer.
Maintenance of airconditioning works shall also be for 12 calendar months but to
commence from the last date of test running of the plant. Date of initial acceptance of
works shall be reckoned from the date of issuing of Taking Over and Acceptance
Certificate as defmed under the General Conditions of Contract.
10.1.16 Supply of Electric Energy:
During the construction of works, the Contractor shall at his own expenses provide all or
any electric energy he may stand in need and under no circumstances the employer
andlor the Engineer will be held responsible for supply of electric energy. Approved
types of mobile "Generators" where required shall be supplied, installed and connected
to services as directed by the Engineer.
10.1.17 Costs of Testing of Materials:
The costs of testing of all materials such as cement, sand, shingle reinforcing steel,
structural steel and other metals, test cubes, cement sand blocks, floor and wall tiles,
paints and decorative materials ..... etc used in the pemlanent works under this contract
shall be borne by the contractor who shall pack, transport and deliver the samples in
such quantities as shall be required for testing purposes by the Government Research
Station at Shuwaikh.
150
10.1.18 Geaning of Site(s):

a) The contractor shall dispose of surplus construction materials, soil and other debris
from the site(s) gradually as the same accumulate, and cart away the debris to the
dumping sites approved by the Municipality.
b) He sball make good all sucb previously concreted, paved and/or asphalted areas
disturbed or damaged by himselflhis workmen and/or by the otherlhis Subcontractors during the execution of works and shall provide at his own expense and
submit to tbe Engineer a certificate from Kuwait Autborities stating that tbe site(s)
of works and the temporary working area bave been cleaned as stated above and to
the full satisfaction of the authorities concerned.
The works shall not be finally accepted unless the contractor fulfils tbe above
obligations.
10.2
Specification for Civil Works:

Materials:
All materials are to be tbe best of their respective kinds and in accordance with latest
Kuwait or relevant Britisb standard Specifications or equivalent. Tbe contractor shall
submit to the Engineer samples of all materials whicb be proposes to incorporation so
that the Engineer may be able to obtain results of all or any tests he proposes to be
carried out on such samples. All materials used for incorporated into the works
thereafter sball fully conform witb sucb approved samples.
10.2.1
Design Calculations:
The contractor shall submit for approval fully detailed calculations in English for all
parts of the works including calculations to prove the bearing capacity of the ground,
foundations, all slabs, beams , columns, brick and concrete walls, steel structure, etc ....
The calculations sball prove all parts of the works to be in accordance with the standard
relevant current Britisb standard or Britisb Standard Code of Practice (BSCP) pertaining
at the date of tender being issued.
Calculations produced in the form of computer print -out, will not be accepted without
prior written permission from the Engineer.
10.2.2
Loading:
The loading to be used in the design of all parts of the works sball be in accordance with
BSCP 3 loading, and for wind loads, a basic wind speed of 40mlsec shall be used in
conjunction with factors obtained from BSCP 3 Chapter V Part 2 'Wind Loads'.
Superimposed loading or flat roofs sball be not less than l50kglsq.M.
The design of the sub-station(s) shall be such as to minimize or prevent damage to both
the equipment and the structure caused by explosion due to electrical faults which could
occur in the substation equipment. Tbe contractor shall state tbe measures be bas taken
in this respect and shall state the likely effects of sucb explosions.
Wall, separating transformers, shall be designed to resist blast damage.
Foundation and structure supporting overhead line conductors sball be designed in
accordance with the Ministry of Electricity & Water specification for Overbead
Transmission Lines.
10.2.3
Design and Protection of Substructure Works against Underground Water:

B.S. 8110 shall be. followed when preparing the designs for the buildings with or
without basements.
151
The following items are required in all cases:

1.
Floors and walls of basements shall be of cast -in-situ reinforced concrete and
shall be at least 20cm in thiclmess. Approved additives may be used to decrease
permeability. Sulphate resisting cement shall be used in all cases.
2.
Basements shall always be designed as a single unit without provision for
expansion joints. Construction joints shall be minimum in number and shall be
provided witb rubber waterstops.
3.
All basement floors shall be designed to resist a water bead equivalent to at least
one third the deptb of the basement below finished ground level. When tbe water
table lies above or at basement floor level, the floor sball be designed for a
minimum of I metre additional bead of water over the existing or one third the
depth, whichever is greater.
4.
The basement walls shall be designed to resist a minimum water head equivalent
to three quarters the depth of the basement. When the water table lies above or at
basement floor level the walls shall be designed for a minimum of lmetre
additional head of water over the existing or Y. the depth whichever is greater.
5.
The basement shall also be checked for uplift by checking the overall dead load
of the structure against the upward water pressure at various stages of
construction. In such cases a full water head may have to be considered.
6.
All basements shall be protected by a continuous protective membrane, which
excludes penetration of water and provides a vapour seal. The protective
membrane if placed externally shall be protected by reinforced or plain concrete
or protection board.
7.
The bearing surface of all reinforced concrete footings including pile caps shall
be protected by a layer or protective membrane sandwiched between two layers
of plain concrete blinding.
Sulphate resisting cement shall be used in all cases.
8.
Sides and tops of footings shall be protected either by protective paint or
continuous protective membrane, depending upon individual site conditions.
9.
In case ground water table is 60cm below the basement floor level or any wbere
above this level cable ducts openings are not allowed below a beight of 60cm
above the ground water table, but an acceptable arrangement shall be required to
avoid flooding of the basement in all cases and also to allow for laying, bending,
crossing... etc of all cables and that the cable ducts structures sball also be
protected with the same basement protection (continuous layers) and opening of
the ducts sbould be sealed as described in clause 10.2.49 (b) and as approved by
the Engineer.
10.
A recommended specification for materials and construction of protective
membrane and protective paint are as desclibed in clauses IO.2.3.A & IO.2.3.B
respectively.
IO.2.3-A
A-I
Protective Membranes:
General:
The following Specification covers the furnishing and applying of waterproofing
protective membrane to surfaces as shown on the drawings or where directed by
the Engineer.
The contractor shall furnish the Engineer evidence that the personnel applying
the material are qualified and the manufacturer is approved.
152
A-2
Submittals:
The contractor shall submit to the Engineer for approval three samples of each
type of the following materials, as applicable.
a) Membrane waterproofmg sheet
300mm by 300mm
b) Bituminous mastic
One liter containers
c) Primer
One litre containers
The contractor shall submit to the Engineer certificates that materials to be
furnished comply with specification requirements.
A-3
Product Delivery. Storage and Handling:

The contractor shall deliver products to the job site in their original unopened
containers clearly labelled with the manufacturer's name, brand, designation,
type and class as applicable, and the date of manufacture and expiration (if any).
Products shall be stored in an approved dry area with rolled goods laid flat, one
pallet high, and protected from contact with soil and from exposure to the
elements. Products shall be kept dry at all times.
Products shall be handled in a manner that ,,~1I prevent breakage of containers
and/or damage to the products.
A-4 Materials:
A-4-1
Self Adhereing Protective Membrane:

Protective membrane shall be a self-adhering composite sheet membrane
consisting of a rubberized asphalt compound coated to one side of a film made of
polyethylene, PVC, polyester or other approved material. The composite
membrane shall be manufactured specifically for the intended application and
shall have a minimum overall thickness of 1.5mm and the film alone shall have a
minimum tensile strength of 140Kg/sq.cm.
A-4-1-1 Rubberized Mastic:
Rubberized mastic shall be a special compound provided by the self-adhering
membrane manufacturer, formulated for its intended use.
A-4-1-2 Primer:
Primer shall be a special compound provided by the self-adhering membrane
manufacturer, formulated for its intended nse.
A-4-2 Reinforced Asphaltic Protective Membrane:
Protective membrane shall be a reinforced asphaltic membrane with polyester or
glass fabric and a minimum thickness of 3 mm. The membrane shall be attached
to the concrete surface using a hot air or gas burner in accordance with the
requirements of the manufacturer.
A-4-3 Plasticized PVC Membrane:
Protective membrane shall be a plasticized PVC sealing membrane Mth a
minimnm thickness of 1.5 mm. It shall be laid loose on floors and attached to
vertical surfaces using approved resins. Hot air or electric welding shall be used
for sealing the overlaps, all in accordance with the requirements of the
manufacturer.
A-4-4 Alternative Membranes:
Other membranes in accordance Mth British Standard C.P.102 (1973), may be
used when approved by the Engineer or specifically called for in the contract
documents.
153
A-S
A-5-1
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
Application:
General Procedures
Surfaces to which the waterproofing materials shall be applied sball be surface
dry, smooth and free from dirt, grease and oil.
The contractor shall coordinate tbe waterproofing membrane work on the
blinding slab so that the placement of a protection screed or protection board
where specified will follow the waterproofing membrane application by not more
than five days.
Application of primer materials if required may be by brush or roller. The primer
sball be allowed to dry before the membrane sheet is applied.
The contractor shall apply the membrane sbeet witb a minimum of 120mm
overlaps at edges and ends and the sbeet sball be rolled down firmly and
completely.
The contractor shall follow tbe membrane manufacturer' s approved written
recommendations for specific procedures, details and materials not specified
herein.
f)
A-5-2
A-5-3
If the work must be left partially complete, tbe exposed edges of outside strips of
membrane shall be protected in compliance with the manufacturer's
recommendation and to tbe approval of the Engineer.
Application of Membrane to Concrete:
a. Over the cleaned concrete surface to the extent shown on the drawings, the
contractor shall apply primer if required in a manner and using quantities in
accordance with the membrane manufacturer's printed instructions. The
surface shall be reprimed if not covered within 36 hours.
b. After the primer has dried, the customer sball apply the membrane to the
concrete without stretching. The membrane shall be smoothed down with
heavy hand pressure or a small roller. Edges and ends shall be lapped as
specified.
c. The contractor shall double inside and outside corners by using an initial strip
of 300mm wide membrane, centered along the axis of the corner. This strip
shall be covered by the regular application of membrane. The exposed ends
shall be protected in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.
d. The membrane on blinding slabs shall extend to the outer edge of the slab and
shall be protected as specified below. Sidewall membrane shall extend down
and out oftbe edge of the previously applied blinding slab membrane.
e. Areas around drains, piping and protrusions shall be double covered with an
additional layer of membrane for a minimum of 300mm in each direction.
The membrane edges shall be protected and the gap between the membrane
and protections shall be filled with mastic.
f. At expansion joints, and additional ply of membrane 500mm wide, centered
on the joint and extending the full length of the slab and upto the membrane
terminating point of the walls shall be applied.
Protection Layer:
Before any work is allowed to proceed above a water-proof membrane, or within
five days of application wbichever is tile sooner, the membrane shall be protected
by an approved protection layer as shown on the drawings or as otherwise
directed by the Engineer. The protection layer against vertical surfaces shall be
protection board with a minimum thickness of 6mm. Horizontal surfaces shall be
protected by a sand/cement screed 50mm thick, or equivalent, approved by the
engineer or as otherwise shown on the drawings.
154
A-5-4
A-5-5
A-5-6
10.2.3-B
10.2.4
Repairs:
The contractor shall repair gauges and other damage to the completed membrane
by means of membrane patches applied prior to placement of the protection
layer.
Protection Board:
The protection board shall be a semi-rigid board of 6mm minimum thickness,
subject to the approval of the Engineer and manufactured specifically for the
intended use.
Installation of Protection Board:
Within five days after membrane application, the contractor shall install the
asphalt protection board to membrane-on-concrete surfaces where specified. The
board shall be stuck to the membrane by means of epoxy or otiler approved
adhesive which will not damage the membrane. Sidewall protection board shall
extend down and out to cover the horizontal blinding slab membrane.
Protective Painting of Concrete:

B.l
General:
The following specification covers tile furnishing and application of IUbberized
bitumen to buried surfaces of concrete as detailed on the drawing.
B.2
Submittals:
The contractor shall submit to the Engineer for approval three samples in one
litre containers of the rubber bitumen emulsion.
Tbe contractor shall submit to the Engineer certificates tilat materials to be
furnished comply with specifications.
B.3
Materials:
The rubber bitumen emulsion shall be a water bound emulsion with a minimum
60% total solids content by volume, comprising bitumen with fine particles of
rubber. Not less than 10% nor more than 20% of the total solids shall be rubber.
The consistency shall be such that it can be applied to the surface by brush at
normal temperature.
BA
Application:
a. Before the application of rubberized bitumen emulsion the concrete surface
shall be thoroughly cleaned and made free from dirt, dust, grease and other
extraneous matter and lightly brush damped immediately prior to application
of the emulsion.
b. The priming coat shall be made up by mixing 0.23Kg of approved powder
detergent or the equivalent of liquid detergent, with 45 litres of clean water
and adding tlus to 4.5litres of emulsion. The priming coat shall be applied at
the approximate rate of 9 litres per 30metres square.
c. The second coat consisting of undiluted emulsion shall be applied as soon as
the prinling coat is dry, at the approximate rate of 9 litres per 15 metres
square.
d. The emulsion shall be applied by brush, squeegee or spraying strictly in
accordance with a manufacturer's instructions. It shall not be applied during,
or when rain or dust storms are to be expected.
f. Backfilling shall not be commenced until the second coat of emulsion is quite
dry.
Specifications:
The contractor shall fanliliarize himself with all parts of this and other specifications and
documents issued to him and shall carry out the works in accordance with the true intent
and meaning thereof. He shall subnlit for approval fully detailed specifications for any
item wluch he proposed to incorporate within the works which is not included for in tllis
and other specifications issued to him.
155
10.2.5
Drawings:
The contractor shall prepare and submit for approval his own working drawings fully
detailed and true to scale.
Submitted drawings shall show the design working load on each floor.
Drawings shall show any special construction sequence required such as where retaining
walls are designed to be restrained at the top or where precast slabs require propping
until insitu topping has matured .... etc.
Reinforcement drawings shall show the size, position and number of every bar in
accordance with normal British Practice. A Schedule of reinforcement shall be
submitted with each drawing, produced in accordance with B.S.4466.
Foundation drawing shall show the maximum load on eacb foundation and the design
ground bearing pressure.
Steelwork drawings shall show all section sizes, bolt and weld details matelial types and
paint or other fini shes.
10.2.6
Datum:
The datum levels will be determined on the site(s) by the Engineer but any checking or
approval by the Engineer or his representative does not relieve the contractor from his
responsibilities under tbe contract. Moreover, farming the final substation yard level
shall in no case entitle the contractor for any claim whatsoever. Tenderer should make
his own site investigation for natural conditions before tendering.
10.2.7
Working Area:
The contractor shall himself arrange immediately after signing the contractor with the
Municipality authorities to obtain an area, reasonably large enough to carry out all bis
activities within the site of works. He sball confine his operations within sucb working
area as allotted to him and sball not encroach upon, occupy and/or extend his operations
beyond without the Authorities written consent. The contractor shall be solely
responsible to arrange for the same without having any claim whatsoever due to nonavailability of such areas.
Storage of Materials:
The contractor shall erect and maintain proper stores for the storage of all materials to be
used in construction of works. Tbe stores shall be strongly constructed and shall be
weather tight secure and capable of protecting the materials from deterioration and theft.
The contractor shall submit to the Engineer his proposal for the stores before their
construction is commenced. Suitable fire protection shall be provided for the stored
material and equipments.
Cement sball be stored in sheds or buildings which shall be built and used solely for that
purpose. The buildings shall be dry, well ventilated and so designed as to store the
cement off the ground and to permit its use in the order of its arrival. The contractor
must ensure particularly that rubber water stops and other rubber materials and
perishable goods are stored so as to avoid exposure to sunlight.
10.2.8
10.2.9
I.
2.
Contractor's Plant and Method of Working:

All mechanical excavators, pumps, concrete mixers, concrete distributing and conveying
plants and all other mechanical plants used by the contractor in the execution of works
shall be of such types and sizes and shall be sued and maintained in such manners as
acceptable to the Engineer. The contractor will be responsible for obtaining all such
plants. The contractor shall prepare, and submit for approval, a "Method Statement" for
the works which shall consist of the following:
A detailed programme, which may be in bar chart form, showing all items and critical
dates for electrical installation.
Detailed description of proposed methods of working including sketches or marked up
drawings showing sequence of excavation, casting concrete (showing construction
joints) and striking shuttering, location of plant, access ways, scaffolding etc. (approval)
156
3.
of methods of working shall not relieve the contractor of his responsibilities for the
proper execution and safety of the works.
Schedules of labour and resources demands giving ordering and delivery dates for
materials and plant together with storage and handling proposals.
The above shall be submitted during the first two weeks of the contractor starting work
on the site during which time modification may be made in accordance with the
requirements of the Engineer or his responsibilities.
At the beginning of each week a proposed programme of work for that week shall be
submitted to be subsequently compared with progress at the end of that week. The
contractor shall modify his detailed civil programme and schedules in the light of
current progress so as to meet the specified completion dates.
Fonnal site meetings shall be held at least once a month between the contractor and the
Engineer representative in order to monitor the progress of the works. The contractor
shall demonstrate his ability to speed up the works if progress has heen slower than that
programmed. Failing this the contractor shall be required to work additional hours in
accordance with the general conditions of contract at no extra cost whatsoever.
If circumstances arise, which in the opinion of the Engineer necessitate a change in the
method of working or the suspension of the plant or part of the plant either temporarily
or pennanently and notwithstanding the previous approval by the Engineer of the type,
size and manner of using such plant, either on the affected portion of the works or on
any other portion of the works the contractor shall immediately adopt another approved
method of working with or without approved plant and shall have no claim against the
Employer or Engineer for costs incurred by him in changing the method of working in
the provision of other such plants.
10.2.10 Variation in Method of Construction:

Where a method of construction for a particular section of work is detailed for specified
in the contract documents or is reasonable to be inferred therefore, the contractor shall at
all times observe such method of construction unless he shall have previously obtained
the approval of the Engineer to an alternate method of construction.
157
EXCAVATOR
10.2.11 Nature of Excavation:
The Engineer without any guarantee may make available for the contractor's guidance
information regarding the nature of the ground to be excavated.
a) The contractor shall carry out all necessary excavation works in any type of ground
such as stone, lime stones, rock or in any other type of material including concrete
plain or reinforced, masonry ..... etc to levels, lines and profiles shown on the
drawings or as instructed by the Engineer.
b) The excavated material is to be disposed off in the manner agreed and approved by
the Engineer and all surplus is to be carried away to a tip to be provided by the
contractor, with all necessary permits taken from Municipality or other Authority.
c) The contractor is solely responsible for the safety of the excavation and he shall
provide all necessary planking and strutting required in the manner and method
agreed by the Engineer.
d) All excavations shall be kept free from water by pumping, bailing sub-drains and
sumps as required and approved at the contractor's expense unless otherwise
described in the bill of quantities. The Term "excavations" shall mean under water
excavation also.
e) The face and beds of all excavations shall be properly trimmed and all lose mud,
dirt, sand and debris cleared away.
f) All excavations shall be inspected and approved by the Engineer prior to laying of
any blinding or plain concrete for foundations.
g) The contractor shall take all necessary precautions against risks of subsidence, slips
and falls and all other damages to excavations.
-' -
10.2.13 Backfilling:
All materials taken out from the excavations and approved by the Engineer as suitable
for back-filling shall be kept in separate spoil heaps.
Additional material required for back-filling shall be gatch bound sand obtained by the
Contractor from external sourceS in conformity with samples approved by the Engineer.
The material for backfilling is primarily to be taken from the approved spoil heaps and
additional material if required it shall be imported gatch brought from external sources
other than the spoil heaps and deposited in regular successive layer not exceeding 15cm
thick, wetted and ranuned by approved means upto the required levels and grades and to
the satisfaction of the Engineer.
Any excavation carried out by the contractor to greater depths than shown on the
drawings or back-filled with concrete 1:3:6 mix to the specified levels at the contractor's
own expense.
10.2.14 Approval:
The contractor shall obtain the approval of the Engineer for the bottom of each
excavation before laying the blinding concrete.
10.2.15 Reinstatement:
On completion of the contract the Contractor shall reinstate all disturbed surface
whether within or without the curtilage of site(s) at his own expense and to the
satisfaction of the Engineer.
10.2.16 Explosives:
The use of explosives to remove rock met within the course of excavations will not be
allowed without the prior written consent of the Ministry of Interior and Ministry of
Defense. The contractor shall be entirely responsible for all safety precautions
concerned with the use of explosives.
158
CONCRETOR
10.2.17 Cement:
Cement used for concrete works either plain or reinforced and for mortars ... etc shall be
fresh ordinary portland cement and/or sulphate resisting cement complying with the
current Kuwait Standards or British Standard Specification No.12: 1958 or B.S.4027
respectively, supplied in sealed and branded bags and stored in dry and well ventilated
stores.
All cement must be approved by the Engineer before work commences and certificates
for each consignment are to be produced. All types of cement shall be tested in
accordance with BS 4550, the contractor shall provide facilities for sampling &
preparing cubes ... etc at no extra cost. No cement is to be stored on the site(s) for more
than 3 (three) weeks without the approval of the Engineer and all rejected cement
promptly removed. A note of the order of arri val of various loads muSt be made and the
cement used in the order.
10.2.18 Coarse Aggregate:
Coarse aggregate shall be clean, crushed, hard store, gravel shingle or other similar
material, well graded to B.S.S 882 free from all dirt, clay, loam and other deleterious
matters. It shall be approved by the Engineer who shall be informed of the sources of all
aggregate. Coarse aggregate shall pass through a I Y, inch sieve and be well graded to
range in size proportion varying from I Y, inch to 3/16 inch for concrete work generally
and from % inch for all other reinforced concrete. Storage of the fine and coarse
aggregates shall be in separate bins set in a concrete base and protected from the windblown sand and other impurities and contaminations. Maximum permitted acid soluble
chlorides (as NaCI) shall be 0.05% by weight and for acid soluble sulphates (as SO)
shan be 0.4% by weight. Coarse aggregate shall be tested in accordance with BS 812.
10.2.19 Fine Aggregate:
Sand also shall comply with B.S .S.882 amended 1957 Zone 1.2 or fine aggregate and be
composed of clean, sharp coarse concreting sand, structuraIIyand chemically stable, free
from loam, clay and other impurities and screened on site(s) as directed by the Engineer.
All sieves shall be to British Standard Specifications. Maximum permitted acid as NaCI
shall be 0.1 % by weight and for (S03) shall be 0.4% by weight and shall be tested in
accordance with BS 812.
10.2.20 Testing of Aggregates ..... etc.
Both coarse and fine aggregate either already delivered to site(s) or which the contractor
proposes to deliver shall not be incorporated into the works until such periods as shall be
required by the Engineer to obtain results of any tests which he proposes to be carried
out on them by the Government Research Station.
The contractor shall provide samples of both coarse and fine aggregates in such
quantities as shall be required for testing purposes.
Cost of testing of all materials such as coarse and fine aggregates, reinforcing steel, tiles,
cement sand blocks , paints, decorative materials ... etc used in the permanent works under
this contract including the testing of test cubes shall be borne by the contractor. Tests
shall be carried out by the Government Research Station only.
10.2.21 Water:
Water to be used for mixing and curing shall be drinking water and shaIl not contain
vegetable matters, acid, excessive sulphates as to cause efflorescence on the face of the
concrete nor adversely to affect the setting time or strength of concrete nor to instigate
electro-chemical corrosion of the reinforcement. Fresh water or water containing not
more than 4000 parts per million dissolved solids of which not more than 1000 parts per
million may be chlorides and 2000 parts per million may be sulphates should be used for
159
all concrete works and shall be tested in accordance with B.S. 3148. Water temperature
sball be below 30'C when added to mixer, in order to obtain a concrete temperatnre not
more than 30 at discharge.
10.2.22 Steel Reinforcement:
a) Mild steel bar reinforcement sball comply witb BS.4449 and shall be stored on clean
concrete areas.
Ultimate tensile
Minimum %
elongation
Bend
Requirements
d:dia. of bend)
t:dia.ofbar)
Tons/sq.in
21.6
to
31.8
8 tn. gauge length:
10%
189 d
Lb/sq.in
48,400 to
71,000
Kglsq.cm
3,400
5,000
3.5 t
b) Tbe contractor sball provide maker's test certificate or samples of reinforcing steel
for testing if directed by the Engineer.
c) Mesb or fabric reinforcement sball comply with the requirements ofBSS 4483 in all
respects.
d) Rod reinforcement shall be cut to exact lengths and made truly straight or bent to
sbapes and dimensions indicated in the drawings in accordance with BS 4466.
Bending of rods sball be done cold and by application of a slow and steady pressure.
Bent reinforcement shall be bundled, labelled clearly and stored as specified.
e) All reinforcement shall be firmly maintained in positions shown on drawings by
means of tight and adequate tying of rods with binding wire at every intersection of
rods.
Minimum cover to reinforcement shall be in normal cases:
Substructures
: Scm from face in contact with soil or blinding
External face
: 4cm (to all steel)
Internal faces
: Colunms and beams shall be 4cm to main steel, slabs and
walls
shall be 2.5cm to all steel
Minimum cover to reinforcement for fire resistance shall be as in B S 8110.
f) Precast concrete blocks of the correct thickness and with tying wire cast in shall be
tied to the reinforcement to provide the correct cover imd shall be of the same mix as
the concrete in the relevant member. On no account shall blocks made of mortar or
the use of wood or steel be permitted. Sufficient spacer blocks shall be used to
ensure that the reinforcement everywhere has the correct cover both during the
concreting and in the finished work. Particular attention shall be paid to slab and
beam soffits and exposed fair faces. Plastic spacers may be used subject to the
approval of the Engineer.
g) Welding of reinforcing bars will not be permitted.
h) Steel bars which conform to BSS 4461:1969 amended 1976 cold worked steel bars,
or BSS 4449:1969 amended 1976 hot rolled steel bars or equivalent approved may
also be used for the reinforcement of concrete.
160
10.2.23 Measuring and Mixing:

Fine and coarse aggregate and cement sball be measured separately by weight. The
weighing, device sball be an integral part of tbe mixer and shall be calibrated at regular
intervals or as directed by the Engineer. Cement shall be added to the mixer in quantities
of whole bags only if bagged cement is used. Water shall be added from a container
with calibrated site glass and feeding directly into the mixing drum. The mixing time
shall be such as to achieve a unifonn color of the mix and normally shall be for a
minimum of 1Y, minutes but to be as agreed witb the Ministry's representative
depending on the type of mixing plant.
'Ready Mixed' concrete shall be in accordance with BS 1926 and this specification.
Water shall not be added to tbe vehicles mixer drum until it arrives on site and in the
presence of the Ministry's represent~tive.
10.2.24 Casting Concrete:
a) Concrete is not to be cast if the temperature is below SC or when it is raining. Tbe
water content in the concrete shall be as low as possible to allow workability and is
to be to the Engineer's approval before casting. Concrete temperature shall not
exceed 30C at discbarge.
b) The method of conveying concrete from the mixer into positions sba11 be in clean
receptacles deposited from a height of not more than 1.50 metres vertically.
Concrete shall be placed within 15 minutes of leaving the mixer.
c) Concreting shall be continuous operation from construction joint without stoppage.
d) Concrete shall not be disturbed after initial set has commenced, excepting where
approved finishing techniques are to be applied adopting a method approved by the
Engineer in writing.
e) Concrete to raft foundation floor slab and roof slabs, etc. sball be placed as near as
possible to i Is final position to reduce flowing and re-distribution to tbe minimum.
) All mixers, tools, barrows, carts, pipes ... etc sball be thoroughly clean to all times.
g) All castings of concrete shall be carried out during Ministry's working hours except
under emergencies wbereupon Engineer's written approval shall be obtained.
h) All concrete shall be cast in the presence of the Ministry's representative after his
proper inspection and failing to do so, such works shall not be accepted by the
Ministry regardless of the workmansbip or quality.
i) Tbe contractor sball bave to demolisb, dismantle and recast all such works at his
own costs, on receipt of written instructions from the Engineer.
j) Concrete with a slump in excess of 75mm recorded in the standard slump test will
not be accepted and shall be removed.
k) 2cm x 2cm fillets sball be fanned on all exposed external comers by means of
planed red wood timber unless otherwise instructed by the Engineer in writing.
1) The proposed positions of construction joints for eacb pour shall be submitted to the
Engineer in writing accompanied by sketches, where necessary, for approval prior to
concreting.
m) Vertical construction and expansion joints in beams, walls, slabs, stairs, etc shall be
truly vertical and properly fanned by means of rigid formwork to tbe Engineer's
satisfaction.
n) Horizontal joints in columns, walls ... etc sball be unifonn and visually acceptable.
0) Special care shall be taken to ensure that concrete is properly compacted at joints.
p) The concrete faces of construction joints sba11 be brushed with a wire brush while
still green to remove 1aitance (but not so as to disturb the aggregate in the set
concrete) and to provide a good key for the next pour. This shall be done
immediately after striking off the fonnwork.
q) If this not done and the concrete is allowed to harden, scabbling of the joint sbal1 be
carried out using a purpose made scabb1ing tool. Hacking of the surface by hammer
and chisel or the like will not be permitted.
161
r)
Prior to casting fresh concrete against construction joints, the joints faces shall be
slightly wetted with water. They shall be perfectly clean and free from loose
material, sand oiL etc and special removable panels shall be provided in the
formwork to permit the proper cleaning out of formwork and previously cast
concrete by means of compressed air or other effective means immediately prior to
casting to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
s) The written approval of the Engineer is required prior to casting any concrete
without relieving the contractor of his obligations under contract.
t) Building tolerances shall be to Class I or better to BS 5606, accuracy in building.
Drawings shall show any special tolerances to achieve the designed architectural
andlor structural requirements .
10.2.25 Compaction:
a) Compaction shall be carried out by mechanical vibration and the concrete shall be
thoroughly worked in the neighborhood of formwork and reinforcement to give
even consolidation throughout and to leave no voids. All exposed surfaces to have a
smooth and dense free from any honey-combing.
b) Honey-combed areas shall not be made good until inspection and approval of the
Engineer has been obtained. They shall be cut back to sound concrete and made
good to the satisfaction of the Engineer. If honey-combing is of an unlimited extent,
the engineer may direct the whole of the member to be demolished and recast.
10.2.26 Testing;
The contractor shall prepare 6 Nos. of 15cm x 15cm x 15cm cubes in steel moulds from
concrete as and when directed by the Engineer. Test cubes shall be stored as per B.S.S
1881 three cubes shall be tested at 7 days and three at 28 days. Cubes shall be properly
marked for identification purpose. At least one set of cubes shall be prepared for each
concrete mix being used for each day of concreting or from every 30 cU.m whichever is
more frequent.
10.2.27 Concrete Mixes & Results:
For all structural concrete work concrete mixes shall be standard or designed mixes as
a)
defined in BS 8IlO with minimum works cube strength of (25).Newtons per square
millimetre. The mix proportions shall be adjusted to give low, medium or high
workability in accordance with the above codes and as agreed with the Engineer for
each item of the works. Mix proportions generally 1:2:4 BY weight and to fulfill the
above requirements.
The results of cube tests shall be assessed in accordance with BS 8110. However the
b)
concrete shall have a cl1lshing strength of at least 70% of the required 28 days strength
when tested at seven days and the Engineer reserves the right to have all concrete, cast
from the batch failing the 7 days test, broken out and precast at the contractors expenses.
Blinding concrete, mass concrete backfill and bedding to surrounds of cable ducts shall
c)
be of I :3:6 mix and may be volume batched.
All concrete for foundations, wall columns and slabs in contact with the ground or
d)
blinding shall be made with sulphate resistant cement with a minimum cement content
of 330Kg'cu.M.
Concrete for roadway slabs shall have a minimum strength of 25 Newtons per sq.mm.
e)
No additives may be used in the mix without the written approval of tbe Engineer.
f)
The free water cement ratio for all structural concrete shall not exceed 0.55.
g)
The concrete must have 70% of the crushing strength within 7 days of pouring. Failure
h)
to produce these results may mean the relative member be broken, cut and recast, if the
engineer so desires, but at contractorts cost.
10.2.28 Curing of Concrete:
162
a) All concrete shall be cured for a minimum period of 7 days by keeping the surfaces
continuously wet with water by spraying or other means acceptable to the Engineer.
b) All work must be well protected during curing period.
10.2.29 Surface Finishes:
Basement floors shall be finished by power floating/toweling, Procedures for power
floating shall be agreed with the Engineer before commencing work depending on
ambient conditions and concrete mix.
Roof and floor slabs which are to receive further finishing materials shall have an
approved suitable finish and free of irregularity and be true to levels and falls as shown
on the approval drawings.
Tops of transformer bases and other equipment baseslfloors shall be finished with a steel
float.
Roads shall have an approved non-slip surface.
10.2.30 Sundry Works:
a) Great care shall be exercised by the contractor to build in bolts plates ... etc or form
openings and holes ... etc that may be required as shown on drawing or necessary for
the proper execution of the works.
b) It is the contractor's responsibility to coordinate and cooperate with other contractors
to ensure that all necessary built -in items such as conduits are fixed into the correct
position prior to concreting. The contractor shall be held liable for all costs and/or
delays resulting from incon:ectly positioned or omitted items.
10.2.32 Precast Concrete:
Precast concrete shall be designed and constructed in accordance with BSCP 110 or BS
8110.
The moulds for all precast concrete works shall be to the accurate dimensions and
shapes as shown on the approved drawings and be off sound construction to the
Engineers satisfaction. Moulds shall be thoroughly cleaned before each casting.
Exposed faces shall be trowelled smooth or otherwise prepared to the Engineer's
satisfaction.
The contractor may submit alternative mixes for use in precast work for the approval of
the Engineer together with cube tests, etc. as required by BS 8110 or CPII 0 for standard
or designed mixes applicable.
All precast units shall be vibrated. All precast units shall be properly marked and dated
in a manner approved by the Engineer. Precast units shall be properly cured by methods
to be agreed with the Engineer.
Stocking of precast units shall be properly carried out, after curing in a separate area set
aside for that purpose and so arranged that the units may be removed and used in the
order they were cast. No units may be placed in the works until such time after casting
as agreed with the Engineer.
10.2.33 Expansion Joints:
a) Expansion joints shall be incorporated in the works to allow for differential and
thermal movement where necessary. The position and detail of the expansion joints
shall be clearly shown on the drawings.
b) Below ground level all expansion joints shall incorporate an approved type of water
bar which shall be continuous with site joints kept to a minimum and there
necessary made strictly in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.
163
c) Sealing of all expansion joints shall be carried out with an approved polysulphide
sealant to a minimum depth of 2.0cm when dle adjacent concrete surfaces are quite
dry. The joints surfaces sllall be cleaned, plimed where necessary and sealed in
accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. Compressible joint filler of an
approved type shall be used as a firm base which prevents loss of the sealant.
10.2.34 Sumps (if required):
Sumps are to be formed to sizes and positions as and if shown with I Scm walls and floor
reinforced with rod reinforcement. The Scm mild steel angle frames are to be cast in
finishing level with the surrounding floor fini sh (see "Steel and Metal Worker" for
covers).
164
CARPENTER & JOINTER

10.2.35 Formwork:
All wood used for sawn or wrought fonnwork shall be new and old wood of any kind
a)
shall not be brought to the site(s) of work. All wrought fonnwork shall be of waterproof
type 18mm. thick.
The contractor shall be solely responsible for the supply and erection, stability,
b)
centering, striking and removal of fonnwork in such manners as to preserve the concrete
from damage or distortion during casting and setting. F ormwork shall be so constructed
as to bear its own weight, the full weight of the concrete and all other temporary weights
and loads in the execution of casting and curing.
c)
d)
e)
f)
Formwork shall not be struck without Engineer's approval and the engineer will make
himself sure that the concrete has hardened sufficiently to bear its own load and any
other load or loads that will be placed on it immediately after removing the formwork.
In case of any premature removal of formwork, a especially from the sides of roof slabs
and soffits of roof beams the contractor, if so ordered by the Engineer, shall cut, break,
remove away such concrete and the reinforcing steel therein and refix new steel and
recast all such concrete work at his own expense whether the damages caused by the
premature removal of formwork is apparent or not.
Where finished surfaces of concrete are exposed andlor where formwork is described as
"wrought" formwork shall be constructed with new plywood not less than Y. inch thick
so to leave a perfectly smooth and even surface of concrete when the formwork is
struck. Each face of plywood to be used for one casting, i.e. each board of Y. inch tllick
plywood shall be used only twice when it will be removed from the site(s) of work. The
decision of the Engineer shall be decisive and binding on the contractor.
Fonnwork shall be so constructed that NO ties, wires, etc., pass through it. Special
purpose made wall-ties, etc .... may be permitted with the approval of the Engineer and
they shall be of the type such that they are positioned within the concrete member with
the correct cover. Holes left by cones or the like shall be made good immediately after
the formwork is removed.
g)
h)
i)
Where wires, etc., pass through sawn formwork, these shall be cut off below the
concrete surface at a distance equal to concrete surface at a distance equal to concrete
cover for the relevant member and the holes made good immediately after striking of
formwork.
Prior to fixing of reinforcement, all wrought form works shall be coated with one layer of
approved mould oil, which in no account must be allowed to get in contact with the steel
and it shall be such as will not stain the concrete, injure it by chemical action, be
absorbed into the formwork or be soluble in water. All joints shall be finished with
putty to get a perfectly smooth surface and to make the joint invisible.
Formwork, either sawn or wrought required for the works shall not be measured
separately.
165
BRICKLAYER
10.2.36 Brickwork:
a)
Bricks to be used shall be first choice class "A" to BS 5628 sand lime bricks, size
22xI0.5x6.5cms obtainable from Sand Lime Bricks Factory, Kuwait. They shall be in
two qualities: engineering quality for works below datum, common quality for all super
snuctural works both to be tested to BS 187.
b)
Above datum and as per drawings, walls shall be of cavity brickwork, fair-faced, both
internally and externally laid in stretcher bond. Weep holes in vertical joints to be left at
2' - 0" centers in the first course to external walls of building. All brickwork in fairfaced walls to be perfect and chipped and cracked bricks shall not be used.
The cavities shall be kept clean of mortar droppings by lifting battens or other approved
means. Openings will be left at the base of clean cavity at completion and subsequently
these openings will be bricked up uniformly to match surrounding work.
c)
Colors and shades or bricks to be used to works shan be green, white, yellow, grey, etc.
strictly as shown in drawings or mentioned in the Bill of Quantities.
d)
The brickwork during consnuction is to be carried up in uniform manner with no part
being raised more than 3' - on above another. All perpends, quoins recesses, etc. are to
be kept true, plumb and square and bonded together with the frogs facing upwards.
e)
All bricks are to be wall buttered with mortar before being laid and laid down even and
regular throughout with a total vertical height of four courses and four joints to every
30cms.
. f)
Bricks are to be carefully off loaded and stacked on level pavets or rigid wooden
platforms and protected at all times form rain, direct sunlight, dirt and other damages.
Obvious changes in color within anyone section of wall will not be accepted by the
Engineer and such walls shall be removed and otherwise made good to the satisfaction
of the Engineer at the contractor's expense.
g)
The top of all brick and block panels, unless shown to the contrary on the drawings,
shall be finished 12mm below the soffits of slabs and beams over the gap being entirely
filled with flex cell or similar approved.
h)
The top of brick or block walls shall be tied to the concrete soffit over in a manner
approved by the Engineer where shown on the drawings or required by the Engineer, the
12mm gap being filled as described above.
k)
For insulation of cavity walling around air-conditioned rooms of the building, see
Clause 10.2.102.
10.2.37. Treatment of Bricks:
Great care must be exercised into the wetting of sand lime bricks which shan be
sufficient only to prevent adsorption of water from mortar and under no circumstances
shall the bricks be immersed in water. Treatment of sand lime bricks shall be in
accordance with the Engineer's instruction which may vary according to temperature
ruling at the time of execution of works.
10.2.38 Mortar for Brickwork:
The cement and sand shall be the sarne as for "Concretor".
Lime shall be hydrated in accordance with B.S.S. 890 : 1966, Class "B" and to be
soaked in water for not less than 16 hours before use.
Mix to BS 5628 to be used for all works but provisionally shall be 1:1:5
cement:lime:sand by volume and mortar for pointing shall be the same. Care
shall be
taken to ensure that all joints are completely filled as work proceeds.
Lime and sand shall be mixed by hand or in a mechanical mixer until the color is
uniform starting with the dry ingredients gradually. This lime and sand mix shall be
prepared 24-48 hours in advance and stored in a heap with the sides smoothed over and
protected with hessian and must be kept continuously moist.
Cement shall be added
166
immediately before use. The quantities of finally mixed mortar within 30 minutes of
mixing and the consistency at the time oflaying shall be to the approval of the Engineer.
Concrete plasticizer, if pennitted by the engineer shall be used in strict accordance with
the manufacturer's instructions. Mortar to be tested to BS 4551.
10.2.39 Wall Ties:
Galvanized wire, butterfly pattern wall ties, size 20 em x 10 em to B.S .S.5628 shall be
supplied by the contractor and built into brickwork to cavity walls in every sixth course
vertically and at 3'-0" centers horizontally staggered alternatively with extra ties at
reveals and openings. Wall ties shall also be used to anchor the walls to concrete
columns.
10.2.40 Expanded Metal Lathing:
All cavity wall shail be reinforced with expanded metal lathing, gauge 26, starting from
third course and continued at every sixth course. But solid walls to have those at every
third course. The metal lathing should be rebated 1.5 em within the brickwork from both
faces. Strips of expanded metal shall always be 3 cms narrow than the full width of
walls within which these are
inserted (e.g. 29 cms for 32 ems cavity walls).
10.2.41 Pointing:
Below datum level, all pointing is to be fair-faced, flush as the work proceeds unless
directed otherwise by the Engineer.
Above datum level, internally and externally all pointing is to be barrel as the work
proceeds. Walls which are to be plastered shall be left with joints well racked out to
provide a good key for plaster.
10.2.42 Expansion Joints in Brickwork' s and Concrete:
Expansion joints between concrete and brickwork, if shown on the drawings are to
be
2.0 cms thick and are to be filled with flex cell bitumen impregnated fibre board filler.
Vertical joints are rebated within the thickness of the wall.
10.2.43 Blockwork:
Cement and blocks shall be of the shape and sizes shown on the approved drawings to
BS 5628 and tested to BS 6073. Mortar for brickwork shall be as specified under clause
10.2.38.
10.2.44 Glass Bricks:
Glass bricks will be used in positions shown on the drawings. The type to be used will
be P.B.32, size 15 x 15 x 10 cms or as shown. Every course is to be reinforced with
expanded metal where those walls are flanked by brickwork, the expanded metal strips
will be carried into the brickwork.
The mortar to be used is to be 1 (one) part white cement, 1 (one) part hydrated lime and
4 (four) parts sand by volume. The mix must be fairly dry and fatty and the sand must
be clean. The pointing is to be carried out by racking the joint back slightly as the work
proceeds. Clearance joints of \1," are to be provided to all panels in the top and sides.
These are to be filled with fibre glass and pointed with a non-hardening compound.
10.2.45 Plastering:
Cement, lime, sand and water shall be as specified under Clause 10.2.39 (Monar for
a)
brickwork).
The whole of the works shall be executed in a workman like manner to the best
b)
standards and to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Any work rejected through noncompliance with the specification shall be removed and replaced at the contractor' s
expense.
Mixing:
c)
172
ROOFER
10.2.65 Insulation:
The roof(s) to buildings shall be covered witb one layer of light weight insulating
a)
concrete consisting of one part of Portland cement to six parts of alveolite or exfolidated
vermiculite passing through 6mm BSS mesh, but retained on 3 mm. mesh or any other
approved equivalent materials. Tbe insulation material to be used shall be mixed and
laid in strict accordance with the supplier's printed instructions. It shall be laid and
tamped lightly to a thickness from minimum and finished to falls as sbown on the
drawings including formation of angular fillets at junctions. Either of the materials shall
not be used before it is approved by the Engineer.
The
light weight concrete shall be laid strictly to minimum fall and cross falls of 1.5 %
b)
i.e., 1.5 ems in 1.0 meters to ens';re proper drainage of water to outlets. Nothing shown
to the contrary on drawings, etc. will nullify this requirement.
Tbe entire roof slab of substation building sball be covered with 5 ems. thick extended
c)
polystrene or polyurethane heat insulation.
10.2.66 Topping Screed:
This shall be ordinary portland cement and clean sand mix 1:4 by volume, laid and
spread over light weight concrete screed to a thickness of 2 ems. Immediately after
spreading and lightly tamping the light weight concrete screed, the topping screed sball
be laid over it and in no circumstances shall this be left over until the following day or
any other later date. The topping screed shall be finished smooth with a steel trowel and
curved by hessian kept continuously wet or by similar approved means for a minimum
period of seven days.
The roof covering shall consist of 2 layers of approved water proofing membranes laid
by a specialist approved by the manufacturer strictly in accordance with the
manufacturer's printed instructions.
Proposals should be submitted for approval at least two months prior to the
commencement of tbe roofing works.
Evidence of the specialist's credentials to carry out this work shall be given to the
Engineer upon request.
Each step of the work shall be approved by the Engineer prior to the next step otherwise
the Engineer will require the work to be removed and repeated at the contractor's entire
cost.
10.2.67 Roof Treatment:
Such approval given by the Engineer shall not relieve tbe contractor of his
responsibilities under the contract to ensure that the finished roof is completely leakproof. The roof covering sball not be laid when raining or when ambient temperature is
below 5 centigrade degrees.
Preparation of Slab:
i) All edges and comers sball be rounded off with cement mortar. Upstand junctions
sball be formed with a cement filler where not already formed in tbe screed. Tbe
topping screed shall be fully cured and the entire area swept clean.
ii) The entire surface of roof slab to be water-proofed, including upstands with one
layer of approved type of water proofing membrane laid as per manufacturer's
instructions to render the roof and the parapets completely water-tight.
iii) All perimeters, upstands- etc. shall be fitted with two layers of water proofing
membrane provided that tbe exposed portion of the top layer to be of mineral
protection type both inserted at the top and in a suitable groove ftxed and filled
with approved sealant.
173
iv) At drain-holes shall be placed centrally over the drain hole and cut crosswise in the
centre, the flaps being folded into the drainhole. The drain mouthpiece shall then be
bonded into position, to ensure perfect sealing of the edges of the mouthpiece.
v) Guners shall be treated prior to the work of the flat surfaces and shall be covered
with approved membrane.
vi) The groove in the upstands shall be sealed using bituminous mastic or equal
approved.
10.2.68 Aluminum Flashings: (if required)

A continuous strip of aluminum shall be fabricated, supplied and fixed over the
expansion joints as shown on the drawings. The fixing shall be to thc satisfaction of the
Engineer by means of bn;ss/aluminum screws 3cms long minimum.
10.2.69 Materials:
Materials used for fabrication of items included in steel and metal worker action shall be
the best of their own kind complying fully with the requirements contained in
BSS.15:1948.
10.2.70 Workmanship:
The works shall be executed in the most efficient and workmanlike manner strictly in
accordance with the drawings and to the fuJI satisfaction of the Engineer. All mild steel
angles, plate and channels shall be true to alignment, perfectly plumb and work shall be
of bolted andlor welded fabrication as shown in the drawings.
10.2.71 Aluminum Works and Internal Doors:
a) All windows and internal doors shall be mimillum 2 hrs. fire fighting doors
consisting of special frames as shown on the drawings. All doors and windows
internally shall be subject to Fire Brigade's approval and requirement as detailed
hereinafter. The successful tenderer is required to submit catalogues and testing
certificate to prove the fire rating from BRI or equivalent.
b) Contractor will submit to the Engineer for his approval, sections wlrich the proposes
to use or fabrication of doors and windows and only approved sections shall be
incorporated into works. All doors and windows shall be true to sizes shown in the
drawings, suitable for single or double as shown, fabricated, supplied and fixed in
workmanlike manner to Engineer's approval.
10.2.72 Steel Doors and Windows:
a) Windows to Guard room and all external doors to building(s) shall be steel as shown
on drawings and mentioned in the Bill of Quantities.
b) External windows and doors shall comply with BSS frames fabricated, supplied and
fixed in a workmanlike manner with all finings and fixings true to sizes and
dimensions as shown on drawings. All parts shall soundly and accurately be
constructed with arrises clean and sharp, supplied, erected and mounted in position
as shown, completion with channel frames, dowels, lugs, hinges, door steps, drop
bolts, grip handles, arclrittraves and all otber door and window furniture and finings
as per drawings.
c) All ironmongery and door fumiture sball be stainless steel or equivalent, but
approved by the Engineer.
d) All steel door frames, window frames, vents, etc. shall be primed with red lead as
detailed under "P AlNTER" prior to being fixed into position. All frames for
external doors must be fixed on special concrete door joints connected to the main
concrete skeleton as approved by the Engineer.
e) On no account will split brick courses be permitted above door and window frame.
174
All external steel doors shall he provided with approved door steps cast into an
external concrete landing wherever possible as shown on the drawings or otherwise
as instructed by the Engineer.
g) The contractor shall also provide for approval, samples of all ironmongery and floor
furniture which he proposes to incorporate into the works and all furniture and
fittings used thereafter shall strictly conform to the approved samples.
h) Facilities shall be provided for Engineer's representative to check, inspect and
examine the fabrication of doors in the contractor's workshops.
i) All the glazing and weather-proof materials shall be as shown on the drawings.
Sample shall be submitted for approval by MEW.
f)
10.2.73 Union Door Locks:

,All external doors excluding emergency exit doors and other doors as directed by the
Engineer to substation building(s) shall be each fitted with one number union lock
pattern 2300, night latch and 2 keys each to pass, fit and suit master key HYWA single
cylinder to be supplied by the Employer from his stores in Shuwaikh. Rates for doors
shall include for collecting the union locks from employer's stores and fixing the same
into the doors.
10.2.74 Internal Door Locks:
Locks to all internal doors shall be supplied and fixed by the contractor. The locks shall
be Union or equivalent approved with 3 keys which will be handed over to the Engineer
at the time of initial handing over of the substation(s). All internal doors shall he 2 hrs.
fire resistant as specified in' the Bill of Quantities. Covers for future openings and '
manholes shall also be 2 hrs. fire resistant.
10.2.75 Vents: (if required)
These shali be welded H.D galvanized steel frames and two galvanized angles bolted to
each on all four sides and well stretched, galvanized fly screen netting fixed in a
workmanlike manner. They shall be built into brick or blockwork with lugs as described
in Clause 10.2.70.
10.2.76 Trench and Manhole frames:
These shall be of mild steel angle to sizes shown on drawings with fish-tailed lugs
welded at 60cms centers to levels as shown on drawings.
Tenderer's rates shall be included for all labour and material required to finish the works
in a workmanlike manner and to the Engineer's satisfaction.
The grilles to the sumps are to be 45cms x 45cms overall and reference must be made to
the drawings for their exact sizes and positions, if shown.
The grilles shall be placed on 5cms x Scms mild steel angles frame cast into the floor in
similar manner as described above. The grilles will be made up of I " x y." rnild steel
flat to surround with y." dia. mild steel rod at 3" centers. A further I y, " mild steel flat
will be welded across the bars at centers to act as stiffeners.
All work to be primed before being built and painted after in accordance with the
specifications (see "P AlNTER").
10.2.77 Rain Water Spouts and Down Pipes:
The Guard Room is to be provided with rain-water spouts made from galvanized pipes
to sizes and lengths shown in positions indicated on approved drawings and the main
building(s) to have mild steel down pipes frrmly anchored to walls.
Rain water down pipes to main building(s) shall be supplied and robustly fixed with all
fixings and fittings as shown on as required. Down pipes will generally be positioned
centrally with columns unless otherwise shown on drawings or agreed with the
Engineer.
175
10.2.78 Vent Pipes:(ifrequired)

The Contractor shall supply and fix vent pipes in positions, shapes and sizes shown in
the drawings and the vent pipe is to finish 25 cms above the roof slab of the guard room
and a copper wire ballon fixed over.
10.2.79 Sweet Water Feed Pipes:
A 2" dia. galvanized screws jointed feed pipes for the water supply will run from
boundary fence at which point a gate valve will be required. (See "PLUMBER")
10.2.80 Plumbing Generally:
All plumbing work is to comply with the PROVISIONAL BY LAW WITH RESPECT
TO WATER SUPPLY. The pipes and fittings are to be of the standards specified
below:
Galvanized steel as Class 'c' - BSS.1387 with malleable fittings to BSS.143 or 1256.
Where pipes are shown outside the building(s) under the ground, they are to be protected
with 6" of concrete all around (mix 1:3:6). (See "CONCRETOR")
10.2.8! Gullies, Pipes and Pans:
All pipe runs shall be true to lines and fixed with clips and straps of approved type and
a)
shall be uniform throughout the work.
The make joint between cast-iron and galvanized tube, a brass sleeve, 6" long shall be
b)
brazed to copper and the same shall be fixed into cast iron pipe and joint caulked with
lead.
All other services to be 2" copper and y," copper and/or as detailed on the drawings.
c)
The waste pipe from the lavatory basins are to be 2" dia. copper. The traps are to be
d)
l5cms with brass cleaning screw caps.
Floor gullies are to be provided with perforated removable brass cover plates.
e)
For the W.C. a front outlet'S' trap will have to be provided as per drawings.
f)
10.2.82 Cold Water Supply Internally: (if required)
The whole of the supplies will be surface work and the Engineer to be informed and his
approval gained for all pipe runs before any work is put in hand. The contractor is to
provide and fix one number storage tank of 600 gallons. The tank should be fibre glass
fabrication to the best workmanship, fitted with 2" dia. galvanized over-flow pipe
(discharge into the open air) to lavatory basins, waste water prevention and taps for
washing the floors. A brass cock is to be allowed at the head of each down service.
Tank shall be provided with two nos.l Ocms x 100cms x 100cms long teak batterns
underneath any material required by the Engineer.
Copper pipes are to be obtained from an approved manufacturer. They are to be fixed
with copper and brass pipe clips or bands of approved pattern and care must be taken to
allow the pipes to move in the clips for a structural movement. Connections to copper
pipes to be "Metco" pattern screwed couplings or other approved type of fittings
including T' pieces, diminishing straight connection, bends, etc ... all as necessary.
10.2.83 Cold Water Supply Externally:
Water supply line is to be run from the boundary fence to the water storage tank in the
levels and positions as indicated on the drawings. The pipes are to be galvanized steel
tube 2" diameter screw jointed. At the boundary fence, valve is to be provided in a pit
and the pipe will stand vertically to a height of 2 feet and coupling for connection to the
water bouse. At tbe end, pipes will pass througb the wall (a flanged connection is to be
cast in tbe wall and will rise to tbe tank).
176
10.2.84 Sanitary Fittings:

The contractor shall supply and fix all sanitary fittings and fix ings as indicated and
detailed on the drawings and lor as is understood to be necessary by reference to
documents and drawings.
All fittings are to be assembled strictly in accordance
with the manufacturer's instructions. All fittings shall be well and solidly installed, level
and true throughout. The contractor shall be wholly responsi ble for covering and
protecting of all sanitary from the time they are fixed upto the final delivery of works
and he shall deliver tbe fittings in place, undamaged and in perfect working order.
In joining enamelled fire-clay or cast iron fixtures to floors, services piping, overflows ,
traps to soil and waste pipes, contractor sball use oil putty mixed with boiled linseed oil
reinforced with bemp. No cement or gypsum will be allowed. The contractor sball test
all fittings in relation to the plumbing and drainage in a manner to the satisfaction of the
Engineer, and any defective portion shall be repaired or reinstated by the contractor
before final acceptance is made.
10.2.85 Manhole Septic Tanks & Soakways:
The contractor shall execute all manholes, septic tanks and soakaways pits with
necessary drain lines as indicated in the drawings andlor as agreed with the Engineer
with heavy duty cover to B.S.S 497.
10.2.86 Testing:
All cisterns, fittings and pipes, etc. to be tested on completion under water and all joints
left perfect and water-tight.
10.2.87 Paint to be Used:
Ready mixed paint to be of first quality and to be approved by the Engineer prior to any
order being placed by the contractor. It shall be used strictly in accordance with
manufacturer's instructions, or relevant instructions of the Engineer.
10.2.88 Special Instructions Generally:
Brushes which have been used for emulsion paint are on no account to be used for any
a)
other paint work.
No thinners to be used other than those specified by the manufacturer.
b)
Every practical precaution must be taken to keep down and exclude dust before and
c)
during application of the paint and during the whole of the drying period.
No painting is to commence on any surface until to receive a perfect smooth surface,
d)
which includes providing putties and the preparation of that surface has been approved
by the Engineer and no finishing coat is to be applied without prior approval of the
Engineer.
The contractor shall repair at his own cost any work where the paint finish is found to be
e)
in the opinion of the engineer unduly thin.
No painting is to be carried out when raining and all surfaces thoroughly dried before
f)
work commences.
All paint work must be protected during execution and dust sheets are to be make
g)
available if required by the Engineer.
The tints of undercoats are to be approximate to the finishing coat, but to be of sufficient
h)
difference in each succeeding coat to indicate and prevent missing areas.
Test samples of colours to be used are to be made for each coat and approved by the
i)
Engineer before the work commences.
All paint(s) are to be delivered to site(s) in the sealed and labelled containers produced
j)
by the manufacturers with the necessary instructions for use and on no account any
mixing to take place without the prior approval of the engineer.
177
A certificate or letter from the manufacturer must be also produced stating that hey have
full confidence that their material will stand upto the exposure conditions in Kuwait.
10.2.89 Safety of Electric Gear:
The contractor shall be responsihle for the safety of all electrical equipment, switchgear,
transformers, etc., and should any of these be damaged, destroyed and/or scratched
during his operations either by himself or his workmen, he shall, at his own expense
make good all such losses incurred either by the employer, andlor his subcontractor.
The metal doors, frames, windows and ventilators, panels, etc .... are all tn be prepared as
specified below.
10.2.90 Preparation:
All metal work which is to be painted is to have all rust and scale entirely removed by
mea!}s of steel wire brushes or mordant solution and a perfectly clear surface obtained to
receive undercoats. It is important that all the mordant solution is washed clear before
priming. All priming is to be red lead.
10.2.91 Application:
Each coat on a single area is to be carried out in uninterrupted operation. All coats of
paint must be thoroughly dry before subseqnent coats are applied and each coat must be
rubbed down before the succeeding coat is applied.
Any red lead priming coat applied to steel or other metalwork shall be given four clear
days to dry and harden before application of undercoat.
10.2.92 Metal Work Generally:
To receive two coats of undercoating and two semimatt finishing coat of approved paint.
All coats to be approved before application of subsequent coating.
10.2.93 Schedule of Colours:
a) Steel angles and charmels, etc. Semi matt black
b) Trench and manholes frames to be finished in semi matt black.
c) Wood doors and frames surface to spirit varnish finished.
10.2.94 Creosote: (if required)
Well creosote at all ends of red wood before building up.
10.2.95 Linseed oil: (if required)
Three times oil, red wood trench covers of all faces. Allow two weeks lapse between
application, rub down with quality sand paper immediately prior to application. Last oil
to be very slight. Creosoting and linseed oiling shall not he measured separately.
10.2.96 Silicone Paint:
For the concrete and surfaces scheduled below, only paints for silicone and resin base
are to be used.
All surfaces must be thoroughly dry and free of dust and on no account any paint to be
applied if the temperature is below 4C or when raining. All brushes used are to be new,
of pure bristle or nylon minimum 5" width, 1W' length. Application is to be made by
flowing the paint on and on no account is the paint to be brushed.
178
Tinning is only to be carried out when the weather is excessively cool and then no more
than half pint of mineral spirit or turpentine per gallon of paint. Pennission to do this
must first be obtained from the Engineer. Surfaces of concrete shall be rubbed down,
smoothed and puttied where necessary prior to commencement of painting. The
puttying of walls prior to painting is only to fill small holes, shrinkage cracks, etc. in the
concrete surfaces. Large holes are to be made good immediately after striking
formwork and as described under "Concretor". Under no circumstances is putty to be
spread over the concrete surface in order to remove irregularities, etc. and a two
application of white silicone paint is to be made to all concrete surfaces as follows:
a) All exposed and visible concrete surfaces externally.
b) Ditto do ...... internal including roofso[fits, columns and beams.
10.2.97 'Fix Only' Items Generally:
Tbe tenderer's rates shall be deemed to include for any labour wbich is not specifically
measured or mentioned but which may be understood to be necessary by reference to the
Bills of Quantities, Specifications and Drawings.
Tenderer's rates sbown against "Fix Only" items shall cover collection, loading or
assisting to load, transporting to the site(s), unloading or assisting unloading, placing in
stores, taking from stores, unpacking, hoisting of position, building in or fixing
necessary incidental materials and making good. His rates shall also cover for his being
responsible for the safe custody of all materials and for whicb be deems himself to be
entitled for.
10.2.98 Glazed Wall Tiles: .
a) Internal faces of wall to battery room upto 1.50M door beights or as sbown shall be
glazed with tiles 15cms x 15cms in accordance with BSS.1391:1954 true to shapes
even in surfaces free from all blemishes.
b) Samples are to be submitted by the contractor for approval. Tbe vertical wall
surfaces to receive glazed tiling are to be prepared with a cement sand screed (I :4),
horizontally scratched and tbe tiles are to be bedded in cement and sand bedding
(1 :4) and grouted and pointed with white cement.
10.2.99 Kerbstones and Kerbraces: (if required)
Foundations to kerbstones or kerbraces shall be concrete 1:3:6 and shall be minimum
size of 18" x 12". All haunchings too shall be finished in a workmanlike manner and to
Engineer's approval. All precast kerbs tones within the yard shall be of the sizes shown
on the drawings, bull nosed type and built in a workmanlike manner true to levels and
alignments and grouted with cement sand mortar 1:3. All kerbstones to be purchased
from the Cement Products Factory, Kuwait.
10.2.100 Manholes and Future Openings Covers:
All internal manholes and future openings for equiprnents shall he covered with
approved fire fighting (lHr fire rating) both shall he fixed on a hot dip galvanized steel
frames anchored properly to the concrete.
10.2.101 Insulations to Cavity walls:
Should any of the air conditioned rooms, such as, control room, communication room,
charger room and room for the fire fighting control panel, he flanked by cavity walls, all
cavities in these walls should be filled to full width and depths with rockwool, fiber
glass or equal other approved insulating material to Engineer's satisfaction.
179
10.2.102 Overhead Crane:

A travelling overhead crane shall be provided in the 3001132kV switchgear room. The
working load of the crane sball not be less than 130% of the weight of the heaviest
complete part of the switchgear that will be lifted during erection or dismantling for
maintenance (presumably a complete circuit breaker pole with operating mechanism).
The contractor sball submit with his offer for tbe Ministry's approval, the manufacturer's
catalogues sbowing the crane to be supplied and hoisted into position. However,
provisionally the specification for the crane shall generally be as follows:
The plant shall be of a heavy duty type and of robust construction. All materials and
workmanship sbaJJ be the best of their respective kinds. Tbe equipment sball comply
witb all relevant British Standard Specifications or with equivalent standards.
All materials used must be suitable for erection in tbe 30011 32kV switcbgear room of
dimensions that will be determined with the switchgear offered and the room plan
submitted by the tenderer (called for nnder separate clause), all subject to amendment
and final approval by the Engineer.
Type
and
Overhead, hand-operated, suitable for longitudinal

transverse movement. This sball be of the double
type
Working load
Test Load
Headroom
Span
Side Room (side clearance)
Clear beight (underside of
Engineer
books)
When in height position
Longitudinal travel distance
End Carriage
Trolley
Chain
Load hook
Brake
Snndries
130% of the maximum working load (as specified)

15% overload
0.90 meters
These will be determined upon approval of the
Tbe end carriages shall be of the welded steel

construction, eacb mounted on two double flanged
cast iron runners fitted witb roller bearings.
Tbe trolley sbould be guarded and hand-operated. It
shall bave travel wheels fitted with roller bearings
and
sball be
designed to combine hoist and trolley units into
one compact unit.
The cbain sball be of the finest quality obtainable
accurate to pitch and free from twist. Both tbe band
chain and load chain shall be guarded and shall run
on
roller bearings to
reduce
friction
and
secure
effective
performance.
The book should be forged from special steel and
should swivel on ban bearings or similar.
The brake sball be automatic in action and totany
enclosed. It sbould offer no resistance when hoisting
lS
in operation and
should
act
immediately
wben
hand
cbain is released.
All rails necessary, fisb plates, clamps, holding nuts,
washers, etc., shan be supplied.
180
Pointing
Test Certificates
Erection & testing
All unrnachined surfaces must receive two coats of

oil
paint before
despatch.
Bright parts must be protected
against corrosion.
Certificates of testing and examination of crane,
hoisting chains and hooks will have to be supplied
with
the crane.
The crane shall be erected and tested on site and
handed over ready for operation and test by the
Ministry's Surveyor.
During the guarantee period any defective components and parts shall be replaced and
defects found or defected during this guarantee period shall also be rectified.
10.2.103 Importing of Production Equipments:
a) Importing of production equipment for the manufacturing of construction materials
will only be allowed by an advance authorization from the Ministry of Commerce
and Industry.
b) Locally manufactured construction materials should be used unless such materials
do not conform to specifications set forth in the contract.
10.3
SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE SUPPLY AND INSTALLATION OF

AIR-CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT IN 3001132133/11kV SUBSTATIONS
10.3.1
General:
I. Main Contractor for the sub-station construction on "Turn-key" basis shall be
responsible for design, supply and installation, setting to work, testing,
commissioning and delivery in perfect operating conditions as well as maintaining
the complete installation for a period of one year from the date of testing and
acceptance as detailed in the book of General Conditions and Safety Precautions for
AlC works issued by MEW.
2. Specifications described hereunder are brief and therefore, the main contractor shall
include for all equipments, materials, labour ... etc for the complete installations to
ensure best workmanship and operating conditions, whether detailed hereunder or
not.
3. All builders works including foundations, cutting, opening, false ceiling... etc.
required for the AlC installations shall be done by the contractor whether specified
hereunder or not.
4. Where equipments offered are manufactured locally, the tenderers shall produce the
relevant design data for scrutiny.
5. Where equipments offered are manufactured under license, tenderers shall enclose
with their offers a written assurance from their principals for the design and quality
of equipments produced by them, without which the offers shall not be considered.
6. If contractor during the guarantee and maintenance period fails to respond to any
necessary repairs called for by MEW within 24 hours or contractor been notified by
phone, MEW reserves the right to execute the necessary repairs under full
responsibility of contractor and charge the contractor the cost of these repairs
without accepting any claims from the contractor side.
7. If contractor is not the main agent of AlC equipment and if contractor fails to start
and commission the AlC equipment (packaged units/mini split units) MEW reserves
the right to call a specialist from the main local agent to start and commission the
Ale equipment at the expense of the contractor without any claims from the
contractor side.
181
8. Scope of Air-Conditioning Works:

a) Control room, communication room, battery charger rooms and Argon and dry
powder room shall be provided with Mini-split AlC units.
b) Battery rooms shall be provided with minimum 350 cfm capacity exhaust fans
with automatic vane type shutters, and shall be treated as hazardous areas.
c) Basement, mezzanine floors and 300kV, 132kV cable gallerys if any shall be
provided with aero foil type extract fam; to provide ventilation rate of minimum
six air changes per hour extract fans and air intake arrangements shall be
properly located to ensure proper cross flow across the entire ventilated areas.
A minimum of the two extract fans shall be provided in each basement fire
zone.
9. Complete design calculatiom; showing overall heat transmission coefficients,

equivalent temp. differences, cooling load estimates, AlC installation drawings,
filled in technical schedules (copy attached) for equipment being proposed,
catalogues, schematic electrical control wiring drawings, details of AlC SubContractor should be submitted by the main contractor and approvals obtained
before commencing AlC installation and other installations in the substation shall
not interfere with each other and main contractor shall be responsible for ensuring
alterations in any of them in case of unforeseen alterations in approved AlC
installation drawings at the time of installation work, at no extra costs.
10.3.2
General Technical Specifications for Mini Split Units:

I. Tenderers shall offer from one of the following makes, viz., National, Carrier,
Hitachi and Trane or equivalent, which shall conform to MEW specifications in all
respects and do not require major field modifications to meet MEW requirements.
2. The following design data shall be taken into consideration by the Tenderers for
equipment selection:
For summer Air-Conditioning:
Outdoor temperature 115 degree Fahrenheit dry bulb 82 degree Fahrenheit dry bulb
Indoor temperature
76 degree Fahrenheit dry bulb
Indoor relative humidity to be maintained at 50F.
Maximum saturated suction temperature 45C
A) Works required under this specification shall be: supply and installation of the
following:
I. Mini split AlC Units:
Mini split AlC unit shall consist of air cooled condensing unit and matching fan coil
unit, factory assembled, pre-wired, pre-charged and factory tested using R-22
refrigerant.
Condensing unit:
a) Casing:
Casing shall be constructed of heavy gauge M.S. sheet metal and shall be firm
and rigid.
Casing shall have an approved anti-corrosive and heal resistant paint finish.
b) Coil:
I. Condenser coil made of seamless copper tube with aluminium or copper
straight fim;, mechanically expended over the tubes.
2. Condenser coil made aluminium tubes and aluminium spiral fins will be
accepted subject to the following conditions :
A five years warranty shall be given by the manufacturer for the coil and
compressor.
No joints within the individual refrigerant circuits.
Transition joints shall be easily acceptable and protected by pretinned zinc
rich aluminium solder.
182
c)
d)
Single row configuration shall only be accepted.

Tube fin gap shall be sealed properly without affecting the metal to metal
contact between tube and fin.
Compressor:
Compressor shall be hermetic reciprocating or rotary type of appropriate
capacity and shall be suitable for operation on 415V, 3-phase, 50Hz, or 240V
single phase 50Hz supply ,,~th permissible voltage variation of +/- 6%.
Compressors shall be inherent thermal protection or external thermal
overloads.
Condenser Fan:
Condenser fan shall be multi -blade type directly mounted on dip proof motor
with class A insnlation and sball be suitable for operation on 415V, 3-phase,
50Hz, or 240V, single phase 50Hz supply with permissible voltage variation of
+/- 6% condenser fan motor shall be provided with inherent thermal
protection.
Fan Coil Unit:

Fan coil unit sball be either floor mounted, wall mounted, ceiling suspended or cassette
type as mentioned in the schedule of Units or as shown on the drawings.
a) Casing:
Casing shall be of heavy gauge M.S. sheet, wall mounted, ceiling suspended or
cassette type as mentioned in the schedule of Units or as shown on the drawings.
b) Evaporative Coil:
Evaporative coil shall be made of seamless copper tubes with aluminium or copper
fins mechanically bonded to the tubes. Spiral fins are not accepted.
cj Fan:
Shall be multi-blade centrifugal, two or three speed impeller type, directly mounted
on motor shaft and shall be easily accessible for maintenance. Fan motor shall be
open type class A insulation, provided with inherent thermal protection and suitable
for 240V, 50Hz, single phase power supply.
d) Air Filters:
Air filters shall be of permanent cleanable and washable type and shall be easily
accessible, thickness shall be minimum l2.5mm.
Other Requirements:
a) Pre-charged and pre-insulated refrigerant tubing as supplied by manufacturer of the
AlC unit shall be used. The insulation shall be wrapped with 8 oz. Canvas and
painted with 2 coats of weather proof paint.
b) Drain pipe shall have minimum 19mm and the material shall be PVC.
c) A remote switch and thermostat shall be provided for wall, ceiling and cassette FCU
type and bnilt-in for floor mounted FCU.
d) All mountings, brackets, bolts, nuts, fixtures, etc. for installing the condensing unit
and fan coil unit shall be provided.
e) All mini split AlC units shall be provided with proper earthing as per MEW's
specifications.
B) All works, under this trade, shall be executed by registered AlC contractor who is
acceptable to the Ministry.
C) Make, model and type of AlC mini split units, proposed to be supplied shall be from
a well know manufacturer, priority for local make, and performance to all such units
and the cooling capacity of same shall be checked by the Ministry to make sure
whether or not the units offered meet tl,e design conditions as well as the near
extreme cEmatic conditions prevailing in Kuwait.
183
D) Subsequent to completion of installation, tbe units sball be put to a durability test of

30 days during mid-su=er, IS"' June - lS'''September at contractor's cost and
should be durability test prove to be satisfactory, the contractor shall be required to
maintain all such units for a further period of 12 calendar months therefore.
E) pars of building to be air-conditioned shall be control room, co=unications room,
and battery chargers rooms and Argon and dry powder room.
F) Each ventilator equipped in basement will operate (in the normal case)
automatically by thermostat switch and manually by override switch.
G) In case of using more than one ventilator in one zone of basement, those ventilators
shall operate and stop automatically and manually altogether.
H) Each ventilator will be provided with an isolating switch located adjacent to the
ventilator for the purpose of maintenance.
I) In the case of fire, all the ventilations in basement (where the ftre is burning) shall
be stopped by means of an arrangement done in conjunction witb the Fire Alarm
panel in the Station. Means of prevention against the automatic re-operating of
ventilators unless the clear of fire (the manual operation could be fulfilled even the
presence of fife).
J) Indication lamps to be provided in the control circuit of each ventilator to aid
knowing the instant situation of the ventilator.
K) The above arrangement will be submitted in an integrated system for control of the
operation of eacb ventilation, for approval.
L) The tenderer shall be taken into his account that the ventilation of the local
transformers room should be adequate to keep the ambient temperature inside the
room within the permissible limits (50C).
.
10.3.9
Work Execution:
a) All insulation material being used by the contractor shall have manufacturer's test
certificate and shall be used only after the approval of the concerned Engineer.
b) The contractor shall carry out the installation work strictly according to approved
specifications and drawings under the constant supervision of an Engineer of this
Ministry... Any deviations in specifications and layout, etc. for any reason
whatsoever shall be made by the contractor only after the written approval by the
supervising Engineer concerned during installation.
10.3.10 Inspection and Testing:

a) The contractor shall carry out the installation work to the entire satisfaction of the
Supervising Engineer.
b) On completion of the installation by the contractor, the installation shall be
inspected by the component authorities in accordance with approved specifications
and drawings. Any discrepancies noted shall be rectified Witllin one week time and
the installation re-inspected. Erection certificate shall be issued to the contractor
only after ensuring that the installation work is done to the satisfaction of Engineer's
concerned.
10.3.11 Operation Test and Handing Over/Taking Over:

Operation test shall be carried out in satisfactory and continuous running of the
installation for a minimum period of one month. During the test, the contractor shall
demonstrate the operation of all controls, performance of each component and the units
capacity to meet the designed indoor requirements of temperature and humidity.
Operation tests are usually carried out hetween the ISb June and 15'" September.
184
10.3.12 Guarantee:
Guarantee shall be for a period of one year from the date of satisfactory operation test
and issue of handing over and taking over certificates.
10.3.13 Miscellaneous:
a) The contractor shall submit three sets of the following separate folders at least one
week before the installation tests:
i) Complete specifications and installation drawings and electrical diagrams, etc. as
tendered and approved variations if any.
ii) Manufactnrer's technical data regarding the installation, etc.
iii) "As fitted" NC system drawings.
b) The contractor shall handov.er the following at the handing over the installation:
i) Three sets of operation, maintenance and service engineering catalogues in separate
folders along with the electrical wiring and technical drawings.
ii) Micro-Films:
The contractor bas to supply to the Ministry three sets of 35 nun silver halide microfilm apertnre cards from "as fitted" or "built" original drawings. Tbe front face of
these apertnre cards should be left blank and on the reverse face, the following
details should be shown by the contractor:
Supplier
Contract No.
Title of Project
Drawing No.
Reduction Ratio
Date
A sample of processed micro-film aperture card should be admitted to the Ministry
for approval.
iii) Transparent polyster copy of each drawing to be supplied, a sample of which should
be submi tted to MEW.
lOA
1004.1
l.l
1.2
1.3
1004.2
a)
Specification for Electrical Installation Works:

Scope:
This specification covers the design, supply, delivery to site(s), erection and
commissioning of all materials and equipments required in connection with electrical
installation work for the substation(s) required.
All work, eqnipment, accessories and fittings shall be designed and manufactnred to
operate continuously in the electrical supply system of 415 volts 6%, 3-phase, 4wire/240 volts, 6% single phase, 50Hz, 4% and the entire works shall be carried out
strictly in accordance with this specification, the Bill of Quantities, the various electrical
schemes, drawings and the rules and regulations for electrical installation of MEW R -1,
and the general specification for electrical installations of MEW/SSIl, and amendment.
The contractor shall complete the forms and shall submit with the offer.
Materials:
Attention of all tenderers is hereby drawn to the following:
The successful tenderer shall furnish to the Ministry of Electricity & Water, all
particulars of all the equipments he proposes to install along with dimensional drawings,
catalogues and specifications, before starting the work. At the request of the Engineer,
the contractor shall also submit samples of all equipment for approval.
during civil, electric installation should be made by listed contractor
185
b)
c)
10.4.3
No orders shall be placed by the contractor for any materials unless the written approval
of the Engineer has been obtained.
Only approved material shall be employed at site(s) and all materials installed which
have not been approved shall be removed and reinstalled by approved ones at the entire
cost of the contractor.
Electrical engineer is present since Civil
Electrical Contractor:
The electrical works shall be canoed out by an electrical contractor who is on the Central
Tenders Committee's approved list of electrical contractors. The electrical contractor
must have an Electrical Engineer and an Electrical Supervisor for ensuring supervision
of the works. The Electrical Engineer must be available for a minimum period of two(2)
hours every second day at site/each site and the exact time shall be arranged between the
contractor and the Ministry of Electricity & Water's Engineer. The Electrical Supervisor
should be available at site during working hours.
The electrical contractor shall be wholly responsible for the proper execution and
completion of the entire electrical works included under tbe electrical installation section
of the complete specification and the MEW will not issue a certificate of acceptance
until t.l}e entire works are completed in all respects.
The contractor shall replace the supervisor and/or any of his subordinates, technicians
and unskilled labourers, etc. wbo, in the opinion of the engineer, are Dot carrying out the
respective works in proper and efficient manner.
Main contractor must ensure that all services and electrical installation works in the
substation shall not interfere witb each other and the main contractor shall be
responsible for ensuring necessary alterations of approved installation drawings at the
time of installation works, at no extra cost.
10.4.4
Drawings:
The tenderer shall prepare the drawings and scbedules describing the electrical
installation at the site(s) of work.
Tbe position of all fittings, fans, equipment, apparatus, etc. indicated on the drawing
should be approximate only, and are to indicate generally the arrangement of works, but
the final positions of all sucb equipments and apparatus shall be as agreed by the
Engineer and with no extra cost to the Ministry due to any change made by the
Engineer.
Should any portion of the works which should reasonably and obviously be inferred as
necessary for the complete, safe and satisfactory operation of the installation as a whole
but not expressly described or specified, the contractor shall provide and execute such
works as part of the contract and shall not be entitled to any extra payment on that
account.
10.4.5
Working Drawings:
The contractor shall provide working drawings showing the exact routes of all
underground cables and ducts, the exact run of all conduits and trunking, drawings and
junction boxes, then number and size of wires in each conduit or trunking, the final
connection arrangements at distribution boards and switchboards and the details of ducts
and the method of fixing final distribution boards for the approval of tile Electrical
Engineer before commencing any portion of the works.
4 sets of working drawings shall be submitted for approval within two months before
starting the works.
186
10.4.6
E.!. & E.I. Materials:

Unless otherwise specified, all E.l and E.1. materials shall be carried out and supplied in
accordance with MEW Reb'lllations - General Specifications - for Electrical
installations and their amendments.
10.4.7
Emergency Distribution Boards (E.D.B.):

The distribution board for emergency ligbts shall be double pole metal clad, and shall be
provided with H.R.C. fuses. The board shall be suitable for 110 volts D.C. supply and
comply with B.S. 5486 PT II. The board shall be complete with earthing terminal block
for taking one earth continuity conductor for each outgoing circuit, and one earth lead
conductor which is to be connected to the substation earthing.
10.4.8
Switch Fuse or MCCB Units:

For transformer bay, 300, 132,33 and IlkV switchgear shall be surface type, metal clad,
heavy duty type a per B.S . 5486/4752, with glands to receive supply cable.
10.4.9
Lighting and Power Circuits:

a) All ligbting and power circuits shall be wired in accordance with the drawings as
originally approved by MEW.
b) 110 volts d.c. circuits for emergency lights shall be carried out generally as normal
'ligbting emergency circuits and shall be enclosed in separate conduits.
c) All socket outlets shall be complete with plug-tops.
d) All light fittings shall be complete with lamps/tubes. All light fittings shall be as
described in Ministry of Electricity & Water's Standard General Specification
MEW/SS-I.
e) The ligbt fittings in the 33kV and IlkV switchgear room shall be suspended from
steel trunking. The steel trunking and other accessories shall be factory fabricated,
purpose made out of heavy gauge, galvanized sheet steel to receive ligbting fittings
in its underside providing a structural support for the wiring and adequate througb
wiring capacity. The trunking shall be closed on top and open at bottom.
Trunking shall be suitable for suspension by saddle brackets attached to down drops
from the ceiling structure. The trunking mouth shall be closed by snap-on steel
cover strip which is easily cut at site to fit between fittings.
The trunking shall be suspended from the ceiling by means of conduit as
recommended by the manufacturer. Circuit wires shall enter the trunking througb
one/more of the suspension conduits and suitably bushed holes provided at top of
the trunking. Suspension conduits shall be fixed at ceiling to ball and socket type
dome-covers to conduit boxes.
Non-metal trunking may be employed, subject to MEW Engineer's approval.
f) 300 and 132kV switchgear rooms to be illuminated with fluorescent and flood-ligbt
fittings .
Flood light fittings shall be complete with control gear and high pressure
mercury/sodium vapour lamps.
Transformer area will also be illuminated by using flood lights as specified before.
Number of light fittings shall be subjected to the prior approval of MEW Engineer.
10.4.10 Earthing:
Various distribution boards, switch fuses and all other metal works in/above the main
building of substation shall be connected to the substation earthing system. All other
annexed buildings may be connected to a separate earthing, complying with MEW
Regulations and General Specifications for electrical installations.
187
10.4.11 Micro-Film:
3 sets of standard 35mm microfilm aperture cards photographed from "as fitted"
drawings shall be submitted along with five sets of "as fitted" drawings. specified in
MEW-S-l.
Details on the reverse side of the microfilm aperture card shaD include:
Supplier
Contract No.
Title of the Project
Title of the Drawing
Drawing No,
Reduction Ratio
Date
The front face of the card must be left blank,
N,B. Reduction ratio should be between 6X and 30X,
10.4.12 Amendment No.1:

The tenderer shall take into his consideration, while pricing, the amendment No,1 of
regulations for electrical installations issued by Ministry of Electricity & Water to
MEW/R-I Fourth Edition 1983,
Amendment No.1 is as hereunder:
J- Clause (415) -page (17):
Insert the folloWing note at the end of the last paragraph (as applicable),
3. In multi-occupancy buildings, all electrical installation for common service (i.e,
guardroom, staircase lighting, life, etc,) must be fed via one kilo-watt hour meter,
for each surface intake.
Exceptions, if necessary, wil only be given for feeding lifts after obtaining prior
approval from MEW,
II- Clause (611) page (21):
In line 7, delete the work "lifts"
Delete exception (2) and substitute the following:
2. For motors driving fire pumps and lifts, the provisions of current operated earth
leakage circuit breaker will not be permitted, Instead, an audio-visual alarm
indicator for leakage (300 - 500mA) shall be provided at a readily accessible and
easily noticeable location.
Ministry of Electricity and Water

Tender No. MEW-77/2012-2013
Supply and Installation of 7 Nos. of 132/11kV Substations
atJABH "lY" , JABH "2Y" , JABH "3Y" , JABH "4Y" ,
JABH "12Y" , JABH "l3Y" & JABH "14Y"
~
Pretender Meeting
Date 06/10/2013
The purpose of this meeting is to clarify any point raised by the tenderers who are pemritted
to participate in the above tender.
Presents:
Ministry of Electricity and Water:
1. Eng. FatmaAl Hamza, Section Head (Civil)
2. Eng. TahaniAber Al Shammari, Section Head (Cable)
3. Eng. MutJaq Al Otaibi, Section Head (Substation)
4. Eng. Ahmed Badran, Consultant (Substation)
5. Eng.SanriaFarehElrn~ Electrical Engineer(Substation)
Tenderers:
1. Mis. Larsen & Toubro
2. Mis. Al-Ahleia
3. Mis. National Contracting Co.
4. Mis. Al Fanar
Pre-Tender Meeting
Tender No. MEW-77/2012-2013
Supply and Installation of 7 Nos. of 132/11kV Substations
atJABH "1Y", JABH "2Y", JABH "3Y", JABH "4Y",
JABH "12Y" , JABH "13Y" & JABH "14Y"
Mis. Larsen & Toubro

I.
2.
3.
4.
5.
As per details of equipment supply & installation,
page no.5, clause-IS, the 132kV cable tails and its

accessories are requested under this scope but the
san1e is mentioned as "supplied by others" in cable
diagran1 drawings. Also there is no call for 132kV
I
cable tails in the detail s scope of supply. Hence
we presume that, there is no 132kV UG Incoming
feeder tails under our scope except transformer
feeder cables. We request you to confirm our
understanding.
As per Technical Specification, Clause-1.9.2-B.8,
page-8 & Cable diagram
As per the referred clause of Technical
specification, the connection of neutral bus bar of
LT distribution board is mentioned as 150 Sq.mrn
only. But the same is mentioned in the provided
cable diagram as 1500mrn PVC insulated IkV
Cable. Hence we request you to clarify the size of
the cable to be connected between neutral bus of
LT distribution board & outdoor ring.
With reference to the INDEX attached with this
tender document the following drawings are
missing in the tender document.
I. Site Layout
2. I 32kVMarshaling Cabinet (MBI7I421-B)
We request you to provide us the soil investigation
report for the subject sites under this contract.
Details of equipment supply and installation, Page37 & Schedule-B, Page-375
There is no call for supply of IlkV, 3Cx300
Sq.mm cables in the provided pricing schedule
(Schedule-I3 ). But relevant specifications are
provided along with details of equipment. Hence
we request you to clarify that, whether we have to
supply the cables or not. If we have to supply the
cables, please provide as the revised schedule-B.
Cable tails not required.
150mrn".
Revised drawings are attached.
I. Site located is attached.

2. Revised Index is attached.
Soil Investigation Report is attached.
Revised page (3751 A) is attached.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Schedule-J3, Page-375 & Schedule-M, Page-387

Since there IS no call for supply of II kV,
3 Cx300sq.mm cables 111 the provided pricing
schedule (Schedule-B), we presume that the
completion program provided 111 schedule-M
belongs to IlkV, 3Cx300sq.mm cable is not
applicable. Please confirm our understanding.
Schedule - D, Page-l 19
Since there are no underground fiber optic cables
under this contract, we presume that the attached
DIG fiber optic cable schedule is not applicable for
this contract. We request you to confirm our
understanding.
Schedule-B, Page-375 & Schedule-D, Page128&129
Since there IS no call for supply of IlkV,
3Cx300sq.mm cables 111 the provided pricing
schedule (Schedule-B), we presume that the
Schedule-D provided for the lUcY, 3Cx300sq.mm
cable IS not applicable. Please confirm our
unders tanding.
Schedule-JI, Item-23 & Details of equipment,
Item-26, page-6
As per schedule-JI the intertrip units are
mentioned for spare feeders. Hence we presume
that the commissioning test for these inter trip
units need not to be considered under this contract
based on the notes -3 given in the details of
equipment. We request you to confirm our
understanding.
Distribution Board & supply connection for
Drainage well
We request you to clarify the requirement of
distribution board for the drainage well & it's
connection for the supply to drainage punlP &
motors .
Whether it has to be connected from the LVAC
board installed in the substation or separate supply
source to be considered. Please clarify.
XLPE Power Cable specifications
Since the requested cables under this contract are
with XLPE insulation, we request you to provide
us the following XLPE cables specifications .
1.l32kV, 1Cx 240Sq.mm, XLPE copper cables.
2.llkV, 1C x 630 Sq.mm, XLPE copper cables.
3.11kV, 3C x 400 Sq.mm XLPE copper cables.
4.3kV, 1C x 400 Sq.mm XLPE copper cables.
Same as (5) above.

11kV, 3C x 300 sq.mm cables are
required.
Confirmed.
Same as (6) above.
Confirmed.
Main power supply for mall1 switch

board for drainage wells will be
connected to
LVAC board for
substation, for each well there IS
separate feeder from main switch board.
Check revised Pages ( 16 - 132 KV

switchgear) of Vol. I attached.
12.
As per Details of equipment, clause- 18, page- 18 &
Please follow the scope of works as

Schedule-J2, page-23 I, Clause-D
specified in bill no . (9), NC mini split
As per details of equipment, control room, units to be provided to battery rooms
communication room & battery charger rooms are and local transformers rooms.
requested with air conditioning system. But, as
per referred schedule-J2 , clause-D, page-23 I, all
substation rooms are requested with arr
conditioning system. Hence we request you to
clarify the same. In addition, please clarify which
rooms are to be provided with split ac units &
which rooms are to be -provided with Package
units.
13. As per Details of equipment, clause- 18, page- 18 & NC mllll split units are required to
Schedule-J2, page-23 I, Clause-D
battery rooms as specified in bill No.9.
As per details of equipment, battery room is
requested with ventilation (exhaust fans). But as
per the referred bill-9, battery rooms are called
with mini split ac units. Hence we request you to
clarify these discrepancies with required changes
in schedule-J2.
14. We request you to kindly arrange for site visit for Site visit will be arranged.
the substation locations under this contract.
15. Schedule-J2, Page-193, Item-6
Staircase from ground floor to roof is
We request you to clarify the requirement of required as specified.
staircase requested from ground floor to roof under
tllis clause. Whether staircase is required or cage
ladder can be provided outside the substation
building in order to access the lower roof from
ground level.
Staircase from ground floor to roof is
16. Schedule-J2, Bill No-2,Item-h, Page-203
We request you to clarify the requirement of required as specified.
staircase requested from ground floor to roof under
this clause. Whether staircase is required or cat
ladder can be provide outside the substation
building in order to access the lower roof from
ground level.
Confirmed.
17. Schedule-C
We presume that, the requested quantity of spares
under this clause is for the complete package not
for individual substation under tlus contract. Please
confirm our understanding.
18. Schedule-C, Item-h, page-73
Revised page (73/A) is attached.
Since this contract contains only 7 substations, we
presume that the qty. requested under this clause is The quantity IS for each of (7)
for the complete package (7 substations) only not substations.
for individual substations under tlus contract.
Please confinn our understanding.
19.
Shall we submit the typed schedule as per the Confinned.

fonnat pro\~ded by you. Please confirm.
Mis. Al-Ahleia
Please pro~de the Sub-Station Location Plan and
I 32kV Cable Route Plan for all Sub-Stations.
2J. Please pro~de the soil investigation report for all
Sub-stations.
22. Page NO.3 (Clause No.28) & Page No. 22 (Clause
No.7.1) - 1 I kV Control & relay board: protection
relay to be of latest version of digital I numerical
reiay:
AIl per Details of Equipment (Vol D) special
conditions and notes, the contractor shall submit
all relays based on latest version of Digital I
Numerical relays. AIl per Details of Equipment
(Vol D) , Solkor 'Rr' relay to be pro~ded for
1 I KV feeders.
We are considering Solkor "Rf' relay for IIKV
feeders. We understand that CI.28 of Page 3 is not
applicable for Solkor 'Rr'relay. Please Confinn.
23. Page No.8 (Clause No. 1.3 &1.4) & SLD:
DENINAMl02 & DENINAMl03 132kv
Switchgear: Far End Substation for Bay No .9 of
JBAH "2Y" Substation:
AIl per Details of Equipment (VoID) & SLD, Far
end Bay No.9 of IBAH H2Y" Subtation is IBAH
"4Y" Subsation Bay No.2. AIl per Detail of
Equipment (Vol D) & SLD, Far end of Bay No.2
of IBAH "3Y" substation is IBAH "2Y" Bay No .
9.
We presume that far end of Bay No.9 JBAH "2Y"
Substation as mentioned in SLD DENINAMl02 &
Clause 1.3 of Page 8 Vol II, is a typographical
error. The far end of Bay No.9 of JBAH "2Y"
Substation is IBAH "3, Substation Bay No.2.
Please Continuo
24. Page No.8 (Clause No . 1.3, 1.4 & 1.5) & SLD:
DENINAM/02 & DENINAM/03 & DENINAMl04
- 132kv Switchgear: Far End Substation for Bay
No.2 of IBAH "4Y" Substation:
AIl per Details of Equipment (Vol D) & SLD, Far
end Bay No.9 of IBAH "2Y" Subtation is IB.AR
"4Y" Subsation Bay No.2. AIl per Detail of
Equipment (Vol D) & SLD, Far end of Bay No.9
of IBAH "3Y' substation is IBAH "4Y' Bay No .
2. AIl per Detail of Equipment (VoID) & SLD, Far
end of Bay No.2 of JBAH "4 Y" substation is
IBAH "3Y' Bay No.9
20.
Same as (3) above.

Same as (4) above.
Solker (Rf) relay applicable for IlkV
feeder.
Re~sed
page (8/ A)&
attached.
Same as (23) above .
Re~sed
SLDare
We preswne that far end of Bay No.2 of JBAH

"4Y' Substation is IRI\H "3Y' Substation Bay
No.9. Please Confilm.

Page No. 21 (Clause No. 6.4) - Ilkv Switchgear:
Rating of Bus Coupler & Bus Section Bay no. 16 ,
17 & 18:
As per Detail of Equipment (Vol II), current rating
of bus coupler and bus section Bay No. 16, 17 &
18 are mentioned as 3000A. As per SLD 's, current
rating of bus coupler and bus section Bay No. 16,
17 & 18 are mentioned as 2000A.
We preswne that em-rent rating of bus coupler and
bus section bay no. 16,17 & 18 are 3000A. Please
confinn.
26 . Page No. 9 (Clause No. 1.6) & SLD:
DENINAM/05 - 132kv Switchgear: Far End
Subsation for Bay No. 5 of JBAH "i2Y'
Subsation:
As per Details of Equipment (Vol II), far end of
Bay No. 5 of JBAH "12Y' Subsation is JBAH
"AY' Subsation Bay No. 77. As per SLD , Far
End for Bay No.5 of JBAH "12Y' Subsation is
JBAH "AY' Substation Bay No. 27.
We preswne that Far End of Bay No.5 of JBAH
n12Y' Substation is JBAH nAY' Substation Bay
No.27. Please confirm.
27. Page No. 9 (Clause No. 1.7) & SLD:
DENINAM/06 - 132kv Switchgear: Far End
Subsation for Bay No. 9 of JBAH "13Y"
Subsation:
As per Details of Equipment (Vol II), far end of
Bay No.9 of JBAH "l3Y' Subsation is JBAH
"AY' Subsation Bay No. 78. As per SLD , Far
End for Bay NO.9 of JBAH "l3Y' Subsation is
JBAH "AY' Substation Bay No. 28.
We presume that Far End of Bay No.9 of JBAH
nl3Y" Substation is IBAH nAY' Substation Bay
No.28. Please confinn.
28. Page No. 9 (Clause No. 1.8) & SLD:
DEN/NAM/07 - 132kv Switchgear: Far End
Subsation for Bay No. 5 of JBAH "14 Y"
Subsation:
As per Details of Equipment (Vol II) , far end of
Bay No.5 of JBAH "14Y' Subsation is JBAH
"AY" Subsation Bay No. 72. As per SLD , Far end
for Bay No.5 of JBAH "14 Y" Subsation is JBAH
"AY" Substation Bay No. 29.
We presume that Far End of Bay No .5 of JBAR
25.
Confirmed.
drawings.
See attached revised SLD
See revised page (9 /A)& Revised SLD.
Same as (26) above.
Same as (26) above.
"14Y" Substation is JBAH "AY" Substation Bay

No.29. Please confirm
29. Page No. 168, 172, 176, 180, 184, 188 & 192
(Sr.No.23 of Schedule-.T1)- 132kv lntertrip
Equipment: Quantity of intertrip equipment for
near end and far end:
As per Schedule 11, the quantity mentioned for
intertrip equipment, we understand that supply and
installation of intertrip equipment for Near end and
Far end bays of feeders connecting to JBAH "AY"
Subsation from each of the subsations under this
tender is not in the scope of this tender. Please
confirm.
30. Page No. 184 (Clause.N0.23) of Schedule-J]132kv lntertrip Equipment: Quantity of intertrip
spare feeders at far end:
As per Schedule 11, quantity of intertrip equipment
for Far Ends of JBAH "12Y", is mentioned as 1
Set. As per Details of Equipment (Vol II) and
SLD, . JBAH "12Y" Substation has 3 feeders
connecting to far ends (JBAH ''AY'', JBAH "11 Y"
& JBAH "BY" Subsations).
Assuming that supply & installation of intertrip
equipment for Near end and Far end of feeder
connecting to JBAH "AY" Substation is not in
scope of this tender, we presume that 2 sets of
intertripequipments are required for far end of
JBAH "12Y" Substation (i.e for feeders from
JBAH "11 Y" & JBAH "13Y" Substations). Please
confirm.
31. Page No.4 (Clause.No.37): Names of Suppliers
and Manufactuters:
As per Details of Equipment Vol II, all switchgear
manufactuters should submit the names of
suppliers and manufactuters of each component of
the transformer and the shunt reactors i.e cores,
conductors, insulating material, tanks, etc. Also all
the technical specification of these parts , catalogs
, manuals, etc to be submitted.
The requirement IS not related to switchgear
manufactuter. Please clarify.
32. Page No. 37 of Vol-II & Page No. 28 of Schedule:
D: Supply of IlkV 3 Cx3OOsqrnm Cable :
As per Details of Equipment (Vol II),
Specification for 11kV 3Cx300sqmm cables is
provided & also Schedule D for II kV
3Cx300sqmm cable is also provided in tender
documents.
Confinned.
In tins scope of work, only one set of
inter trip to be provided for (JBAH

"13 Y'') substation.
TIle far ends for (JBAH "AY''), (JBAH
"II Y'') substations are not III YOut
scope of work.
Please follow MEW spefications.
Same as (5) above.
However the supply of same is not mentioned in

Schedule JI or J3. Please Clarify whether the
supply of IlkV 3Cx300sqmm cable IS 111 our
scope.
M/s. National Contracting Co.

33.
34.
35.
We request you to extend the submission date by No extension.

Two (2) weeks.
We request MEW to provide soil investigation Same as (4) above.
reports for the substation location.
Details of Equipment I Cable Diagram Page NO.5: ConfIrmed.
As per Details of Equipment Cable Tails are to be
provided but as per cable diagram cable tails are
provided by others. Please confinn cable tails are
not included in the scope of Work.
Mis. AI Fanar Co.

36.
37.
38.
39.
40 .
41.
42.
43.
We request to extend the bid closing date at lease

by Four (4) weeks as our manufacturers and
suppliers are asking more time to prepare their
offers.
We understand that DGA (Digital Gas Analyzer) is
not required for 30MVA Transformers. However,
DGA oil test shall be performed after 6 months
from date of energization of transformers. Please
confinn.
Details of Equipment Item-I 5 :
We understand that 132KV I /Core IOOOmm2
cable is not under this contract as 132KV outgoing
feeders are not in our scope. Please confinn.
Details of Equipment Item-22:
II KV Pilot cable marshelling cabinets are not
applicable for this contract since IIKV outgoing
feeders are not in our scope. Please confinn.
Details of Equipment Items-25 & 33:
For l32kV cable feeders there is requirement
conflict between Items # 25 and 33. Item # 25
specifies to install pilot wire differential relays
(Type SolkorN) and item-33 specifies to use fiber
optic cable instead of pilot cable. Please clarify
which clause is applicable for this contract.
As the CT for Cable differential protection at new
sub-station shall match with existing CT's at far
end, please provide CT details at involved Far
Ends:
Please provide us relays list approved by MEW
Kuwait.
Plot dimensions and site coordinates for each substation location are required to be furnished.
Same as (33) above.
Confirmed.
Confirmed.
Follow MEW specifications.
Item 25 related in case of the far end

substations are existing substations and
item 33 for the new substation.
Please collect all technical information

after coordinating with JABH nAY"
contractor.
Please follow MEW specification.
Same as (3) above.
44.
The soil investigation report for each substation is

required.
45. Our civil scope is limited within sub-station only.
Duct banks for llkV cable feeders and 132kV
cable feeders shall be provided up to sub-station
boundaries only. Please confirm.
46. Supply and installation of Communication
Equipment at all sub-stations shall be by others in
different contract. Please confinn.
47. Details of Equipment ltem-30 :
Supply and installation of SCADA Rill at all substations shall be by others in different contract.
Our scope IS limited to provide SCADA
Marshelling cabinets and metering transducers
only. Please confirm.
48. From the referred item we understand that water
firefighting systeln is required for transformers
only. Please confirm.
49. From the referred item; we understand that all
equipment other than transformers (i.e. GIS room,
IIKV SWGR room, control room, LVAC room,
battery room, telecom room, charger room,
basements)
to
be
protected
with
ArgonlFM200/Inergen system. Please confirm.
50. Fire protection by Sodium bicarbonate powder is
required only for 132KV cable boxes only. Please
confirm.
5!. Please confirm that the city water network is
available near the site for supply of water to the
water reservoir. If available then please provide us
the applicable fee for water connections.
52. Please confirm the Air conditioning scope is
limited to the item # 8 only. Split type wall
mounted units are required for control room and
cOlmnunication room. Other all room not to be
provided with cooling or ventilation system. Split
type ducted units are also not applicable. Please
confirm.
53. As per our understanding ventilation is required
for basements and battery room only. Please
confirm.
54.
Same as (4) above.

Confirmed.
This will be during the approval stage.
Please follow the scope of works as

specified m bill no. (9), AlC &
Ventilation system.
Ventilation works are required as

specified in bill no. (9) for basements,
battery rooms and local transformer
room.
We understand that total Five (5) engineers shall Confinned.
be provided training on 132KV GIS, 30MVA
transformer and Protective . relays, Firefighting
system and Battery Charger. 111is requirement is
for the complete project. Please confirm.
55.
56.
57.
58.
We understand that Recommended Tools & Spares Tools and spares are not required for
Shall be provided for each and every sub-station each individual substation.
separately. Please confirm.
We understand that operational spares shall be Confirmed.
provided for each and every sub-station separately.
Please confirm.
We understand that Erection & Testing tools shall Confirmed.
be provided for each and every sub-station
separately. Please confirm.
We understand that sub-station tools shall be Same as (55) above.
provided for each and every sub-station separately.
Please confirm.
Note:
I. Tenderers are not allowed to retype and replace the original tender documents.
2. Tenderers are not allowed to submit more than one offer for any items such as transfonners,
shunt reactor, firefig.l}ting system, battery a..Tld battery chargers.
Enclosures:
Specification Revised Pages:
Volume I
Volume II: Index, 4A, 8/A, 9/A, 20/A, 32/A, 34/A, 55/A, 73/A, I06/A, I07/A, 375/A&
386/AA
Schedule-A Pages (39/A-48/A)
Site Location Drawing
Revised Single Line Diagram: DENINAMlIA, 3A, 5A, 7A, 9A, IIA&13A
Revised Cable Drawings: DENINAMl2A, 4A, 6A, 8A, lOA, 12A &14A

4788 - Volume - 1 PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

4788 - Volume - 1 PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

STATE OF KUWAIT

MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY AND WATER

CONTRACT NO. MEW/C/4788 - 201412015

AL-AHLEIA SWITCHGEAR COMPANY

Payment Terms 1 Advance Payment

General Conditions of Contract

Modification of the General Conditions

Specifications & General requirements

Ministry of ELECTRICITY & WATER

~l.t., ~I...I~I ji.,)\jJ

Ref. ..... ............................................................., 'JI..:.:i1

Date: ............................................................. , ~.J\:iJ1

/ f' .!l .J :r-lJ .l.l&.

CONTRACT No. : MEW / C / 4788 - 2014 / 2015

11 ~~I..>.'4- -Ulwl 3J,,:J1J J..~.:.u-. (7) ~ ~Y.J ~

Supply and IllstaHation or(7) x 132/11 kV Substations

This Deed is made on .... M.o:... .. .

4Y, 12Y, 13Y, _---'

.;.T.~~~...ll , ... ~lll t ~ .) .lW1 Ii.;,

.2014 ~\c. .~A~

w....,...,sJ1 UJ~ ",.-J

~ " ~U!J ~L.....>fSl1 J""'j,J'

wh.,l] ~~I 45y;:J1 / ,JUI

Herein after referred to as "The Contractor".

P. O. Box: 25876 Safat

Postal Code: 131 19 Kuwait

.::.,fii I 3 119 : oJ"!.;; ,;..~

Ministry of Electricity & Water

"Ut~ "t.,.~t ~.)f)~

.JUU ~ (JJ\...i.JI) ..,;Ull w..;-hll tj.:J;J

not given, all correspondence to the contractor to

binding and subject to legal consequences.

~! --'~J <\h "" .~\':'J ~ .Jfi:uJ1 u~1

.~yl.ill ....j:.'; ~J..,L

Whereas the 'First Party' has declared that he has

"F'! ~.J ,J- uk i .l! J}il w.;hll u1 ~J

(JBAH lV, 2Y, 3Y, 4Y, 12Y, BY, 14Y),

(JBAH 1Y, 2Y, 3Y, 4Y, ...... .!l132 / ll~'il

'J\...eYI" y ~ L.,>9 ~J (l2Y, BY, 14Y

hereinafter referred to as the "Works"

- 77 / ~ .:l J ~J ;;,..,....sWI u,..;b ~I

."-'.fiy.!1 ..:.I......,.;WI ~ J)l;..

.)l.l.u.....'l11, ~)I I'" o",,"-.J1.l...; t~J ~i..JI

. ~WI ..:.\.lL...o ""

AND WHEREAS the Central Tenders Committee

d964 :i....W 37 ......J ..... Wl ..:.L.....iWI u.,.;u

AND WHEREAS State Audit Bureau vide letter

Contract No: MEW I C I 4'788 - 2014 I 2015 ' . .

3048-3542/115120 t'..J ......~ ~h...JI ul,;.) u i ~J

."..,;r.ll w.;hll" C" "JJYI w.;hll"

..:.;, , 2013/02110 C:-..)l:.; 644/2013/148/4

. 2015 1 2014 -4788 It! ~..!IJ:""";..J

Ministry of Electricity & Water

"lI.l.., "4.# I ;;.;1)..,

~\",.''' 1 ' J.,"'I u..r1JI' w\.1,~~ li,..6

: .)UllS ~ijh ~ .,wI """t:.ll u .;h]1" .;Oi .liS

acquainted himself with the essential stipulations

experience in the field of the required "Works"

and has executed work of the same nature and

-wh \.0, \:;.,-, y}h.J1 Jt.="'1 Jt;...

."-!)h..J1 JL.c.)u ~\.:... ~ <JA.,

level or higher than the required "Works"

b) He, i.e. "Second Party" is fully aware and in

wi ~ ~~ 'illl ~I ~I ~!.9 I

J.:i WA I ~ -";I